大学英语六级(CET-6)历年真题大全[90-07年37套]_英语四六级整合_英语四六级真题版本二此版为主此文件夹会持续更新_六级真题_1.六级真题+答案解析+听力音频_1990—2007年6月CET6

淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.........................................................................................1 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..................................................................................1 Section A....................................................................................................................................1 Section B....................................................................................................................................2 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...................................................................................4 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)...............................................................................10 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes).............................................................................................15 Part V Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................16 1990年1月六级参考答案.....................................................................................................................17 1990年1月六级听力原文.....................................................................................................................19 1990年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.......................................................................................23 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)................................................................................23 Section A..................................................................................................................................23 Section B..................................................................................................................................24 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes).................................................................................26 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)...............................................................................32 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes).............................................................................................37 Part V Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................38 1990年6月六级参考答案.....................................................................................................................39 1991年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.......................................................................................40 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)................................................................................40 Section A..................................................................................................................................40 Section B..................................................................................................................................41 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes).................................................................................42 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)...............................................................................48 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes).............................................................................................53 Part V Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................54 1991年1月六级参考答案.....................................................................................................................55 1991年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.......................................................................................56 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)................................................................................56 Section A..................................................................................................................................56 Section B..................................................................................................................................57 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes).................................................................................59 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)...............................................................................65 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes).............................................................................................70 Part V Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................70 1991年6月六级参考答案.....................................................................................................................72 1991年6月听力原文.............................................................................................................................74 1992年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.......................................................................................78 I淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)................................................................................78 Section A..................................................................................................................................78 Section B..................................................................................................................................79 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes).................................................................................81 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes)...............................................................................86 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes).............................................................................................91 Part V Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................92 1992年1月六级参考答案.....................................................................................................................93 1992年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.......................................................................................95 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)................................................................................95 Section A..................................................................................................................................95 Section B..................................................................................................................................96 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes).................................................................................98 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................104 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................109 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................109 1992年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................111 1993年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷......................................................................................113 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................113 Section A................................................................................................................................113 Section B................................................................................................................................114 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................116 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................121 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................127 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................127 1993年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................129 1993年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................130 1993年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................134 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................134 Section A................................................................................................................................134 Section B................................................................................................................................135 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................137 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................142 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................147 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................148 1993年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................149 1993年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................151 1994年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................155 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................155 II淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Section A................................................................................................................................155 Section B................................................................................................................................156 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................158 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (35 minutes).............................................................................164 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................169 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................170 1994年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................171 1994年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................172 1995年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................176 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................176 Section A................................................................................................................................176 Section B................................................................................................................................177 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................179 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................185 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................190 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................191 1995年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................192 1995年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................194 1995年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................198 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................198 Section A................................................................................................................................198 Section B................................................................................................................................199 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................201 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................207 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................212 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................213 1995年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................214 1995年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................216 1996年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................220 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes)...............................................................................220 Section A................................................................................................................................220 Section B................................................................................................................................221 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................223 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................229 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................235 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................235 1996年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................237 1996年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................239 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes)...............................................................................239 III淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Section A................................................................................................................................239 Section B................................................................................................................................240 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................242 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................248 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................254 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................254 1996年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................256 1997年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................258 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................258 Section A................................................................................................................................258 Section B................................................................................................................................259 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................261 Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes).............................................................................267 Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes)..............................................................................273 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................274 1997年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................275 1997年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................276 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes)...............................................................................276 Section A................................................................................................................................276 Section B................................................................................................................................277 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................279 Part III Vocabulary and Structure..................................................................................................285 Part IV short Answer Questions (15 minutes)...............................................................................291 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................292 1997年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................293 1998年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................294 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................294 Section A................................................................................................................................294 Section B................................................................................................................................295 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................297 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................304 Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes)..............................................................................309 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................310 1998年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................311 1998年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................313 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................313 Section A................................................................................................................................313 Section B................................................................................................................................314 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................316 IV淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................323 Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes)..............................................................................328 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................329 1998年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................330 1999年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................331 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................331 Section A................................................................................................................................331 Section B................................................................................................................................332 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................334 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................340 Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes)..............................................................................346 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................347 1999年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................348 1999年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................349 1999年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................352 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................352 Section A................................................................................................................................352 Section B Compound Dictation.............................................................................................353 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................354 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................360 Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)............................................................................................................366 Part VI Writing (30 minutes).........................................................................................................369 1999年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................370 1999年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................372 2000年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................374 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................374 Section A................................................................................................................................374 Section B................................................................................................................................375 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................377 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................383 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................388 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................389 2000年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................390 2000年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................392 2000年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................395 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................395 Section A................................................................................................................................395 Section B................................................................................................................................396 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................398 V淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................405 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................410 Part V Writing (30 minutes)...........................................................................................................411 2000年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................412 2000年6月六级答案详解...................................................................................................................414 2000年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................422 2001年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................426 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................426 Section A................................................................................................................................426 Section B Compound Dictation.............................................................................................427 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................428 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................435 Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)............................................................................................................440 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................443 2001年1月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................444 2001年1月六级答案详解...................................................................................................................446 2001年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................454 2001年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................456 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................456 Section A................................................................................................................................456 Section B................................................................................................................................457 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................459 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................466 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................471 Part V Writing (30) minutes..........................................................................................................472 2001年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................473 2001年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................475 2002年1月12日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷............................................................................479 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................479 Section A................................................................................................................................479 Section B................................................................................................................................480 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................482 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................489 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................494 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................495 2002年1月12日六级参考答案.........................................................................................................496 2002年1月听力原文...........................................................................................................................498 2002年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................501 VI淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................501 Section A................................................................................................................................501 Section B................................................................................................................................502 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................504 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................511 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................516 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................517 2002年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................518 2002年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................520 2002年12月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷...................................................................................524 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................524 Section A................................................................................................................................524 Section B................................................................................................................................525 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................527 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................534 Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)............................................................................................................539 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................542 2002年12月六级参考答案.................................................................................................................544 2002年12月听力原文.........................................................................................................................545 2003年6月21日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷............................................................................549 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................549 Section A................................................................................................................................549 Section B................................................................................................................................550 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................552 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................559 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................564 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................565 2003年6月21日六级参考答案.........................................................................................................566 2003年6月听力原文...........................................................................................................................568 2003年9月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷.....................................................................................573 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................573 Section A................................................................................................................................573 Section B................................................................................................................................574 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................576 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................583 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................588 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................589 2003年9月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................590 2003年9月六级答案详解...................................................................................................................592 VII淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月六级听力原文...................................................................................................................596 2003年12月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷...................................................................................600 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................600 Section A................................................................................................................................600 Section B................................................................................................................................601 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................603 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................610 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................616 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................616 2003年12月六级参考答案.................................................................................................................618 2003年12月六级答案详解.................................................................................................................620 2003年12月听力原文.........................................................................................................................629 2004年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷B卷.............................................................................633 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................633 Section A................................................................................................................................633 Section B................................................................................................................................634 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................636 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................643 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................648 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................649 2004年6月六级参考答案...................................................................................................................650 2005年1月8日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(B卷)...................................................................652 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................652 Section A................................................................................................................................652 Section B................................................................................................................................653 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................655 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................662 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................668 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................669 2005年1月8日六级参考答案...........................................................................................................670 2005年6月18日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷............................................................................672 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................672 Section A................................................................................................................................672 Section B Compound Dictation.............................................................................................673 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................674 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................681 Part IV Cloze (15 minutes)............................................................................................................686 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................690 2005年6月18日六级参考答案.........................................................................................................691 VIII淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月24日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷)...............................................................693 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................693 Section A................................................................................................................................693 Section B................................................................................................................................694 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................695 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................702 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................708 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................708 2005年12月24日六级参考答案.......................................................................................................710 2006年6月17日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷).................................................................712 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................712 Section A................................................................................................................................712 Section B................................................................................................................................714 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................715 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................723 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................728 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................729 2006年6月17日六级参考答案.........................................................................................................730 2006年12月23日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(B卷)...............................................................732 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes)..............................................................................732 Section A................................................................................................................................732 Section B................................................................................................................................733 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes)...............................................................................735 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes)...................................................................................................742 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes)...........................................................................................747 Part V Writing (30 minutes)..........................................................................................................748 2006年12月23日六级参考答案.......................................................................................................749 2006年12月24日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷)...............................................................751 Part I Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................751 Part II Reading Comprehension (Skimming and Scanning) (15 minutes)...................................751 Part III Listening Comprehension (35 minutes)............................................................................754 Section A................................................................................................................................754 Section B................................................................................................................................756 Section C................................................................................................................................758 Part IV Reading Comprehension (Reading in Depth) (25 minutes).............................................759 Section A................................................................................................................................759 Section B................................................................................................................................760 Part V Error Correction (15 minutes)............................................................................................763 Part VI Translation (5 minutes).....................................................................................................764 IX淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月24日六级参考答案.......................................................................................................766 2007年6月23日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷).................................................................769 Part I Writing (30 minutes)............................................................................................................769 Part II Reading Comprehension (Skimming and Scanning) (15 minutes)...................................769 Part III Listening Comprehension (35 minutes)............................................................................772 Section A................................................................................................................................772 Section B................................................................................................................................774 Section C................................................................................................................................776 Part IV Reading Comprehension (Reading in Depth) (25 minutes).............................................777 Section A................................................................................................................................777 Section B................................................................................................................................778 Part V Cloze (15 minutes).............................................................................................................782 Part VI Translation (5 minutes).....................................................................................................785 2007年6月23日六级参考答案.........................................................................................................786 X淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) Read four chapters. B) Write an article. C) Speak before the class. D) Preview two chapters. 2. A) The woman is being interviewed by a reporter. B) The woman is asking for a promotion. C) The woman is applying for a job. D) The woman is being given an examination. 3. A) His car was hit by another car. B) He was hurt while playing volleyball. C) He fell down the stairs. D) While crossing the street, he was hit by a car. 4. A) Took a photo of him. B) Bought him a picture. C) Held a birthday party. D) Bought him a frame for his picture. 5. A) No medicine could solve the woman’s problem. B) The woman should eat less to lose some weight. C) Nothing could help the woman if she ate too little. D) The woman should choose the right foods. 6. A) He meant she should make a phone call if anything went wrong. B) He meant for her just to wait till help came. C) He was afraid something would go wrong with her car. D) He promised to give her himself. 7. A) No, he missed it. B) No, he didn’t. 1淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Yes, he did. D) Yes, he probably did. 8. A) He has edited three books. B) He has bought the wrong book. C) He has lost half of his money. D) He has found the book that will be used. 9. A) At 7:30 B) At 8:30 C) At 9:00 D) At 9:30 10. A) Six. B) Seven. C) Eight. D) Nine. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) They often take place in her major industries. B) British trade unions are more powerful. C) There are more trade union members in Britain. D) Britain loses more working days through strikes every year. 12. A) Such strikes are against the British law. B) Such strikes are unpredictable. C) Such strikes involve workers from different trades. D) Such strikes occur frequently these days. 13. A) Trade unions in Britain are becoming more popular. B) Most strikes in Britain are against the British law. C) Unofficial strikes in Britain are easier to deal with now. D) Employer-worker relations in Britain have become tenser. Passage Two 2淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) The victory over one’s fellow runners. B) The victory over former winners. C) The victory of will-power over fatigue. D) The victory of one’s physical strength. 15. A) The runner who runs to keep fit. B) The runner who breaks the record. C) The runner who does not break the rules. D) The runner who covers the whole distance. 16. A) He won the first prize. B) He fell behind the other runners. C) He died because of fatigue. D) He gave up because he was tired. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) 17,000. B) 1,700. C) 24. D) 9,000. 18. A) It’s located in a college town. B) It’s composed of a group of old buildings. C) Its classrooms are beautifully designed. D) Its library is often crowed with students. 19. A) Teachers are well paid at Deep Springs. B) Students are mainly from New York State. C) The length of schooling is two years. D) Teachers needn’t pay for their rent and meals. 20. A) Take a walk in the desert. B) Go to a cinema. C) Watch TV programmes. 3淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Attend a party. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 24 are based on the following passage. Automation refers to the introduction of electronic control and automatic operation of productive machinery. It reduces the human factors, mental and physical, in production, and is designed to make possible the manufacture of more goods with fewer workers. The development of automation in American industry has been called the “Second Industrial Revolution”. Labour’s concern over automation arises from uncertainty about the effects on employment, and fears of major changes in jobs. In the main, labour has taken the view that resistance to technical change is unfruitful. Eventually, the result of automation may well be an increase in employment, since it is expected that vast industries will grow up around manufacturing, maintaining, and repairing automation equipment. The interest of labour lies in bringing about the transition with a minimum of inconvenience and distress to the workers involved. Also, union spokesmen emphasize that the benefit of the increased production and lower costs made possible by automation should be shared by workers in the form of higher wages, more leisure, and improved living standards. To protect the interests of their members in the era of automation, unions have adopted a number of new policies. One of these is the promotion of supplementary unemployment benefit plans. It is emphasized that since the employer involved in such a plan has a direct financial interest in preventing unemployment, he will have a strong drive for planning new installations so as to cause the least possible problems in jobs and job assignment. Some unions are working for dismissal pay agreements, requiring that permanently dismissed workers be paid a sum of money based on length of service. Another approach is the idea of the “improvement factor”, which calls for wage increases based on increases in productivity. It is possible, however, that labour will rely mainly on reduction in working time. 21. Though labour worries about the effect of automation, it does not doubt that ________. A) automation will eventually prevent unemployment B) automation will help workers acquire new skills C) automation will eventually benefit the workers no less that the employers D) automation is a trend which cannot be stopped 22. The idea of the “improvement factor” (Line 6, Para. 3) probably implies that ________. A) wages should be paid on the basis of length of service B) the benefit of increased production and lower costs should be shared by workers 4淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) supplementary unemployment benefit plans should be promoted D) the transition to automation should be brought about with the minimum of inconvenience and distress to workers 23. In order to get the full benefits of automation, labour will depend mostly on ________. A) additional payment to the permanently dismissed workers B) the increase of wages in proportion to the increase in productivity C) shorter working hours and more leisure time D) a strong drive for planning new installations 24. Which of the following can best sum up the passage? A) Advantages and disadvantages of automation. B) Labour and the effects of automation. C) Unemployment benefit plans and automation. D) Social benefits of automation. Questions 25 to 30 are based on the following passage. The case for college has been accepted without question for more than a generation. All high school graduates ought to go, says conventional wisdom and statistical evidence, because college will help them earn more money, become “better” people, and learn to be more responsible citizens than those who don’t go. But college has never been able to work its magic for everyone. And now that close to half our high school graduates are attending, those who don’t fit the pattern are becoming more numerous, and more obvious. College graduates are selling shoes and driving taxis; college students interfere with each other’s experiments and write false letters of recommendation in the intense competition for admission to graduate school. Others find no stimulation in their studies, and drop out-often encouraged by college administrators. Some observers say the fault! Is with the young people themselves-they are spoiled and they are expecting too much. But that’s a condemnation of the students as a whole, and doesn’t explain all campus unhappiness. Others blame the state of the world, and they are partly right. We’ve been told that young people have to go to college because our economy can’t absorb an army of untrained eighteen-year-olds. But disappointed graduates are learning that it can no longer absorb an army of trained twenty-two-year- olds, either. Some adventuresome educators and campus watchers have openly begun to suggest that college may not be the best, the proper, the only place for every young person after the completion of high school. We may have been looking at all those surveys and statistics upside down, it seems, and through the rosy glow of our own remembered college experiences. Perhaps college doesn’t make people intelligent, 5淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ambitious, happy, liberal, quick-learning people are merely the ones who have been attracted to college in the first place. And perhaps all those successful college graduates would have been successful whether they had gone to college or not. This is heresy (异 端邪说) to those of us who have been brought up to believe that if a little schooling is good, more has to be much better. But contrary evidence is beginning to mount up. 25. According to the passage, the author believes that ________. A) people used to question the value of college education B) people used to have full confidence in higher education C) all high school graduates went to college D) very few high school graduates chose to go to college 26. In the 2nd paragraph, “those who don’t fit the pattern” refers to ________. A) high school graduates who aren’t suitable for college education B) college graduates who are selling shoes and driving taxis C) college students who aren’t any better for their higher education D) high school graduates who failed to be admitted to college 27. The drop-out rate of college students seems to go up because ________. A) young people are disappointed with the conventional way of teaching at college B) many young people are required to join the army C) young people have little motivation in pursuing a higher education D) young people don’t like the intense competition for admission to graduate school 28. According to the passage the problems of college education partly arise from the fact that ________. A) society cannot provide enough jobs for properly trained college graduates B) high school graduates do not fit the pattern of college education C) too many students have to earn their own living D) college administrators encourage students to drop out 29. In this passage the author argues that ________. A) more and more evidence shows college education may not be the best thing for high school graduates B) college education is not enough if one wants to be successful C) college education benefits only the intelligent, ambitious, and quick-learning people D) intelligent people may learn quicker if they don’t go to college 6淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 30. The “surveys and statistics” mentioned in the last paragraph might have shown that ________. A) college-educated people are more successful than non-college-educated people B) college education was not the first choice of intelligent people C) the less schooling a person has the better it is for him D) most people have sweet memories of college life Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Ours has become a society of employees. A hundred years or so ago only one out of every five Americans at work was employed, i.e., worked for somebody else. Today only one out of five is not employed but working for himself. And when fifty years ago “being employed” meant working as a factory labourer or as a farmhand, the employee of today is increasingly a middle-class person with a substantial formal education, holding a professional or management job requiring intellectual and technical skills. Indeed, two things have characterized American society during these fifty years: middle-class and upper-class employees have been the fastest-growing groups in our working population- growing so fast that the industrial worker, that oldest child of the Industrial Revolution, has been losing in numerical importance despite the expansion of industrial production. Yet you will find little if anything written on what it is to be an employee. You can find a great deal of very dubious advice on how to get a job or how to get a promotion. You can also find a good deal of work in a chosen field, whether it be the mechanist’s trade or bookkeeping (簿记). Every one of these trades requires different skills, sets different standards, and requires a different preparation. Yet they all have employeeship in common. And increasingly, especially in the large business or in government, employeeship is more important to success than the special professional knowledge or skill. Certainly more people fail because they do not know the requirements of being an employee than because they do not adequately possess the skills of their trade; the higher you climb the ladder, the more you get into administrative or executive work, the greater the emphasis on ability to work within the organization rather than on technical abilities or professional knowledge. 31. It is implied that fifty years ago ________. A) eighty per cent of American working people were employed in factories B) twenty per cent of American intellectuals were employees C) the percentage of intellectuals in the total work force was almost the same as that of industrial workers D) the percentage of intellectuals working as employees was not so large as that of industrial workers 32. According to the passage, with the development of modern industry, ________. A) factory labourers will overtake intellectual employees in number B) there are as many middle-class employees as factory labourers 7淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) employers have attached great importance to factory labourers D) the proportion of factory labourers in the total employee population has decreased 33. The word “dubious” (L. 2, Para. 2) most probably means ________. A) valuable B) useful C) doubtful D) helpful 34. According to the writer, professional knowledge or skill is ________. A) less importance than awareness of being a good employee B) as important as the ability to deal with public relations C) more important than employer-employee relations D) more important as the ability to co-operate with others in the organization 35. From the passage it can be seen that employeeship helps one ________. A) to be more successful in his career B) to be more specialized in his field C) to solve technical problems D) to develop his professional skill Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. We all know that the normal human daily cycle of activity is of some 7-8 hours’ sleep alternation with some 16-17 hours’ wakefulness and that, broadly speaking, the sleep normally coincides with the hours of darkness. Our present concern is with how easily and to what extent this cycle can be modified. The question is no mere academic one. The ease, for example, with which people can change from working in the day to working at night is a question of growing importance in industry where automation calls for round-the-clock working of machines. It normally takes from five days to one week for a person to adapt to reversed routine of sleep and wakefulness, sleeping during the day and working at night. Unfortunately, it is often the case in industry that shifts are changed every week; a person may work from 12 midnight to 8 a.m. one week, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. the next, and 4 p.m. to 12 midnight the third and so on. This means that no sooner has he got used to one routine than he has to change to another, so that much of his time is spent neither working nor sleeping very efficiently. The only real solution appears to be to hand over the night shift to a number of permanent night workers. An interesting study of the domestic life and health of night- shift workers was carried out by Brown in 1957. She found a high incidence (发生率) of disturbed sleep and other disorders among those on alternating day and night shifts, but 8淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 no abnormal occurrence of these phenomena among those on permanent night work. This latter system then appears to be the best long-term policy, but meanwhile something may be done to relieve the strains of alternate day and night work by selecting those people who can adapt most quickly to the changes of routine. One way of knowing when a person has adapted is by measuring his body temperature. People engaged in normal daytime work will have a high temperature during the hours of wakefulness and a low one at night; when they change to night work the pattern will only gradually go back to match the new routine and the speed with which it does so parallels, broadly speaking, the adaptation of the body as a whole, particularly in terms of performance. Therefore, by taking body temperature at intervals of two hours throughout the period of wakefulness it can be seen how quickly a person can adapt to a reversed routine, and this could be used as a basis for selection. So far, however, such a form of selection does not seem to have been applied in practice. 36. Why is the question of “how easily people can get used to working at night” not a mere academic question? A) Because few people like to reverse the cycle of sleep and wakefulness. B) Because sleep normally coincides with the hours of darkness. C) Because people are required to work at night in some fields of industry. D) Because shift work in industry requires people to change their sleeping habits. 37. The main problem of the round-the-clock working system lies in ________. A) the inconveniences brought about to the workers by the introduction of automation B) the disturbance of the daily life cycle of workers who have to change shifts too frequently C) the fact that people working at night are often less effective D) the fact that it is difficult to find a number of good night workers 38. The best solution for implementing the 24-hour working system seems to be ________. A) to change shifts at longer intervals B) to have longer shifts C) to arrange for some people to work on night shifts only D) to create better living conditions for night workers 39. It is possible to find out if a person has adapted to the changes of routine by measuring his body temperature because ________. A) body temperature changes when the cycle of sleep and wakefulness alternates B) body temperature changes when he changes to night shift or back 9淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) the temperature reverses when the routine is changed D) people have higher temperatures when they are working efficiently 40. Which of the following statements is NOT TRUE? A) Body temperature may serve as an indication of a worker’s performance. B) The selection of a number of permanent night shift workers has proved to be the best solution to problems of the round-the-clock working system. C) Taking body temperature at regular intervals can show how a person adapts to the changes of routine. D) Disturbed sleep occurs less frequently among those on permanent night or day shifts. Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. You should have put the milk in the ice box; I expect it ________ undrinkable by now. A) became B) had become C) has become D) becomes 42. Codes are a way of writing something in secret; ________, anyone who doesn’t know the code will not be able to read it. A) that is B) worse still C) in short D) on the other hand 43. His long service with the company was ________ with a present. A) admitted B) acknowledged C) attributed D) accepted 44. The atmosphere is as much a part of the earth as ________ its soils and the water of its lakes, rivers and oceans. A) are B) is C) do 10淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) has 45. Our house is about a mile from the station and there are not many houses ________. A) in between B) among them C) far apart D) from each other 46. The drowning child was saved by Dick’s ________ action. A) acute B) alert C) profound D) prompt 47. Children and old people do not like having their daily ________ upset. A) habit B) practice C) routine D) custom 48. The criminal always paid ________ cash so the police could not track him down. A) on B) by C) for D) in 49. ________ when she started complaining. A) Not until he arrived B) Hardly had he arrived C) No sooner had he arrived D) Scarcely did he arrive 50. By 1990, production in the area is expected to double ________ of 1980. A) that B) it C) one D) what 11淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. Professor smith and Professor Brown will ________ in giving the class lectures. A) alter B) change C) alternate D) differ 52. Understanding the cultural habits of another nation, especially ________ containing as many different subcultures as the United States, is a complex task. A) one B) the one C) that D) such 53. The manager promised to have my complaint ________. A) looked through B) looked into C) looked over D) looked after 54. You can’t be ________ careful in making the decision as it was such a critical case. A) very B) quite C) too D) so 55. Children are ________ to have some accidents as they grow up. A) obvious B) indispensable C) bound D) doubtless 56. We have done things we ought not to have done and ________ undone things we ought to have done. A) leaving B) will leave C) left D) leave 12淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 57. The ratio of the work done by the machine ________ the work done on it is called the efficiency of the machine. A) against B) with C) to D) for 58. ________ the flood, the ship would have reached its destination on time. A) In case of B) In spite of C) Because of D) But for 59. In your first days at the school you’ll be given a test to help the teachers to ________ you to a class at your level. A) locate B) assign C) deliver D) place 60. The story that follows ________ two famous characters of the rocky Mountain gold rush days. A) concerns B) states C) proclaims D) relates 61. America will never again have as a nation the spirit of adventure as it ________ before the West was settled. A) could B) was C) would D) did 62. People who refuse to ________ with the law will be punished. A) obey B) consent C) conceal 13淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) comply 63. I ________ to him because he phoned me shortly afterwards. A) ought to have written B) must have written C) couldn’t have written D) needn’t have written 64. These excursions will give you an even deeper ________ into our language and culture. A) inquiry B) investigation C) input D) insight 65. There is no electricity again. Has the ________ blown then? A) fuse B) wire C) plug D) circuit 66. No longer are contributions to computer technology confined to any one country; ________ is this more true than in Europe. A) hardly B) little C) seldom D) nowhere 67. The mother didn’t know who ________ for the broken glass. A) will blame B) to blame C) blamed D) blames 68. Every society has its own peculiar customs and ________ of acting. A) ways B) attitudes C) behavior 14淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) means 69. If a person talks about his weak points, his listener is expected to say something in the way of ________. A) assurance B) persuasion C) encouragement D) confirmation 70. China started its nuclear power industry only in recent years, and should ________ no time in catching up. A) delay B) lose C) lag D) lessen Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Changes in the way people live bring about changes in the jobs that they do. More and more people live in towns and cities instead on farms (71) and in villages. Cities and states have to provide services city people want, such like more police protection, more hospitals, and more (72) schools. This means that more policemen, more nurses and technicians, and more teachers must be hired. Advances in technology has also (73) changed people’s lives. Dishwashers and washing machines do jobs that were once done by the hand. The widespread use of such electrical appliances (74) means that there is a need for servicemen to keep it running properly (75) People are earning higher wages and salaries. This leads changes in (76) the way of life. As income goes down, people may not want more food to (77) eat or more clothes to wear. But they may want more and better care from doctors, dentists and hospitals. 15淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 They are likely to travel more and to want more education. Nevertheless, many more jobs are available in (78) these services. The government also affects the kind of works people do. The governments (79) of most countries spend huge sums of money for international (80) defense. They hire thousands of engineers, scientists, clerks, typists and secretaries to work on the many different aspects of defence. Part V Writing (30 minutes) OUTLINE: 问题：城市交通拥挤 解决方案：(solution): 1. 建造(lay down)更多道路 优点： (1) 降低街道拥挤程度 (2) 加速车流(flow of traffic) 缺点：占地过多 2. 开辟(open up)更多公共汽车线路 优点：减少自行车与小汽车 缺点：对部分人可能造成不方便 结论：两者结合 How to Solve the Problem of Heavy Traffic 16淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. C 11. A 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A Part II 21. D 22. B 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. A 31. D 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. D 40. B Part III 41. C 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. A 46. D 47. B 48. D 49. B 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. B 54. C 55. C 56. C 57. C 58. D 59. B 60. A 61. D 62. D 63. D 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. B Part IV 71. (instead) → (instead) of 72. like → as to 73. has → have 74. the (hand) → /(hand) 75. it → them 76. (leads) → (leads) to 或 leads → causes 17淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. down → up 78. Nevertheless → Therefore/So 79. works → work/job/jobs 80. international → national 18淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年1月六级听力原文 1. W: What is the home assignment from Professor Smith? I missed the class this morning. M: Finish reading Chapter 5 and 6, and write an essay based on chapter 3 and 4. Remember, it’s your turn to give presentation next Monday. Q: What will the woman do in addition to the home assignment for the whole class? 2. M: Now, I’m going to start off by asking you a difficult question. Why would you like to get this post? W: Well, first of all I know that your firm has a very good reputation. Then I’ve heard you offer good opportunities for promotion for the right person. Q: What do we know from this conversation? 3. W: Did you hear Mike is in hospital with head injures and a broken arm? M: Yes, apparently he was struck by another vehicle and turned completely over. Q: What happened to Mike? 4. M: Could you help me to decide what I should buy for my brother’s birthday? W: Remember, you took a picture of him at his last birthday party? Why not buy him a frame so that he can fix the picture in it. Q: What did the man do last year for his brother’s birthday? 5. M: What did your doctor describe for you? W: Well, he said there is no need for me to take any medicine if I eat well-balanced meals. Q: What did the man do last year for his brother’s birthday? 6. W: Could you tell me what I should do if my car breaks down? M: Well, I’m sure you won’t have any trouble, Mrs. Smith, but if something should happen, just call this number. They’ll see that you get help. Q: What does the man really mean? 7. W: Did you watch the game last night? M: I wouldn’t have missed it for anything! Q: Did the man watch the game last night? 8. M: Hey, Louise, I’ve got a used copy of our chemistry textbook for half price. W: I’m afraid you wasted your money, yours is the first edition, but we’re supposed 19淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 to be using the third edition. Q: What has the man done? 9. M: Could you tell me the timetable of the school bus? W: Well, the bus leaves here for the campus every two hours from 7:00 a.m.. But on Saturdays it starts half an hour later. Q: When does the second bus leave on Saturdays? 10. W: I had prepared dinner for eight people before Mary called and said that she and her husband could not make it. M: That’s all right. I am just going to tell you I have invited Tom and his girlfriend. Q: How many people are coming to the dinner? Passage One Strikes are very common in Britain. They are extremely harmful to its industries. In fact, there are other countries in Western Europe that lose more working days through strikes every year than Britain. The trouble with the strikes in Britain is that they occur in essential industries. There are over 495 unions in Britain. Some unions are very small. Over 20 have more than 100,000 members. Unions do not exist only to demand higher wages. They also educate their members. They provide benefits for the sick and try to improve working conditions. Trade unioners say that we must thank the unions for the great improvement in working conditions in the last hundred years. It is now against the law for union members to go on strike without the support of their union. This kind of strike is called the unofficial strike and was common until recently. Employers feel that unofficial strikes were most harmful because they would not be predicted. However, these unofficial strikes still occur from time to time and some unions have also refused to cooperate with the law. As a result, the general picture of the relations between workers and employers in Britain has gone from bad to worse. Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. In what way are strikes in Britain different from those in other European countries? 12. Why are British employers so afraid of unofficial strikes? 13. What conclusion can be drawn from this passage? Passage Two Everywhere we look we see Americans running. They run for every reason anybody could think of. They run for health, for beauty, to lose weight, to feel fit and because it’s the thing they love to do. Every year, for example, thousands upon thousands of people run in one 20淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 race, the Boston Marathon, the best known long distance race in the United States. In recent years, there have been nearly 5,000 official competitors and it takes three whole minutes for the crowd of runners just to cross the starting line. You may have heard the story of the Greek runner Pheidippides. He ran from Marathon to Athens to deliver the news of the great victory 2,500 years ago. No one knows how long it took him to run the distance. But the story tells us that he died of the effort. Today no one will die in a Marathon race. But the effort is still enormous. Someone does come in first in this tiring foot race. But at the finish line we see what this race is about: not being first but finishing. The real victory is not over one’s fellow runners but over one’s own body. It’s a victory of will-power over fatigue. In the Boston Marathon each person who crosses that finish line is a winner. Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. What’s the real victory for the thousands of Marathon runners? 15. Who is a winner in the competition? 16. What happened to the ancient Greek runner Pheidippides? Passage Three Deep Springs is an American college. It is an unusual college. It is high in the white mountains in California not in a college town. The campus is a collection of old buildings with no beautiful classrooms. The only college-like thing about Deep Springs is its library. Students can study from the 17,000 books 24 hours a day. The library is never crowded as there are only 24 well-qualified male students at the college. In addition, there are only five full-time professors. These teachers believe in the idea of this college. They need to believe in it. They do not get much money. In fact, their salaries are only about 9,000 dollars a year plus room and meals. The schools gives the young teachers as well as the students something more important than money. “There is no place like Deep Springs,” says a second-year student from New York State, “Most colleges today are much the same but Deep Springs is not afraid to be different.” He says that students at his college are in a situation quite unlike in the other school. Students are there to learn and they cannot run away from problems. There is no place to escape to. At most colleges, students can close their book and go to a film. They can go out to restaurants or to parties. Deep Springs students have completely different alternatives. They can talk to each other or to their teachers. Another possible activity is to go to the library to study. They might decide to do some work. The students who doesn’t want to do any of these activities can go for a walk in the desert. Deep Springs is far from the world of restaurants and cinemas. There is not even a television set on campus. Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. What is the total number of students at Deep Springs College? 21淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. What is true of the campus of Deep Springs College? 19. Which of the following is mentioned in the passage? 20. What can students at Deep Springs do in their spare time? 22淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) A new house cost thirty thousand dollars. B) Bob’s house cost him sixty thousand dollars. C) Bob didn’t want to buy an old house. D) Bob decided to buy an old house. 2. A) Yes, but he needs to have the approval of his professor. B) Yes, he can study there if he is writing a research paper. C) Yes, because he is a senior student. D) No, it’s open only to teachers and postgraduates. 3. A) He doesn’t like seafood any more. B) A seafood dinner is too expensive. C) He doesn’t have enough money. D) He likes seafood very much. 4. A) He went to the hospital to take his wife home. B) He stayed in the hospital until very late. He tried to call the woman several times. He went to the hospital at midnight yesterday. 5. Her errors were mainly in the reading part. B) It wasn’t very challenging to her. C) It was more difficult than she had expected. D) She made very few grammatical mistakes in her test. 6. A) 6 hours. B) 4 hours. C) 12 hours. D) 18 hours. 7. A) It’s dirty. B) It’s faded. C) It’s dyed. 23淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) It’s torn. 8. A) Sixteen dollars. B) Eight dollars. C) Ten dollars. D) Twelve dollars. 9. A) His watch will be fixed no later than next Monday. B) His watch needs to be repaired. C) He may come again for his watch at the weekend. D) The woman won’t repair his watch until next Monday. 10. A) The things to do on Monday morning. B) The weather on Monday morning. C) The time to see John. D) The place John should go to. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) The number of its readers. B) Its unusual location. C) Its comfortable chairs. D) Its spacious rooms. 12. A) The latest version of the Bible. B) A book written by Columbus. C) A map of the New World. D) One of the earliest copies of Shakespeare’s work. 13. A) It has too few employees. B) It lacks money to cover its expenses. C) It is over crowded. D) It is growing too rapidly. 14. A) From Monday to Friday. B) From Monday to Saturday. 24淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Every day. D) On Saturdays and Sundays. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) They would train the children to be happy street cleaners. B) They would make the children great scholars. C) They intended to train the children as adults were trained. D) They would give the children freedom to fully develop themselves. 16. A) Some children are good, some are not. B) Children are good by nature. C) Most children are nervous. D) Children are not as brave as adults. 17. A) He thinks a scholar is more respectable than a street cleaner. B) He thinks highly of teaching as a profession. C) He thinks all jobs are equally good so long as people like them. D) He thinks a street cleaner is happier than a scholar. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) The daughter of a prison guard. B) The Emperor of Rome. C) A Christian couple. D) A Christian named Valentine. 19. A) To propose marriage. B) To celebrate Valentine’s birthday. C) To express their respect for each other. D) To show their love. 20. A) It is an American folktale. B) It is something recorded in Roman history. C) It is one of the possible origins of this holiday. D) It is a story from the Bible. 25淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. One day in January 1913. G. H. Hardy, a famous Cambridge University mathematician received a letter from an Indian named Srinivasa Ramanujan asking him for his opinion of 120 mathematical theorems (定理) that Ramanujan said he had discovered. To Hardy, many of the theorems made no sense. Of the others, one or two were already well-known. Ramanujan must be some kind of trickplayer, Hardy decided, and put the letter aside. But all that day the letter kept hanging round Hardy. Might there be something in those wild-looking theorems? That evening Hardy invited another brilliant Cambridge mathematician, J. E. Littlewood, and the two men set out to assess the Indian’s worth. That incident was a turning point in the history of mathematics. At the time, Ramanujan was an obscure Madras Port Trust clerk. A little more than a year later, he was at Cambridge University, and beginning to be recognized as one of the most amazing mathematicians the world has ever known. Though he died in 1920, much of his work was so far in advance of his time that only in recent years is it beginning to be properly understood. Indeed, his results are helping solve today’s problems in computer science and physics, problems that he could have had no notion of. For Indians, moreover, Ramanujan has a special significance. Ramanujan, though born in poor and ill-paid accountant’s family 100 years ago, has inspired many Indians to adopt mathematics as career. Much of Ramanujan’s work is in number theory, a branch of mathematics that deals with the subtle ( 难 以 捉 摸 的 ) laws and relationships that govern numbers. Mathematicians describe his results as elegant and beautiful but they are much too complex to be appreciated by laymen. His life, though, is full of drama and sorrow. It is one of the great romantic stories of mathematics, a distressing reminder that genius can surface and rise in the most unpromising circumstances. 21. When Hardy received the 120 theorems from Ramanujan, his attitude at first might be best described as ________. A) uninterested B) unsympathetic C) suspicious D) curious 22. Ramanujan’s position in Cambridge University owed much to ________. 26淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) the judgement of his work by Hardy and Littlewood B) his letter of application accepted by Hardy C) his work as a clerk at Madras Port Trust D) his being recognized by the world as a famous mathematician 23. It may be inferred from the passage that the author ________. A) feels sorry for Ramanujan’s early death B) is dissatisfied with the slow development of computer science C) is puzzled about the complexity of Ramanujan’s theorems D) greatly appreciates Ramanujan’s mathematical genius 24. In the last paragraph, the author points out that ________. A) Ramanujan’s mathematical theorems were not appreciated by other mathematicians B) extremely talented people can prove their worth despite difficult circumstances C) Ramanujan also wrote a number of stories about mathematics D) Ramanujan had worked out an elegant but complicated method of solving problems 25. The word “laymen” (Last Para, Lind 6) most probably means ________. A) people who do not specialize in mathematical science B) people who are careless C) people who are not interested in mathematics D) people who don’t like to solve complicated problems Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Even if all the technical and intellectual problems can be solved, there are major social problems inherent in the computer revolution. The most obvious is unemployment, since the basic purpose of commercial computerization is to get more work done by fewer people. One British study predicts that “automation induced unemployment” in Western Europe could reach 16~, 6 in the next decade, but most analyses are more optimistic. The general rule seems to be that new technology eventually creates as many jobs as it destroys, and often more. “People who put in computers usually increase their staffs as well” says CPT’s Scheff. “Of course,” he adds, “one industry may kill another industry. That’s tough on some people.” Theoretically, all unemployed workers can be retrained, but retraining programs are 27淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 not high on the nation’s agenda (议事日程). Many new jobs, moreover, will require an ability in using computers, and the retraining needed to use them will have to be repeated as the technology keeps improving. Says a chilling report by the Congressional Office of Technology Assessment: “Lifelong retraining is expected to become the standard for many people. “There is a already considerable evidence that the school children now being educated in the use of computers are generally the children of the white middle class. Young blacks, whose unemployment rate stands today at 50 96, will find another barrier in front of them. Such social problems are not the fault of the computer, of course, but a consequence of the way the American society might use the computer. “Even in the days of the Big, main-frame computers, when they were a machine for the few.” says Katherine Davis Fishman, author of The Computer Establishment, “it was a tool to help the rich get richer. It still is to a large extent. One of the great values of the personal computer is that smaller firms, smaller organizations can now have some of the advantages of the bigger organizations.” 26. The closest restatement of “one industry may kill another industry” (Para. 1 Line 11) is that ________. A) industries tend to compete with one another B) one industry might be driven out of business by another industry C) one industry may increase its staff at the expense of another D) industries tend to combine into bigger ones 27. The word “chilling” (Para. 2, Line 5) most probably means ________. A) misleading B) convincing C) discouraging D) interesting 28. Which of the following is NOT mentioned in the passage? A) Computers are efficient in retraining unemployed workers. B) Computers may offer more working opportunities than they destroy. C) Computers will increase the unemployment rate of young blacks. D) Computers can help smaller organizations to function more effectively. 29. From the passage it can be inferred that ________. A) all school children are offered a course in the use of computers B) all unemployed workers are being retrained C) retraining programmes are considered very important by the government 28淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) in reality only a certain portion of unemployed workers will be retrained 30. The major problem discussed in the passage is ________. A) the importance of lifelong retraining of the unemployed workers B) the social consequences of the widespread use of computers in the United States C) the barrier to the employment of young people D) the general rule of the advancement of technology Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Mobility of individual members and family groups tends to split up family relationships. Occasionally the movement of a family away from a situation which has been the source of friction results in greater family organization, but on the whole mobility is disorganizing. Individuals and families are involved in three types of mobility: movement in space, movement up or down in social status, and the movement of ideas. These are termed respectively spatial, vertical, and ideational mobility. A great increase in spatial mobility has gone along with improvements in rail and water transportation, the invention and use of the automobile, and the availability of airplane passenger service. Spatial mobility results in a decline in the importance of the traditional home with its emphasis on family continuity and stability. It also means that when individual family members or the family as a whole move away from a community, the person or the family is removed from the pressures of relatives, friends, and community institutions for conventionality and stability. Even more important is the fact that spatial mobility permits some members of a family to come in contact with and possibly adopt attitudes, values, and ways of thinking different from those held by other family members. The presence of different attitudes, values, and ways of thinking with in a family may, and often does, result in conflict and family disorganization. Potential disorganization is present in those families in which the husband, wife, and children are spatially separated over a long period, or are living together but see each other only briefly because of different work schedules. One index of the increase in vertical mobility is the great increase in the proportion of sons, and to some extent daughters, who engage in occupations other than those of the parents. Another index of vertical mobility is the degree of intermarriage between racial classes. This occurs almost exclusively between classes which are adjacent to each other. Engaging in a different occupation, or intermarriage, like spatial mobility, allows one to come in contact with ways of behavior different from those of the parental home, and tends to separate parents and their children. The increase in ideational mobility is measured by the increase in publications, such 29淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 as newspapers, periodicals, and books, the increase in the percentage of the population owning radios, and the increase in television sets. All these tend to introduce new ideas into the home. When individual family members are exposed to and adopt the new ideas, the tendency is for conflict to arise and for those in conflict to become psychologically separated from each other. 31. What the passage tells us can be summarized by the statement: A) social development results in a decline in the importance of traditional families B) potential disorganization is present in the American family C) family disorganization is more or less the result of mobility D) the movement of a family is one of the factors in raising its social status 32. According to the passage, those who live in a traditional family ________. A) are less likely to quarrel with others because of conventionality and stability B) have to depend on their relatives and friends if they do not move away from it C) can get more help from their family members if they are in trouble D) will have more freedom of action and thought if they move away from it 33. Potential disorganization exists in those families in which ________. A) the husband, wife, and children work too hard B) the husband, wife, and children seldom get together C) both parents have to work full time D) the family members are subject to social pressures 34. Intermarriage and different occupations play an important role in family disorganization because ________. A) they enable the children to travel around without their parents’ permission B) they allow one to find a good job and improve one’s social status C) they enable the children to better understand the ways of behavior of their parents D) they permit one to come into contact with different ways of behavior and thinking 35. This passage suggests that a well-organized family is a family whose members ________. A) are not psychologically withdrawn from one another B) never quarrel with each other even when they disagree C) often help each other with true love and affection 30淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) are exposed to the same new ideas introduced by books, radios, and TV sets Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. To call someone bird-brained in English means you think that person is silly or stupid. But will this description soon disappear from use in the light of recent research? It seems the English may have been unfair in association bird’s brains with stupidity. In an attempt to find out how different creatures see the world, psychologists at Brown University in the USA have been comparing the behaviour of birds and humans. One experiment has involved teaching pigeons to recognize letters of the English alphabet. The birds study in “classrooms”, which are boxes equipped with a computer. After about four days of studying a particular letter, the pigeon has to pick out that letter from several displayed on the computer screen. Three male pigeons have learnt to distinguish all twenty-six letters of the alphabet in this way. A computer record of the birds’ four-month study period has shown surprising similarities between the pigeons’ and human performance. Pigeons and people find the same letters easy, or hard, to tell apart. For example, 92 per cent of the time the pigeons could tell the letter D from the letter Z. But when faced with U and V (often confused by English children), the pigeons were right only 34 per cent of the time. The results of the experiments so far have led psychologists to conclude that pigeons and humans observe things in similar ways. This suggests that there is something fundamental about the recognition process. If scientists could only discover just what this recognition process is it could be very useful for computer designers. The disadvantage of a present computer is that it can only do what a human being has programmed it to do and the programmer must give the computer precise, logical instructions. Maybe in the future, though, computers will be able to think like human beings. 36. The writer suggests that the expression “bird-brained” might be out of use soon because it is ________. A) silly B) impolite C) unnecessary D) inappropriate 37. Psychologists have been experimenting with pigeons to find out whether the birds ________. A) are really silly or stupid B) can learn to make ideas known to people C) see the world as human beings do 31淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) learn more quickly than children 38. U and V are confused by ________. A) 92 per cent of pigeons B) many English children C) most people learning English D) 34 per cent of English children 39. There are similarities in observing things by pigeons and humans ________. A) because pigeons are taught by humans B) because pigeons have brains more developed than other birds C) because their basic ways to know the world are the same D) because pigeons and humans have similar brains 40. The research may help ________. A) computer designers B) computer salesmen C) psychologists D) teachers Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. Germans used to believe that all other races were inferior ________ them. A) than B) for C) to D) from 42. The main road through Pittsburgh’s blocked for three hours today after an accident ________ two trucks. A) connecting B) combining, C) including D) involving 32淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 43. Many parents think that a regular ________ is an excellent way to teach children the value of money. A) allowance B) grant C) aid D) amount 44. The girl is so sensitive that she is ________ to get angry at the slightest offence. A) adaptable B) liable C) fit D) suitable 45. He was at the ________ of his career when he was murdered. A) glory B) power C) pride D) height 46. I have never met the professor though I have been in correspondence him for several years. A) with B) by C) of D) to 47. ________ they must learn in a course is not provided in the classroom. A) Many things B) So much C) Much of what D) All what 48. Of the immigrants who came to America in the first three quarters of the seventeenth century, the ________ majority was English. A) overwhelming B) overflowing C) overtaking D) overloading 33淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 49. You can’t be ________ careful in making the decision as it is such a critical case. A) quite B) too C) very D) so 50. By the first decade of the 21st century, international commercial air traffic is expected ________ vastly beyond today’s levels. A) to have extended B) to be extending C) being extended D) having been extended 51. The doctor warned his patient that ________ should he return to work until he had completely recovered. A) on all accounts B) on no account C) on any account D) on every account 52. We started burning some leaves in our yard, but the fire got ________ and we had to call the fire department to put it out: A) out of hand B) out of order C) out of the question D) out of the way 53. If an earthquake occurred, some of the one-storey houses ________. A) might be standing left B) might be left standing C) might leave to be standing D) might be left to stand 54. The professor picked several students ________ from the class and asked them to help him with the experiment. A) at ease B) at all C) at random 34淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) at hand 55. Every year there is some ________ of the laws. A) transformation B) identification C) correction D) alteration 56. Some people believe that proficiency in a foreign language is not achieved through teaching and learning but ________ through actual use. A) received B) accepted C) derived D) acquired 57. It is said that somewhere between the ages of 6 and 9, children begin to think ________ instead of concretely. A) logically B) reasonably C) abstractly D) generally 58. Sea food of all kinds is ________ in the states that border the oceans. A) abandoned B) advantageous C) abundant D) accumulated 59. I can’t back the car because there is a truck ________. A) in every way B) in a way C) in the way D) in any way: 60. ________ as a poor boy in a family of seventeen children. Benjamin Franklin became famous on both sides of the Atlantic as a statesman, scientist, and author. A) Starting B) Started 35淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Being started D) To have started 61. Though I’ve never seen you before. I guess you ________ be the new secretary. A) should B) must C) would D) could 62. This store has an excellent ________ for fair dealing. A) repetition B) reputation C) authority D) popularity 63. The atmosphere is as much a part of the earth as ________ its soils and the water of its lakes, rivers and oceans. A) has B) do C) is D) are 64. Her terror was so great ________ somewhere to escape, she would have run for her life. A) only if there had been B) that there had only been C) that had there only been D) if there was only 65. While you pedal away on the exercise bicycle, a machine will be ________ your breathing and pulse. A) reviewing B) screening C) surveying D) monitoring 66. Understanding the cultural habits of another nation, especially ________ containing as many different subcultures as the United States is a complex task. A) these 36淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) that C) one D) such 67. Their bedroom windows ________ a lovely garden. A) look up to B) look out for C) look forward to D) look out on 68. I hoped to get the house but a rich man was ________ against me. A) bidding B) disputing C) betting D) testifying 69. His first novel ‘Night’ was an account of the Nazi crimes ________ through the eyes of a teenaged boy. A) and were seen B) which saw C) but was seen D) as seen 70. The judge recommended that he ________ for at least three years. A) was not released B) not be released C) had not been released D) not released Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 37淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Quite recently researchers have reviewed the causes of motion sickness and methods with which it may be suppressed. They concentrated first of all in motion sickness which develops in children (71) travelling in the back seat of cars. A lot of children suffer terribly from car sick. What’s required is to provide the child with (72) the visual field he has in walk. So objects at (73) a distance in the center of the field remain stationary while those in the peripheral field appear to move. This can be achieved by positioning the child in a raised seat in the front of the car, that, of course, isn’t very (74) sensible in terms of safety. Looking at the horizon is always beneficial to anyone develops sea sickness, because it’s the (75) only object which doesn’t move. If he is below deck, closing his eyes is helpful. It’s better to have no visual information but something which (76) results in conflict. Taking drugs is one way to prevent motion sickness. In the fact, it’s interesting to note (77) that these have been excluded in medical kits (78) used in space flights. Astronauts have been known to develop motion sickness, too: Drugs are fine in moderation. We human beings, moreover, are not (79) alone in our suffering. Dogs, cats and horses are also easily effected. Even fish in glass (80) containers on ships sometimes become seasick. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic: How to Solve the Housing Problem in Big Cities? Four suggested solutions to this problem are listed below. You are supposed to write in favour of one suggestion (ONE only) and against another (ONE only). You should give your reasons in both cases. You should write no less than 120 words. Remember to give a short introduction and a brief conclusion. Write your composition clearly. 四种可能解决住房问题的方案： 1. 多造高层建筑 2. 向地下发展 3. 建造卫星城市 4. 疏散城市人口 How to Solve the Housing Problem in Big Cities? 38淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1990年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. B 8. B 9. D 10. C 11. A 12. B 13. D 14. C 15. D 16. B 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A Part II 21. D 22. B 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. C 27. C 28. A 29. A 30. A 31. D 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. D 40. B Part III 41. C 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. A 46. D 47. B 48. D 49. B 50.A 51. C 52. A 53. B 54. C 55. C 56. C 57. C 58. D 59. B 60. A 61. D 62. D 63. D 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. B 39淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) Excited. B) Pleased. C) Moved. D) Disappointed. 2. A) She hasn’t been well lately. B) She wants a technician to repair it. C) She feels unhappy without the TV set. D) She wants him to fix it at once. 3. A) He often complains about his job. B) He is not interested in office work. C) He likes his job very much. D) He does mind all the overtime. 4. A) Her mother did her hair. B) She inherited it. C) Her mother designed. D) Her hair is modeled. 5. A) Allen does twice as much work as the rest. B) Allen will do the assignment in two hours. C) Allen is very careless with his homework. D) Allen works twice as fast as the rest. 6. A) The man is looking for a book. B) The woman is a librarian. C) The book was of little help to the man. D) The book was of great help to the man. 7. A) 6. B) 15. 40淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) 14. D) 29. 8. A) Maybe the invitation was too late. B) The man’s wife didn’t invite Margaret. C) Margaret promised to come, but later she changed her mind. D) Margaret will come any moment. 9. A) To go to bed. B) To check her family expenses. C) To stay upstairs. D) To rest for a while. 10. A) John is usually late. B) John will not show up. C) John will be there at eight-thirty. D) John is usually on time. Section B Passage One 11. A) Some piano pieces. B) Songs sung by African singers. C) A new kind of music. D) Music from different parts of the world. 12. A) Tenderness. B) Happiness. C) Love. D) Sadness. 13. A) How much people like sad music. B) Why music is an important form of art. C) How music expresses people’s feelings. D) In what way classic music differs from pop music. Passage Two 41淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 14. A) The way you pursue it. B) The interest you have. C) The time you can afford. D) The money you spend on it. 15. A) Playing tennis. B) Playing cards. C) Collecting coins. D) Collecting stamps. 16. A) One can always find time to pursue a hobby. B) A hobby is of particular importance to a political figure. C) The correct choice of a hobby depends on one’s racial position. D) Everyone should learn how to choose a hobby from Winston Churchill. Passage Three 17. A) To train students to be successful scholars. B) To teach students to be good citizens. C) To teach students to work hard. D) To train students to be social workers. 18. A) To do better in math and science. B) To compete with each other. C) To obey the teacher. D) To help each other. 19. A) Relaxing. B) Boring. C) Tense. D) Serious. 20. A) Low scores of the students. B) Teachers’ impatience. C) Bad behavior among children. D) Heavy course load. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) 42淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage One Merchant and passenger ships are generally required to have a life preserver for every person aboard and, in many cases, a certain percentage of smaller sizes for children. According to United States Coast Guard requirements, life preservers must be simple in design, reversible, capable of being quickly adjusted to fit the uninitiated individual, and must be so designed as to support the wearer in the water in an upright or slightly backward position. Sufficient buoyancy (浮力) to support the wearer should be retained by the life preserver after 48 hour in the water, and it should be reliable even after long period of storage. Thus it should be made of materials resistant to sunlight, gasoline, and oils, and it should be not easily set on fire. The position in which the life preserver will support a person who jumps or falls into the water is most important, as is its tendency to turn the wearer in the water from a face-down position to an upright or slightly backward position, with his face clear of the water, even when the wearer is exhausted or unconscious. The method of adjustment to the body should be simple, and self-evident to uninitiated persons even in the dark under the confused conditions which follow a disaster. Thus, the life preserver should be reversible, so that it is nearly impossible to set it on wrong. Catches, straps, and ties should be kept to a minimum. In addition, the life preserver must be adjustable to the wide variety of shapes and sizes of wearers, since this greatly affects the position of floating and the self-righting qualities. A suitable life preserver should also be comfortable to wear at all times, in and out of the water, not so heavy as to encourage to take it off on shipboard while the ship is in danger, nor so burdensome that it hinders a person in the water while trying to swim. 21. The passage is mainly about ________. A) the uses of life preservers B) the design of life preservers C) the materials for life preservers D) the buoyancy of life preservers 22. According to the passage, a life preserver should be first of all, ________. A) adjustable B) comfortable C) self-evident D) self-righting 23. United States Coast Guard does NOT require the life preserver to the made ________. A) with as few strings as possible B) capable of being worn on both sides 43淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) according to each wearer’s size D) comfortable and light to wear 24. By “the uninitiated individual” (Para. 1, line 6) the author refers to the person ________. A) who has not been instructed how to use a life preserver B) who has a little experience in using a life preserver C) who uses a life preserver without permission D) who becomes nervous before a disaster 25. What would happen if a person were supported by the life preserver in a wrong position? A) The waves would move him backwards. B) The water would choke him. C) He would immediately sink to the bottom. D) He would be exhausted or unconscious. Passage Two A hundred years ago it was assumed and scientifically “proved” by economists that the laws of society made it necessary to have a vast army of poor and jobless people in order to keep the economy going. Today, hardly anybody would dare to voice this principle. It is generally accepted that nobody should be excluded from the wealth Western industrialized countries, a system of insurance has been introduced which guarantees everyone a minimum of subsistence (生活维持费) in case of unemployment, sickness and old age. I would go one step further and argue that, even if these conditions are not present, everyone has the right to receive the means to subsist (维持 生活), in other words, he can claim this subsistence minimum without having to have any “reason”. I would suggest, however, that it should be limited to a definite period of time, let’s say two years, so as to avoid the encouraging of an abnormal attitude which refused any kind of social obligation. This may sound like a fantastic proposal, but so, I think, our insurance system would have sounded to people a hundred years ago. The main objection to such a scheme would be that if each person were entitled to receive minimum support, people would not work. This assumption rests on the fallacy of the inherent laziness in human nature, actually, aside from abnormally lazy people, there would be very few who would not want to earn more than the minimum, and who would prefer to do nothing rather than work. However, the suspicions against a system of guaranteed subsistence minimum are not groundless, from the standpoint of those who want to use ownership of capital for the purpose of forcing others to accept the work conditions they offer. If nobody were forced to accept work in order not to starve, work would have to be sufficiently 44淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 interesting and attractive to induce one to accept it. Freedom of contract is possible only if both parties are free to accept and reject it; in the present capitalist system this is not the case. But such a system would not only be the beginning of real freedom of contract between employers and employees, its principal advantage would be the improvement of freedom in inter-personal relationships in every sphere of daily life. 26. People used to think that poverty and unemployment were due to ________. A) the slow development of the economy B) the poor and jobless people’s own faults C) the lack of responsibility on the part of society D) the large number of people who were not well-educated 27. Now it is widely accepted that ________. A) the present system of social insurance should be improved B) everybody should be granted a minimum of subsistence without any “reason” C) everybody has the right to share in the wealth of the country D) people have to change their attitude towards the poor 28. The writer argues that a system of social insurance should ________. A) provide benefits for the sick, old and unemployed B) encourage people to take on more social obligations C) guarantee everyone the right to be employed D) provide everyone with the right to a minimum subsistence for a certain period 29. The word “fallacy” (Para. 2. L. 6) means ________. A) doubt B) fact C) strong argument D) wrong belief 30. According to the writer, a system of guaranteed subsistence minimum ________. A) demands too much from society B) makes freedom of contract impossible C) helps people take interest in their work D) helps bring about changes in the relationship among people Passage Three 45淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. The newborn can see the difference between various shapes and patterns from birth. He prefers patterns to dull or bright solid colors and looks longer at stripes and angles than at circular patterns. Within three weeks, however, his preference shifts dramatically to the human face. Why should a baby with so little visual experience attend more to a human face than to any other kind of pattern’? Some scientists think this preference represents a built in advantage for the human species. The object of prime importance to the physically helpless infant is a human being. Babies seem to have a natural tendency to the human face as potentially rewarding. Researchers also point out that the newborn wisely relies more on pattern than on outline, size, or color. Pattern remains stable, while outline changes with point of view; size, with distance from an object; and brightness and color, with lighting. Mothers have always claimed that they could see their newborns looking at them as they held them, despite what they have been told. The experts who thought that perception (知觉) had to await physical development and the consequence of action were wrong for several reasons. Earlier research techniques were less sophisticated than they are today. Physical skills were once used to indicate perception of objects-skills like visual tracking and reaching for an object, both of which the newborn does poorly. Then, too, assumptions that the newborn’s eye and brain were too immature for anything as sophisticated as pattern recognition caused opposing data to be thrown away. Since perception of form was widely believed to follow perception of more “basic” qualities such as color and brightness, the possibility of its presence from birth was rejected. 31. What does a newborn baby like to see most’? A) Bright colors. B) Circular patterns. C) Stripes and angles. D) Various shapes. 32. The newborn pays more attention to a human face than any other kind of objects because ________. A) he sees a human face more often than any other kind of pattern B) he has an inherent ability to regard a human being as helpful C) a human face is the most complex pattern he can see D) a human face is often accompanied by a pleasant voice 33. Contrary to what they believe, mothers have been told that newborns ________. A) care little about a human face B) can’t track their movements C) can’t see their faces 46淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) can easily perceive brightness 34. In earlier researches on the newborn’s perception, scientists ________. A) ignored evidence contrary to their assumptions B) believed that perception of form comes before perception of color and brightness C) opposed throwing away effective data D) proved that physical skills come after visual perception 35. The main idea of the passage is that ________. A) research techniques are of vital importance scientific investigation B) the findings of earlier scientific researchers often prove wrong C) newborns can perceive forms from birth D) more often than not the claims of mothers are reliable Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Albert Einstein recalled his learning problems philosophically: “My intellectual (智力 的) development was slow, as a result of which I began to wonder about space and time only when I had already grown up. Naturally, I could go deeper into the problem than a child.” And so, 11 years after dismissal from school, young Albert Einstein published the theory of relativity that changed our understanding of the universe. No one in this century has been more widely recognized as a genius than Einstein. Yet his problems with early intellectual development and his peculiar gifts cast great doubt on all our conventional ideas about genius, intelligence or “I.Q.” (智商). On the one hand, Einstein showed early defects in abilities that our mental tests value; on the other hand, his special intellectual faculties went far beyond most definitions of intelligence. Moreover, their growth appears peculiarly gradual, contradicting the popular conception of intelligence as something inborn and fixed. His resolute persistence and his skills in playing games with ideas were apparently as decisive to his genius as any cutting edge of intellect (智能). These powerful aspects of intelligence that conventional definitions overlook are getting close attention in a new wave of research. This comes after years of earlier studies which exposed the narrowness of our usual measures of mental ability. Intelligence, it turns out, is multifaceted and marvelous; it includes personal characteristics, creativity skills and intellectual capabilities that show up on no test. What is most exciting is that some of these iii-defined abilities are possessed by many people. Just knowing about such neglected skills will help us discover and develop untapped (未 开发的) potential-in ourselves and in our children. 36. This passage is about ________. A) the development of Einstein’s intellect 47淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) the wide recognition of Einstein as a genius C) conventional ideas concerning genius D) an insight to the complexity of human intelligence 37. According to the passage, when Einstein was at school, he ________. A) fell behind other pupils B) was fond of studying philosophical problems C) was proud of his own diligence D) thought more deeply about the problems of space and time than his classmates 38. Which of the following led to Einstein’s success? A) His good skills in game-playing. B) His diligence and powerful mind. C) His unusual insight into the conception of intelligence. D) His decisiveness in taking actions. 39. “Multifaceted” (Para. 3, Line 6) probably means ________. A) having many aspects B) having many abilities C) having many skills D) having many uses 40. According to the passage which of the following statements is TRUE’? A) Conventional intelligence tests are not reliable. B) For ordinary people intelligence is something inborn and fixed. C) Einstein was apparently a genius in playing games as well as in scientific research. D) Einstein’s early defects in abilities contributed to his later mental development. Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. The oil shortage ________ the prices of chemical fertilizers on the world market. A) drove oil B) drove up C) drove in D) drove off 42. There are five ________ mistakes in this picture. Can you find them and win a prize? 48淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) intensive B) deliberate C) planned D) calculated 43. These studies will yield valuable lemons ________. A) in which to save lives and protect property B) how to save lives and protect property C) in how to save lives and protect property D) about those to save lives and protect property 44. The school offered flexible courses for farmers, ________ more hours of study when farm work was not heavy. A) with B) without C) in D) for 45. Part of the cost of many articles is taken as tax by the government ________ the community. A) in place of B) on account of C) in terms of D) on behalf of 46. Soldiers act in ________ to the orders of their officers. A) obligation B) objection C) obedience D) offence 47. ________ after the Second World War that test pilots first attempted to break the “Sound barrier.” A) It was shortly B) Until shortly C) Shortly was it D) Shortly 49淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48. ________ in the Atacama Desert. A) It never virtually rains B) It virtually never rains C) Never it rains virtually D) Never virtually it rains 49. Society now requires the university to be a part of the community. ________, students themselves expect to play a role in the affairs of society. A) Hence B) However C) Moreover D) Otherwise 50. Superconductors lose electrical resistance only ________ subjected to intense cold. A) through B) when C) as D) by 51. Those who lie and cheat will never ________ it. A) get on with B) get back to C) get away with D) get off with 52. A foreign language like English is difficult to learn, so you ________ work too hard. A) should B) mustn’t C) can’t D) ought to 53. Cultural life in England takes so many forms that a brief summary can only attempt to ________ its variety. A) suggest B) remind C) consider D) propose 50淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54. There are ________ periods in an animal’s life when it is capable of learning a great deal in a very short time. A) urgent B) violent C) serious D) critical 55. Do employers in your country ________ workers for in juries suffered at their work? A) conform B) conflict C) compel D) compensate 56. Since they betrayed us, they have no hope of convincing ________ their sincerity. A) with B) for C) in D) of 57. They assured us that ________ was waiting for they were there to share it. A) what B) whatever C) it D) whoever 58. ________ exposure to dirty air can cause people suffer from some diseases. A) Raised B) Prolonged C) Expanded D) Enlarged 59. ________ about one of the most rapidly changing countries in a ceaselessly changing world is not all easy. A) Being informed B) To be informing C) Have in formed D) Informed 51淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. Though you stay in the sea for weeks, you will not ________ contact with the outside world. A) lose B) fall C) miss D) fail 61. Visitors to England sometimes find the lack of public activities in the evenings ________. A) depressed B) depression C) depressing D) depressingly 62. Julie is one of those women who always ________ the latest fashions. A) look after B) keep up with C) run for D) go in for 63. This traditional entertainment for children in America has never, ________ I know, become popular in China. A) as far as B) as much C) to the extent that D) so long as 64. Mr. Smith attends to the ________ of important business himself: A) transmission B) transformation C) transaction D) transition 65. Besides what you have explained, can you think of ________ reason for their terrible action? A) any B) else C) other 52淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) another 66. The chairman threatened ________ if his policies were not adopted. A) to resign B) resigning C) to be resigned D) being resigned 67. She was able to give the police a full account of since she had been ________ to it. A) an observer B) an on-looker C) a watcher D) a witness 68. Very few people understood his lecture, the subject of which was very ________. A) obscure B) upsetting C) distant D) inferior 69. Although the national government has introduced some new laws on this subject, it is the ________ state governments which are responsible for pollution control. A) precisely B) primarily C) progressively D) preliminarily 70. He would ________ it that his son took a livelier interest in politics. A) see into B) see through C) see about D) see to Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion 53淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ By the time of the Civil War, there were many differences between the North and the South. For instance, the population of the (71) North was far greater than of the South. (72) Twenty-two million people lived in the North; nine million lived in the South. To the nine million people in the South, more than three million were (73) slaves, many of whom would fight for the North. In addition to have more people, the (74) North also possessed most of the factories in the United States. This greatly helped the Southern (75) army, which could count on adequate supplies of (76) guns, ammunition( 弹药 ), and clothing during (77) the Civil War. In the contrast, the South, since it mainly depended on farming, had many factories. The Southern leaders hoped to gain war supplies from European countries. They planned to buy their crops (78) to England and France in return for guns and ammunition to fight the war. (79) Except its industry, the North also had a larger network of railroads to transport supplies. (80) The South, which had few railroads, depended on its waterways to transport men and supplies. Moreover, the North had an establishing army, navy, and government, while the South had to begin organizing its self military force. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition about Man Is to Survive. You should base your writing on the following outline: 1. 人类面临的问题(如能源、疾病、污染、人口等) 2. 悲观的看法(如人类将无法生存) 3. 人类的智慧和出路 Your composition should be no less than 120 words. Be sure to write your composition in readable handwriting. Man Is to Survive 54淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. A 7. D 8. B 9. D 10. C 11. D 12. A 13. D 14. B 15. C 16. B 17. A 18. C 19. B 20. C Part II 21. D 22. A 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. B 29. D 30. D 31. B 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. A Part III 41. D 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. A 46. A 47. C 48. D 49. D 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. B 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. B 60. D 61. C 62. D 63. A 64. C 65. A 66. B 67. A 68. A 69. B 70. D 55淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) She wants to return the skirt her husband bought. B) She wants to buy another skirt. C) She wants to change the blue skirt for a yellow one. D) She wants to change the yellow skirt for a blue one. 2. A) It’s too expensive. B) It isn’t needed. C) It should be built. D) A college would be better. 3. A) Jack’s car was stolen. B) Jack sold his car. C) Jack bought a new car. D) Jack had a car accident. 4. A) Some people pretend to know what they really don’t. B) What the woman said is true. C) What the woman said is wrong. D) He knows more than the woman does. 5. A) The woman’s job is a librarian. B) Women’s rights in society. C) An important election. D) Career planning. 6. A) She thinks it is easier said than done. B) She totally agrees with him. C) She feels that what he says is simply nonsense. D) She thinks that he is rather impolite person. 7. A) To clean the yard. B) To weed the garden. C) To hire a gardener. 56淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) To work in the flower beds. 8. A) On the 6th of June. B) On the 8th of June. C) On the 9th of June. D) On the 19th of June. 9. A) The man thinks the woman is wasting her time. B) The man thinks the woman should make full use of her time. C) The man is eager to know the woman’s answer. D) The man can wait and there is no need for her to hurry. 10. A) To run into each other. B) To get bargains. C) To avoid the crowds. D) To join the crowds. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because of their love for hobbies and pastimes. B) Because of their enthusiasm for sports. C) Because of their fear of heart attacks. D) Because of their strong desire for good health. 12. A) It was decreasing. B) It was increasing. C) It remained almost unchanged. D) It was going up slowly. 13. A) Those who have heart attacks. B) Those who have the desire to be physically fit. C) Those who have spare time. D) Those who have inactive jobs. Passage Two 57淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) In the white pages. B) In the blue pages. C) In the yellow pages. D) In a special section. 15. A) On the first page of the telephone book. B) At the end of the telephone book. C) In the front of the white pages. D) Right after the white pages. 16. A) Check your number and call again. B) Tell the operator what has happened. C) Ask the operator to put you through. D) Ask the operator what has happened. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Its specialization in transporting small packages. B) The low cost of its service. C) Being the first airline to send urgent letters. D) Its modern sorting facilities. 18. A) 10,000. B) 35. C) 130. D) 30. 19. A) Because of its good airport facilities. B) Because of its location in the country. C) Because of its size. D) Because of its round-the-clock service. 20. A) Its full-time staff. B) The postmen who work in Memphis. C) Students who work in their spare time. 58淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The staff members of the International Airport. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. It is natural for young people to be critical of their parents at times and to blame them for most of the misunderstandings between them. They have always complained, more or less justly, that their parents are out of touch with modern ways; that they are possessive and dominant that they do not trust their children to deal with crises; that they talk too much about certain problems and that they have no sense of humour, at least in parent-child relationships. I think it is true that parents often underestimate their teenage children and also forget how they themselves felt when young. Young people often irritate their parents with their choices in clothes and hairstyles, in entertainers and music. This is not their motive. They feel cut off from the adult world into which they have not yet been accepted. So they create a culture and society of their own. Then, if it turns out that their music or entertainers or vocabulary or clothes or hairstyles irritate their parents, this gives them additional enjoyment. They feel they are superior, at least in a small way, and that they are leaders in style and taste. Sometimes you are resistant, and proud because you do not want your parents to approve of what you do. If they did approve, it looks as if you are betraying your own age group. But in that case, you are assuming that you are the underdog: you can’t win but at least you can keep your honour. This is a passive way of looking at things. It is natural enough after long years of childhood, when you were completely under your parents’ control. But it ignores the fact that you are now beginning to be responsible for yourself. If you plan to control your life, co-operation can be part of that plan. You can charm others, especially parents, into doing things the ways you want. You can impress others with your sense of responsibility and initiative, so that they will give you the authority to do what you want to do. 21. The author is primarily addressing ________. A) parents of teenagers B) newspaper readers C) those who give advice to teenagers D) teenagers 22. The first paragraph is mainly about ________. A) the teenagers’ criticism of their parents B) misunderstandings between teenagers and their parents C) the dominance of the parents over their children D) the teenagers’ ability to deal with crises 59淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Teenagers tend to have strange clothes and hairstyles because they ________. A) want to show their existence by creating a culture of their own B) have a strong desire to be leaders in style and taste C) have no other way to enjoy themselves better D) want to irritate their parents 24. Teenagers do not want their parents to approve of whatever they do because they ________. A) have already been accepted into the adult world B) feel that they are superior in a small way to the adults C) are not likely to win over the adults D) have a desire to be independent 25. To improve parent-child relationships, teenagers are advised to be ________. A) obedient B) responsible C) co-operative D) independent Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The long years of food shortage in this country have suddenly given way to apparent abundance. Stores and shops are choked with food. Rationing (定量供应) is virtually suspended, and overseas suppliers have been asked to hold back deliveries. Yet, instead of joy, there is widespread uneasiness and confusion. Why do food prices keep on rising, when there seems to be so much more food about? Is the abundance only temporary, or has it come to stay? Does it mean that we need to think less now about producing more food at home? No one knows what to expect. The recent growth of export surpluses on the world food market has certainly been unexpectedly great, partly because a strange sequence of two successful grain harvests. North America is now being followed by a third. Most of Britain’s overseas suppliers of meat, too, are offering more this year and home production has also risen. But the effect of all this on the food situation in this country has been made worse by a simultaneous rise in food prices, due chiefly to the gradual cutting down of government support for food. The shops are overstocked with food not only because there is more food available, but also because people, frightened by high prices, are buying less of it. Moreover, the rise in domestic prices has come at a time when world prices have begun to fall, with the result that imported food, with the exception of grain, is often cheaper than the home-produced variety. And now grain prices, too, are falling. Consumers are beginning to ask why they should not be enabled to benefit from this trend. 60淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The significance of these developments is not lost on farmers. The older generation have seen it all happen before. Despite the present price and market guarantees, farmers fear they are about to be squeezed between cheap food imports and a shrinking home market. Present production is running at 51 per cent above pre-war levels, and the government has called for an expansion to 60 per cent by 1956; but repeated Ministerial advice is carrying little weight and the expansion programme is not working very well. 26. Why is there “wide-spread uneasiness and confusion about the food situation in Britain?” A) The abundant food supply is not expected to last. B) Britain is importing less food. C) Despite the abundance, food prices keep rising. D) Britain will cut back on its production of food. 27. The main reason for the rise in food prices is that ________. A) people are buying less food B) the government is providing less financial support for agriculture C) domestic food production has decreased D) imported food is driving prices higher 28. Why didn’t the government’s expansion programme work very well? A) Because the farmers were uncertain about the financial support the government guaranteed. B) Because the farmers were uncertain about the benefits of expanding production. C) Because the farmers were uncertain about whether foreign markets could be found for their produce. D) Because the older generation of farmers were strongly against the programmer. 29. The decrease in world food price was a result of ________. A) a sharp fall in the purchasing power of the consumers B) a sharp fall in the cost of food production C) the overproduction of food in the food-importing countries D) the overproduction on the part of the main food-exporting countries 30. What did the future look like for Britain’s food production at the time this article was written? A) The fall in world food prices would benefit British food producers. B) An expansion of food production was at hand. C) British food producers would receive more government financial support. 61淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) It looks depressing despite government guarantees. Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. It is hard to predict how science is going to turn out, and if it is really good science it is impossible to predict. If the things to be found are actually new, they are by definition unknown in advance. You cannot make choices in this matter. You either have science or you don’t, and if you have it you are obliged to accept the surprising and disturbing pieces of information, along with the neat and promptly useful bits. The only solid piece of scientific truth about which I feel totally confident is that we are profoundly ignorant about nature. Indeed, I regard this as the major discovery of the past hundred years of biology. It is, in its way, an illumination piece of news. It would have amazed the brightest minds of the 18th century Enlightenment (启蒙运动) to be told by any of us how little we know and how bewildering seems the way ahead. It is this sudden confrontation with the depth and scope of ignorance that represents the most significant contribution of the 20th century science to the human intellect. In earlier times, we either pretended to understand how things worked or ignored the problem, or simply made up stories to fill the gaps. Now that we have begun exploring in earnest, we are getting glimpses of how huge the questions are, and how far from being answered. Because of this, we are depressed. It is not so bad being ignorant if you are totally ignorant; the hard thing is knowing in some detail the reality of ignorance, the worst spots and here and there the not-so-bad spots, but no true light at the end of the tunnel nor even any tunnels that can yet be trusted. But we are making a beginning, and there ought to be some satisfaction. There are probably no questions we can think up that can’t be answered, sooner or later, including even the matter of consciousness. To be sure, there may well be questions we can’t think up, ever, and therefore limits to the reach of human intellect, but that is another matter. Within our limits, we should be able to work our way through to all our answers, if we keep at it long enough, and pay attention. 31. According to the author, really good science ________. A) would surprise the brightest minds of the 18th century Enlightenment B) will produce results which cannot be foreseen C) will help people to make the right choice in advance D) will bring about disturbing results 32. It can be inferred from the passage that scientists of the 18th century ________. A) thought that they knew a great deal and could solve most problems of science B) were afraid of facing up to the realities of scientific research C) knew that they were ignorant and wanted to know more about nature D) did more harm than good in promoting man’s understanding of nature 33. Which of the following statements is NOT true of scientists in earlier times? 62淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) They invented false theories to explain things they didn’t understand. B) They falsely claimed to know all about nature. C) They did not believe in results from scientific observation. D) They paid little attention to the problems they didn’t understand. 34. What is the author’s attitude towards science? A) He is depressed because of the ignorance of scientists. B) He is doubtful because of the enormous difficulties confronting it. C) He is confident though he is aware of the enormous difficulties confronting it. D) He is delighted because of the illuminating scientific findings. 35. The author believes that ________. A) man can find solutions to whatever questions concerning nature he can think up B) man can not solve all the problems he can think up because of the limits of human intellect C) sooner or later man can think up all the questions concerning nature and answer them D) questions concerning consciousness are outside the scope of scientific researchD Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Greenspace facilities are contributing to an important extent to the quality of the urban environment. Fortunately it is no longer necessary that every lecture or every book about this subject has to start with the proof of this idea. At present, it is generally accepted, although more as a self-evident statement than on the base of a closely- reasoned scientific proof. The recognition of the importance of greenspaces in the urban environment is a first step on the right way, this does not mean, however, that sufficient details are known about the functions of greenspace in towns and about the way in which the inhabitants are using these spaces. As to this rather complex subject I shall, within the scope of this lecture, enter into one aspect only, namely the recreative function of greenspace facilities. The theoretical separation of living, working, traffic and recreation which for many years has been used in town-and-country planning, has in my opinion resulted in disproportionate attention for forms of recreation far from home, whereas there was relatively little attention for improvement of recreative possibilities in the direct neighbourhood of the home. We have come to the conclusion that this is not right, because an important part of the time which we do not pass in sleeping or working, is used for activities at and around home. So it is obvious that recreation in the open air has to begin at the street-door of the house. The urban environment has to offer as many recreation activities as possible, and the design of these has to be such that more obligatory activities can also have a recreative aspect. The very best standard of living is nothing if it is not possible to take a pleasant walk 63淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 in the district, if the children cannot be allowed to play in the streets, because the risks of traffic are too great, if during shopping you can nowhere find a spot for enjoying for a moment the nice weather, in short, if you only feel yourself at home after the street- door of your house is closed after you. 36. According to the author, the importance of greenspaces in the urban environment ________. A) is still unknown B) is usually neglected C) is being closely studied D) has been fully recognized 37. The theoretical separation of living, working, traffic and recreation has led to ________. A) the disproportion of recreation facilities in the neighbourhood B) the location of recreation facilities far from home C) relatively little attention for recreative possibilities D) the improvement of recreative possibilities in the neighbourhood 38. The author suggests that the recreative possibilities of green space should be provided ________. A) in special areas B) in the suburbs C) in the neighbourhood of the house D) in gardens and parks 39. According to the author, greenspace facilities should be designed in such a way that ________. A) more obligatory activities might take on a recreative aspect B) more and more people might have access to them C) an increasing number of recreative activities might be developed D) recreative activities might be brought into our homes 40. The main idea of this passage is that ________. A) better use of greenspace facilities should be made so as to improve the quality of our life B) attention must be directed to the improvement of recreative possibilities C) the urban environment is providing more recreation activities than it did many years ago 64淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) priority must be given to the development of obligatory activities Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. Tom ________ better than to ask Dick for help. A) shall know B) shouldn’t know C) has known D) should have known 42. The magician picked several persons ________ from the audience and asked them to help him with the performance. A) by accident B) at random C) on occasion D) on average 43. Water enters into a great variety of chemical reactions, ________ have been mentioned in previous pages. A) a few of it B) a few of that C) a few of them D) a few of which 44. They’ll have you ________ if you don’t pay your taxes. A) to be arrested B) arrest C) arrested D) being arrested 45. There was a knock at the door. It was the second time someone ________ me that evening. A) had interrupted B) would have interrupted C) to have interrupted D) to interrupted 46. Despite their good service, most inns are less costly than hotels of ________ standards. 65淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) equivalent B) alike C) uniform D) likely 47. ________ for your help, we’d never have been able to get over the difficulties. A) Had it not B) If it were not C) Had it not been D) If we had not been 48. Some people either ________ avoid questions of right and wrong or remain neutral about them. A) violently B) enthusiastically C) sincerely yours D) deliberately 49. There is no easy solution to Japan’s labour ________. A) decline B) vacancy C) rarity D) shortage 50. I’m sure your suggestion will ________ the problem. A) contribute to solving B) contribute to solve C) be contributed to solve D) be contributed to solving 51. I left for the office earlier than usual this morning ________ traffic jam. A) in line with B) for the sake of C) in case of D) at the risk of 52. Some areas, ________ their severe weather conditions, are hardly populated. A) due to 66淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) in spite of C) but for D) with regard to 53. The new washing machines are ________ at the rate of fifty a day. A) turned up B) turned down C) turned out D) turned in 54. On turning the corner, we saw the road ________ steeply. A) departing B) descending C) decreasing D) depressing 55. The managing director took the ________ for the accident, although it was not really his fault. A) guilt B) blame C) charge D) accusation 56. Once they had fame, fortune, secure futures; ________ is utter poverty. A) now that all is left B) now all that is left C) now all which is left D) now all what is left 57. The shop-assistant was straight with his customers. If an article was of ________ quality he’d tell them so. A) humble B) inferior C) minor D) awkward 58. His tastes and habits ________ with those of his wife. A) combine 67淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) compete C) coincide D) compromise 59. The branches could hardly ________ the weight of the fruit. A) retain B) sustain C) maintain D) remain 60. With all its advantages, the computer is by no means without its ________. A) boundaries B) restraints C) confinements D) limitations 61. Visitors are asked to ________ with the regulations. A) contrast B) consult C) comply D) conflict 62. He ________ so much work that he couldn’t really do it efficiently. A) put on B) turned on C) brought on D) took on 63. ________ should any money be given to a small child. A) On no account B) From all accounts C) Of no account D) By all accounts 64. Without facts, we cannot form a worthwhile opinion for we need to have factual knowledge ________ our thinking. A) which to be based on B) which to base upon 68淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) upon which to base D) to which to be based 65. ________ that they may eventually reduce the amount of labor needed on construction sites by 90 percent. A) so clever are the construction robots B) so clever the construction robots are C) such construction robots are clever D) such clever construction robots are 66. All flights ________ because of the storm, they decided to take the train. A) having canceled B) having been canceled C) were canceled D) have been canceled 67. The microscope can ________ the object 100 times in diameter. A) magnify B) increase C) develop D) multiply 68. Language belongs to each one of us, to the flower-seller ________ to the professor. A) as much as B) as far as C) the same as D) as long as 69. We ________ Edison’s success to his intelligence and hard work. A) subject B) attribute C) owe D) refer 70. She once again went through her composition carefully to ________ all spelling mistakes from it. A) withdraw B) diminish 69淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) abandon D) eliminate Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Traditionally, the American farmer has always been independent and hard-working. In the eighteenth century farmers were quite self-sufficient. The farm family grew and made almost nothing it needed. The surplus crop (71) would be sold to buy a few items in the local general store. In 1860, because some of the farm population had (72) moved to the city, yet eighty percent of the American population was still in the country. In the late nineteen century, farm work and life were not much changed from that they had been in the old days. The farmer aroused at (74) dawn or before and had much work to do, with his own muscles like his chief source of power. He used axes, (76) spades and other complicated tools. In his house cooking (77) was done in wood-burning stoves, and the kerosene lamp was the only improvement on the candle. The family’s recreation and social life chiefly consisted a drive in the (78) wagon to the nearby small town or village to transact some business as well as to chat with neighbors who had also come to town. The children attended a small elementary school (often of just one room) to that they had to walk (79) every day, possibly for a few miles. The school term was short so that the children could not help on the farm. (80) Although the whole family worked, and life was not easy, farmers as a class were self-reliant and independent. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition write a composition based on the graph below. Outline: 70淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. Rise and fall of the rate of car accident as indicated by the graph; 2. Possible reason(s) for the decline of car accidents in the city; 3. Your predictions of what will happen this year. 加一个图表 Your composition should be no less than 120 words and you should quote as few figures as possible. 71淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. A 5. B 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. C 10. B 11. B 12. C 13. D 14. D 15. A 16. D 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A Part II 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. D 27. B 28. A 29. C 30. D 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. D 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. A Part III 41. D 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. A 46. A 47. C 48. D 49. D 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. B 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. B 60. D 61. C 62. D 63. A 64. C 65. A 66. B 67. A 68. A 69. B 70. D 71. nothing → everything 72. because → although 73. nineteen → nineteenth 74. that → what 75. aroused → arose 76. like → as/being 77. complicated → simple 72淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 78. (consist) → (consist) of 79. that → which 80. not → / 作文范文： The graph shows the changing rate of car accidents in Walton city in 1990. The first two months of 1990 showed an increasing trend. The rate rose to 32 in March but fell to 26 in June. From June on the rate was rising again and reached the peak point 39 in August. After August the rate began to decline, and eventually dropped to the lowest point 16 at the end of the year. The highest rate in August was due to unfavorable weather conditions. Humidity and high temperature make drivers impatient, which easily leads to car accidents. The high rate in the first half of 1990 was also caused by the bad weather condition. In Walton City the excessive rain comes at early spring. The rain made road slippery, which often resulted in car accidents. This year the pattern is expected to change. The city government has raised fund to improve the road condition. Two new roads will be finished at the beginning of this year and are expected to open to traffic soon. Furthermore, the new road regulation provides that in summer every car must be air-conditioned. With all these precautions, I’m sure that the rate of car accidents will be much lower this year. 73淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1991年6月听力原文 Section A 1. M: Now, what’s your problem, Madam? W: Oh, yes. My husband bought this yellow skirt here yesterday. It is very nice, but it’s not the colour I want. Have you got any blue ones? Q: What does the woman want to do? 2. M: The city council has finally voted the funds to build a new high school. W: It’s about time they did it. I don’t know what took them so long. Q: What’s the woman’s opinion about the school? 3. M: Last night, jack left his car parked in front of his girl-friend’s house and when he came out to go home, it was gone. W: Wow! That’s really tough. He just bought it last month, didn’t he? Q: What do you think happened? 4. M: Some people know a lot more than they tell. W: Unfortunately the reverse is also true. Q: What does the man mean? 5. W: We all talk about how liberated we are, but in fact women are still not equally treated. M: I don’t think so. You’ve got the vote, you’ve got your careers—I think you’ve go everything important. Q: What are they arguing about? 6. M: It’s partly your own fault. You should never let in anyone like that unless you’re expecting him. W: It’s all very well to say that, but someone cones to the door and says” electricity “or “gas” and you automatically think he is OK, especially if he shows you a card. Q: How does the woman feel about the man’s remarks? 7. M: Your yard is always so beautiful, Cathy. You must have a gardener. W: Oh, no. It would cost at least $50 a month to hire someone to do the work, so I do most of it myself. I enjoy taking care of the flowers, but I have to force myself to do the weeding and cut the grass. Q: What does Cathy like to do? 74淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 8. M: I’d like to make two reservations on Flight 651 for June 8th. W: I’m sorry, we’re booked up on the 8th. But we still have a few seats available on the 9th. Q: When does the man want to leave? 9. M: I have to think about your offer. I can’t say “yes” or “no” at the moment. W: You can take your time. It will do if you let me know your decision in a day or two. Q: Which of the following is true? 10. M: Well, this is a pleasant surprise. It seems to me we ran into each other here last week too. W: You and I must have the same idea. The only way to beat the crowds when you do the grocery shopping on Saturday is to be here when they open at 9:00 o’clock sharp! Q: Why did both of them do grocery shopping at 9:00 o’clock sharp? Section B Passage One In recent years, many Americans of both sexes and various ages have become interested in improving their bodies. They have become devoted to physical fitness. Many persons have a strong desire to be more physically fit. By nature, Americans are enthusiastic and energetic about hobbies or pastimes. Many of them apply this enthusiasm, optimism, and energy to running. As a result, there are running clubs to join and numerous books and magazines to read about running. The desire to be physically fit is explained by a “passion” for good health. The high rate of heart attacks in the 1960s caused an increase of interest in improving the human body. Middle-aged men especially suffer from heart attacks. Thus, they are one group strongly interested in more physical exercises. In fact, many doctors encourage their patients to become more physically active, especially those who have inactive jobs. It is interesting to note that the rate of heart attacks began to decease between 1972 and 1974 and it is still decreasing. Physical fitness has now become a new “love” of Americans. Will it last long? Only time will tell-or until another “new passion” comes along? Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. Why are Americans so interested in physical exercises? 75淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 12. What about the rate of heart attacks between 1972 and 1974 in the United States? 13. What kind of patients are especially encouraged to take part in physical exercises? Passage Two Telephone books in the United States have white, blue and yellow pages. The white pages list people with phones by last name. The blue pages contain numbers of city services, government agencies, and public schools. Businesses and professional services are listed in special section-the Yellow Pages. To make a long distance call, you need an area code. Each area in the U.S. has an area code. The area covered by one are code may be small or large. For example, New York City has one area code, but so does the whole state of Oregon. If you want to know the area code of a place, you can look it up in the area code map which is printed in the front of the white pages. There are a lot of public telephones in the U.S.. They have their own numbers. If you are making a long distance call on a public telephone and run out of money, give the number on your phone to the person you’re talking to. Then hang up the receiver and he can call you back. If you make a long distance call and get a wrong number, call the operator and explain what happened. This means that you can make the call again to the right number without having to pay more money. Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. Where can you find the telephone number of a city council in the telephone book? 15. Where can you find an area code map of the U.S.? 16. What are you advised to do when you get a wring number in making a long distance call? Passage Three Federal Express is a private airline service which expands the Postal Service in the United States. It is the only U.S. airline specializing in the transportation of small packages-35 kilos or less. Federal express links 130 major U.S. cities and 10,000 surrounding communities. An urgent package picked up in one part of the country this afternoon can be delivered to any other part of the country tomorrow morning. All of the Federal Express jets fly into the International Airport at Memphis, Tennessee, because it is located in the center of the United States. The sorting facility for Federal Express is called “The Hub.” Every night, from about 12 midnight to 30 a.m., the packages are gathered and sorted into shipments for specific destinations. The main labor force is comprised of students working part-time. 76淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Since Federal Express started business in 1971, it has flown millions of air kilometers without fail. In the space of one hour, 39 jets will take off to destinations all across the United States. Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. What makes the Federal Express so unique in the U.S. airline service business? 18. How many major U.S. cities does Federal Express link? 19. Why do all of the Federal Express jets fly into the International Airport at Memphis, Tennessee? 20. Who comprise the main labor force of Federal Express? 77淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) Children learn by example. B) Children must not tell lies. C) Children don’t like discipline. D) Children must control their temper. 2. A) The man was very happy with his published article. B) The marking system in the university is excellent. C) The article was rejected. D) The article was cut short. 3. A) He is rude to his students. B) He is strict with his students. C) He is kind and often gives good grades. D) He is strange and hates good students. 4. A) He is going to China. B) He is very interested in China. C) He likes stamps. D) He likes travelling. 5. A) Opposite the shoe store. B) In the middle of a street. C) At the corner of a street. D) Right outside the shoe store. 6. A) The woman cannot go to the party. B) The man will meet the woman at the party. C) The woman has not got the invitation yet. D) The woman will try to go to the party by all means. 7. A) He wants to have some medicine. B) The nurse didn’t give him an injection on time. C) The nurse should have shown up at two o’ clock in the morning. 78淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) He wants to make an appointment with the doctor. 8. A) Some salad. B) Some dessert. C) Just himself. D) Enough food. 9. A) They will fail the test. B) The exam is easy. C) The grades will be around 40. D) They might pass the test. 10. A) The woman shouldn’t go to the U.S. with her brother. B) The woman hasn’t been allowed to be absent from class. C) The woman can go to the airport to meet her brother. D) The woman can go and see her brother off. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because they want to follow the rapidly growing hobby. B) Because they want to show they are wealthy people. C) Because they want to hold an exhibition. D) Because they want to return to the past and to invest money for profit. 12. A) 150,000. B) 500,000. C) 250,000. D) 1,000,000. 13. A) Those which are old and inexpensive. B) Those which are unique or unusual. C) Those which are practical. D) Those which are still fashionable. Passage Two 79淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Because they were ordered to. B) Because they were in danger. C) Because the plane was going to fly in circles. D) Because the plane climbed again. 15. A) Over the airport. B) Over the land. C) Over the sea. D) Over the mountains. 16. A) Because there was something wrong with it. B) Because the weather changed suddenly. C) Because there were no lights at the airport. D) Because too many planes were waiting to take off or land. 17. A) Some time after five. B) Some time after four. C) A few minutes before four. D) A few minutes before six. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just beard. 18. A) People in Venice don’t like walking. B) The buildings there float on water. C) Cars are seldom used in Venice. D) Boat rides there are expensive. 19. A) About four hundred. B) About seven hundred. C) Twenty. D) One hundred and twenty. 20. A) The boats can’t pass under the bridges. B) The islands will be disconnected. C) While passing under the bridges, people in the boats have to lower their heads. 80淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The bridges will be damaged. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Lecturing as a method of teaching is so frequently under attack today from educational psychologists and by students that some justification is needed to keep it. Critics believe that is results in passive methods of learning which tend to be less effective than those which fully engage the learner. They also maintain that students have no opportunity to ask questions and must all receive the same content at the same pace, that they are exposed only to one teacher’s interpretation of subject matter which will certainly be limited and that, anyway, few lectures rise above dullness. Nevertheless, in a number of inquiries this pessimistic evaluation of lecturing as a teaching method proves not to be general among students although they do fairly often comment on poor lecturing techniques. Students praise lectures which are clear and orderly outlines in which basic principles are emphasized but dislike too numerous digressions (离题) or lectures which consist in part of the contents of a textbook. Students of science subjects consider that a lecture is a good way to introduce a new subject, putting it in its value as a period of discussion of problems and possible solutions with their lecturer. They do not look for inspiration (灵感)—this is more commonly mentioned by teachers—but arts students look for originality in lectures. Medical and dental students who have reports on teaching methods, or specifically on lecturing, suggest that there should be fewer lectures or that, at the least, more would be unpopular. 21. The passage states that ________. A) few students dislike lecturing as a teaching method B) lecturing is a good method of teaching C) lecturing as a teaching method proves to be uninspiring D) most students like lectures because they can fully engage the learner 22. According to the critics, A) lectures can’t make students active in their studies B) some lecturers’ knowledge of their subjects limited C) most lectures are similar in content D) few lectures are dull 23. According to this passage, students dislike lectures which ________. A) introduce mat la[ not included in the textbook B) present many problems for discussion 81淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) always wander from the subject D) stress the main points 24. Lecturing as a teaching method is less appreciated by ________. A) dental teachers B) medical students C) arts lecturers D) science learners 25. According to the author, the evaluation of lecturing as a teaching method by educational psychologists is ________. A) defensive B) conservative C) realistic D) negative Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. From the moment that an animal is born it has to make decisions. It has to decide which of the things around it are for eating, and which are to be avoided when to attack and when to run away. The animal is, in effect, playing a complicated and potentially very dangerous game with its environment, discomfort or destruction. This is a difficult and unpleasant business and few animals would survive if they had to start from the beginning and learn about the world wholly by trial and error, for there are the have possible decisions which would prove fatal. So we find, in practice, that the game is always arranged in favour of the young animal in one way or another. Either the animal is protected during the early stages of its learning about the world around it, or the knowledge of which way to respond is built into its nervous system from the start. The fact that animals behave sensibly can be attributed partly to what we might call genetic (遗传的) learning, to distinguish it from the individual learning that an animal does in the course of its own life time. Genetic learning is learning by a species as a whole, and it is achieved by selection of those members of each generation that happen to behave in the right way. However, genetic learning depends upon a prediction that the future will more or less exactly resemble the past. The more variable individual experience is likely to be, the less efficient is genetic learning as a means of getting over the problems of the survival game. It is not surprising to find that very few species indeed depend wholly upon genetic learning. In the great majority of animals, behaviour is a compound of individual experience and genetic learning to behave in particular ways. 26. According to the first paragraph, the survival game is considered potentially very 82淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 dangerous because ________. A) animals are constantly threatened by attacks B) wrong decisions will lead to the disappearance of a species C) decisions made by an animal may turn out to be fatal D) few animals can survive in their struggle with the environment 27. It is implied but not directly stated in the passage that most animals ________. A) are likely to make wrong decisions B) have made correct decisions for their survival C) depend entirely on their parents in learning about the world around them D) survive by means of individual learning 28. Genetic learning is effective only if ________. A) the survival game is arranged in favour of the young animals B) the animals can adapt themselves to the changing surroundings C) circumstances remain more or less the same D) the animals have varied individual experiences 29. The best TITLE for this passage would be ________. A) The Decision-Making Ability of Animals B) Survival and Environment C) Reward and Penalty for Animals D) Behaviour and Survival 30. How is genetic leaning achieved? A) It is inherited from animals with keen observation. B) It is passed down from those animals that behave in the correct way. C) It is taught to the young generation. D) It is learned by the new generation through trial and error. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Scientists, like other human beings, have their hopes and fears, their passions and disappointments and their strong emotions may sometimes interrupt the course of clear thinking and sound practice. But science is also self-correcting. The most fundamental principles and conclusions may be challenged. The steps in a reasoned argument must be set out for all to see. Experiments must be capable of being carried out by other scientists. The history of 83淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 science is full of cases where previously accepted theories have been entirely overthrown, to be replaced by new ideas which more adequately explain the data. While there is an understandable inertia-usually lasting about one generation-such revolution in scientific thought are widely accepted as a necessary and desirable element of scientific progress. Indeed, the reasoned criticism of a prevailing belief is a service to the supporters of that belief; if they are incapable of defending it, they are well-advised to abandon it. This self-questioning and error-correcting aspect of the scientific method is its most striking property and sets it off from many other areas of human endeavor, such as religion and fine arts. The idea of science as a method rather than as a body of knowledge is not widely appreciated outside of science, or indeed in some corridors inside of science. Vigorous criticism is constructive in science more than in some other areas of human endeavor because in it there are adequate standards of validity which can be agreed upon by competent scientists the world over. The objective of such criticism is not to suppress but rather to encourage the advance of new ideas: those which survive a firm skeptical (怀疑的) examination have a fighting chance of being right, or at least useful. 31. Science is self-correcting because its theories ________. A) have to be revised constantly to conform with ideas which explain the data better B) have reflected the most fundamental principles of nature C) are, more often than not, based on inadequate data D) must be set out for all to see 32. It can be learned from the context that the word “inertia” (Para. 2, Line 1) most probably means ________. A) strong resolution B) unwillingness to change C) a period of time D) prevailing belief 33. The “revolution in scientific thought” (Para. 2, Lind 2) refers to ________. A) acceptance of the reasoned criticisms of prevailing scientific theories B) the continuous overthrow of existing scientific theories C) the adequate explanation of the data in prevailing scientific theories D) the major discoveries that represent breakthroughs in the history of scientific progress 34. The author says that the most striking property of the scientific method is its self- questioning and error-correcting aspect, because it is this aspect that ________. 84淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) is indispensable to the advance of science B) is most widely appreciated by scientists C) helps scientists to abandon anything they cannot defend D) sets science off from many other areas of human endeavor 35. The word “it” (Para. 3, Line 4) refers to “________.” A) vigorous criticism B) scientific method C) human endeavor D) science Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. My father’s reaction to the bank building at 43rd Street and Fifth Avenues in New York City was immediate and definite: “You won’t catch me putting my money in there!” he declared. “Not in that glass box!” Of course, my father is a gentleman of the old school, a member of the generation to whom a good deal of modern architecture is upsetting, but I am convinced that his negative response was not so much to the architecture as to a violation of his concept of the nature of money. In his generation money was thought of as a real commodity (实物) that could be carried, or stolen. Consequently, to attract the custom of a sensible man, a bank had to have heavy walls, barred windows, and bronze doors, to affirm the fact, however untrue, that money would be safe inside. If a building’s design made it appear impenetrable the institution was necessarily reliable, and the meaning of the heavy wall as an architecture symbol dwelt in the prevailing attitude toward money. But that attitude toward money has of course changed. Excepting pocket money, cash of any kind is now rarely used; money as a tangible commodity has largely been replaced by credit. A deficit (赤字) economy, accompanied by huge expansion, has led us to think of money as a product of the creative imagination. The banker no longer offers us a safe: he offers us a service -a service in which the most valuable element is the creativity for the invention of large numbers. It is in no way surprising, in view of this change in attitude, that we are witnessing the disappearance of the heavy-walled hank. Just as the older bank emphasized its strength, this bank by its architecture boasts of its imaginative powers. From this point of view it is hard to say where architecture ends and human assertion (人们的说法) begins. 36. The main idea of this passage is that ________. 85淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) money is not as valuable as it was in the past B) changes have taken place in both the appearance and the concept or banks C) the architectural style of the older bank is superior to that of the modern bank D) prejudice makes the older generation think that the modern bank is unreliable 37. What are the attitudes of the older generation and the younger generation toward money? A) The former thinks more of it than the latter. B) The younger generation values money more than the older generation. C) Both generations rely on the imaginative power of bankers to make money. D) The former regards it as a real commodity while the latter considers it to be a means to produce more money. 38. The word “tangible” (Para. 4 Line 3) refers to something ________. A) that is precious B) that is usable C) that can be touched D) that can be reproduced 39. According to this passage, a modern banker should be ________. A) ambitious and friendly B) reliable and powerful C) sensible and impenetrable D) imaginative and creative 40. It can be inferred from the passage that the author’s attitude towards the new trend in banking is ________. A) cautious B) regretful C) positive D) hostile Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. Let’s leave the question ________ for a moment. A) off B) out C) down D) aside 86淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42. A large fish was slowly swimming through the water, its tail ________ back and forth like the pendulum of a clock. A) swung B) swinging C) was swung D) was swinging 43. The cells were designed to ________ sunshine to electricity to run a motor. A) modify B) alter C) convert D) exchange 44. The fire started on the first floor of the hospital,, are elderly and weak. A) many of whose patients B) many of which patients C) many of its patients D) many patients of whom 45. He was determined that none of his children would be ________ an education. A) declined B) cancelled C) denied D) ceased 46. Singing is one of the oldest and possibly most ________ practised forms of art. A) uniquely B) practically C) universally D) predominantly 47. Few people realize how rich that area is. It is a land of treasure ________ treasure. A) increased by B) derived from C) turned over D) piled on 48. The jeweler assured Mr. White that the stone was a ________ diamond and not an 87淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 imitation. A) graceful B) genuine C) glittering D) genius 49. In the southwestern part of the United States ________ built in the last century. A) they are many abandoned mining towns B) where there are many abandoned mining towns C) are many abandoned mining towns D) many abandoned mining towns are 50. As the clouds drifted away an even higher peak became ________ to the climbers. A) visible B) obvious C) present D) apparent 51. The remarkable gains in the general health of the population in the world have been due in large measure ________ the efforts of some great doctors. A) for B) with C) by D) to 52. He appeared in the court and supplied the facts ________ to the ease. A) subject B) relevant C) attached D) corresponding 53. John did not have to write the composition if he didn’t want to. It was ________. A) optional B) suitable C) critical D) elemental 54. The ________ for speeding is a fine of ten dollars. 88淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) violation B) admission C) penalty D) excess 55. A ________ exercise such as running is helpful to our health. A) vigorous B) cautious C) precious D) various 56. In sharp ________ to John, who is frank. Henry is too sophisticated. A) conflict B) contrast C) comparison D) contradiction 57. On a small farm in a dry climate one should not grow crops that need ________ space and a lot of water to ripen. A) quantitative B) significant C) extensive D) considerable 58. The doctor told the pupils that an ________ disease was one that could be passed from one person to another. A) infectious B) expanding C) overwhelming D) inherent 59. It would be surprising for ________ any objections to the proposal. A) not to be B) it not to be C) there not to be D) there to be not 60. She was pale with ________ after working for three shifts in succession. 89淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) cold B) fatigue C) emotion D) fright 61. What a ________ person says or does today agrees with what he said or did yesterday. A) consistent B) harmonious C) constant D) sensible 62. Jane and Tim still remember that it was ________, their parents, who encouraged then to continue their education. A) these B) who C) they D) whom 63. You did tell me what to do. If only I ________ your advice. A) would take B) had taken C) took D) have taken 64. Everyone asked me where he was, but it was ________ a mystery to me as to them. A) as much of B) much of C) as such D) as of 65. The dry summer the supply of fresh vegetables. A) induced B) diminished C) dominated D) manipulated 66. The information was later admitted ________ from unreliable sources. 90淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) that it was obtained B) that it has been obtained C) to be obtained D) to have been obtained 67. What sort of ________ can you get for the night in a city like this! A) commission B) interaction C) accommodation D) recommendation 68. He has been looking everywhere for you, and he still ________. A) does B) has been C) has D) is 69. This is one of the rarest questions that ________ at such a meeting. A) has ever been raised B) is raised C) are raised D) have ever been raised 70. He never hesitates to make such criticisms ________ are considered helpful to other. A) that B) as C) which D) what Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: 91淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ This passage discusses one way methane (甲烷) gas is made. And it has something also to do with the work (71) of termites (白蚁). Termites can ruin a health tree or a costly home. (72) They eat the wood. This causes the tree or building to collapse. But termites also have a useless purpose on (73) earth. Nearly half of the methane in our atmosphere come from termites. Methane gas, by turn, makes (74) other gases. It also aids in the greenhouse effect, which keeps warm air close the earth. (75) Scientist Pat Zimmerman made the discovery. He found that methane gas is given up when termites (76) digest their food. Zimmerman thinks that there are about 240,000,000 billion termites on earth. They produce 8,000 billion cubic foot of methane (77) each year, he believes. That is half the number of gas drawn yearly from natural gas (78) wells in the U.S. Perhaps we’ll treat termites for friends. (79) We’ll offer them a piece of our house, and they’ll offer us a new way to keep us warmly! (80) Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition based on the following graph which shows the change in the number of filmgoers and TV watchers in a certain city. The title of the composition is: Film Is Giving Way to TV. You should write no less than 120 words for your composition and it must include the following ideas (given in Chinese): 1. 电影观众越来越少 2. 电视观众越来越多，因为… 3. 然而还是有人喜欢看电影，因为… Quote as few figures as possible. Remember to write your composition in readable handwriting. 92淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2.D 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. B 11. D 12. B 13. B 14. A 15. A 16. D 17. B 18. C 19. A 20. C Part II 21. A 22. A 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. A 32. B 33.A 34. A 35. A 36. B 37. D 38. C 39.D 40. C Part III 41. D 42. B 43. C 44. A 45. C 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. C 50. A 51. D 52. B 53. A 54. C 55. A 56. B 57. D 58. A 59. C 60. B 61. A 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. B 66. D 67. C 68. D 69. D 70. B 71. ismade → made 72. heath→ healthy 73. \also 74. come→ comes 75. close→ close to 76. given→ shown 77. foot→ feet 78. drawn→ made 79. for→ as/like 80. warmly→ warm Quote as few figures as possible. Remember towrite your composition in readable handwriting. Nowadaysthere are fewer and fewer cinema-goers and the cinema is N slack. However, thereare more and more TV viewers. There are many reasons for this socialphenomenon, but in general, they come down to three major ones. First, film tickets are too expensive, while it doesn't cost much to watch TVat home. Besides, it is time-consuming and inconvenient to go to the cinema.Nevertheless, it is very convenient and comfortable to watch TV at home. Youneedn't go out but just need to turn on the television. Most important 93淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 of all,if you don't like the film, you'll have to sit through it; but if you don'tlike one programme on TV, you can shift to another. However, some people still go to the cinema. They usually go to the cinema forthe purpose of social contact. Young people go dating there. Other people go tothe cinema as an activity. For example, schools often organize children to goto the cinema. Sometimes employees also go to the cinema with the film ticketspresented by their institutions. 94淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) She doesn’t like the collar. B) She doesn’t like silk. C) She doesn’t like white dresses. D) She doesn’t think it’s her size. 2. A) The scene of the old man’s death shocked her. B) The scene of the old man’s death frightened her. C) The scene of the old man’s death moved her. D) The scene of the old man’s death upset her. 3. A) She didn’t get what she wanted. B) She was given a vegetable salad. C) She found the fruit not fresh enough. D) She had been overcharged. 4. A) Jim must have copied from John. B) He doesn’t seen to like the two compositions. C) John must have copied from Jim. D) One must have copied from the other. 5. A) They want to wear special clothes. B) They want other people to watch them dance. C) They want to celebrate their festivals. D) They want to enjoy themselves. 6. A) $40. B) $30. C) $25. D) $14. 7. A) An experienced nurse. B) A shop assistant. 95淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The man’s old friend. D) Secretary of a company. 8. A) Jane is sick. B) Jane is with her sister. C) Jane won’t come. D) Jane will call back this evening. 9. A) She has to take the final exams. B) She has to get her paper done. C) She’ll celebrate her 25th birthday. D) She will practise typing. 10. A) Taking a rest. B) Paying a visit. C) Making a purchase. D) Making an appointment. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) To settle down in the U.S. B) To get his doctor’s degree. C) To become a professor. D) To finish high school. 12. A) In the Ministry of Education. B) In the Ministry of Agriculture. C) At a university. D) At a hospital. 13. A) Because they think that’s where they belong. B) Because Africa is developing rapidly. C) Because they are drawn by high salaries. D) Because they are drawn by good opportunities. Passage Two 96淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) He offered them to those in need. B) He kept them for his own use. C) He sold them to bike shops. D) He gave them to his relatives as Christmas gifts. 15. A) He wanted to get the man’s old bike. B) He wanted to know the price of the new bike. C) He wanted to know what was new of the man’s bike. D) He wanted to repair the old bike for the man. 16. A) His interest in doing the job. B) His wish to help others. C) His intention to learn a trade. D) His ambition to become known and popular. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) The designer of the White House. B) The first resident of the White House. C) One of the U.S. presidents. D) A specialist of American history. 18. A) To add to the beauty of the building. B) To follow the original design. C) To wipe out the stains left behind by the War. D) To make the building look more comfortable. 19. A) Right after it was rebuilt. B) During the administration of John Adams. C) When Theodore Roosevelt was president. D) After many other names had been given to it. 20. A) It has been changed several times. B) It has never been changed. C) It was changed after the War of 1812. 97淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) It was changed during Roosevelt’s presidency. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. What do Charles Darwin, Nicholas Copernicus and Frank J. Sulloway have in common? The first two, of course, were revolutionary scientific thinkers: Copernicus established that the Earth revolves around the sun; Darwin discovered natural selection. And Sulloway? He’s a historian of science at Massachusetts Institute of Technology who has discovered something else these two men-and, indeed, most of the major pioneers in science over the last 400 years-have in common: they were, like Sulloway himself, preceded in birth by at least one other brother or sister. Birth order, he found, is the most reliable indicator of whether a scientist will embrace or attack radical new ideas. The third of four children, Sulloway has spent 20 years searching out the birth order of 2,784 scientists who were on one side or the other of 28 scientific revolutions since the 16th century. He discovered that 23 of the 28 revolutions were led by later-borns. Sulloway focused on the male-dominated world of science and the sole issue he measured was willingness to challenge established opinions. Those least likely to accept new theories were firstborns with younger brothers or sisters. The most radical were younger sons with at least one older brother. According to Sulloway’s theory, firstborn children identify more readily with parental authority because, among other things, they are often put in charge of younger brothers or sisters. Through this identification, firstborns absorb the norms (规范,准则) and values of society in ways that subsequent children do not. The older child gets responsibility. They younger one tests the limits, tries to see what he can get away with. 21. What is the main idea of the passage? A) Later-borns are more intelligent than firstborns. B) Revolutionary thinkers tend to recognize the influence of birth order. C) Major scientists always have something in common in their way of thinking. D) One’s behaviour is often determined by birth order. 22. The historian of science mentioned in the passage is of the family. A) the youngest child B) neither the eldest nor the youngest child C) the only child D) the eldest child 98淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. The 2,784 scientists Sulloway studied ________. A) had led 23 of the 28 scientific revolutions B) were preceded in birth by at least one brother or sister C) had either supported or opposed revolutionary ideas D) had dominated the world of science for 400 years 24. According to Sulloway’s theory, who is most likely to challenge established ideas of science? A) The only son with younger sisters. B) Those who identify more readily with parental authority. C) The only child of a family. D) A person with at least one older brother or sister. 25. The author’s attitude towards Sulloway’s birth order theory is ________. A) critical B) defensive C) neutral D) inconsistent Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The individual mobility, convenience, and status given by the private passenger car offer a seemingly unbeatable attraction. In 1987, a record 126,000 cars rolled off assembly lines each working day, and close to 400 million vehicles choke up the world’s streets today. But the car’s usefulness to the individual stands in sharp contrast to the costs and burdens that society must shoulder to provide an automobile-centered transportation system. Since the clays of Henry Ford, societies have made a steady stream of laws to protect drivers from each other and themselves, as well as to protect the general public from the unintended effects of massive automobile use. Law makers have struggled over the competing goals of unlimited mobility and the individual’s fight to be free of the noise, pollution, and physical dangers that the automobile often brings. Prior to the seventies, the auto’s usefulness and assured role in society were hardly questioned. Even worries about uprising gas prices and future fuel availability subsided (减退) in the eighties almost as quickly as they had emerged. Car sales recovered, driving is up, and wealthy customers are once more shopping for high performance cars. The motor vehicle industry’s apparent success in dealing with the challenges of the seventies has obscured the harmful long-term trends of automobile centered transportation. Rising gasoline consumption will before long put increased pressure on oil production capacities. In addition, as more and more people can afford their own cars 99淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and as mass motorization takes hold, traffic jam becomes a tough problem. And motor vehicles are important contributors to urban air pollution, acid rain, and global warming. Society’s interest in fuel supply security, the integrity of its cities, and protection of the environment calls for a fundamental rethinking of the automobile’s role. Stricter fuel economy and pollution standards are the most obvious and immediate measures that can be adopted. But they can only be part of the answer. In the years ahead, the challenge will be to develop innovative (革新的) transportation policies. 26. Which of the following is TRUE according to the first paragraph? A) A good car indicates its owner’s high social position. B) A good car allows its owner to travel free. C) A car provides its owner with a sense of safety. D) A car adds to its owner’s attractiveness. 27. The phrase “rolled off assembly lines” (Para. 1, Lines 2-3) means ________. A) “were turned out from factories” B) “moved along production lines” C) “moved along the streets” D) “were lined up in the streets” 28. The passage states that there is ________. A) a sharp contrast between the cost and usefulness of the cars B) a sharp contrast between the cost and performance of the cars C) a sharp conflict between car drivers and traffic rules D) a sharp contradiction between the convenience of car owners and the burdens of society 29. It is implied that the auto’s assured role in society is ________. A) threatened by the rising gas prices B) challenged by a series of fundamental problems C) protected by law D) firmly established 30. Stricter fuel economy and pollution standards are ________. A) only part of the solution to massive automobile use B) the best way to cope with the massive use of cars C) innovative transportation policies D) future policies of the automobile industry 100淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. While America’s grade-school and high-school system is coming under attack, one fact remains: U.S. universities are among the best in the world. Since World War II, American scientists-mostly working in universities or colleges-have won more than half of all Nobel Prizes in physics and medicine. Foreign students rush to the United States by the tens of thousands; last year they earned more than one quarter of the doctoral degrees awarded in the country. Yet while American universities produce great research and great graduate programme, they some-times pay little attention to the task that lies at their very core: the teaching of undergraduate students. In an era of $20,000 academic years, college presidents can no longer afford to ignore the creeping rot at their core. In speeches and interviews the nation’s higher educators have rediscovered teaching. Robert Rosenzweig, president of the Association of American Universities, said: “Our organization was never very concerned about teaching. In the last 18 months, we have spent more time on undergraduate education than on any other subject.” Despite such promising efforts, no one doubts that research still outranks teaching at the leading universities, not least because it is a surer and faster way to earn status. Some people don’t think it has to be that way. They argue that the reward system for college faculty can be changed, so that professors will be encouraged to devote more time and effort to teaching. They say that they are beginning to believe that the 1990s may come to be remembered as the decade of the undergraduate. That would bring ‘it full circle. For more than two centuries after the founding of Harvard College in 1636, the instruction of undergraduate students was an essential condition of American higher education. 31. Which of the following would be the best TITLE for this passage? A) University Education in the U.S. B) University Education Challenged C) Teaching and Research in Universities D) Undergraduate Teaching Rediscovered 32. The first sentence in the second paragraph means that ________. A) with a budget of $ 20,000, presidents find it difficult to keep their universities going B) with the increase in fees, educators feel obliged to improve undergraduate teaching C) with a $ 20,000 budget, presidents find it difficult to stop the creeping rot in their universities D) with the decrease in fees, educators can’t afford to lay equal stress on both research and teaching 101淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. According to paragraph 3, some people think that the reward system for teachers should be changed so that ________. A) more emphasis will be laid on teaching B) leading universities can further raise their status C) effort can be directed to graduate instruction D) the 1990’s will become a decade of the-undergraduate 34. According to the passage, at the leading American universities ________. A) research is declining in importance B) teaching is now ranked above research C) teaching is a sure way to gain position D) more importance is attached to research than to teaching 35. It is implied in the passage that about 150 years ago undergraduate instruction ________. A) was already threatened by research work B) began to be neglected in most universities C) constituted the fundamental part of higher education D) began to undergo rapid changes Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. In the final years before the beginning of the Civil War, the view that the Negro was different, even inferior, was widely held in the United States. At Peoria, Illinois, in October 1854, Abraham Lincoln asked what stand the opponents of slavery should take regarding Negroes. “Free them, and make them politically and socially our equals? My own feelings will not admit of this; and if mine would, we well know that those of the great mass, of white people will not. Whether this feeling accords with justice and sound judgement, is not the sole question, if indeed, it is any part of it. A universal feeling, whether well or ill founded, cannot be safely disregarded. We cannot, then, make them equals.” The Lincoln statement was clear and direct, and it doubtless represented the views of most Americans in the 1850’s. Most of those who heard him or read his speech were of the same opinion as he. In later years, the Peoria speech would be used by those who taught to damage Lincoln’s reputation as a champion of the rights of the Negro. In 1964, the White Citizens’ Councils reprinted portions of the speech in large advertisements in the daily press and insisted that Lincoln shared their views on the desirability of 102淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 maintaining two distinct worlds of race. Lincoln could not have overcome the nation’s strong inclination toward racial separation if he had tried. And he did not try very hard. When he set about forming Negro troops later, he was content not only to set Negroes apart in a unit called “U.S. Colored Troops, “but also to have Negro privates (列兵) receive $10 per month including clothing, while whites of the same rank received $13 per month plus clothing. Only the firm refusal of many Negro troops to accept unequal pay finally forced Congress to equalize compensation, for white and Negro soldiers. The fight for union that became also a fight for freedom never became a fight for equality or for the creation of one racial world. 36. In 1854, Abraham Lincoln believed that ________. A) it was practical to give equal rights to Negroes B) Negroes should have equal rights C) racial equality for Negroes was impossible D) most white people would oppose giving freedom to Negroes 37. In the 1850’s, the nation’s inclination toward racial separation was ________. A) disregarded by Congress B) challenged by Lincoln C) too strong to overcome D) based on round judgement 38. In 1964, the White Citizens’ Councils reprinted the Peoria speech in order to ________. A) damage Lincoln’s reputation B) defend their own viewpoints C) criticize Lincoln’s views on racial equality D) defend Lincoln’s reputation 39. From the passage, we can conclude that Lincoln ________. A) helped Negroes fight for freedom only B) gave Negroes equal pay C) treated white and Negro soldiers equally D) helped to create one racial world 40. The purpose of the Civil War was ________. A) to establish equality of all people B) to maintain the union of the country 103淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) to do away with racial separation D) to end racial in justice Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. Susan stood motionless at the end of the diving board, hands at her side, heels slightly raised, every muscle ________ action. A) anticipating B) to anticipate C) anticipated D) having anticipated 42. ________ about the bookkeeper’s honesty, the company asked him to resign. A) There be some questions B) There are some questions C) There have been some questions D) There being some questions 43. He ________ his sorrow beneath a cheerful appearance. A) retained B) concealed C) conceived D) shielded 44. He finished the paintings, ________ for the exhibition. A) for some time B) in good time C) from time to time D) time after time 45. But for his courage, the battle ________. A) was lost B) will be lost C) would lose D) would have been lost 46. An ambulance must have priority as it usually has to deal with some kind of ________. A) urgency 104淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) danger C) emergency D) crisis 47. Such being the case, I see no ________ for your complaints. A) foundation B) base C) grounds D) sources 48. News writers are expected to be clear and accurate, the form in which they write or speak is ________ to that requirement. A) superior B) secondary C) inferior D) contrary 49. The soil was so ________ that I was hardly able to force a spade into it. A) muddy B) compact C) slack D) fertile 50. The foreign-language publications are growing in volume and ________. A) appreciation B) circumstance C) rotation D) circulation 51. The wine glasses were so ________ that I was afraid to carry them home by bus. A) flexible B) delicate C) shaky D) tender 52. The program has been ________ by lack of funds. A) hampered B) intervened 105淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) hammered D) insulated 53. ________, heat is produced. A) Certain chemicals are mixed together B) That certain chemicals are mixed together C) Whenever certain chemicals are mixed together D) The mixing together of certain chemicals 54. Captain Jones ________ that he had fired five bullets from Hoffman’s gun and that he had the shells of those bullets with him. A) purified B) magnified C) testified D) intensified 55. Much of the equipment was lying ________ because of a lack of spare parts. A) helpless B) vacant C) idle D) lonely 56. ________ does he know that the police are about to arrest him. A) Few B) Only C) Seldom D) Little 57. By signing this application, I ask that an account ________ for me and a credit card issued as I request. A) be opened B) opens C) is opened D) will be opened 58. The poor reception on your TV is probably due to outside ________. A) interference B) inaccessibility 106淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) interruption D) irregularity 59. Henry Ford’s introduction of the assembly vastly reduced the time it took ________. A) on making a car B) to make a car C) for making a car D) in making a car 60. The latest survey of 50 young couples in that city shows the average cost for a wedding has doubled the ________ of 1986. A) size B) number C) figure D) quantity 61. It was only after the failure of the talks that the government decided to resort ________ force. A) for B) in C) at D) to 62. Even though we had been to her house several times before, we did not remember ________. A) what street it was on B) what the street it was on C) what street was it on D) what a street it was on 63. The earthquake ________ not have come at a worse time for the war-torn country. A) could B) must C) would D) might 64. In ________ with the new regulations, all tickets must be stamped. A) combination 107淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) agreement C) connection D) accordance 65. China has greatly ________ its influence in world affairs. A) spread B) scattered C) extended D) distributed 66. He asked his sister to look after his children ________ his death. A) in the event of B) in view of C) on account of D) on the edge of 67. We are sorry that, because of a fire in our factory, we are unable to fill your order for auto parts. We suggest that you order from Jones Supply Company until we are able to ________ production. A) release B) recover C) resume D) regain 68. Lhasa is unique ________ it is the highest city in China. A) that B) in that C) for that D) but that 69. Why are you always suspicious ________ anyone who is kind to you? A) of B) with C) towards D) for 70. ________ rose in his imagination several interesting specimens that had never appeared on earth before. 108淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) Here B) It C) Where D) There Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ It is always interesting to visit another country, for those who have never traveled a great deal. Domestic travel can be very educational for anyone. (71) if he is interested enough to make preparations at beforehand. Learning the language (72) of the new country would be difficult the traveller to attempt, but the benefits of such an (73) effort would become obvious immediately after his arrive. It may not seem important to him when he is comfortably situated at home, but (74) knows how to order a meal or rent a room is essential for the newcomer in a familiar country. (75) Without knowing the language, it is very difficult for the stranger to understand the people of the (76) new country and his customs. Of course, in our small world, it is often possible to find someone who understand our own (77) but this is only second-best for the traveler. To be ensure, he can see places and things without (78) the use of a language, but places and things are the heart of any country. To get the greatest (79) benefit from a trip to another country, it is indeed important for the visitor to have an (80) understanding of the language. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic Looking Forward to the Twenty-First Century. Your composition should be based on your answers to the following questions written in Chinese: 109淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. 新世纪科技发展的前景如何? 2. 新的科学技术会给社会带来什么好处? 3. 新的科学技术会带来什么问题? 4. 你怎样对待新世纪的挑战? Your composition should be no less than 120 words. Looking Forward to the Twenty-First Century 110淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1992年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2.C 3. A 4. D 5. D 6. C 7. D 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. B 13. A 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. C 19. C 20. B Part II 21. D 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. D 26. A 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. D 32. B 33.A 34. D 35. B 36. C 37. C 38. B 39.A 40. B Part III 41. A 42. D 43. B 44. B 45. D 46. C 47. C 48. B 49. B 50. D 51. B 52. A 53. C 54. C 55. C 56. D 57. A 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. D 62. A 63. A 64. D 65. C 66. A 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. D 71.educational → beneficial 72. \at 73.benefits → benefit 74. \at 75. familiar→ unfamiliar 76. stranger→ traveler 77. own→ own language 78. ensure→ sure 79. are→ are at 80. visitor→ visitors Your composition should be no less than 120words. Looking Forward to the Twenty-First Century Since World WarII, science and technologyhave developed a great deal. In the next century, this trend will undoubtedlycONtinue. All kinds of technology are to be improved at a terrible rate. Thisdevelopment will bring great benefits both to our everyday life and recur work.At the same time, it will also improve industrial and agricultural produc tion. On the otherhand, this development is sure to bring about some new probems we have nevermet before or, at least, to make some present problems even worse. If some 111淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 newspecies of animals were really turned out by the gene engineering one day, whatwould our world be like then? And once the artificial intelligent robots wereput into use, what would these clever "people" do to their producers? In spite ofall these problems we will not go back to lead the life our forefather led. Theonly way is to improve science and technology and to find out all ways to solvethose problems. That is difficult. But we, the constructors of the new century,will surely turn them into reality. 112淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) It was misleading. B) It was enjoyable. C) It was rather boring. D) It was just so-so. 2. A) Pop music. B) Folk music. C) Classical music. D) All kinds of music. 3. A) He will fly directly to his destination. B) He has to change at Albany. C) He is still not sure how to get there. D) He must change at Jacksonville. 4. A) It’s late. B) It’s crowed. C) It’s empty. D) It’s on time. 5. A) Unusual. B) Enthusiastic. C) Serious. D) Threatening. 6. A) Her name is on the top of the list. B) She will be the last to be interviewed. C) She is expecting a job interview. D) She must fix a date for the job. 7. A) The husband is not usually so observant. B) The wife is annoyed at her husband’s complaint. 113淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The husband hasn’t told the truth. D) The wife is going to the hairdresser’s. 8. A) The student miss their professor very much. B) The professor didn’t give the lesson. C) A new course will begin next Monday. D) Some homework was assigned to the students. 9. A) She accepted their request. B) She rejected their request. C) She agreed to consider their request. D) She asked them to come with the other. 10. A) At work. B) Back at home. C) At the meeting. D) Away from home. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Cheap clothes. B) Expensive clothes. C) Fashionable clothes. D) Informal clothes. 12. A) They enjoy loud music. B) They seldom lose their temper. C) They want to have children. D) They enjoy modern dances. 13. A) Her twin sister often brings friends home and this annoys the speaker. B) They can’t agree on the color of the room. C) They can’t agree on the kind of furniture. D) The speaker likes to keep things neat while her twin sister doesn’t. Passage Two 114淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) In the first semester. B) In the second semester. C) In the third semester. D) In the fourth semester. 15. A) She is ill. B) She is too old. C) Her husband wants her to. D) Her husband is ill. 16. A) His father. B) His mother. C) His girl friend. D) His teacher. 17. A) He has decided to continue his studies. B) He has still to make a decision. C) He has decided to give up his job. D) He has still to take a part time job. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) Twenty years. B) A couple of weeks. C) A couple of years. D) Five years. 19. A) David had been selling cars. B) David had taught business. C) David had become a salesman. D) David had made a lot of money. 20. A) Rich people are not happy. B) Being rich is the best thing in the world. C) Being rich is not always a good thing. 115淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Rich people are usually with their families. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Protests at the use of animals in research have taken a new and fearful character in Britain with the attempted murder of two British scientists by the terrorist technique of the pre-planted car-bomb. The research community will rightly be alarmed at these developments, which have two objectives: to arouse public attention and to frighten people working in research with animals. The first need is that everything should be done to identify those responsible for the crimes and to put them on trail. The Defence Research Society has taken the practical step of offering a reward of 10,000 pounds for information leading to those responsible, but past experience is not encouraging. People are unlikely to be tempted by such offers. The professional police will similarly be confronted by the usual problem of finding a needle in a haystack. That is why the intellectual (知识分子) community in Britain and elsewhere must act more vigorously in its own defence. There are several steps that can be taken, of which the chief one is to demand of all the organizations that exist with the declared objectives of safeguarding the interests of animals that they should declare clearly where they stand on violence towards people. And it will not be enough for the chairmen and chairwomen of these organizations to utter placatory (安抚的) statements on behalf of all their members. These people should also undertake that it will be a test of continuing membership in their organizations that members and would be members should declare that they will take no part in acts of violence against human beings. Even such undertakings would not be fully effective: people, after all, can lie. But at least they would distinguish the organizations entitled to a continuing voice in the dialogue with the research community about the rights of animals in research from the organizations that deserve no say. 21. The words “these developments” (Para. 2, Line 1) most probably refer to ________. A) the acts of violence against scientists B) the use of animals in research C) the techniques of planting bombs in cars D) the establishment of new animal protection organization 22. Which of the following is TRUE according to the passage? A) The police abandoned their efforts to find the criminals. B) The terrorists escaped with the help of their organizations. C) The attempted murder caused grave anxiety among British scientists. D) People sympathized murder caused grave anxiety among British scientists. 116淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. The author’s purpose in writing his article is to demand that animal-protecting organizations ________. A) declare their objectives clearly B) give up the use of violence C) continue the dialogue with the scientific community D) help to find those responsible for the attempted murder 24. In the author’s opinion ________. A) since people can lie, the problem about their rights of scientists can’t be solved B) animal-protecting organizations about be held responsible for acts of violence against scientists C) animal protection organizations should be declared illegal D) the scientists should take effective measures to protect themselves 25. What does the word “they” (Para. 3, Line 3) refer to? A) The animal-protecting organizations. B) The organizations that will talk with the research community. C) Those who support the use of animals in research. D) Those who support the animal-protection organizations. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The earlier type of suburb, which was most dependent on the railroad, had a special advantage that could be fully appreciated only after it had disappeared. These suburbs, spread out along a railroad line, were discontinuous and properly spaced; and without the aid of legislation (法规) they were limited in population as well as area; for the biggest rarely held as many as ten thousand people, and under five thousand was more usual. In 1950, for example, Bronxville, New York, a typical upper-class suburb, had 6,778 people, while Riverside, Illinois, founded as early as 1869, had only 9.153. The size and scale of the suburb, that of neighborhood unit, was not entirely the result of its open planning, which favored low densities. Being served by a railroad line, with station stops from three to five miles apart, there was a natural limit to the spread of any particular community. House had to be sited “within easy walking distance of the railroad station,” as some old residents would point out; and only those wealthy enough to afford a horse and a carriage dared to penetrate farther into the open country. Through its spaced station stops, the railroad suburb was at first kept from spreading or excessively increasing in numbers, for a natural greenbelt, often still under cultivation as park, gardens, remained between the suburbs and increased the available recreation area. Occasionally, in a few happy areas like Westchester, between 1915 and 1935 a parkway, like the Bronx River parkway, accompanied by continuous strip of park for pedestrian (散步的人) use, not yet overrun by a constant stream of urban traffic, added to the perfection of the whole suburban pattern. Whatever one might say of the 117淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 social disadvantages this was in many ways a perfect physical environment. But it lasted less than a generation. 26. What was the special advantage of the old type of suburb? A) Its nearness to the railroad. B) The vastness of its open space. C) Its small size in area and population. D) The high social status of its residents. 27. The size of the old suburb was limited because ________. A) people wanted to live near a railroad station B) it was originally planned by railroad companies C) there was a law governing the size of the suburb D) local inhabitants didn’t like to out in the country 28. “Happy areas” (Para. 3, Line 3) were areas where ________. A) life was enjoyed by everyone B) more roads were built to bypass the heavy traffic C) a greenbelt was available solely for recreation D) people could have lots of fun 29. It is evident that the writer ________. A) finds urban life uncomfortable B) prefers life in the countryside C) feels disappointed in the changes of suburbs D) advocates the idea of returning to nature 30. The topic discussed in the passage is “________”. A) the size and scale of suburban neighborhood units B) the advantage of old-type suburbs C) the location of railroad stations D) the concept of the suburban pattern Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Recent stories in the newspapers and magazines suggest that teaching and research contradict each other, that research plays too prominent a part in academic promotions, and that teaching is badly underemphasized. There is an element of truth in these statements, but they also ignore deeper and more important relationships. Research experience is an essential element of hiring and promotion at a research 118淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 university because it is the emphasis on research that distinguishes such a university from an arts college. Some professors, however, neglect teaching for research and that presents a problem. Most research universities reward outstanding teaching, but the greatest recognition is usually given for achievements in research. Part of the reason is the difficulty of judging teaching. A highly responsible and tough professor is usually appreciated by top students who want to be challenged, but disliked by those whose records are less impressive. The mild professor gets overall ratings that are usually high, but there is a sense of disappointment in the part of the best students, exactly those for whom the system should present the greatest challenges. Thus, a university trying to promote professors primarily on the teaching qualities would have to confront this confusion. As modern science moves faster, two forces are exerted on professor: one is the time needed to keep on with the profession; the other is the time needed to teach. The training of new scientists requires outstanding teaching at the research university as well as the arts college. Although scientists are usually “made” in the elementary schools, scientists can be “lost” by poor teaching at the college and graduate school levels. The solution is not to separate teaching and research, but to recognize that the combination is difficult but vital. The title of professor should be given only to those who profess, and it is perhaps time for universities to reserve it for those willing to be an earnest part of the community of scholars. Professor unwilling to teach can be called “distinguished research investigators” or something else. The pace of modern science makes it increasingly difficult to be a great researcher and a great teacher. Yet many are described in just those terms. Those who say we can separate teaching and research simply do not understand the system but those who say the problem will disappear are not fulfilling their responsibilities. 31. What idea does the author want to convey in the first paragraph? A) It is wrong to overestimate the importance of teaching. B) Teaching and research are contradictory to each other. C) Research can never be emphasized too much. D) The relationship between teaching and research should not be simplified. 32. In academic promotions research universities still attach more importance to research partly because ________. A) research improves the quality of teaching B) students who want to be challenged appreciate research professors C) it is difficult to evaluate teaching quality objectively D) professor with achievements in research are usually responsible and tough 33. According to the fourth paragraph, which of the following will the author probably 119淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 agree with? A) Distinguished professors at research universities should concentrate on research only. B) The separation of teaching from research can lower the quality of future scientists. C) It is of utmost importance to improve teaching in elementary schools in order to train new scientists. D) The rapid developments of modern science make it impossible to combine teaching with research. 34. The title of professor should be given only to those who, first and foremost, do ________. A) teaching B) field work C) scientific research D) investigation 35. The phrase “the problem” (Para. 5, Line 3) refers to ________. A) raising the status of teaching B) the combination of teaching with research C) the separations of teaching from research D) improving the status of research Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. I have had just about enough of being treated like a second-class citizen, simply because I happened to be that put upon member of society-a customer. The more I go into shops and hotels, banks and post offices, railway stations, airports and the like, the more I’m convinced that things are being run solely to suit the firm, the system, or the union. There seems to be a new motto (座右铭) for the so-called ‘service’ organization- Staff Before Service. How often, for example, have you queued for what seems like hours at the Post Office or the supermarket because there aren’t enough staff on duty at all the service counters? Surely in these days of high unemployment it must be possible to increase counter staff. Yet supermarkets, hinting darkly at higher prices, claim that bringing all their cash registers into operation at any time would increase expenses. And the Post Office says we cannot expect all their service counters to be occupied ‘at times when demand is low’. It’s the same with hotels. Because waiters and kitchen staff must finish when it suits them, dining rooms close earlier or menu choice is diminished. As for us guests (and how the meaning of that word has been cut away little by little), we just have to put up with it. There’s also the nonsense of so many friendly hotel night porters having been gradually with drawn from service in the interests of ‘efficiency’ (i.e. profits) and 120淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 replaced by coin-eating machines which supply everything from beer to medicine, not to mention the creeping threat of the tea-making set in your room: a kettle with teabags, milk bags sugar. Who wants to wake up to a raw teabag? I don’t, especially when I am paying for ‘service’. Our only hope is to hammer our irritation whenever and wherever we can and, if all else fails, restore that other, older saying-Take Our Custom (买卖) Elsewhere. 36. The author feels that nowadays customers are ________. A) not worthy of special treatment B) not provided with proper service C) considered to be inferior members of society D) regarded as privileged 37. In the author’s opinion, the quality of service is changing because ________. A) the staff are less considerate than employers B) customers are becoming more demanding C) customers unwilling to pay extra money D) more consideration is given to the staff than customers 38. According to the author, long queues at counters are caused by ________. A) the diminishing supply of good staff B) lack of cooperation among staff C) inefficient staff D) deliberate understaffing 39. The disappearance of old-style hotel porters can be attributed to the fact that ________. A) self-service provides a cheaper alternative B) the personal touch is less appreciated nowadays C) machines are more reliable than human beings D) few people are willing to do this type of work 40. The author’s final solution to the problem discussed in the passage is ________. A) to put up with whatever service is provided B) to make strong complaints wherever necessary C) to fully utilize all kinds of coin-eating machines D) to go where good service is available Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 121淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. When Mohammed, a friend of mine from the Middle East, first went to the United Kingdom to attend the university, ________ with women in the same class. A) he’s never before studied B) he couldn’t before study C) he would never before study D) he hasn’t before studied 42. America will never again have as a nation the spirit of adventure as it ________ before the West was settled. A) has B) did C) was D) would 43. The cars were ________ because it was impossible to go any further in the fog. A) sacrificed B) transported C) abandoned D) removed 44. The new designs of the Christmas stamps are always waited for with keen ________. A) irritation B) prediction C) reception D) anticipation 45. Buck Helm, a retired salesman, survived ________ alive for 90 hours in his car. A) being buried B) having buried C) burying D) to be buried 46. We have had to raise our prices because of the increase in the cost of ________ materials. A) primitive B) rough C) original 122淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) raw 47. Indeed, almost every scientist now finds it impossible to read all the works relevant to his own subject, ________ extensively outside of it. A) much more to read B) much less reading C) much less to read D) still more reading 48. It is up to the Government to tackle the air pollution problem and ________ measures in line with the council’s suggestions. A) set about B) work out C) fill up D) bring over 49. All that day my father was in ________ as he had lost his wallet. A) great anxiety B) ambition C) ill humour D) hospitality 50. We preferred to postpone the meeting ________ it without the presence of our president. A) rather than hold B) than to hold C) rather than held D) to holding 51. Many people, if not most, ________ literary taste as an elegant accomplishment, by acquiring which they will complete themselves, and make themselves finally fit as members of a correct society. A) look on B) look down C) look in D) look into 52. What a good listener is able to do is to process what he hears on the basis of the context ________. 123淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) it occurring in B) occurred in it C) occurring in it D) it occurs in 53. The car accident was ________ to the driver’s violation of the traffic regulations. A) assigned B) contributed C) attributed D) transferred 54. She is a very ________ student. She’s always talking about travelling to outer space. A) imaginary B) imaginative C) imaginable D) imagining 55. His lectures on Roman history would do credit ________ a real expert. A) in B) to C) of D) with 56. My grandpa gave me a watch, which is made of gold, ________ I keep to this day. A) and thus B) and C) so D) and which 57. I have devoted four weekends to writing papers and now I feel I ________ a rest. A) deserve B) preserve C) conceive D) receive 58. I found myself ________ to the spot where the experiment was being performed whenever I had some time to spare. A) draws 124淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) drawing C) drawn D) drew 59. The construction of a 5-million-ton iron and steel works is now under ________. A) conclusion B) contribution C) continuation D) consideration 60. Mary found it difficult to ________ Jim’s father when he disapproved of their marriage. A) stand for B) stand out C) stand by D) stand up to 61. President Banda’s background as a doctor has given him ________ into the medical problem that face the country. A) a view B) a vision C) an insight D) a sight 62. I wish ________ to Stockholm when I was in Sweden. I hear it’s a beautiful city. A) I went B) I had gone C) I have gone D) having gone 63. He ________ his job in order to engage in full-time writing. A) upheld B) resigned from C) undertook D) took over 64. The west is traditionally the land of the pioneers and the cowboys, where ________ could be easily made in cattle or land. 125淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) fortunes B) property C) opportunities D) treasure 65. I didn’t sent out my application form last week, but I ________. A) had to B) should have C) would do D) might have to 66. Vostok is close to the coldest spot in the world, where an ________ minus 128.6 F was recorded in 1983. A) unreliable B) extra C) incredible D) impossible 67. It is human nature to think back to a Golden Age ________ one’s country was strong and respected. A) when B) provided C) as D) unless 68. I don’t mind a bit if you bring your friends in for a drink, but it is rather too much when sixteen people arrive ________ for dinner. A) unusually B) excessively C) consequently D) unexpectedly 69. Faced with all the difficulties, the girl ________ her mother for comfort. A) turned over B) turned from C) turned to D) turned up 126淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 70. David is the ________ holder of the world 5,000-meter world record, but there is no guarantee that he will win in the Olympic Games. A) current B) predominant C) prevailing D) decisive Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ When you board a plane, a machine may soon be scanning more than your bags—it may be studying your face. A computer comes onto the market recently which (71) promises to be able to recognize faces at a glance from a video (72) camera. The system, known as PRES, has many possible use in (73) different fields but the most prominent is like to be monitoring (74) crowds at airports for known terrorists. Such a task is far from the capabilities of a conventional image processor, which is too quick to be of practical use. Moreover, it is too easily (75) confused: if image of a face in its memory is only a frontal (76) view. For example, they might not recognize that same face (77) when presenting with a side view of the face. (78) PARES relies in the new technology of neura l ( 神经的 ) (79) networks. Like the brain, it has many interconnected memory “cells”, which work simultaneously rather than in sequence and thus greatly speed up the computation. And like the brain, the neural network can be trained to concentrate on essentials while ignoring of inessential matters-it can “learn” what’s (80) important and what isn’t. But the training is boring: an operator must patiently correct the computer’s mistakes. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the title: Motorcycles and City Traffic. You should base your composition on the following outline (given in Chinese): 127淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. 近年来中国城市中的摩托车 2. 摩托车的优点和缺点 3. 你对我国城市中摩托车发展前景的看法 You must write your composition in no less than 120 words on Composition Sheet and remember to write it in readable handwriting. 128淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. D 5. B 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. A 10. D 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. D 15. A 16. C 17. D 18. B 19. D 20. B Part II 21. A 22. C 23. B 24. D 25. A 26. B 27. A 28. C 29. C 30. B 31. D 32. C 33. B 34. A 35. C 36. B 37. D 38. D 39. A 40. D Part III 41. A 42. A 43. D 44. B 45. C 46. A 47. B 48. B 49. C 50. A 51. A 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. B 56. D 57. A 58. D 59. D 60. A 61. D 62. B 63. B 64. A 65. B 66. C 67. A 68. D 69. C 70. A 129淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年1月听力原文 Section A 1. W: Michael, did you go to the lecture on the French Revolution last night? I have never heard such an interesting history lecture before. M: Yes, wasn’t it marvelous! It is said the lecture is a self-taught man with no university education. Q: What did the man think of the lecture? 2. W: I enjoy all kinds of music. What kind of music do you like? M: Folk music had appeared to me very much before I became fascinated with pop music. Now I think nothing can compare with classic music. Q: What kind of music does the man like best? 3. M: I want to take the very next flight to Albany. W: Well, the very next one leaves in two hours. It goes to Jacksonville, but you can make a connection to your destination. Q: How can the man get to his destination? 4. M: I’m sorry, Madame. The train is somewhat behind the schedule. Take a seat and I’ll tell you as soon as we know something definite. W: Thank you. I’ll just sit here and read the magazine in the meantime. Q: What can you conclude about the train from the conversation? 5. M: Prof. David, I was wondering if you could write a recommendation letter for me. W: Well, I can write one for you. But I’ll point out your limitation as well as you strength. Q: What is the woman’s attitude towards writing recommendation? 6. M: You haven’t got the date fixed for the job interview yet, have you? W: There is a long waiting list, I have to wait until my name gets to the top. Q: What do we learn about the woman from the conversation? 7. M: I like the way you’ve done your hair, dear. It looks so natural and original. W: Thank you. I am surprised you noticed it. Q: What does the conversation tell us? 8. M: Jane, I missed Prof. White class yesterday. Could you tell me the homework he assigned us? 130淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 W: Don’t worry, Prof. White was ill and he postponed the lesson to next Monday. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 9. M: Prof. Jackson, we were wondering if we could sit in your English class? W: I wish I could say “yes”. But if I accepted you two, I wonder how to say “No” to a lot of others who have raised. the same request. Q: What does the professor mean? 10. W: Will Richard be coming to the meeting tonight? M: He’s supposed to. But in fact he won’t be back from the vocation until the day after tomorrow. Q: Where is Richard now? Section B Passage One Twin sister are supposed to be very much alike, are they not? Well, my twin Jane and I do look alike. However, we are different in many ways. We like very different styles of clothing. I prefer to dress informally, whereas my twin sister dresses like a model, always in the latest fashions. We have very similar characters in most ways. I do not get angry and enjoy being with friends. In this respect, my twin sister feels the same. But she likes loud music and modern dances while I find that night clubs give me a headache. She is always with friends, is the favorite of our teachers and never wants to have children, whereas I prefer to be alone at times, don’t really try to impress my teachers and intend some day to have a family of my own. We have tried to live in the same room several times and even agreed on the color we like best and the kind of furniture we wanted. But I like to keep things neat and orderly while my twin sister acts as if there were a servant around to pick up all the things that get thrown on the floor. I like to go to bed early and get up early. In contrast, she doesn’t seem to have any definite habits, often goes to bed very late and then sleeps late the next day. Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. What kind of clothes does the speaker like? 12. What do the twin sisters have in common? 13. Why doesn’t the speaker like living in the same room with her sister? Passage Two Joe is a student at a college in an open area. During his first two semesters, he did 131淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 very well and at the beginning of third semester he was admitted to a special medical program. If he completed the program successfully, he would be granted admission to a good medical school. He would be able to study to become a doctor. Joe’s mother and father both have full-time jobs and Joe works part-time at a restaurant to help the family finances. Several weeks ago, Joe’s mother began feeling sharp chest pains. When she went to a doctor, he told her that she would need a heart surgery and would have to give up her job. This would enlarge medical expenses and lose almost half the family income. Joe’s father wants him to drop out of school and go to work full-time to help the family. Joe loves his family very much. But, if he drops out now, he would lose entire semester’s credit and may even lose his place in the premedical program. He doesn’t know what to do. He speaks to his girlfriend Maria who urges him to remain in school since withdraw now would place his entire future in danger. He also speaks to his cousin Carol, who tells him that his first duty is to help his family get through the difficult times. Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. When was Joe admitted to the special medical program? 15. Why would Joe’s mother give up her job? 16. Who advised Joe to give up his studies? 17. What is Joe going to do? Passage Three A couple of weeks ago, I ran into my boyfriend David for the first time in twenty years. I heard that David had made fortune on the stock market. So I was surprised he wasn’t driving an expensive car, or wearing expensive clothes. As a matter of fact, he looked a lot like me, wearing an inexpensive suit that looked a couple of years old and driving an old car with a little rust the edges. I asked him what he was doing in these years and he said he was teaching business at a local community college. “Teaching business?” I exclaimed. I thought I heard you were in New York, making a fortune in stocks. David smiled, “Yes, I didn’t that until about five years ago. But I got out. The stress was giving you a stomachache and a bad heart. Besides, once I got into that business, I had to run just to keep up. I did not have any time to spend with my family. We are much happier now.” I shook my head. He had chosen every man’s ambition but he gave it up. I had always dreamed of having money. But it never occurred to me that there might be disadvantages to be in rich. Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. How long ago did the speaker last meet his friend David? 132淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 19. What had the speaker heard about David before they met? 20. What did the speaker realize at the end? 133淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) No, it’s open only to teachers and postgraduates. B) Yes, he can study there if he is writing a research paper. C) Yes, because he is a senior student. D) Yes, but he needs the approval by his professor. 2. A) It was pretty good. B) It was rather dull. C) It was not well organized. D) It was attended by many people. 3. A) The effects of the flood. B) The heroic fight against a flood. C) The cause of the flood. D) Floods of the past twenty years. 4. A) They were both busy doing their own work. B) They waited for each other at different places. C) They went to the street corner at different times. D) The man went to the concert but the woman didn’t. 5. A) The air is polluted. B) The people there are terrible. C) It’s too windy. D) The beaches are dirty. 6. A) In Mexico. B) In California. C) In the city. D) In New Mexico. 7. A) The woman blames the man for his absence. B) The woman thinks that everything was all right. C) The woman thanks the man for his efforts. 134淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The woman doesn’t think it was the man’s fault. 8. A) He has too many dreams. B) He likes to sleep. C) He doesn’t put his ideas into practice. D) He doesn’t have many good ideas. 9. A) Getting extra credits. B) The requirements of an M. A. degree. C) The credit hours required for an M. A. degree. D) Taking more optional courses. 10. A) They get a bargain right away. B) They have a look at the advertisement. C) They sell their TV set. D) They go and buy a big TV set. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because many people don’t know how to behave in social situations. B) Because most people are shy by nature. C) Nobody will laugh at you for being shy. D) Shyness is difficult to overcome. 12. A) By prediction. B) By recording. C) Through observation. D) Through interviewing. 13. A) To observe people’s attitude towards strangers. B) To see how people get along with their friends. C) To change people’s behaviour in social life. D) To find out how shy people are. Passage Two 135淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) A housewife. B) A singer. C) A teacher. D) A musician. 15. A) The violin was too expensive. B) She was too young to play the violin. C) The violin was too big for her. D) Her mother wanted her to play the piano. 16. A) To play the violin once again. B) To go to the United States. C) To apply for a scholarship. D) To have her performance taped. 17. A) To live a more comfortable life. B) To give performances. C) To be a pupil of a famous violinist. D) To enter a famous university. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) Because they have had little exposure to high level of sounds. B) Because they suffer from hearing loss. C) Because they don’t know how to operate stereo systems. D) Because they are not qualified engineers. 19. A) A year ago. B) A decade ago. C) Three years ago. D) Five years ago. 20. A) Providing a warning light when the sound is too loud. B) Producing more personal stereo systems. C) Restricting the use of personal stereos. 136淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Setting up a standardized hearing test. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. “There is a senseless notion that children grow up and leave home when they’re 18, and the truth is far from that,” says sociologist Larry Bumpass of the University of Wisconsin. Today, unexpected numbers of young adults are living with their parents, “There is a major shift in the middle class,” declares sociologist Allan Schnaiberg of Northwester University, whose son, 19, moved back in after an absence of eight months. Analysts cite a variety of reasons for this return to the nest. The marriage age is rising, a condition that makes home and its pleasantness particularly attractive to young people. A high divorce rate and a declining remarriage rate are sending economically pressed and emotionally hurt survivors back to parental shelters. For some, the expense of an away-from-home college education has become so excessively great that many students now attend local schools. Even after graduation, young people find their wings clipped by skyrocketing housing costs. Living at home, says Knighton, a school teacher, continues to give her security and moral support. Her mother agreed, “It’s ridiculous for the kids to pay all that money for rent. It makes sense for kids to stay at home.” But sharing the family home requires adjustments for all. There are the hassles over bathrooms, telephones and privacy (不受 干扰的生活). Some families, however, manage the delicate balancing act. But for others, it proves too difficult. Michelle Del Turco, 24, has been home three times-and left three times. “What I considered a social drink, my dad considered an alcohol problem,” she explains. “He never liked anyone I dated (约会), so I either had to hide away or meet them at friends’ house.” Just how long should adult children live with their parents before moving on? Most psychologists feel lengthy homecomings are a mistake. Children, struggling to establish separate identities, can end up with “a sense of inadequacy, defeat and failure.” And aging parents, who should be enjoying some financial and personal freedom, find themselves stuck with responsibilities. Many agree that brief visits, however, can work beneficially. 21. According to the author, there was once a trend in the U.S. ________. A) for young adults to leave their parents and live independently B) for middle class young adults to stay with their parents C) for married young adults to move back home after a lengthy absence D) for young adults to get jobs nearby in order to live with their parents 22. Which of the following does not account for young adults returning to the nest? A) Young adults find housing costs too high. B) Young adults are psychologically and intellectually immature. 137淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Young adults seek parental comfort and moral support. D) Quite a number of young adults attend local schools. 23. One of the disadvantages of young adults returning to stay with their parents is that ________. A) there will inevitably be inconveniences in every day life B) most parents find it difficult to keep C) the young adults tend to be overprotected by their parents D) public opinion is against young adults staying with their parents 24. The word “hassles” in the passage (Line 3, Para. 3) probably means ________. A) agreements B) worries C) disadvantages D) quarrels 25. According to the passage what is the best for both parents and children? A) They should adjust themselves to sharing the family expenses. B) Children should leave their parents when they are grown-up. C) Adult children should visit their parents from time to time. D) Parents should support their adult children when they are in trouble. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The word conservation has a thrifty (节俭) meaning. To conserve is to save and protect, to leave what we ourselves enjoy in such good condition that others may also share the enjoyment. Our forefathers had no idea that human population would increase faster than the supplies of raw materials; most of them, even until very recently, had the foolish idea that the treasures were “limitless” and “inexhaustible”. Most of the citizens of earlier generations knew little or nothing about the complicated and delicate system that runs all through nature, and which means that, as in a living body, an unhealthy condition of one part will sooner or later be harmful to all the others. Fifty years ago nature study was not part of the school work; scientific forestry was a new idea; timber was still cheap because it could be brought in any quantity from distant woodlands; soil destruction and river floods were not national problems; nobody had yet studied long-terms climatic cycles in relation to proper land use; even the word “conservation” had nothing of the meaning that it has for us today. For the sake of ourselves and those who will come after us, we must now set about repairing the mistakes of our forefathers. Conservation should, therefore, be made a part of everyone’s daily life. To know about the water table (水位) in the ground is just as important to us as a knowledge of the basic arithmetic formulas. We need to know why all watersheds (上游源头森林地带集水区) need the protection of plant life and why the 138淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 running current of streams and rivers must be made to yield their full benefit to the soil before they finally escape to the sea. We need to be taught the duty of planting trees as well as of cutting them. We need to know the importance of big, mature trees, because living space for most of man’s fellow creatures on this planet is figured not only in square measure of surface but also in cubic volume above the earth. In brief, it should be our goal to restore as much of the original beauty of nature as we can. 26. The author’s attitude towards the current situation in the exploitation of natural resources is ________. A) positive B) neutral C) suspicious D) critical 27. According to the author, the greatest mistake of our forefathers was that ________. A) they had no idea about scientific forestry B) they had little or no sense of environmental protection C) they were not aware of the significance of nature study D) they had no idea of how to make good use of raw materials 28. It can be inferred from the third paragraph that earlier generations didn’t realize ________. A) the interdependence of water, soil, and living things B) the importance of the proper use of land C) the harmfulness of soil destruction and river floods D) the value of the beauty of nature 29. To avoid correcting the mistake of our forefathers, the author suggests that ________. A) we plant more trees B) natural science be taught to everybody C) environmental education be directed toward everyone D) we return to nature 30. What does the author imply by saying “living space... is figured... also in cubic volume above the earth” (Lines 7-8, Para. 3)? A) Our living space on the earth is getting smaller and smaller. B) Our living space should be measured in cubic volume. C) We need to take some measure to protect space. 139淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) We must preserve good living conditions for both birds and animals. Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Judging from recent surveys, most experts in sleep behavior agree that there is virtually an epidemic (流行病) of sleepiness in the nation. “I can’t think of a single study that hasn’t found Americans getting less sleep than they ought to,” says Dr. David. Even people who think they are sleeping enough would probably be better off with more rest. The beginning of our sleep-deficit (睡眠不足) crisis can be traced to the invention of the light bulb a century ago. From diary entries and other personal accounts from the 18th and 19th centuries, sleep scientists have reached the conclusion that the average person used to sleep about 9.5 hours a night. “The best sleep habits once were forced on us, when we had nothing to do in the evening down on the farm, and it was dark.” By the 1950s and 1960s, the sleep schedule had been reduced dramatically, to between 7.5 and eight hours, and most people had to wake to an alarm clock. “People cheat on their sleep, and they don’t even realize they’re doing it,” says Dr. David. “They think they’re okay because they can get by on 6.5 hours, when they really need 7.5, eight or even more to feel ideally vigorous.” Perhaps the most merciless robber of sleep, researchers say is the complexity of the day. Whenever pressures from work, family, friends and community mount, many people consider sleep the least expensive item on his programme. “In our society, you’re considered dynamic if you say you only need 5.5 hours’ sleep. If you’re got to get 8.5 hours, people think you lack drive and ambition.” To determine the consequences of sleep deficit, researchers have put subjects through a set of psychological and performance tests requiring them, for instance, to add columns of numbers or recall a passage read to them only minutes earlier. “We’ve found that if you’re in sleep deficit, performance suffers,” says Dr. David. “Short-term memory is weakened, as are abilities to make decisions and to concentrate.” 31. People in the 18th and 19th centuries used to sleep about 9.5 hours a night because they had ________. A) no drive and ambition B) no electric lighting C) the best sleep habits D) nothing to do in the evening 32. According to Dr. David, Americans ________. A) are ideally vigorous even under the pressure of life B) often neglect the consequences of sleep deficit C) do not know how to relax themselves properly D) can get by on 6.5 hours of sleep 33. Many Americans believe that ________. 140淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) sleep is the first thing that can be sacrificed when one is busy B) they need more sleep to cope with the complexities of everyday life C) to sleep is something one can do at any time of the day D) enough sleep promotes people’s drive and ambition 34. The word “subjects” (Line 1, Para. 4) refers to ________. A) the performance tests used in the study of sleep deficit B) special branches of knowledge that are being studied C) people whose behavior or reactions are being studied D) the psychological consequences of sleep deficit 35. It can be concluded from the passage that one should sleep as many hours as is necessary to ________. A) improve one’s memory dramatically B) be considered dynamic by other people C) maintain one’s daily schedule D) feel energetic and perform adequately Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. The concept of personal choice in relation to health behaviors is an important one. An estimated 90 percent of all illness may be preventable if individuals would make sound personal health choices based upon current medical knowledge. We all enjoy our freedom of choice and do not like to see it restricted when it is within the legal and moral boundaries of society. The structure of American society allows us to make almost all our own personal decisions that may concern our health. If we so desire, we can smoke, drink excessively, refuse to wear seat belts, eat whatever food we want, and live a completely sedentary life-style without any exercise. The freedom to make such personal decisions is a fundamental aspect of our society, although the wisdom of these decisions can be questioned. Personal choices relative to health often cause a difficulty. As one example, a teenager may know the facts relative to smoking cigarettes and health but may be pressured by friends into believing it is the socially accepted thing to do. A multitude of factors, both inherited and environmental, influence the development of health-related behaviors, and it is beyond the scope of this text to discuss all these factors as they may affect any given individual. However, the decision to adopt a particular health-related behavior is usually one of personal choice. There are healthy choices and there are unhealthy choices. In discussing the morals of personal choice, Fries and Crapo drew a comparison. They suggest that to knowingly give oneself over to a behavior that has a statistical probability of shortening life is similar to attempting suicide. Thus, for those individuals who are interested in preserving both the quality and quantity of life, personal health choices should reflect those behaviors that are associated with a statistical probability of increased vitality and longevity. 141淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 36. The concept of personal choice concerning health is important because ________. A) personal health choices help cure most illness B) it helps raise the level of our medical knowledge C) it is essential to personal freedom in American society D) wrong decisions could lead to poor health 37. To “live a completely sedentary life-style” (Line 7, Para. 1) in the passage means ________. A) to “live an inactive life” B) to “live a decent life” C) to “live a life with complete freedom” D) to “live a life of vice” 38. Sound personal health choice is often difficult to make because ________. A) current medical knowledge is still insufficient B) there are many factors influencing our decisions C) few people are willing to trade the quality of life D) people are usually influenced by the behavior of their friends 39. To knowingly allow oneself to purse unhealthy habits is compared by Fried and Crapo to ________. A) improving the quality of one’s life B) limiting one’s personal health choice C) deliberately ending one’s life D) breaking the rules of social behavior 40. According to Fries and Crapo sound health choices should be based on ________. A) personal decisions B) society’s laws C) statistical evidence D) friends’ opinions Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. The company ________ a rise in salary for ages, but nothing has happened yet. A) is promised B) has been promising C) is promising 142淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) promised 42. The doctor was asked to go back to the hospital because of ________ case. A) an operation B) an emergency C) a treatment D) an incident 43. Life is a candle ________ to burn ever brighter. A) being meant B) meaning C) to mean D) meant 44. Mrs. Lackey was awakened by the ringing of the bedside phone 12 hours after her husband’s boat had been ________. A) wrecked B) collapsed C) decayed D) fired 45. No one needs to feel awkward in ________ his own customs. A) pursuing B) following C) chasing D) seeking 46. It’s time ________ about the traffic problem downtown. A) something was done B) everything is done C) anything will be done D) nothing to be done 47. When they had finished playing, the children were made to ________ all the toys they had taken out. A) put off B) put out C) put up 143淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) put away 48. There is an undesirable ________ nowadays to make films showing violence. A) direction B) tradition C) phenomenon D) trend 49. My father did not go to New York; the doctor suggested that he ________ there. A) not to go B) hadn’t gone C) not go D) wouldn’t go 50. Most people who travel in the course of their work are given travelling ________. A) income B) allowances C) wages D) pay 51. He failed to supply the facts relevant ________ the case in question. A) for B) with C) to D) of 52. Young people’s social environment has a ________ effect on their academic progress. A) gross B) solid C) complete D) profound 53. In Britain, and on the Continent too, the Japanese are sometimes viewed ________ a threat to domestic industries. A) like B) with C) for 144淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) as 54. The service operates 36 libraries throughout the country, while six ________ libraries specially serve the countryside. A) mobile B) drifting C) shifting D) rotating 55. Physics is the present-day equivalent of ________ used to be called natural philosophy, from which most of present-day science arose. A) that B) all C) which D) what 56. Before he started work, I asked the builder to give me an ________ of the cost of repairing the roof. A) assessment B) estimate C) announcement D) evaluation 57. We often advise him not to drink more wine ________ is good for his health. A) as B) than C) that D) but 58. When Jack was eighteen he ________ going around with a strange set of people and staying out very late. A) took to B) took for C) took up D) took on 59. Although not an economist himself, Dr. Smith has long been a severe critic of the government’s ________ policies. A) economical 145淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) economy C) economic D) economics 60. We grow all our own fruit and vegetables, ________ saves money, of course. A) which B) as C) that D) what 61. It is rather ________ that we still do not know how many species there are in the world today. A) misleading B) embarrassing C) boring D) demanding 62. ________ is the center of our planetary system was a difficult concept to grasp in the Middle Ages. A) It is the sun and not the earth B) Being the sun and not the earth C) The sun and not the earth D) That the sun and not the earth 63. A friendship may be ________, casual, situational or deep and lasting. A) identical B) original C) superficial D) critical 64. Just as the builder is skilled in the handling of his bricks, ________ the experienced writer is skilled in the handling of his words. A) as B) thus C) so D) like 65. A good teacher must know how to ________ his ideas. 146淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) convey B) display C) consult D) confront 66. I’d rather you ________ those important documents with you. A) don’t take B) didn’t take C) won’t take D) not take 67. To call the music of another music-culture “primitive” is ________ one’s own standards on a group that does not recognize them. A) putting B) emphasizing C) forcing D) imposing 68. The prisoner has been ________ of many privileges that average citizens enjoy. A) ensured B) informed C) deprived D) convinced 69. Every camera we sell comes with a two-year ________. A) guarantee B) safety C) confirmation D) conservation 70. While in London, we paid a visit to the hospital founded ________ the nurse Florence Nightingale. A) in line with B) in favour of C) in honour of D) in place of Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) 147淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Living is risky. Crossing the road, driving a car, flying, swallowing an aspirin tablet or eating a chicken sandwich they can all be fatal. Clearly (71) some risks worth taking, especially when the rewards are high: a man surrounded by flames and smoke generally considers that jumping out of a second-floor window is an acceptable risk to save its life. But in medicine (72) a few procedures, drugs, operations or tests are really a matter of life and (73) death. There may be sound medicine reasons for accepting electrical (74) shock treatment, but such reasons are totally dependent in the balance of (75) risks and benefits for the patients. Surgery for cancer may cure or prolong a life, but the removal of tonsils ( 扁桃体 ) cannot save anything a sore throat. Blood pressure drugs (76) definitely help some people live after a heart attack, but these same drugs may be both necessary and harmful for those with only mild blood pressure (77) problems. Deciding how much discomfort and risk we are preparing to put up (78) with in the name of better health is a high personal matter, not a decision (79) we should remain to doctors alone. (80) Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a composition on the topic My View on Opportunity. You must base your composition on the following instructions (given in Chinese): 有些人认为机会是极少的，另一些人则认为人人都有某种机会。你的看法如何? 写出你的观点，说明你的理由并举例。在你的文章结尾处不要忘记写出你的结论。 Your composition should be no less than 120 words. Remember to write it neatly. 148淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. C 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. C 10. D 11. B 12. C 13. D 14. D 15. A 16. D 17. C 18. B 19. D 20. A Part II 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. C 26. D 27. B 28. A 29. C 30. D 31. B 32. B 33. A 34. C 35. D 36. D 37. A 38. B 39. C 40. C Part III 41. B 42. B 43. D 44. A 45. B 46. A 47. D 48. D 49. C 50. B 51. C 52. D 53. D 54. A 55. D 56. B 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. A 61. B 62. D 63. C 64. C 65. A 66. B 67. D 68. C 69. A 70. C 11. 本题测试点是 worth 的用法，worth 本身是形容词“值得的”，可构成 be worth doing 或be worth + n 二种形式。由此可看出此处缺一系动词are. 12. a man 与its 不对应，将its 改成his. 13. 将a few 改成few. 因为这里应为“有一些”。 14. medicine reasons 不通，可将medicine 改成形容词medical. 15. Dependent on 是固定用法，故将in 改成on. 16. 根据句意，此是一转折句。故在a sore throat 前应加上but 或except. 149淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 17. 根据上下文，应将necessary 改成unnecessary. 18. 根据上下文，我们应为被动者，故preparing应改成prepared. 19. High personal 不对，形容词不能修饰形容词。将high改成highly. 20. leave alone 是惯用法，表示“不管，不干涉”，所以应在to 后加上leave. 150淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1993年6月听力原文 1. M: Hello, I’m a senior student. Could you tell me whether this reference room is only for faculty members? W: No, it’s a also open to the postgraduates; and undergraduates can come too if they’re got professors’ written permission. Q: Can the man study in the reference room? 2. W: Let’s talk about the preparations for the party. M: Right. We really need to plan better this time. Remember what a mess it was at the last party! Q: What do we know about the last party? 3. W: This has been the worst flood for the past 20 years. It has caused much damage and destruction. M: Look at the prices of fruits and vegetables. No wonder they are so expensive. Q: What are they talking about? 4. W: George. Where were you yesterday evening? I expected to see you at the concert. M: Oh, I waited for you at the corner of your street. Then I looked for you at your flat, but the housekeeper said you were out. Q: Why didn’t they meet that evening? 5. W: The place I’ve heard so much about is Los Angeles. The climate is pretty good. Year-round flowers, Year-round swimming. How do like it? M: Well, the beaches are beautiful. But people there are terribly annoyed by the dirty air. I mean, the combination of fog, smoke and automobile exhaust. There is not enough wind to blow it away. Q: What does the man think of Los Angeles? 6. M: I’d like to make an appointment to see Dr. Smith tomorrow. W: I’m sorry. Dr. Smith went on a week vacation in Mexico, and on his way back he’ll be staying in California for 5 days. Let me see. He’ll probably be back the day after tomorrow. Q: Where is Dr. Smith now? 7. M: Look, I’m sorry I didn’t turn up for the match yesterday, but it wasn’t really my fault, you know. W: It’s all very well saying it wasn’t your fault, but thanks to you we lost 10 to 1. 151淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 8. M: You call Henry a dreamer, but I think he’s got a lot of good ideas. W: Good ideas are only useful if you make something out of them. Q: Why does the woman think that Henry is a dreamer? 9. M: You’ll need 36 credit hours to get an M. A. degree. Fifteen must be from the English Department and fifteen from the Education Department. For the remaining six credit hours, you can either write a thesis or take two more selected courses. W: Right now, this is very confusing to me, but I’m sure I’ll know what to do as I learn more about it. Q: What are they talking about? 10. M: This TV set is getting worse and worse. Now it doesn’t work at all. W: Here’s an advertisement about a big TV sale. There might be some good bargains in it. Q: What does the woman suggest? Passage One Are you afraid to raise your hand in class, even when you know the answer? If you are, most people would say that you’re shy. If you feel shy, you’re not alone. Nine out of ten people are at least a little shy. But however shy you are, scientific evidence seems to show that it isn’t your fault. You may have been born that way. How do psychologists measure shyness? One way is by observation. They keep detailed records of people’s actions-like how often these people speak to others, or how long it takes someone to say hello to a stranger. Another way to measure shyness is to ask people questions. The test only takes about 10 minutes. It asks questions like “Do you like going out a lot?” and “Do you have many friends?” People must answer either yes or no. These questions can predict how people actually behave in social situations. Suppose the test tells you that someone is shy. Chances are good that that person will act shy. When scientists measure shyness, they’re really comparing degrees of shyness. In other words, when researchers say people are shy, they really mean they are more shy than others. Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. Why does the speaker say that it isn’t a fault to be shy? 12. What is one of the ways suggested by psychologists for measuring shyness? 152淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 13. What is the purpose of the psychologists in asking questions? Passage Two When Midori was two years old, she often climbed onto the piano bench and reached for the violin that belonged to her mother, a 38-year-old professional musician. “Please don’t touch, Midori,” her mother scolded. The violin was, after all, worth more than $20,000. But Midori persisted, she longed to handle the graceful instrument that made beautiful sounds. Finally, on her third birthday, Midori was handed a package: a tiny violin, about half the normal size. Almost from the moment Midori was born, her mother knew she was sensitive to music. For several years mother and daughter practised together day after day. She was eager to learn. Failure often led to tears, though she never once turned from the instrument. Instead, she persisted until the problem was overcome. One day Johnston, an American musician, heard Midori playing the violin. He couldn’t believe she was just eight years old. “She must make a tape and I will take it to the United States.” the musician said. A famous American violin teacher heard the tape. He, too, had difficulty believing his ears. The playing was absolutely astonishing. He immediately accepted her as a pupil and recommended her for a full scholarship. In 1982, Midori and her mother moved to New York City, leaving behind a comfortable life in Japan. Questions 14 to 17 based on the passage you have just heard. 14. What was Midori’s mother? 15. Why was Midori not allowed to touch her mother’s violin when she was only two years old? 16. What did Johnston, the American, ask Midori to do? 17. Why did Midori move to the United States? Passage Three The British Broadcasting Corporation is rejecting more and more candidates applying for jobs, because they suffer from hearing loss. And this is due to a wide use of personal stereo systems. According to officials at the corporation, about three per cent of them fail to win jobs for this reason. The figure indicates that people suffering from hearing defects are more common that a decade age. Candidates applying for jobs at the British Broadcasting Corporation have always had hearing tests, but the techniques for such tests were not standardized until five years ago. The corporation says officially that there is no proof to link personal stereos 153淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 with hearing disabilities, but frequent exposure to high level of sounds can diminish a person’s understanding of speech. That will rule out his chances of being a engineer taking care of sound quality in recording. So exerts are now calling for manufactures of personal stereos to provide a warning light. It flashes when the sound is too loud. One British manufacturer accepted this suggestion. And this manufacturer has made a device which switches itself off when the level of sound is too high. Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. Why do more and more candidates fail to get jobs at the British Broadcasting Corporation? 19. When did the hearing test techniques become standardized? 20. What suggestions did the experts make to stereo manufacturers. 154淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) At home. B) In a phone box. C) In her office. D) In a friend’s house. 2. A) On the west side of a square. B) At the end of a street. C) To the east of the traffic light. D) On the east side of a square. 3. A) She has to change the time for the trip. B) She hasn’t decided where to go next month. C) She can’t afford the time for the trip. 155淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) She will manage to leave this month. 4. A) The apartment is better furnished. B) She prefers to live in a quiet place. C) It’s less expensive to live in an apartment. D) She finds her roommates difficult to get along with. 5. A) In a hospital. B) In a library. C) In a travel agency. D) In a restaurant. 6. A) Customer and salesperson. B) Teacher and student. C) Boss and secretary. D) Guest and waitress. 7. A) He didn’t buy anything. B) He got some medicine for his foot. C) He was sick and couldn’t go shopping. D) He bought everything except the football. 8. A) Teachers like Professor Janson are rare. B) Professor Janson has won a million dollars. C) Professor Janson is lucky to be teaching at that school. D) There are many teachers as good as Professor Janson. 9. A) She didn’t know her daughter could sing so well. B) She sings better than her daughter. C) She doesn’t like her daughter. D) She herself doesn’t have a good voice. 10. A) He finds history books difficult to understand. B) He has to read a lot of history books. C) He doesn’t like the history course. D) He has lost his history book. Section B 156淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) At night. B) At noon. C) In the morning. D) In the afternoon. 12. A) About Germans on strike. B) About a new-type airplane. C) About an air crash. D) About rescue workers in UK Motors. 13. A) They wanted higher pay. B) They wanted fewer working hours. C) They wanted better working conditions. D) They wanted an annual three-week holiday. 14. A) Rainy. B) Warm. C) Cold. D) Changeable. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) He has always lived in America. B) He has been in America for three years. C) He visited America three years ago. D) He has come to America to do research on advertising. 16. A) There were far more advertisements there than he had expected. B) The advertisements there were well designed. C) The advertisements there were creative and necessary. D) He found the advertisements there difficult to understand. 17. A) Be more careful about what they advertise. B) Spend less money on advertising. 157淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Advertise more for their products. D) Use new advertising techniques. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) He is always in a hurry. B) He is quick in making decisions. C) He is always the first to arrive at the airport. D) He usually doesn’t get the reward he deserves. 19. A) He misses his flight. B) He can find a good seat. C) He leaves the airport first at the end of the trip. D) His luggage comes out last. 20. A) He was told to board the wrong plane. B) He was not allowed to board the plane. C) He arrived at the airport without a ticket. D) He found it difficult to explain why he arrived so early. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. There are desert plants which survive the dry season in the form of inactive seeds. There are also desert insects which survive as inactive larvae (幼虫). In addition, difficult as it is to believe, there are desert fish which can survive through years of drought (干旱) in the form of inactive eggs. These are the shrimps (小虾) that live in the Mojave Desert, an intensely dry region in the south-west of the United States where shade temperatures of over 50C are often recorded. The eggs of the Mojave shrimps are the size and have the appearance of grains of sand. When sufficient spring rain falls to form a lake, once every two to five years, these eggs hatch (孵化). Then the water is soon filled with millions of tiny shrimps about a millimetre long which feed on tiny plant and animal organisms which also grow in the temporary desert lake. Within a week, the shrimps grow from their original 1 millimetre to a length of about 1.5 centimetres. Throughout the time that the shrimps are rapidly maturing, the water in the lake equally rapidly evaporates. Therefore, for the shrimps it is a race against time. By the twelfth day, however, when they are about 3 centimetre long, hundreds of tiny eggs form on the underbodies of the females. Usually by this time, all that remains of the lake is a large, muddy patch of wet soil. On the thirteenth day and the next, during the final 158淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 hours of their brief lives, the shrimps lay their eggs in the mud. Then, having ensured that their species will survive, the shrimps die as the last of the water evaporates. If sufficient rain falls the next year to form another lake, the eggs hatch, and once again the shrimps pass rapidly through their cycle of growth, adulthood, egg-laying, and death. Some years there is insufficient rain to form a lake: in this case, the eggs will remain dormant for another years, or even longer if necessary. Very, very occasionally, perhaps twice in a hundred years, sufficient rain falls to form a deep lake that lasts a month or more. In this case, the species passes through two cycles of growth, egg-laying, and death. Thus, on such occasions, the species multiplies considerably, which further ensures its survival. 21. Which of the following is the MOST distinctive feature of Mojave shrimps? A) Their lives are brief. B) They feed on plant and animal organisms. C) Their eggs can survive years of drought. D) They lay their eggs in the mud. 22. By saying “for the shrimps it is a race against time” (Para. 3, line 2) the author means ________. A) they have to swim fast to avoid danger in the rapidly evaporating lake B) they have to swim fast to catch the animal organisms on which they survive C) they have to multiply as many as possible within thirteen days D) they have to complete their life cycle within a short span of time permitted by the environment 23. The passage mainly deals with ________. A) the life span of the Mojave shrimps B) the survival of desert shrimps C) the importance of water to life D) life in the Mojave Desert 24. The word “dormant” (Para. 4, Line 3) most probably means ________. A) inactive B) strong C) alert D) soft 25. It may be inferred from the passage that ________. A) appearance and size are most important for life to survive in the desert 159淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) a species must be able to multiply quickly in order to survive C) for some species one life cycle in a year is enough to survive the desert drought D) some species develop a unique life pattern to survive in extremely harsh conditions Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Opportunities for rewarding work become fewer for both men and women as they grow older. After age 40, job hunting becomes even more difficult. Many workers stay at jobs they are too old for rather than face possible rejection. Our youth-oriented, throw- away culture sees little value in older people. In writer Lilian Hellman’s words, they have “the wisdom that comes with age that we can’t make use of. “ Unemployment and economic need for work is higher among older women, especially minorities, than among younger white women. A national council reports these findings: though unemployed longer when seeking work, older women job-hunt harder, hold a job longer with less absenteeism (缺勤), perform as well or better, are more reliable, and are more willing to learn than men or younger women. Yet many older women earn poor pay and face a future of poverty in their retirement years. When “sexism meets ageism, poverty is no longer on the doorstep it moves in,” according to Tish Sommers, director of a special study on older women for the National Organization for Women. Yet a 1981 report on the White House Conference on Aging shows that as a group, older Americans are the “wealthiest, best fed, best housed, healthiest, most self-reliant older population in our history. “This statement is small comfort to those living below the poverty line, but it does explode some of the old traditional beliefs and fears. Opportunities for moving in and up in a large company may shrink but many older people begin successful small businesses, volunteer in satisfying activities, and stay active for many years. They have few role models because in previous generations the life span was much shorter and expectations of life were fewer. They are ploughing new ground. Employers are beginning to recognize that the mature person can bring a great deal of stability and responsibility to a position. One doesn’t lose ability and experience on the eve of one’s 65th or 70th birthday any more than one grows up instantly at age 21. 26. After the age of 40, ________. A) most workers are tired of their present jobs B) many workers tend to stick their present jobs C) people find their jobs more rewarding than before D) people still wish to hunt for more suitable jobs 27. From Heilman’s remark, we can see that ________. A) full use has been made of the wisdom of older people B) the wisdom of older people is not valued by American society 160淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) older people are no less intelligent than young people D) the wisdom of older people is of great value to American society 28. Tish Sommers argues that ________. A) older women find it hard to escape poverty B) older women usually perform better in their jobs C) the major cause of the poverty of older women is sexism D) more people have come to believe in sexism and ageism 29. According to the third paragraph, it can be seen that older Americans ________. A) have more job opportunities than young people B) live below the poverty line C) have new opportunities to remain active in society D) no longer believe in the promise of a happy life upon retirement 30. It can be concluded from the passage that the writer ________. A) calls attention to the living conditions of older Americans B) believes that value of older people is gaining increasing recognition C) attempts to justify the youth-oriented, throw-away culture of the United States D) argues people should not retire at the age of 65 or 70 Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. The most exciting kind of education is also the most personal. Nothing can exceed the joy of discovering for yourself something that is important to you! It may be an idea or a bit of information you come across accidentally— or a sudden insight, fitting together pieces of information or working through a problem. Such personal encounters are the “payoff” in education. A teacher may direct you to learning and even encourage you in it—but no teacher can make the excitement or the joy happen. That’s up to you. A research paper, assigned in a course and perhaps checked at various stages by an instructor, leads you beyond classroom, beyond the texts for classes and into a process where the joy of discovery and learning can come to you many times. Preparing the research paper is an active and individual process, and ideal learning process. It provides a structure within which you can make exciting discoveries, of knowledge and of self, that are basic to education. But the research paper also gives you a chance to individualize a school assignment, to suit a piece of work to your own interests and abilities, to show others what you can do. Writing a research paper is more than just a classroom exercise. It is an experience in searching out, understanding and synthesizing, which forms the basis of many skills applicable to both academic and nonacademic tasks. It is, in the fullest sense, a discovering, an education. So, to produce a good research paper is both a useful and a thoroughly satisfying experience! To some, the thought of having to write an assigned number of pages, often more 161淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 than ever produced before, is disconcerting. To others, the very idea of having to work independently is threatening. But there is no need to approach the research paper assignment with anxiety, and nobody should view the research paper as an obstacle to overcome. Instead, consider it a goal to accomplish, a goal within reach if you use the help this book can give you. 31. According to the writer, personal discoveries ________. A) will give one encouragement and direction B) are helpful in finding the right information C) are the most valuable part of one’s personal education D) will help one to successfully complete school assignments 32. It can be inferred from the passage that writing a research paper gives one chances ________. A) to fully develop one’s personal abilities B) to use the skills learnt in the classroom C) to prove that one is a productive writer D) to demonstrate how well one can accomplish school assignment 33. From the context, the word “disconcerting” (Para. 3, Line 2) most probably means ________. A) misleading B) embarrassing C) stimulating D) upsetting 34. The writer argues in the passage that ________. A) one should explore new areas in research B) one should trust one’s own ability to meet course requirements C) one should consider research paper writing a pleasure, not a burden D) one should use all one’s knowledge and skills when doing research 35. What will probably follow this passage? A) How to write a research paper. B) The importance of research in education. C) How to make new discoveries for oneself. D) The skill of putting pieces of information together. Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. 162淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 In our culture, the sources of what we call a sense of “mastery”—feeling important and worth-while-and the sources of what we call a sense “pleasure”-finding life enjoyable-are not always identical. Women often are told “You can’t have it all.” Sometimes what the speaker really is saying is: “You chose a career, so you can’t expect to have closer relationships or a happy family life.” or “You have a wonderful husband and children—What’s all this about wanting a career?” But women need to understand and develop both aspects of well-being, if they are to feel good about themselves. Our study shows that, for women, well-being has two dimensions. One is mastery, which includes self-esteem (自尊), a sense of control over your life, and low levels of anxiety and depression. Mastery is closely related to the “doing” side of life, to work and activity. Pleasure is the other dimensions, and it is composed of happiness, satisfaction and optimism (乐观). It is tied more closely to the “feeling” side of life. The two are independent of each other. A woman could be high in mastery and low in pleasure, and vice versa. For example, a woman who has a good job, but whose mother has just died, might be feeling very good about herself and in control of her work life, but the pleasure side could be damaged for a time. The concepts of mastery and pleasure can help us identify the sources of well-being for women, and remedy past mistakes. In the past, women were encouraged to look only at the feeling side of life as the source of all well-being. But we know that both mastery and pleasure are critical. And mastery seems to be achieved largely through work. In our study, all the groups of employed women rated significantly higher in mastery than did women who were not employed. A woman’s well-being is enhanced (增进) when she takes on multiple roles. At least by middle adulthood, the women who were involved in a combination of roles- marriages, motherhood, and employment were the highest in well-being, despite warnings about stress and strain. 36. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that ________. A) for women, a sense of “mastery” is more important than a sense of “pleasure” B) for women, a sense of “pleasure” is more important than a sense of “mastery” C) women can’t have a sense of “mastery” and a sense of “pleasure” at the same time D) a sense of “mastery” and a sense of “pleasure” are both indispensable to women 37. The author’s attitude towards women having a career is ________. A) critical B) positive C) neutral D) realistic 38. One can conclude from the passage that if a woman takes on several social roles, 163淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________. A) it will be easier for her to overcome stress and strain B) she will be more successful in her career C) her chances of getting promoted will be greater D) her life will be richer and more meaningful 39. Which of the following can be identified as a source of “pleasure” for women? A) Family life B) Regular employment C) Multiple roles in society D) Freedom from anxiety 40. The most appropriate title for the passage would be ________. A) The well-being of Career Women B) Sources of Mastery and Pleasure C) Two Aspects of Women’s Well-Being D) Freedom Roles Women in Society Part III Vocabulary and Structure (35 minutes) 41. He has ________ strange hobbies like collecting bottle tops and inventing secret codes. A) gone on B) gone in for C) gone with D) gone through with 42. Of all the soldiers they had the ________ of being the fiercest, the most patriotic, the toughest. A) recognition B) reservation C) recreation D) reputation 43. Why didn’t you tell me you could lend me the money? I ________ it from the bank. A) haven’t needed to borrow B) will not need to borrow C) needn’t have borrowed 164淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) didn’t need to borrow 44. Advanced computer technology has ________ an answer to accurate weather forecasting. A) set up B) come up with C) filled with D) faced up to 45. I stared into the blackness and wondered if he was as aware of my presence as ________. A) I was of his B) I was of him C) I did of him D) I did of his 46. They are sure they have all the facts they need to ________ the existence of a black hole. A) obtain B) maintain C) verify D) display 47. The new tourist hotel will have ________ for more than one thousand people. A) convenience B) accommodations C) capability D) capacities 48. Medical doctors sometimes can make mistakes that will cost ________. A) patients their lives B) patient lives C) patients for their lives D) patients with their lives 49. He had been completely exhausted but felt considerably ________ after a meal and a rest. A) renewed B) recreated 165淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) reshaped D) refreshed 50. His intelligence and experience will enable him to ________ the complicated situation. A) cope with B) settle down C) intervene in D) interfere with 51. At last she left her house and got to the airport, only ________ the plane flying away. A) having seen B) to have seen C) saw D) to see 52. He obviously displays a great ________ for some of your poems. A) consent B) admiration C) respect D) pleasure 53. This law ________ the number of accidents caused by children running across the road when they get off the bus. A) intending to reduce B) intends reducing C) intended reducing D) is intended to reduce 54. The fire must have ________ after the staff had gone home. A) broken down B) broken up C) broken out D) broken off 55. Humidity is so intense in some parts of the tropics that Europeans find they are unable to ________ it. A) maintain 166淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) persist C) endure D) sustain 56. The sight of a sick horse being driven along the streets of the village remained ________ him for weeks. A) of B) on C) to D) with 57. A series of border incidents would ________ lead the two countries to war. A) inevitably B) consistently C) uniformly D) persistently 58. They tried to restrict access to ________ they believed to be dangerous areas. A) what B) which C) that D) everywhere 59. If each manager makes his usual speech, the meeting will be ________ for forty-five minutes. A) expanded B) prolonged C) delayed D) exceeded 60. It was only after some progress ________ in the use and development of electric current that men began to realize the importance and possibilities of magnetism. A) was made B) would have been made C) has been made D) had been made 61. The weatherman broadcasts the ________ in temperature twice a day. 167淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) diversion B) variation C) variety D) modification 62. I seem to have reached a rather gloomy conclusion, but I think that something cheerful may still be derived ________ it. A) of B) off C) from D) with 63. Animals can become unusually ________ when they are upset by a sudden environmental change. A) puzzled B) predominant C) vigorous D) aggressive 64. In no circumstances can more work be got out of a machine than ________. A) is put into it B) to put it into it C) to be put into it D) that puts into it 65. The winning team loudly ________ its victory. A) magnified B) proclaimed C) signified D) exclaimed 66. Last year, these ships transported a total of 83.34 million tons of cargo, a 4.4 per cent increase ________ the previous year. A) over B) than C) up D) beyond 168淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 67. With an eighty-hour week and little enjoyment, life must have been very ________ for the nineteenth-century factory workers. A) hostile B) anxious C) tedious D) obscure 68. The Second World War, ________ the earlier one of 1914, promoted public concern about the physical and intellectual well-being of the country’s human resources. A) so as B) as were C) as did D) same as 69. Louis was asked to ________ the man who stole her purse. A) confirm B) recognize C) claim D) identify 70. The bus that ________ outside the inn would soon take the visitors downtown. A) held back B) pulled up C) got down D) set forth Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ 169淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ When we consider the comfortable circumstances of a working family today, the life of the working man in 1882 seems miserable indeed. But earlier it had been even hard. At the beginning of the (71) nineteenth century working hours were from sunrise to sunset, pay was awful, and working conditions being poor and dangerous. (72) The working man had little schooling beyond his craft, and there was little hope that their children would have (73) nothing better. There were no public schools, and besides, the few (74) pennies which the children could earn needed to help support the (75) family, if he was present because of sickness, there was often no (76) job from him when he returned. Since there were always plenty of (77) other workers to take his job, he was likely to be hired if he asked (78) for more pay. Viewed against today’s standards, the attitude of the nineteenth-century factory owners seems incredible. They believed that was good business to hire men, women and children as cheaply (79) as possible, make them to work as they could and, when (80) they became inefficient, worn out, or unable to work for any reason, discharge them. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic We Need to Broaden Our Knowledge. You should write no less than 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 科学技术是社会发展所不可缺少的 2. 社会科学和自然科学相互渗透 3. 现代大学生需要广博的知识 Remember to write your composition coherently and neatly. 170淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. D 3. A 4. B 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. D 10. B 11. C 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. C 20. A Part II 21. C 22. D 23. B 24. A 25. D 26. B 27. C 28. A 29. C 30. B 31. C 32. A 33. B 34. C 35. A 36. D 37. B 38. D 39. A 40. C Part III 41. B 42. D 43. C 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. B 48. A 49. D 50. A 51. D 52. B 53. D 54. C 55. C 56. D 57. A 58. D 59. B 60. B 61. B 62. C 63. D 64. A 65. D 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. D 70. B 171淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1994年1月听力原文 Section A 1. M: Please hold the line, Mrs. Smith. The doctor will talk to you in a minute. W: I’m afraid I may have to hang up. I don’t have any more coins and the line will be cut soon. Q: Where is Mrs. Smith most probably? 2. M: Excuse me, but could you show me the way to the train station? W: Certainly. Go straight until you reach the traffic light, then turn left and you will see a square. The station is on the east side of it. Q: Where is the train station located? 3. M: You’re going to make a trip to San Francisco, aren’t you? W: Yes. But I haven’t got the plane ticket yet. I’m thinking of postponing the trip to next month since this is the busiest month for the airlines. Q: What do we know about the woman from this conversation? 4. M: I hear you are moving to an apartment. Can you tell me why? W: Actually, I didn’t want to move. It would be more expensive to live outside the college. But I just can’t bear the noise made by the people living next door. Q: Why does the woman want to move? 5. M: You can get a lot of practice in giving up tickets and handling hotel reservations. Later on, you can take telephone calls. W: That’s great! Thanks, Mr. Thomson. I’ll come to work tomorrow. Q: Where will the woman probably be working? 6. M: Please make 20 copies of this and deliver them to the chief executive and heads of departments. W: Certainly, sir. They will find it on their desks tomorrow morning. Q: What is the probable relationship between the two speakers? 7. W: Did you go shopping this afternoon? M: Yes, but all I got was a sore foot. Q: What does the man mean? 8. W: This school is lucky to have a teacher as good as Prof. Helen Johnson. M: She is one in a million. 172淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: What does the man mean? 9. M: I heard your daughter sing at the school concert last night. She has a lovely voice, I must say. W: Thank you, but I don’t know where she gets it. Q: What does the woman probably mean? 10. W: Why are you so tired and upset? M: I’ve been taking the history course this term. But the trouble is that I’ll never get through the reading list. Q: Why is the man worried? Section B Passage One The time is 7 o’clock, and this is Amely Brown with the news: The German authorities are sending investigators to discover the cause of the plane crash late yesterday on the Island of Tenariff. The plane, a Boeing 727 taking German holiday makers to the island crashed into a hill side as it circled for preparing to land. The plane was carrying 180 passengers. It is thought there are no survivors. Rescue workers are at the scene. The 500 U.K. motors workers who had bent on strike in High Town for the past 3 weeks went back to work this morning. This follows successful talks between management and union representatives, which resulted in a new agreement on working hours. A spokesman for the management said that they hoped they could now get back to producing cars and they lost a lot of money and orders over this dispute. And finally, the weather: After a cold starts, most of the country shall be warm and sunny. But towards late afternoon, rain will spread from Scotland to cover most parts by midnight. Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. When was the news broadcast? 12. What is the first news item about? 13. Why did the workers go on strike? 14. What do you think of the weather that day? Passage Two When I arrived in American three years ago, I was surprised by the tremendous 173淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 amount of advertising. But now I’ve come to realize that it is a creative and necessary part of an industrial society. I, too, want to improve my life style and to buy better products. I look to advertising to show me how to do it. Deciding what to believe in an advertising, however, isn’t easy. It seems to me that a person must purchase things with a lot of care. As a consumer, I want to get the best for my money. So I really have to understand the techniques of advertising. Otherwise, manufactures may be able to sell anything, whatever its quality may be. The creative aspects of advertisement, for instance, often cover up the defects or problems in products. I have learned this well, since I have made purchases and lost money because the items were of poor quality. The future advertising most likely will involve more public participation. In the future, if consumers really care about the quality of something as well as the quantity, maybe advertisers will begin to care more about what they are trying to sell. Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. What do we learn about the speaker? 16. What’s the speaker’s impression of the advertisement in America when he first arrived there? 17. What does the speaker think future advertisers should do? Passage Three After years of study, I have determined there are only two types of people in this world: those who get to the airport early and those who walk in just as the plane is about to take off. If there were any justice in the world, the early airport people would be rewarded for doing the right thing and the late airport people would be punished. But there is no justice. I know I have been an early airport person for years. My luggage will get on the plane first but it will be the last luggage to come off the plane when we land. You know who really gets his luggage first when we land? The late airport person, who rushes into the airport three minutes before the plane takes off. “But if I get there real early,” I told myself, “I will get the best seat.” Well, no matter how early I showed up, I was always told that someone had called two or three days ahead of me and asked for that seat. The utmost embarrassment of the early airport person happened to me a few years age when I was flying from New York to Chicago. When I got to the ticket counter, the person there said, “Sir, you have a seat on the 9:15 a.m. flight, is that right?” “Yes,” I said. “Well, it’s only 7:00 a.m. and the 7:05 a.m. flight has not left yet. If you hurry you can make it.” I was too embarrassed to say that I arrived early so I wouldn’t have to hurry. Instead, I ran down the corridor to the plane. Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. What does the speaker say about the early airport person? 19. What usually happens to the late airport person? 174淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 20. What made the speaker feel embarrassed? 175淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) She was given a new job. B) She was given a raise. C) She was criticized for being late. D) She was praised for her hard work. 2. A) Whether to employ the woman. B) Whether to take up the new job. C) Whether to ask for a raise. D) Whether to buy a new house. 3. A) A teacher. B) A psychologist. C) A librarian. D) A publisher. 4. A) To visit more places in the city. B) To take a lot of pictures of the beautiful city. C) To take some pictures of his friends. D) To spare some time to meet his friends. 5. A) In town. B) Out of town. C) In the man’s house. D) Outside Ann’s house. 6. A) Because she feels very hot in the room. B) Because she wants to avoid meeting people. C) Because she wants to smoke a cigarette outside. D) Because she doesn’t like the smell of smoke inside. 7. A) Painters hired by the man and woman. B) Painters hired by Mr. Jones. C) Mr. Jones. 176淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The man and the woman. 8. A) The woman enjoyed the movie very much. B) The woman saw a horror movie. C) The man asked the woman to be careful at night. D) The man went to the show with the woman. 9. A) He doesn’t write well enough. B) He is not a professional writer. C) He hasn’t got any professional experience. D) He didn’t perform well in the interview. 10. A) He doesn’t think it necessary to refuel the car. B) He can manage to get the gasoline they need. C) He hopes the woman will help him select a fuel. D) He thinks it is difficult to get fuel for the car. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because they can’t afford to. B) Because they think small houses are more comfortable to live in. C) Because big houses are usually built in the countryside. D) Because they prefer apartments. 12. A) Because many young people have moved into comfortable apartments. B) Because many old houses in the bad part of the town are not inhabited. C) Because many older people sell their houses after their children leave. D) Because many people have quit their old house to build new ones. 13. A) They have to do their own maintenance. B) They have to furnish their own houses. C) They will find it difficult to make the rest of the payment. D) They will find it difficult to dispose of their old-style furniture. Passage Two 177淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) They are not active hunters. B) They don’t sleep much. C) They are often seen alone. D) They don’t eat much. 15. A) To catch the birds. B) To look for shade in the heat of the day. C) To catch other animals. D) To look for a kill made by another animal. 16. A) They are larger in size. B) They have to hunt more to feed the young. C) They run faster. D) They are not as lazy as the males. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Less than 30 minutes. B) From 30 to 45 minutes. C) At least 45 minutes. D) More than 45 minutes. 18. A) He should show respect for the interviewer. B) He should show confidence in himself. C) He should talk enthusiastically. D) He should be dressed properly. 19. A) Speaking confidently but not aggressively. B) Talking loudly to give a lasting impression. C) Talking a lot about the job. D) Speaking politely and emotionally. 20. A) Professional knowledge is a decisive factor in job interview. B) Finding a job is more difficult than one can imagine. C) A job seeker should create a good image during an interview. 178淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Self-confidence is most important for a job seeker. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. The process of perceiving other people is rarely translated (to ourselves or others) into cold, objective terms. “She was 5 feet 8 inches tall, had fair hair, and wore a colored skirt.” More often, we try to get inside the other person to pinpoint his or her attitudes, emotions, motivations, abilities, ideas and characters. Furthermore, we sometimes behave as if we can accomplish this difficult job very quickly-perhaps with a two-second glance. We try to obtain information about others in many ways. Berger suggests several methods for reducing uncertainties about others: watching, without being noticed, a person interacting with others, particularly with others who are known to you so you can compare the observed person’s behavior with the known others’ behavior; observing a person in a situation where social behavior is relatively unrestrained or where a wide variety of behavioral responses are called for; deliberately structuring the physical or social environment so as to observe the person’s responses to specific stimuli; asking people who have had or have frequent contact with the person about him or her; and using various strategies in face-to-face interaction to uncover information about another person-questions, self-disclosures (自我表露), and so on. Getting to know someone is a never-ending task, largely because people are constantly changing and the methods we use to obtain information are often imprecise. You may have known someone for ten years and still know very little about him. If we accept the idea that we won’t ever fully know another person, it enables us to deal more easily with those things that get in the way of accurate knowledge such as secrets and deceptions. It will also keep us from being too surprised or shocked by seemingly inconsistent behavior. Ironically (讽刺性地) those things that keep us from knowing another person too well (e.g., secrets and deceptions) may be just as important to the development of satisfying relationship as those things that enable us to obtain accurate knowledge about a person (e.g., disclosure and truthful statements). 21. The word “pinpoint” (Para. 1, Line 3) basically means ________. A) appreciate B) obtain C) interpret D) identify 22. What do we learn from the first paragraph? A) People are better described in cold, objective terms. B) The difficulty of getting to know a person is usually underestimated. C) One should not judge people by their appearances. 179淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) One is usually subjective when assessing other people’s personality. 23. It can be inferred from Berger’s suggestions that ________. A) people do not reveal their true self on every occasion B) in most cases we should avoid contacting the observed person directly C) the best way to know a person is by making comparisons D) face-to-face interaction is the best strategy to uncover information about a person 24. In developing personal relationships, secrets and deceptions, in the author’s opinion, are ________. A) personal matters that should be seriously dealt with B) barriers that should be done away with C) as significant as disclosures and truthful statements D) things people should guard against 25. The author’s purpose in writing the passage is ________. A) to give advice on appropriate conduct for social occasions B) to provide ways of how to obtain information about people C) to call the reader’s attention to the negative side of people’s characters D) to discuss the various aspects of getting to know people Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The competition among producers of personal computers is essentially a race to get the best, most innovative products to the marketplace. Marketers in this environment frequently have to make a judgement as to their competitors’ role when making marketing strategy decisions. If major competitors are changing their products, then a marketer may want to follow suit to remain competitive. Apple Computer, Inc. has introduced two new, faster personal computers, the Mackintosh II and Mackintosh SE, in anticipation of the introduction of a new PC by IBM, one of Apple’s major competitors. Apple’s new computers are much faster and more powerful than its earlier models. The improved Mackintosh is able to run programs that previously were impossible to run on an Apple PC, including IBM-compatible (兼容的) programs. This compatibility feature illustrates computer manufactures’ new attitude of giving customers the features they want. Making Apple computers capable of running IBM software is Apple’s effort at making the Mackintosh compatible with IBM computers and thus more popular in the office, where Apple hopes to increase sales. Users of the new Apple can also add accessories (附件) to make their machines specialize in specific uses, such as engineering and writing. The new computers represent a big improvement over past models, but they also cost much more. Company officials do not think the higher price will slow down buyers 180淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 who want to step up to a more powerful computer. Apple wants to stay in the high-price end of the personal computer market to finance research for even faster, more sophisticated computers. Even though Apple and IBM are major competitors, both companies realize that their competitor’s computers have certain features that their own models do not. The Apple line has always been popular for its sophisticated color graphics (图形), whereas the IBM machines have always been favored in offices. In the future, there will probably be more compatibility between the two companies’ products, which no doubt will require that both Apple and IBM change marketing strategies. 26. According to the passage, Apple Computer, Inc, has introduced the Mackintosh II and the Mackintosh SE because ________. A) IBM is changing its computer models continuously B) it wants to make its machines specialize in specific uses C) it wants to stay ahead of IBM in the competitive computer market D) it expects its major competitor IBM to follow its example 27. Apple hopes to increase Mackintosh sales chiefly by ________. A) making its new models capable of running IBM software B) improving the color graphics of its new models C) copying the marketing strategies of IBM D) giving the customers what they want 28. Apple sells its new computer models at a high price because ________. A) they have new features and functions B) they are more sophisticated than other models C) they have new accessories attached D) it wants to accumulate funds for future research 29. It can be inferred from the passage that both Apple and IBM try to gain a competitive advantage by ________. A) copying each other’s technology B) incorporating features that make their products distinctive C) making their computer more expensive D) making their computers run much faster 30. The best title for the passage would be ________. A) Apple’s Efforts to Stay Ahead of IBM B) Apple’s New Computer Technology 181淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Apple’s New personal Computers D) Apple’s Research Activities Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. It is a curious paradox that we think of the physical sciences as “hard”, the social sciences as “soft”, and the biological sciences as somewhere in between. This is interpreted to mean that our knowledge of physical systems is more certain than our knowledge of biological systems, and these in turn are more certain than our knowledge of social systems. In terms of our capacity to sample the relevant universes, however, and the probability that our images of these universes are at least approximately correct, one suspects that a reverse order is more reasonable. We are able to sample earth’s social systems with some degree of confidence that we have a reasonable sample of the total universe being investigated. Our knowledge of social systems, therefore, while it is in many ways extremely inaccurate, is not likely to be seriously overturned by new discoveries. Even the folk knowledge in social systems on which ordinary life is based in earning, spending, organizing, marrying, taking part in political activities, fighting and so on, is not very dissimilar from the more sophisticated images of the social system derived from the social sciences, even though it is built upon the very imperfect samples of personal experience. In contrast, our image of the astronomical universe, of even of earth’s geological history, can easily be subject to revolutionary changes as new data comes in and new theories are worked out. If we define the “security” our image of various parts of the total system as the probability of their suffering significant changes, then we would reverse the order of hardness and see the social sciences as the most secure, the physical sciences as the least secure, and again the biological sciences as somewhere in between. Our image of the astronomical universe is the least secure of all simply because we observe such a fantastically small sample of it and its record-keeping is trivial as compared with the rich records of the social systems, or even the limited records of biological systems. Records of the astronomical universe, despite the fact that we see distant things as they were long ago, are limited in the extreme. Even in regard to such a close neighbour as the moon, which we have actually visited, theories about its origin and history are extremely different, contradictory, and hard to choose among. Our knowledge of physical evolution is incomplete and highly insecure. 31. The word “paradox” (Para. 1, Line 1) means “________”. A) implication B) contradiction C) interpretation D) confusion 182淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 32. According to the author, we should reverse our classification of the physical sciences as “hard” and the social sciences as “soft” because ________. A) a reverse ordering will help promote the development of the physical sciences B) our knowledge of physical systems is more reliable than that of social systems C) our understanding of the social systems is approximately correct D) we are better able to investigate social phenomena than physical phenomena 33. The author believes that our knowledge of social systems is more secure than that of physical systems because ________. A) it is not based on personal experience B) new discoveries are less likely to occur in social sciences C) it is based on a fairly representative quantity of data D) the records of social systems are more reliable 34. The chances of the physical sciences being subject to great changes are the biggest because ________. A) contradictory theories keep emerging all the time B) new information is constantly coming in C) the direction of their development is difficult to predict D) our knowledge of the physical world is inaccurate 35. We know less about the astronomical universe than we do about any social system because ________. A) theories of its origin and history are varied B) our knowledge of it is highly insecure C) only a very small sample of it has been observed D) few scientists are involved in the study of astronomy Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following. In the early days of nuclear power, the United States made money on it. But today opponents have so complicated its development that no nuclear plants have been ordered or built here in 12 years. The greatest fear of nuclear power opponents has always been a reactor “meltdown” (堆内熔化). Today, the chances of a meltdown that would threaten U.S. public health are very little. But to even further reduce the possibility, engineers are testing new reactors that rely not on human judgement to shut them down but on the laws of nature. Now General Electric is already building two advanced reactors in Japan. But don’t expect them ever on U.S. shores unless things change in Washington. The procedure for licensing nuclear power plants is a bad dream. Any time during, or even after, construction, an objection by any group or individual can bring everything 183淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 to a halt while the matter is investigated or taken to court. Meanwhile, the builder must add nice-but-not-necessary improvements, some of which force him to knock down walls and start over. In every case where a plant has been opposed, the Nuclear Regulation Commission has ultimately granted a license to construct or operate. But the victory often costs so much that the utility ends up abandoning the plant anyway. A case in point is the Shoreham plant on New York’s Long Island. Shoreham was a virtual twin to the Millstone plant in Connecticut, both ordered in the mid-’60s. Millstone, completed for $101 million, has been generating electricity for two decades. Shoreham, however, was singled out by anti-nuclear activists who, by sending in endless protests, drove the cost over $5 billion and delayed its use for many years. Shoreham finally won its operation license. But the plant has never produced a watt of power. Governor Mario Cuomo, an opponent of a Shoreham start-up, used his power to force New York’s public-utilities commission to accept the following settlement; the power company could pass the cost of Shoreham along to its consumers only if it agreed not to operate the plant! Today, a perfectly good facility, capable of servicing hundreds of homes, sits rusting. 36. What has made the procedure for licensing nuclear power plants a bad dream? A) The inefficiency of the Nuclear Regulation commission. B) The enormous cost of construction and operation. C) The length of time it takes to make investigations. D) The objection of the opponents of nuclear power. 37. It can be inferred from Paragraph 2 that ________. A) it is not technical difficulties that prevent the building of nuclear power plants in the U.S. B) there are not enough safety measures in the U.S. for running new nuclear power plants C) there are already more nuclear power plants than necessary in the U.S. D) the American government will not allow Japanese nuclear reactors to be installed in the U.S. 38. Any objection, however trivial it may be, can ________. A) force the power companies to cancel the project B) delay the construction or operation of a nuclear plant C) cause a serious debate within the Nuclear Regulation Commission D) take the builders to court 39. Governor Mario’s chief intention in proposing the settlement was to ________. A) stop the Shoreham plant from going into operation 184淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) help the power company to solve its financial problems C) urge the power company to further increase its power supply D) permit the Shoreham plant to operate under certain conditions 40. The author’s attitude towards the development of nuclear power is ________. A) negative B) neutral C) positive D) questioning Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. They ________ to enter the building by the back door; however, the front door was locked. A) weren’t supposed B) wouldn’t be supposed C) were supposed D) would be supposed 42. ________ human behavior may be caused by eating substances that upset the delicate chemical balance in the brain. A) Deliberate B) Consistent C) Primitive D) Abnormal 43. The captured criminals were ________ in chains through the streets. A) exhibited B) displayed C) paraded D) revealed 44. In reading stories we anticipate what is to come ________ on our memory of what has gone before. A) based B) basing C) to base D) to be based 185淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 45. The world’s governments have done ________ nothing to combat the threat of nuclear accidents. A) inherently B) vitally C) virtually D) identically 46. I guess Jones didn’t have a chance to win the election. Almost all of the people in the city voted for his ________. A) candidate B) opponent C) alternative D) participant 47. The background music in an assembly line is designed ________. A) not being listened to B) not to be listened to C) being not listened to D) to be not listened to 48. Teaching students of threshold level is hard work but the effort is very ________. A) precious B) rewarding C) worth D) challenging 49. The boy students in this school are nearly ________ as the girl students to say they intend to get a college degree in business. A) as likely twice B) likely as twice C) as twice likely D) twice as likely 50. The explorer lost his way so he climbed to the top of the hill to ________ himself. A) spot B) locate C) place D) situate 186淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. The city has decided to ________ smoking. A) do away with B) take away C) get away with D) put away 52. Perhaps it wouldn’t be ________ to go and see such a film. A) worthy you while B) worth of while C) worthy of while D) worth your while 53. The old building is in a good state of ________ except for the wooden floors. A) observation B) preservation C) conservation D) compensation 54. While some office jobs would seem ________ to many people, there are quite a few jobs that are stimulating, exciting and satisfying. A) hostile B) tedious C) fantastic D) courageous 55. ________ she wondered if she had made a mistake. A) Not until long afterwards that B) It was not until long afterwards that C) Not long until afterwards D) It was long afterwards until 56. The people who objected to the new approach were told that since work had already started there was no point in ________. A) denying B) upsetting C) protesting D) competing 187淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 57. The ceremony will ________ as soon as the minister arrives. A) complete B) commence C) disperse D) descend 58. So confused ________ that he didn’t know how to start his lecture. A) since he became B) would he become C) that he became D) did he become 59. Since the couple could not ________ their differences, they decided to get a divorce. A) reconcile B) comply C) coincide D) resign 60. After the collision, he examined the considerable ________ to his car. A) ruin B) destruction C) damage D) injury 61. Output is now six times ________ it was before 1990. A) that B) what C) for which D) of that 62. The heavily populated area was a breeding place for ________ diseases. A) infectious B) powerful C) influential D) suspicious 63. It is unfortunate that, owing to lack of money, these experiments must now be 188淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________ before the objective has been achieved. A) transferred B) testified C) terminated D) transformed 64. The synthetic vitamins are identical ________ those naturally present in our food. A) for B) of C) as D) with 65. Just as a book is often judged ________ by the quality and appearance of its cover, a person is judged immediately by his appearance. A) previously B) uniquely C) outwardly D) initially 66. Recycling wastes slows down the rate ________ which we use up the Earth’s finite resources. A) In B) of C) with D) at 67. Gasoline is ________ by the spark plugs in the engine. A) ignited B) inspired C) excited D) illuminated 68. He ________ another career but, at the time, he didn’t have enough money to attend graduate school. A) might have chosen B) might choose C) had to choose D) must have chosen 189淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 69. Many visitors praised the magnificent architecture of the Palace, ________. A) known to foreigners for the Forbidden City B) known for foreigners to be the Forbidden City C) known to foreigners as the Forbidden City D) know for foreigners as the Forbidden City 70. The travelers ________ their journey after a short break. A) recovered B) resumed C) renewed D) restored Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ We are all naturally attracted to people with ideas, beliefs and interests like our own. Similarly, we feel comfortable with people with physical qualities similar as ours. (71) You may have noticed about how people who live or work (72) closely together come to behave in a similar way. Unconsciously we copy these we are close to or love or admire. So a sportsman’s (73) individual way of walking with raised shoulders is imitated by an admired (74) fan; a pair of lovers both shake their heads in the same way; an employer finds himself duplicating his boss’s habit of wagging ( 摆动 ) (75) a pen between his fingers while thinking. In every case, the influential person may consciously notice the (76) imitation but he will feel comfortably in its presence. And if he does (77) notice the matching of his gestures or movements, he finds it pleasing he is influencing people; they are drawn to them. (78) Sensitive people have been mirroring their friend and acquaintances (79) all their 190淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 lives, and winning affection and respect in this way without aware of their methods. Now, for people who want to win (80) agreement or trust, affection or sympathy, some psychologists recommend the deliberate use of physical imitation. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic My view on the Negative Effects of Some Advertisements. You should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 现在有些不良的商业广告 2. 这些广告的副作用和危害性 3. 我对这些广告的态度 191淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. C 4. D 5. A 6. D 7. D 8. B 9. C 10. B 11. A 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. D 16. B 17. B 18. D 19. A 20. C Part II 21. D 22. B 23. B 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. D 33. B 34. B 35. C 36. D 37. A 38. B 39. A 40. B Part III 41. A 42. D 43. C 44. A 45. C 46. B 47. C 48. B 49. D 50. B 51. A 52. D 53. B 54. B 55. C 56. C 57. B 58. D 59. A 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. C 64. D 65. C 66. D 67. A 68. A 69. C 70. B 71. as → to 72. about → / 73. these → those 74. admired → admiring 75. employer → employee 76. consciously → unconsciously 77. comfortably → comfortable 192淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 78. them → him 79. friend → friends 80. (without) → (without) being 193淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年1月听力原文 Section A 1. W: You wanted to see me, Mr. Wright? M: Yes, Miss Gray. You’ll have to start getting to work on time, or your service will no longer be needed here. Q: What happened to Miss Gray? 2. M: You know, I’m just not too sure if the new salary will be high enough or even the new position is really what I want. Besides, I like the work that I am doing now. W: It sounds as though you’ve already made up your mind about what you are going to do. Q: What is the man thinking about? 3. W: I’m looking for textbook for my Psychology course. It’s called “Introduction to Educational Psychology”. Do you have it? M: Yes, we do. You’ll find it in Section 24 on the top shelf. Q: What’s the man’s occupation? 4. W: Oh, this is a beautiful city. I’m really glad I’ve brought my camera. M: Yes, there are lots of things to take pictures of here. But I hope you will not plan to spend all your time taking pictures. I have some friends who would like to meet you. Q: What does the man want the woman to do? 5. M: Why are you so sure that Anne didn’t commit the crime? W: She couldn’t have committed that crime because I was with her. And we were out of town on that day. Q: Where was the crime most probably committed? 6. M: Isn’t it rather cold outside, Sally? W: It is a bit, but I can’t stand the terrible smoke inside. I’d rather stay here if you don’t mind. Q: Why does the woman want to stay outside? 7. W: We’ve lived here in Thornton for 5 years now and I think its time to have the house painted. M: You’re right. Mr. Johns, our neighbor, just had his house painted. But we cannot afford to do it only if paint it ourselves. 194淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: Who is going to paint it ourselves. 8. W: I still can’t get over the show last Saturday evening. I keep having frightening dreams all night. M: So, next time before you walk into a theatre, make sure what you are going to see. Q: What do we learn from this conversation? 9. W: How was the job interview? I think you’ll make a good journalist. I remember you as the best writer of the class. M: Well, in fact, my application was turned down. They were looking for people with experience in the profession. Q: Why didn’t the man get the job? 10. W: We have to face the fact that it is a little hard to get fuel for the car. M: Between you and me, I think there is always a way to get around this problem. Q: What does the man mean? Section B Passage One In the United States, many people once lived in large, two and story homes. Today, many people would like to live in such houses but most people can’t. They don’t have enough money to buy them or even to make the first payment. So, many people rent from month to month. But some Americans really want to live in a house of their own. So they build their own home. They buy a house that is situated in an area where house are cheaper. It is better to reside in a bad part of town, they think, than not to live in a house at all. Or they buy an old house and redesign it. Then they decorate it with old style furniture. Sometimes they can male an old house look more beautiful than a new one. Usually, it is not difficult for people to find an old home to buy. Many older people decide that they don’t need a big home after their children leave. So they sell their house and move into a comfortable apartment. But when people move into a house, they sometimes have problems. Home owners have to do their own maintenance. For example. If the roof leaks, one can not ask the landlord to fix it. On the other hand, people can redesign their homes in any way they want without having to be afraid of being thrown out by the landlord. Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. Why don’t many Americans live in large two and three story houses? 12. Why is it easy to find old houses for sale? 195淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 13. What problem will people have after they buy a house? Passage Two Lions prefer to eat without having to do much work. When resting in the shade, they! Are also watching the sky. And if they see birds fly down, they immediately sense that something must be happening. Even in the heat of the day. They will certainly arise and run a mile across the plains to find out what is going on. If another animal has made a kill, they will drive it off and take the dead animal for themselves. A grown lion can easily consume 60 pounds of meat at a single feeding. Often, they eat until it seems painful for them to lie down. The female lions are leaner and swifter, and as a result, are better hunters than the males. Most kills are made at night or just before dawn. The kill is the most exciting moment in the day-to-day existence of the lions, since these great beasts spend most of their time-about 20 hours a day-sleeping and resting. Lions are also social cats. And during these times of leisure, they love to romp against each other, and the young lions are always playing among themselves and with their parents. Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. What do we learn about lions from what we have just heard? 15. Why do the lions watch the birds in the sky? 16. Why are the females generally better hunters than the males? Passage Three To be successful in a job interview, you should demonstrate certain personal and professional qualities. You need to create a good image in the limited time available, usually from 30 to 45 minutes. You must make a positive impression which the interviewer will remember while he interviews other candidates. The following are some qualities you should especially pay attention to during an interview. First of all, you should take care to appear to be properly dressed. The right clothes worn at the right time can win respect of the interviewer and his confidence in your judgement. It may not be true that clothes you wear. Secondly, you should pay close attention to your manner of speaking, since speech is a reflection of personality. You should reflect confidence by speaking in a clear voice, loud enough to be heard, without being aggressive or overpowering. You should be prepared to talk knowledgeably about the requirements of the position you are applying for. Finally, to be really impressive you must convey a sense of self-confidence and enthusiasm for work. If you display these characteristics, with just a little luck, you’ll certainly succeed in the typical personnel interview. Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. How long does an interview usually last according to the speaker? 196淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. How can one give the interviewer a good first impression? 19. What should be the best manner of speaking for a job-seeker during an interview? 20. What is the main idea of the short talk you have just heard? 197淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) Enjoyable. B) Inspiring. C) Moving. D) Dull. 2. A) It will take about one month to repair the watch. B) The woman should have saved more money. C) It is a good idea to keep the old watch. D) The watch is no longer worth repairing. 3. A) Arguing. B) Protesting. C) Complaining. D) Bargaining. 4. A) Families with cars. B) American’s heavy dependence on cars. C) Roads and highways. D) Traffic problems in America. 5. A) The apples and pears might not be so good. B) The apples are not as good as the pears. C) The apples and pears are very good. D) The apples and pears are as good as they look. 6. A) Her teaching assistant would grade the exam papers. B) She would collect the exam papers herself. C) She would mark the exam papers herself. D) She would not give her students an exam. 7. A) She could help him with the problems. B) He should go out for while. C) She could go out together with him. 198淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) He should do the problems himself. 8. A) Customer and salesman. B) Colleagues. C) Employee and boss. D) Classmates. 9. A) The first house they saw is too expensive. B) They may save some money for the time being. C) She is happy with the price set by the seller. D) Less money will be spent in maintaining the house. 10. A) It was probably Mr. Brown’s phone number that the woman wrote down. B) It was just an hour ago that the man met Mr. Brown. C) The woman forgot to write down the phone number. D) The woman needed a sheet of paper to put down the number. Section B Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because they were driven by steam power. B) Because they did the work that animals used to do. C) Because they pulled cars full of coal. D) Because they were made of iron. 12. A) He wanted the railroad to be successful. B) He wanted to have a more powerful steam engine. C) He wanted to own the land near the railroad. D) He wanted to build his own railroads. 13. A) Because the train could not run as fast as the horse. B) Because the engine failed to build up steam. C) Because the engine broke down and the train stopped. D) Because the engine broke into several parts. Passage Two 199淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Love. B) Conflict. C) Violence. D) Mystery. 15. A) The main character remains the same. B) The main character dies in the end. C) The main character gains his ends. D) The main character undergoes a change. 16. A) We can learn how bad persons can improve themselves. B) We can learn how to deal with people. C) We can understand life a little better. D) We can find better ways to cope with conflicts. Passage Three Questions 17 to 24 are based on the following passage. 17. A) Because both have a limited supply of air, water, and other resources. B) Because the Earth moves around the sun as fast as spaceship. C) Because we can travel to outer space. D) Because the Earth never stops moving. 18. A) About 80 miles per second. B) About 70 miles per second. C) About 18 miles per second. D) About 17 miles per second. 19. A) Because the Earth is heavily polluted. B) Because nature cannot recycle its resources. C) Because there are more and more people living on the Earth. D) Because no more new resources can be added. 20. A) Nature has changed our environment over the years. B) We must avoid wasting resources and polluting our environment. C) Our resources are nearly used up. 200淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Trips to other planets will help eliminate pollution. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. A new era is upon us. Call it what you will: the service economy, the information age, the knowledge society. It all translates to a fundamental change in the way we work. Already we’re partly there. The percentage of people who earn their living by making things has fallen dramatically in the Western World. Today the majority of jobs in America, Europe and Japan (two thirds or more in many of these countries) are in the service industry, and the number is on the rise. More women are in the work force than ever before. There are more part-time jobs. More people are self-employed. But the breadth of the economic transformation can’t be measured by numbers alone, because it also is giving rise to a radical new way of thinking about the nature of work itself. Long- held notions about jobs and careers, the skills needed to succeed, even the relation between individuals and employers—all these are being challenged. We have only to look behind us to get some sense of what may lie ahead. No one looking ahead 20 years possibly could have foreseen the ways in which a single invention, the chip (集成块), would transform our world thanks to its applications in personal computers, digital communications and factory robots. Tomorrow’s achievements in biotechnology, artificial intelligence or even some still unimagined technology could produce a similar wave of dramatic changes. But one thing is certain: information and knowledge will become even more vital, and the people who possess it, whether they work in manufacturing or services, will have the advantage and produce the wealth. Computer knowledge will become as basic a requirement as the ability to read and write. The ability to solve problems by applying information instead of performing routine tasks will be valued above all else. If you cast your mind ahead 10 years, information services will be predominant. It will be the way you do your job. 21. A characteristic of the information age is that ________. A) the service industry is relying more and more on the female work force B) manufacturing industries are steadily increasing C) people find it harder and harder to earn a living by working in factories D) most of the job opportunities can now be found in the service industry 22. One of the great changes brought about by the knowledge society is that ________. A) the difference between the employee and the employer has become insignificant B) people’s traditional concepts about work no longer hold true C) most people have to take part-time jobs D) people have to change their jobs from time to time 23. By referring to computers and other inventions, the author means to say that 201淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________. A) people should be able to respond quickly to the advancement of technology B) future achievements in technology will bring about inconceivable dramatic changes C) the importance of high technology has been overlooked D) computer science will play a leading role in the future information services 24. The future will probably belong to those who ________. A) possess and know how to make use of information B) give full play to their brain potential C) involve themselves in service industries D) cast their minds ahead instead of looking back 25. Which of the following would be the best title for the passage? A) Computers and the Knowledge Society B) Service Industries in Modern Society C) Features and Implications of the New Era D) Rapid Advancement of Information Technology Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Beauty has always been regarded as something praiseworthy. Almost everyone thinks attractive people are happier and healthier, have better marriages and have more respectable occupations. Personal consultants give them better advice for finding jobs. Even judges are softer on attractive defendants (被告). But in the executive circle, beauty can become a liability. While attractiveness is a positive factor for a man on his way up the executive ladder, it is harmful to a woman. Handsome male executives were perceived as having more integrity than plainer men; effort and ability were thought to account for their success. Attractive female executives were considered to have less integrity than unattractive ones; their success was attributed not to ability but to factors such as luck. All unattractive women executives were thought to have more integrity and to be more capable than the attractive female executives. Interestingly, though, the rise of the unattractive overnight successes was attributed more to personal relationships and less to ability than was that of attractive overnight successes. Why are attractive women not thought to be able? An attractive woman is perceived to be more feminine (女性的) and an attractive man more masculine (男性的) than the less attractive ones. Thus, an attractive woman has an advantage in traditionally female jobs, but an attractive woman in a traditionally masculine position appears to lack the “masculine” qualities required. 202淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 This is true even in politics. “When the only clue is how he or she looks, people treat men and women differently,” says Ann Bowman, who recently published a study on the effects of attractiveness on political candidates. She asked 125 undergraduates to rank two groups of photographs, one of men and one of women, in order of attractiveness. The students were told the photographs were of candidates for political offices. They were asked to rank them again, in the order they would vote for them. The results showed that attractive males utterly defeated unattractive men, but the women who had been ranked most attractive invariably received the fewest votes. 26. The word “liability” (Para. 1. Line 4) most probably means “________”. A) misfortune B) instability C) disadvantage D) burden 27. In traditionally female jobs, attractiveness ________. A) reinforces the feminine qualities required B) makes women look more honest and capable C) is of primary importance to women D) often enables women to succeed quickly 28. Bowman’s experiment reveals that when it comes to politics, attractiveness ________. A) turns out to be an obstacle B) affects men and women alike C) has as little effect on men as on women D) is more of an obstacle than a benefit to women 29. It can be inferred from the passage that people’s views on beauty are often ________. A) practical B) prejudiced C) old-fashioned D) radical 30. The author writes this passage to ________. A) discuss the negative aspects of being attractive B) give advice to job-seekers who are attractive C) demand equal rights for women 203淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) emphasize the importance of appearance Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. The importance and focus of the interview in the work of the print and broadcast journalist is reflected in several books that have been written on the topic. Most of these books, as well as several chapters, mainly in, but not limited to, journalism and broadcasting handbooks and reporting texts, stress the “how to” aspects of journalistic interviewing rather than the conceptual aspects of the interview, its context, and implications. Much of the “how to” material is based on personal experiences and general impressions. As we know, in journalism as in other fields, much can be learned from the systematic study of professional practice. Such study brings together evidence from which broad generalized principles can be developed. There is, as has been suggested, a growing body of research literature in journalism and broadcasting, but very little significant attention has been devoted to the study of the interview itself. On the other hand, many general texts as well as numerous research articles on interviewing in fields other than journalism have been written. Many of these books and articles present the theoretical and empirical (经验的) aspects of the interview as well as the training of the interviewers. Unhappily, this plentiful general literature about interviewing pays little attention to the journalistic interview. The fact that the general literature on interviewing does not deal with the journalistic interview seems to be surprising for two reasons. First, it seems likely that most people in modern Western societies are more familiar, at least in a positive manner, with journalistic interviewing than with any other form of interviewing. Most of us are probably somewhat familiar with the clinical interview, such as that conducted by physicians and psychologists. In these situations the professional person or interviewer is interested in getting information necessary for the diagnosis (诊断) and treatment of the person seeking help. Another familiar situation is the job interview. However, very few of us have actually been interviewed personally by the mass media, particularly by television. And yet, we have a vivid acquaintance with the journalistic interview by virtue of our roles as readers, listeners, and viewers. Even so, true understanding of the journalistic interview, especially television interviews, requires thoughtful analyses and even study, as this book indicates. 31. The main idea of the first paragraph is that ________. A) generalized principles for journalistic interviews are the chief concern for writers on journalism B) importance should be attached to the systematic study of journalistic interviewing C) concepts and contextual implications are of secondary importance to journalistic interviewing D) personal experience and general impression should be excluded from journalistic interviews 204淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 32. Much research has been done on interviews in general ________. A) so the training of journalistic interviewers has likewise been strengthened B) though the study of the interviewing techniques hasn’t received much attention C) but journalistic interviewing as a specific field has unfortunately been neglected D) and there has also been a dramatic growth in the study of journalistic interviewing 33. Westerners are familiar with the journalistic interview, ________. A) but most of them wish to stay away from it B) and many of them hope to be interviewed some day C) and many of them would like to acquire a true understanding of it D) but most of them may not have been interviewed in person 34. Who is the interviewee in a clinical interview? A) The patient. B) The physician. C) The journalist. D) The psychologist. 35. The text is most likely a part of a ________. A) news article B) journalistic interview C) research report D) preface Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. The relationship between the home and market economies has gone through two distinct stages. Early industrialization began the process of transferring some production processes (e.g. clothmaking, sewing and canning foods) from the home to the marketplace. Although the home economy could still produce these goods, the processes were laborious (费力的) and the market economy was usually more efficient. Soon, the more important second stage was evident-the marketplace began producing goods and services that had never been produced by the home economy, and the home economy was unable to produce them (e.g. Electricity and electrical appliances, the automobile, advanced education, sophisticated medical care). In the second stage, the question of whether the home economy was less efficient in producing these new goods and services was irrelevant; if the family were to enjoy these fruits of industrialization, they would have to be obtained in the marketplace. The traditional ways of taking care of these needs in the home, such as in nursing the sick, became socially unacceptable (and, in most serious cases, probably less successful). 205淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Just as the appearance of the automobile made the use of the horse-drawn carriage illegal and then impractical, and the appearance of television changed the radio from a source of entertainment to a source of background music, so most of the fruits of economic growth did not increase the options available to the home economy to either produce the goods or services or purchase them in the market. Growth brought with it increased variety in consumer goods, but not increased flexibility for the home economy in obtaining these goods and services. Instead, economic growth brought with it increased consumer reliance on the marketplace. In order to consume these new goods and services, the family had to enter the marketplace as wage earners and consumers. The neoclassical (新古典主义的) model that views the family as deciding whether to produce goods and services directly or to purchase them in the marketplace is basically a model of the first stage. It cannot accurately be applied to the second (and current) stage. 36. The reason why many production processes were taken over by the marketplace was that ________. A) it was a necessary step in the process of industrialization B) they depended on electricity available only to the market economy C) it was troublesome to produce such goods in the home D) the marketplace was more efficient with respect to these processes 37. It can be seen from the passage that in the second stage ________. A) some traditional goods and services were not successful when provided by the home economy B) the market economy provided new goods and services never produced by the home economy C) producing traditional goods at home became socially unacceptable D) whether new goods and services were produced by the home economy became irrelevant 38. During the second stage, if the family wanted to consume new goods and services, they had to enter the marketplace ________. A) as wage earners B) both as manufactures and consumers C) both as workers and purchasers D) as customers 39. Economic growth did not make it more flexible for the home economy to obtain the new goods and services because ________. A) the family was not efficient in production B) it was illegal for the home economy to produce them 206淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) it could not supply them by itself D) the market for these goods and services was limited 40. The neoclassical model is basically a model of the first stage, because at this stage ________. A) the family could rely either on the home economy or on the marketplace for the needed goods and services B) many production processes were being transferred to the marketplace C) consumers relied more and more on the market economy D) the family could decide how to transfer production processes to the marketplace Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 41. Sometimes, very young children have trouble ________ fact from fiction and may believe that such things actually exist. A) for separating B) to separate C) having separated D) separating 42. The second book was ________ by August 1952, but two years later, the end was still nowhere in sight. A) completed B) to have completed C) to complete D) to have been completed 43. Whatever the causes, English at the end of the 20th century is more widely spoken and written than any other language ________. A) ever was B) had ever been C) has ever been D) would ever be 44. In this experiment, they are wakened several times during the night and asked to report what they ________. A) had just been dreaming B) have just been dreaming C) are just dreaming 207淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) had just dreamt 45. It is of the utmost importance that you ________ here on time. A) be B) shall be C) are to be D) must be 46. He might have been killed ________ the arrival of the police. A) except for B) but for C) with D) for 47. These figures are not consistent ________ the results obtained in previous experiments. A) to B) with C) for D) in 48. The animal has a brain which is nearest ________. A) in man’s size B) in size to man C) in size to man’s D) to the size in man 49. The problem of ________ to select as his successor was quickly disposed of. A) what B) whom C) which D) how 50. Britain’s press is unusual ________ it is divided into two very different types of newspaper: the quality press and the popular press. A) in how B) in what C) in which 208淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) in that 51. Some companies have introduced flexible working time with less emphasis on pressure ________. A) than more on efficiency B) and more efficiency C) and more on efficiency D) than efficiency 52. He often sat in small bar drinking considerable more than ________. A) he was in good health B) his health was good C) his good health was D) was good for his health 53. All the parts of this washing machine are ________, so that it is very convenient to replace them. A) normalized B) modernized C) mechanized D) standardized 54. I was ________ by their kindness and moved to tears. A) preoccupied B) embarrassed C) overwhelmed D) counseled 55. In many cultures people who were thought to have the ability to ________ dreams were likely to be highly respected. A) interpret B) intervene C) inherit D) impart 56. The person who ________ this type of research deserves our praise. A) originated B) manufactured 209淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) generated D) estimated 57. All students in this university are requested to ________ with the regulations. A) yield B) comply C) submit D) consent 58. My boss has always attended to the ________ of important business himself. A) transaction B) stimulation C) transition D) solution 59. When he applied for a ________ in the office of the local newspaper he was told to see the manager. A) location B) profession C) career D) position 60. Human behavior is mostly a product of learning, whereas the behavior of an animal depends mainly on ________. A) consciousness B) impulse C) instinct D) response 61. There’s a whole ________ of bills waiting to be paid. A) stock B) stack C) number D) sequence 62. To be an inventor, one needs profound knowledge as well as a very ________ imagination. A) vivid 210淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) bright C) living D) colorful 63. In Scotland, as in the rest of the United Kingdom, ________ schooling begins at age 5 and ends at age 16. A) compelling B) forced C) obliged D) compulsory 64. It is a common theme in many science fiction stories that the world may one day be ________ by insects. A) broken in B) run over C) taken over D) filled in 65. A large part of human activity, particularly in relation to the environment, is ________ conditions or events. A) in response to B) in favour of C) in contrast to D) in excess of 66. David likes country life and has decided to ________ farming. A) get along with B) go back on C) get hold of D) go in for 67. We are ________ faced with the necessity to recognize that having more people implies a lower standard of living. A) readily B) smoothly C) inevitably D) deliberately 68. Some people criticize family doctors for ________ too many medicines for minor 211淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 illnesses. A) prescribing B) ordering C) advising D) delivering 69. Communication is the process of ________ a message from a source to an audience via a channel. A) transmitting B) submitting C) transforming D) switching 70. Dogs are often praised for their ________; they almost never abandon their masters. A) faith B) loyalty C) trust D) truthfulness Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ If indeed silence is golden, it is also becoming as rare as gold. It seems that the progresses of man includes a rising volume of noise. (71) In every home a stereo or television will fill the rooms sound, between (72) sunrise and sunset, streets and highways are a constant source of voice from cars, buses, and trucks. You can pass any factory or (73) construction area and the roar of their machinery will make your ears (74) ringing. Music is played in every supermarket, most restaurants, and (75) many offices, 212淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 big cities of the world are well-known by their noisiness. (76) Noise pollution is the new side effect of our technological age. Day or night, the sound of the work fills the air. It seems (77) that the smoothing effects of silence are nowhere to be found. Even the quiet of our careful protected wilderness areas can be (78) invaded at any moment by a passed jet. (79) We are learning, finally, that silence is a natural resource and must be protected by law. It appears that we all find company in sound, if we all demand a little quiet from time to time. (80) Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Should Firecrackers Be Banned? You should write no less than 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 有人认为放鞭炮是好事，为什么? 2. 有人认为放鞭炮是坏事， 为什么? 3. 我的看法。 (Suggested key words: firecrackers 鞭炮 set off/let off 放鞭炮) Remember to write your composition neatly. 213淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. D 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. A 11. B 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. C 17. A 18. C 19. D 20. B Part II 21. D 22. B 23. B 24. A 25. C 26. C 27. A 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. D 34. A 35. D 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. A Part III 41. D 42. D 43. C 44. B 45. A 46. B 47. B 48. C 49. B 50. C 51. D 52. D 53. D 54. C 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. A 59. D 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. D 64. C 65. A 66. D 67. C 68. A 69. A 70. B 71. progress 表“进步”时，是不可数名词，故应去掉es. 72. fill sth with sth 表“用…将某物装满”，是固定用法。故应在 rooms 后加上 with. 73. 根据文章此处应为噪音，故应将voice改成noise. 74. factory 与their不对应，故应将其改成its. 75. make, let, have 等动词只能跟不带to 的不定式，作宾语补足语。故应将ringing 改成ring. 76. 根据全文，此处不应说“因他们的吵闹而闻名”，即把by换成for. 214淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. 去掉work前面的定冠词the, 因为work此处是泛指。 78. 修饰过去分词应该用副词，而不是形容词，故careful应为carefully. 79. 本句中被分词修饰的jet是动作pass的发出者，也就是说jet与pass是主动的 关系，所以pass后应加上ing。本句中的从句是一个让步状语从句。而 if却是 “如果”之意，所以最好将其换成though或although. 215淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1995年6月听力原文 Section A 1. M: I have never seen such an interesting show. I hope you enjoyed it as much as I did. W: I must admit that I felt sleepy during the two hours. Q: How did the woman feel about the show? 2. W: I can’t figure out what’s wrong with my watch. It was just a month ago that I had it repaired. M: Don’t waste your time and money any more. It’s very old watch and it is quite worn out. Q: What does the man mean? 3. M: Oh, what a morning! You know I had so much work to do and the phone just kept ringing. Three sales people called me this morning. W: I know how it is. I get a lot of calls, too, even on weekends. Q: What are the two speakers doing? 4. W: You Americans are funny. It seems as if you were married with cars. M: Yeah, I guess that’s true. The country is becoming one big highway. I was reading that there are about 4 million miles of roads and highways in this country now. Q: What are they talking about? 5. W: I intend to buy some fruit for the children. These apples and pears seem to be in season. I’ll get 2 dozen of each. M: I hope they are as good as they look. Q: What does the man mean? 6. M: Excuse me, but I didn’t hear clearly what you said. Did you say that your teaching assistant would mark the exam papers? W: No. I said he would collect the papers. I’ll grade them myself. Q: What did the woman say about the exam? 7. M: I’m getting absolutely nowhere with Physics problems. W: How about my going through them with you? Q: What does the woman mean? 216淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 8. W: Hi, Jack, I just came back yesterday. Anything new while I was away? M: Congratulations, Susan! It’s said you will be promoted to manager and become my immediate boss. Q: What’s most probably the relationship between the two speakers at the moment? 9. M: Of the two houses we have seen, which one do you think fits our needs better, the first one or the second one? W: The second one. It seems very expensive. But in the long run, it will save up the money on the maintenance. Q: What does the woman say about the reason for her choice? 10. W: What a memory I have! I did write down the number on a sheet of paper when I answered the phone this morning. But now the paper has disappeared without any trace. M: Don’t worry. I’ll be seeing Mr. Brown in an hour. Q: What do we learn from this conversation? Section B Passage One In the early days of railroads horses pulled the trains. The trains had no engines and no power of their own. Richard Traversic of England invented a steam powered engine in 1840. Soon people were building railroads and steam engines all over the world. Because the steam engine did the work that animals used to do, people called them “Iron Horses”. Peter Copper was a rich American businessman. He owned a lot of land near the Bottomhal and Ohio railroad. He wanted the railroad to be successful. He built his own steam engine to drive along the railroad. Most people traveled in coaches drawn by houses. A coach line challenged Peter Copper to a race. The day of the race came. At first, the horse was winning the race. Peter Copper’s engine needed time to build up steam. He worked hard to make the train go faster. Soon, he was catching up with the horse. He was going to win the race. Suddenly, one of the parts of the engine broke. The train stopped. The horse rushed ahead. Peter Copper lost the race. Of course, that is not the end of the story. By 1870, railroads extended all across the United States. The Iron Horse had become an important part of American life. Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. Why did people call steam engines Iron Horses? 12. Why did Peter Copper build his own steam engine? 13. Why did Peter Copper lose the race? 217淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Two Hollywood produces many different kinds of films, including mysteries, musicals, love stories and horror films. Different these films may be. They generally have one thing in common conflict. The main character wants something very badly and will do anything to get it. The opponent tries to stop the main character from achieving his goal. This opposition creates conflict and conflict is the heart of drama. To give an example. Let’s say the main character is a young man of humble origin, who wants to marry the beautiful daughter of a rich banker. The father thinks the young man is unworthy of his daughter and he does not allow her to see him. The young man, who is very much in love, refuses to give up without a fight. The conflict between the young man and the girl’s father is what makes the story interesting. It forces the main characters to take action and through their action we see them as they really are. In the good story, the main character changes. He is not the same at the end of the story as he was at the beginning. He learns something from watching her. Good movies not only entertain us, they also help us understand a little more about life. Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. What is common to all the films produced in Hollywood? 15. What usually happens to the main character in a good story? 16. What can we learn from good movies? Passage Three In a way, all of us are on a spaceship-the planet Earth. We move around the sun at 18 miles per second and never stop. On our spaceship, we have 5 billion people and limited supply of air, water an land. These supplies have to be used carefully because we can’t buy new air, water or land from anywhere else. Environment on our planet is a closed system. Nothing new is ever added. Nature recycles its resources. Water, for example, evaporates and rises as visible drops to form clouds. The same water returns to the earth as rain or snow. The rain that falls today is actually the same water that fell on the land 70 million years ago. Today, the earth is in trouble. Factories pour dirty water into our rivers, many fish and water becomes unhealthy for people to get sick. People throw bottles and paper out of their car windows and roadside becomes covered with all sorts of wastes. Over the years people have changed environment and we have pollution. To continue to survive, we must learn how to use the earth resources wisely. We have to change out habits and stop dropping such enormous amounts of industrial waste into the water and air. We must cooperate with nature and learn better ways to use, not abuse our environment. Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. Why does the speaker compare the earth to a spaceship? 218淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. How fast does the planet Earth travel around the sun? 19. Why does the speaker advise us to use the earth resources wisely? 20. What message is the speaker trying to convey? 219淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) The flight has been canceled. B) The plane is late. C) The plane is on time. D) The tickets for this flight have been sold out. 2. A) He is not to blame. B) It was his fault. C) He will accept all responsibility. D) He will be more careful next time. 3. A) The man is a forgetful person. B) The typewriter is not new. C) The man can have the typewriter later. 220淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The man misunderstood her. 4. A) There will be heavy fog in all areas. B) There will be heavy rain by midnight. C) There will be heavy fog in the east. D) There will be fog in all areas by midnight. 5. A) She’s scornful. B) She’s angry. C) She’s sympathetic. D) She’s worried. 6. A) He likes the job of a dish-washer because it pays well. B) He thinks it’s important to have a good job from the beginning. C) He hates to be a dish-washer because it’s boring. D) He would work as a dish-washer in summer if he has to. 7. A) She must learn to understand John’s humor better. B) She enjoys John’s humor a great deal. C) She doesn’t appreciate John’s humor. D) She thinks John is not funny enough. 8. A) Joan may have taken a wrong train. B) Joan will miss the next conference. C) Joan won’t come to the conference. D) Joan may be late for the opening speech. 9. A) She has been dismissed for her poor performance. B) She has been fired by the company. C) She has been granted leave for one month. D) She has been offered a new job. 10. A) It will last for two weeks. B) It has come to a halt. C) It will end before long. D) It will probably continue. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of passage, you 221淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage one Question 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) She was an office worker. B) She was a physician. C) She was a cleaner. D) She was a social worker. 12. A) Because she could not sleep well at night. B) Because she hoped to earn more money. C) Because she could not find a daytime job. D) Because she needed a change and a lighter job. 13. A) She works six nights every fortnight. B) She does not take part in social activities in her working days. C) She has been a night nurse in a hospital for about 25 years. D) She is not satisfied with her present job. Passage Two Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) A small town in Britain. B) A new type of jail. C) A labour camp. D) A big gymnasium in Scotland. 15. A) Women criminals in Scotland. B) Criminals who are given long sentences. C) Criminals who are given short sentences. D) Criminals in Scotland. 16. A) The reward the prisoners get for their work. B) The comfortable accommodation. C) The way the prisoners are treated. 222淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The officers’ sympathy for the prisoners. 17. A) To give the prisoners more freedom. B) To help the prisoners keep their self-respect. C) To help the prisoners develop the sense of independence. D) To turn the prisoners into skilled workers. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) On an airplane. B) Near the terminal building. C) In a coach to the city. D) In the waiting room. 19. A) Near the airport hotel. B) At the travelers’ information desk. C) Outside the Customs Hall. D) In the center of the city. 20. A) The departure tax they have to pay on their next international flight. B) The distance they have to travel from the airport to the city center. C) The prices the major hotels charge. D) The place where taxis are waiting to be hired. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is following by some questions or unfinished statements-For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage: Material culture refers to the touchable, material “things”—physical objects that can be seen, held, felt, used—that a culture produces. Examining a culture’s tools and technology can tell us about the group’s history and way of life. Similarly, research into the material culture of music can help us to understand the music-culture. The most vivid body of “things” in it, of course, are musical instruments. We cannot hear for ourselves the actual sound of any musical performance before the 1870s when the phonograph was invented, so we rely on instruments for important information about 223淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 music-cultures it the remote past and their development. Here we have two kinds of evidence: instruments well preserved and instruments pictures in art. Through the study of instruments, as well preserved Paintings, written documents, and so on, we can explore the movement of music from the Neat East to China over a thousand years ago, or we can outline the spread of Near eastern influence to Europe that results in the development of most of the instruments on the symphony orchestra. Sheet music or printed music, too is material culture. Scholars once defined folk music-cultures as those in with people learn and sing music by ear rather than from print, but research show mutual influence among oral and written sources during the past few centuries in Europe, Britain, and America, printed versions limit variety because they tend to standardize any song, yet they stimulate people to create new and different songs. Besides, the ability to read music notation has a far-reaching effect on musicians and, when it becomes widespread, on the music-culture as a whole. One more important part of music’s material culture should be singled out the influence of the electronic media-radio, record player, tape recorder, television, and videocassette, with the future promising talking and singing computers and other developments. This all part of the “information revolution,” a twentieth century phenomenon as important as the industrial revolution was in the nineteenth. These electronic media are not just limited to modem nations; they have affected music- cultures all over the globe. 21. Research into the material culture of a nation’s of great importance ________. A) it helps produce new cultural tools and technology B) it can reflect the development of the nation C) it helps understand the nation’s Fast and present D) it can demonstrate the nation’s civilization 22. It can be learned from this passage that ________. A) the existence of the symphony was attributed to the spread of Near Eastern and Chinese music B) Near Eastern music had influence on the of the instruments in the symphony orchestra C) the development of the symphony shows the mutual influence of Eastern and Western music D) the musical instruments in the symphony basis of Near Eastern music 23. According to the author, music notation is important because ________. A) it has a great effect on the music-culture as more and more people are able to read it B) it tends to standard folk sings when it is used by folk musicians C) it is the printed version of standardized folk music 224淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) it encourages people to popularize printed versions of songs 24. It can be concluded from the passage that the introduction of electronic media into the world of music ________. A) has brought about an information revolution B) has speeded up the arrival of a new generation of computers C) has given rise to new forms of music culture D) has given to the transformation of traditional musical instruments 25. Which of the following best summarized the main idea of the passage? A) Musical instruments developed through the years will sooner later be replaced by computers. B) Music cannot be passed on to future generation unless it is recorded. C) Folk songs cannot spread far unless they are printed on music sheets. D) The development of music culture is highly dependent or its material aspect. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The question of whether war is inevitable is one which has concerned many of the world’s great writers. Before considering this question, it will useful to introduce some related concepts. Conflict, defined as opposition among social entities directed against one another is distinguished from competition, defined as opposition among social entities independently striving for some thing which is in inadequate supply. Competitors may not be aware of one another, while the parties to a conflict are. Conflict and vice of one another. Opposition is thus contrasted with cooperation, the process by which social entities function in the service of one another. These definitions are necessary because it is important to emphasize that competition between individuals or groups is inevitable in a world of limited resources, but conflict is not. Conflict, nevertheless, is very likely to occur, and is probably an essential and desirable element of human societies. Many authors have argued for the inevitability of war from the premise that in the struggle for existence among animal species, only the fittest survive. In general, however this struggle in nature’s competition, not conflict. Social animals, such as monkeys and cattle, fight to win or maintain leadership of the group. The struggle for existence occurs not in such fights but in the competition for limited feeding areas and for the occupancy of areas free from meet-eating animals. Those who fail in competition starve to death or become victims to other species. This struggle for existence does not resemble human war, but rather the competition of individuals for jobs, markets, and materials. The essence of the struggle is the competition for the necessities of life that are insufficient to satisfy all. Among nations there is competition in developing resources trades, skills, and a satisfactory way of life. The successful nations grow and prosper; the unsuccessful decline. While it is true that this competition may induce efforts to expand territory at 225淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the expense of others, and thus lead to conflict, it cannot be said that war-like conflict among nations is inevitable, although competition is. 26. In the first paragraph, the author gives the definitions of some term in order to ________. A) argue for the similarities between and human societies B) smooth out the conflicts in human societies C) distinguish between two kinds of opposition D) summarize the that characteristic features of opposition and cooperation 27. According to the author, competition differs from conflict in that ________. A) it results in war in most cases B) it induces efforts to expand territory C) it is kind of opposition among aria entities D) it is essentially a struggle for existence 28. The phrase “function in the disservice of one another” (Para. 1) most probably means “________”. A) betray each other B) harm one another C) help to collaborate with each other D) benefit on another 29. The author indicates in the passage that conflict ________. A) is an inevitable struggle resulting from competition B) reflects the struggle among social animals C) is an opposition among individual social animals D) can be avoided 30. The passage is probably intended to answer the question “________”. A) Is war inevitable? B) Why is there conflict and competition? C) Is conflict desirable? D) Can competition lead to conflict? Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. As Dr. Samuel Johnson said in a different era about ladies preaching, the surprising thing about computer is not that they think less well than a man, but that they think at all. The early electronic computer did not have much going for it except a marvelous 226淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 memory and some good math skills. But today the best models can be wired up to learn by experience, follow an argument, ask proper questions and write poetry and write poetry and music. They can also carry on somewhat puzzling conversations. Computers imitate life. As computer get more complex, the imitation gets better. Finally, the line between the original and the copy becomes unclear. In another 15 years or so, we will the computer as a new form of life. The opinion seems ridiculous because, for one thing, computers lack the drives and emotions of living creatures. But drives car can be programmed into the computer’s brain just as nature programmed them into our human brains as a part of the equipment for survival. Computers match people in some roles, and when fast decisions are needed in a crisis, they often surpass them. Having evolved when the pace of life was slower, the human brain has an inherent defect that prevents it from absorbing several streams of information simultaneously and acting on them quickly. Throw too many things at the brain one time and it freezes up. We are still control, but the capabilities of computer are increasing at a fantastic rate, while raw human intelligence is changing slowly, if as all. Computer power has increased ten times every eight years since 1946. In the 1990s, when the sixth generation appears, the reasoning power of an intelligence built out of silicon will begin to match that of the human brain. That does not mean the evolution of intelligence has ended on the earth. Judging by the he past, we can expect that a new species will arise out of man, surpassing his achievements those of his predecessor. Only a carbon chemistry enthusiast would assume that the new species must be man’s flesh-and-blood descendants. The new kind of intelligent life is more I likely to be made of silicon. 31. What do you suppose the attitude of Dr. Samuel Johnson towards ladies preaching? A) He believed that ladies were born worse preachers that men. B) He was pleased that ladies could though not as well as men. C) He disapproved of ladies preaching. D) He encouraged ladies to preach. 32. Today, computer are still inferior to man in terms of ________. A) decision making B) drives and feelings C) growth of reasoning power D) information absorption 33. In terms of making quick decisions, the human brain cannot be compared with the computer because ________. A) in the long process of evolution slow pace of life didn’t require such ability of 227淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the computer because brain B) the human brain is influenced by other factors such as motivation and emotion C) the human brain may sometimes freeze up in a dangerous situation D) the evolution of imitate life while the human brain docs not imitate computers 34. Though he think highly of the development of computer science, the author doesn’t mean that ________. A) computers are likely to become a new form of intelligent life B) human beings have lost control of computers C) the intelligence of computers will eventually surpass will that of human beings D) the evolution of intelligence will probably depend on that of electronic brains 35. According to the passage, which of the following statements is TRUE? A) Future man will be made of silicon instead of flesh and blood. B) Some day it will be difficult to tell a computer from a man. C) The reasoning power of computers has already surpassed that of man. D) Future intelligent life may not necessarily be made of organic matter. Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Video recorders and photocopiers, even ticket machines on the railways, often seem unnecessarily difficult to use. Last December I bought myself a Video cassette recorder (VCR) described as “simple to use”. In the first three weeks I failed repeatedly to program the machine to record from the TV, and after months of practice I still made mistakes. I am not alone. According to a survey last year by Ferguson, the British manufacturer, more than one in four VCR owners never use the timer on their machines to record a programme: they don’t use it because they’ve found it far too hard to operate. So why do manufacturers keep on designing and producing VCRS that are awkward to use if the problems are so obvious? First, the problems we notice are not obvious to technically minded designers with years of experience and trained to understand how appliances work. Secondly, designers tend to add one or two features at a time to each model, whereas you or I face all a machine’s features at once. Thirdly, although find problems in a finished product is easily, it is too late by then to do anything about the design. Finally, if manufacturers can get away with selling products that are difficult to use it, it is not worth the effort of any one of them to make improvements. Some manufacturers say they concentrate on providing a wide range of features rather than on making the machines easy to use. But that gives rise to the question, “why can’t you have features that are easy to use?” The answer is you can. Good design practice is a mixture of specific procedures and general principles. For a start, designers should build an original model of the machine and try it out on typical 228淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 members of the public-not on colleagues in the development laboratory. Simple pubic trials would quickly reveal many design mistakes. In an ideal world, there would be some ways of controlling quality such as that the VCR must be redesigned repeatedly until, say, 90 percent of users can work 90 per cent of the features correctly 90 per cent of the time. 36. The author had trouble operating his VCR because ________. A) he had neglected the importance of using the timer B) the machine had far more technical features than necessary C) he had set about using it without proper training D) its operation was far more difficult than the designer intended it to be 31. According to the author, manufacturers ________. A should add more useful features to their machines B) often fail to make their products easy to use C) should make their appliances as attractive as possible D) often fail provide proper training in the use of their products 38. It seems that manufacturers will remain reluctant to make improvements unless ________. A) they can do so as a very low cost B) they find their machines hard to operate C) they have difficulty selling their products D) they receive a lot of complaints about their machines 39. According to the passage before a VCR is cold on the market, its original model should be tried out ________. A) among ordinary consumers who are not technically minded B) among people who are technically minded C) among experienced technicians and potential users D) among people who are in charge of public relations 40. One of the reasons why VCRs are so difficult to use is that ________. A) the designers are often insensitive to the operational complexities of their machines B) the range of features provided is unlimited C) there is no ideal way of controlling quality D) their designers often ignore the complaints of their uses Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) 229淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this pert. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. The police accused him of setting fire to the building but the denied ________ in the area on the night of the fire. A) to be B) to have been C) having been D) be 42. The schoolmaster ________ the girl’s bravery in his opening speech. A) applauded B) enhanced C) elevated D) clapped 43. The place did not appear to be popular, for it was completely deserted, and in any case ________ to traffic. A) inadequate B) inaccessible C) incompatible D) insignificant 44. One of the requirements for a fire is that the material ________ to its burning temperature. A) is heated B) will be heated C) be heated D) would be heated 45. The secret agent concealed her mission, therefore many local people were ________ was a good person. A) betrayed B) driven C) deceived D) convinced 230淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 46. Why this otherwise excellent newspaper allows such an article to be printed ________ is me. A) above B) outside C) beside D) beyond 47. When business is ________, there is usually an obvious increase in unemployment. A) degraded B) depressed C) reduced D) lessened 48. As far as the rank of concerned an associate profess is ________ to a professor though they are almost equally knowledgeable. A) attached B) subsidiary C) previous D) inferior 49. This book will show the readers ________ can be used in other contexts. A) how that they have observed B) that how they have observed C) how what they have observed D) that they have observed 50. The plane ________, its exploding as it hit the ground. A) smashed B) crushed C) plunged D) crashed 51. He believed that the greatest of his ________ was that he’d never had a college education. A) grieves B) misfortunes C) disasters D) sorrows 231淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 52. ________ your opinions are worth considering, the committee finds it unwise to place too much importance on them. A) As B) Since C) Provided D) While 53. That local government leaders are making every effort to ________ the problem of poverty. A) abolish B) tackle C) remove D) encounter 54. Although Asian countries are generally more ________ in social customs than Western countries, there have several to notable examples of women in both China and India. A) conservative B) confidential C) comprehensive D) consistent 55. ________ the claim about German economic might, it is somewhat surprising how relatively small the German economy actually is. A) To give B) Given C) Giving D) Having given 56. Although the two players are in the tennis court, they are really good friends ________. A) partners B) enemies C) rivals D) companions 57. The girl was ________ a shop assistant; she is now a manager in a large department store. A) preliminarily 232淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) presumably C) formally D) formerly 58. I don’t think this question is subordinate ________ the main aim of our company. A) with B) to C) for D) on 59. While admitting that this forecast was ________ uncertain, the scientists warned against treating it as a cry of wolf. A) anyhow B) somewhere C) somewhat D) anyway 60. The United States is trying to ________ the problems created by the energy crisis. A) put up with B) submit to C) comply with D) cope with 61. Some people viewed the findings with caution, noting that a cause relationship between passive smoking and cancer remains ________. A) to be shown B) to have shown C) to have been shown D) being shown 62. The economic crises in that country have threatened the ________ of the government. A) stability B) capability C) persistence D) permanence 63. Although most birds have only a negligible sense of smell they have ________ vision. 233淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) vigorous B) exact C) acute D) vivid 64. Rebecca ________ me earlier if she did not like her house she bought last month. A) told B) would tell C) had told D) would have told 65. By moving the radar beam around slowly in circles, we can ________ the surroundings. A) explore B) expose C) exploit D) expand 66. The Washington Monument is a hollow shaft without a break ________ its surface except for the tiny entrance. A) in B) with C) from D) to 67. The traffic police were searching for evidence to prove the accused man’s ________, but in vain. A) mistake B) guilt C) fault D) defeat 68. The world’s greatest sporting event, the Olympic Games, upholds the amateur ideal that ________ matters is not winning but participating. A) anything B) it C) what D) everything 234淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 69. Very few scientists ________ completely new answers to the world’s problems. A) come up with B) come out C) come round D) come up to 70. The polite are suspicious ________ his words because he already has a record. A) to B) at C) on D) of Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Most studies suggest that when women and men do the same job and have the experience, pay rates tend to be similar. Most of the dollar differences stem from fact that (71) women tend to be more recently employed and have more (72) years on the job. Whether women who have started a career will attain pay equality with men rest on at least two factors. (73) First, will most of them continue part time at their jobs after (74) they have children? A break in their employment, or a decision (75) to work part time, will slow its raises and promotions because it would for men. Second, will male-dominated (76) companies elevate women to higher-paid jobs at the different (77) rate as they elevate men? On some fields, this had clearly not (78) happened. Many men, for example, have committed their (79) lives to teaching careers, yet relative few have become (80) principals or headmasters. Part V Writing (30 minutes) 235淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Why I Take the College English Test Band 6? You should write at least 120 words and you should abase your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 有人认为没有必要参加大学英语六级考试(简称CET-6) 2. 我参加CET-6考试的理由 Why I Take the College English Test Band 6? 236淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年1月六级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. A 3. A 4. D 5. C 6. D 7. C 8. D 9. B 10. D 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. B 15. A 16. C 17. B 18. A 19. C 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) 21. C 22. B 23. A 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. D 30. A 31. A 32. B 33. C 34. B 35. D 36. B 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. A Part III Vocabulary and Structure 41. C 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. C 46. D 47. B 48. D 49. C 50. D 51. B 52. D 53. B 54. A 55. B 56. C 57. D 58. B 59. C 60. D 61. A 62. A 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. A 67. C 68. C 69. A 70. D Part IV Error Correction 71. from fact → from the fact 72. recently → frequently 73. rest → rests 74. part → full 75. its → their 76. because → as 237淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. different → same 78. On → In 79. men → women 80. relative → relatively 238淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 1. A) To change the tennis shoes in the sportswear department. B) To help his friend find the right department. C) To find his lost shoes on the tennis court. D) To buy himself a pair of tennis shoes. 2. A) They produce part of their own food. B) They sell their own produce. C) They feed their family on cheap food. D) They buy food from farmers. 3. A) Mr. White’s reason for leaving. B) Mr. White’s new appointment. C) A vacant position. D) How to apply for a job. 4. A) Be hostile to Nancy. B) Ask Nancy to come out. C) Talk to Nancy herself. D) Write Nancy a letter. 5. A) To serve as her tour guide. B) To serve as her bodyguard. C) To serve as her driver. D) To serve as her porter. 6. A) He is often asked to go and see exhibits. 239淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) He would like to go and see the exhibit. C) He went to see the exhibit last year. D) He definitely does not want to go. 7. A) The environmental problem. B) The health problem. C) The educational problem. D) The international problem. 8. A) Bob will see Susan tomorrow evening. B) Bob might be at home late tomorrow evening. C) Bob and Susan have decided to go on a holiday. D) Bob asked the woman to come another time. 9. A) They think cinemas are too far away from their homes. B) They are disappointed with the films produced these days. C) They both dislike films about adventure stories. D) They both like the idea of going to the cinema at night. 10. 见附图1 Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because he was a cook at a country-music club. 240淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Because he performed for guests while he worked as a cook. C) Because he often sang while cooking. D) Because he liked singing better than cooking. 12. A) His brother. B) His manager. C) His father. D) A businesswoman. 13. A) At a club. B) On a farm. C) At a construction site. D) In a record company. 14. A) His ability to live independently. B) His sense of responsibility in whatever he did. C) His courage in the face of rejections. D) His hard work in his early days. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) How to handle spiders. B) Spiders in the United States. C) People’s fear of spiders. D) A special kind of spider. 16. A) Most spiders will not bite even when handled. B) Most spiders are poisonous and dangerous. C) Most spiders are likely to attack people. D) Most spiders have sharp eyes. 17. A) Because she cannot find a husband for herself. B) Because the female spider is larger than the male one. C) Because the female spider often eats her husband. D) Because she is a black female spider. Passage Three 241淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 18 to 20 are be on the passage you have just heard 18. A) Instructions. B) Medicine. C) Money. D) The draft of his speech. 19. A) Because she had to type Mr. Bascomb’s speech. B) Because she had a headache. C) Because she had to meet some businessmen. D) Because she had to get her car fixed. 20. A) The problem of the city. B) Himself and his problems. C) Things he had planned to say to his audience. D) The plan for his future work as mayor. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is following by some questions or unfinished statements-For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage: Three English dictionaries published recently all lay claim to possessing a “new” feature. The BBC English Dictionary contains background information on 1,000 people and places prominent in the news since 1988; the Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary: Encyclopedic Edition is the OALD plus encyclopedic entries; the Longman Dictionary of English Language and Culture is the LME plus cultural information. The key fact is that all three dictionaries can be seen to have a distinctly “cultural” as well as language learning content. That being said, the way in which they approach the cultural element is not identical, making direct comparisons between the three difficult. While there is some common ground between the encyclopedic/cultural entries for the Oxford and Longman dictionaries, there is a clear difference. Oxford lays claim to being encyclopedic on content whereas Longman distinctly concentrates on the language and culture of the English-speaking world. The Oxford dictionary can therefore stand more vigorous scrutiny for cultural bias than the Longman publication because the latter does not hesitate about viewing the rest of the world from the cultural perspectives of the English-speaking world. The cultural objectives of the BBC dictionary 242淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 are in turn more distinct still. Based on an analysis of over 70 million words recorded from the BBC World Service and National Public Radio of Washington over a period of four years, their 1,000 brief encyclopedic entries are based on people and places that have featured in the news recently. The intended user they have in mind is a regular listener to the World Service who will have a reasonable standard of English and a developed skill in listening comprehension. In reality, though, the BBC dictionary will be purchased by a far wider range of language learners, as will the other two dictionaries. We will be faced with a situation where many of the users of these dictionaries will at the very least have distinct socio- cultural perspectives and may have world views which are totally opposed and even hostile to those of the West. Advanced learners from this kind of background will not only evaluate a dictionary on how user-friendly it is but will also have definite views about the scope and appropriateness of the various socio-cultural entries. 21. What feature sets apart the three dictionaries discussed in the passage from traditional ones? A) The combination of two dictionaries into one B) The new approach to defining words C) The inclusion of cultural content D) The increase in the number of entries 22. The Longman dictionary is more likely to be criticized for cultural prejudice ________. A) its scope of cultural entries the beyond the culture of the English-speaking world B) it pays little attention to the cultural content of the non-English-speaking countries C) it views the world purely from the standpoint of the English-speaking world D) it fails to distinguish language from culture in its encyclopedic entries 23. The BBC dictionary differs from Oxford and Longman in that ________. A) it has a wider selection Of encyclopedic entries B) it is mainly design to meet the needs of radio listeners C) it lays more emphasis co language then on culture D) it is intended to help listeners develop their listening comprehension skills 24. It is implied in the last paragraph that, in approaching socio-cultural content in a dictionary, special thought be given to ________. A) the language levels of its users B) the number of its prospective purchasers C) the different tastes of its users 243淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) the various cultural backgrounds of its users 25. What is the passage mainly about? A) Different ways of treating socio-cultural elements in the three new English dictionaries. B) A comparison of people’s opinions on the cultural content in the three new English dictionaries. C) The advantages of the BBC dictionary over Oxford and Longman. D) The user-friendliness of the three new English dictionaries. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Real policemen hardly recognize any resemblance between their lives and what they see on TV. The first difference is that a policeman’s real life revolves round criminal law. He has to know exactly what actions are crimes and what evidence can be used to prove them in court. He has to know nearly as much law as a professional lawyer, and what is more, he has to apply it on his feet, in the dark and rain, running down a street after someone he wants to talk to. Little of his time is spent in chatting. He will spend most of his working life typing millions of words on thousands of forms about hundreds of sad, unimportant people who are guilty of stupid, petty crimes. Most television crime drama is about finding the criminal: as soon as he’s arrested, the story is over. In real life, finding criminals is seldom much of a problem. Except in very serious cases like murders and terrorist attacks little effort is spent on searching. Having made an arrest, a detective really start to work. He has to prove his case in court and to do that he often has to gather a lot of different evidence. At third big difference between the drama detective and the real one is the unpleasant pressures: first, as members of a police force they always have to behave absolutely in accordance with the law. Secondly, as expensive public servants they have to get results. They can hardly ever do both. Most of the time some of them have to break the rules in small ways. If the detective has to detective the world, the world often deceives him. Hardly anyone he meets tells him the truth. And this separation the detective feels between himself and the rest of the world is deepened by the simples mindedness as he sees it-of citizens, social workers, doctors, law-makers, and judges, who, instead of eliminating crime punish the criminals less severely in the hope that this will make them reform. The result, detectives feel, is that nine-tenths of their work is re-catching people who should have stared behind bars. This makes them rather cynical. 26. A policeman has to be trained in criminal law because ________. A) he must work hard to help reform criminals 244淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) he must believe as professional lawyers do C) he must be able to tell when and where a crime is committed D) he must justify the arrests he makes of criminals 27. What is the most suitable word that describes the work of a policeman according to the passage? A) Dangerous B) Demanding C) Distressing D) Dramatic 28. According to the passage, policemen spend most of their time an efforts ________. A) patrolling the street, rain or shine B) tracking and arresting criminals C) collecting and providing evidence D) consulting the rules of law 29. What’s the policeman’s biggest headache? A) He has to get the most desirable results without breaking the law in any way. B) He has to justify his arrests while unable to provide sufficient evidence in most cases. C) He can hardly find enough time to learn criminal law while burdened with numerous criminal cases. D) He has to provide the best possible public service at the least possible expense. 30. Why do policemen feel separated from the rest of the world? A) Because they do not receive due support from society. B) Because they find people insincere with them. C) Because they feel superior to simple-minded people around them. D) Because they are suspicious of the people around them. Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. To live in the United States today is to gain an appreciation for Dahrendorf’s assertion that social change exists everywhere. Technology, the application of knowledge for practical ends, is a major source of social change. Yet we would do well to remind ourselves that technology is a human creation; it docs not exist naturally. A spear or a robot is as much a cultural as a physical object. Until humans use a spear to hunt game or a robot to produce machine parts, neither is much more than a solid mass of matter. For a bird looking for an object on which to rest, a spear or robot serves the purpose equally well. The explosion of the Challenger space 245淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 shuttle and the Russian nuclear accident at Chernobyl drive home the human quality of technology; they provide cases in which well-planned systems suddenly went haywire and there was no ready hand to set them right. Since technology is a human creation, we are responsible for what is done with it. Pessimists worry that we will use out technology eventually to blow our world and ourselves to pieces. But they have been saying this for decades, and so far we have managed to survive and even flourish. Whether we will continue to do so in the years ahead remains uncertain. Clearly, the impact of technology on our lives deserves a closer examination. Few technological developments have had a greater impact on our lives than the computer revolution. Scientists and engineers have designed specialized machines that can do the tasks that once only people could do. There are those who assert that the switch to an information-based economy is in the same camp as other great historical milestones, particularly the industrial Revolution. Yet when we ask why the industrial Revolution was a revolution, we find that it was not the machines. The primary reason why it was revolutionary is that it led to great social change. It gave rise to mass production and, through mass production, to a society in which wealth was not confined to the few. In somewhat similar fashion, computers promise to revolutionize the structure of American life, particularly as they free the human mind and open new possibilities in knowledge and communication. The industrial Revolution supplemented and replaced the muscles of humans and animals by mechanical methods. The computer extends this development to supplement and replace some aspects of the mind of human beings by electronic methods. It is the capacity of the computer for solving problems and making decisions that represents its greatest potential and that pees the greatest difficulties in predicting the impact on society. 31. A spear or a robot has the quality of technology only when it ________. A) is used both as a cultural and a physical object B) serves different purposes equally well C) is utilized by man D) can be of use to both man and animal 32. The examples of the Challenger and Chernobyl cited by the author serve to show that ________. A) if not given close examination, technology could be used to destroy our world B) technology is a human creation, so we are responsible for it C) technology usually goes wrong, if not controlled by man D) being a human creation, technology is liable to error 33. According to the author, the introduction of the computer is a revolution mainly because ________. 246淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) the computer has revolutionized the workings of the human mind B) the computer can do the tasks that could only be done by people before C) it has helped to switch to an information technology D) it has a great potential impact on society 34. By using the phrase “the human quality of technology”, the author refers to, the fact that technology ________. A) has a great impact on human life B) has some characteristics of human nature C) can replace some aspects of the human mind D) does not exist in the natural world 35. The passage is based on the author’s ________. A) keen insight into the nature of technology B) prejudiced criticism of the role of the industrial Revolution C) cautious analysis of the replacement of the human mind by computers D) exaggerated description of the negative consequences of technology Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Now custom has not been commonly regarded as a subject of any great importance. The inner workings of our own brains we feel to be uniquely worthy of investigation, but custom, we have a way of thinking, is behavior at its most commonplace. As a matter of fact, it is the other way around. Traditional custom, taken the world over, is a mass of detailed behavior more astonishing than what any one person can ever evolve in individual actions. Yet that is a rather trivial aspect of the matter. The fact of first-rate importance is the predominant role that custom plays in experience and in belief and the very great varieties it may manifest. No man ever looks at the world with pristine eyes. He sees it edited by a definite set of customs and institutions and ways of thinking. Even in his philosophical probing he cannot go behind these stereotypes; his very concepts of the true and the false will still have reference to his particular traditional customs. John Dewey has said in all seriousness that the part played by custom in shaping the behavior of the individual as over against any way in which he can affect traditional custom, is as the proportion of the total vocabulary of his mother tongue over against those words of his own baby talk that are taken up into the language of his family. When one seriously studies axial orders that have had the opportunity to develop independently, the becomes no more than an exact and matter-of-fact observation. The life history of the individual is first and foremost an adjustment to the patterns and standards traditionally handed down in his community. From the moment of his birth the customs into which he is born shape his experience and behavior. By the time he can talk, he is the little creature of his culture, and by the time he is grown and able to take part in its activities, its habits are his habits, 247淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 its beliefs his beliefs, its impossibilities his impossibilities. 36. The author thinks the reason why custom has been ignored in the academic world is that ________. A) custom reveals only the superficial nature of human behavior B) the study of social orders can replace the study of custom C) people are still not aware of the important role that custom plays in forming our world outlook D) custom has little to do with our ways of thinking 37. Which of the following is true according to John Dewey? A) An individual can exercise very little influence on the cultural tradition into which he is born. B) Custom is the direct result of the philosophical probing of a group of people. C) An individual is strongly influenced by the cultural tradition even before he is born. D) Custom represents the collective wisdom which benefits the individual. 38. The world “custom” in this passage most probably means ________. A) the concept of the true and the false of a society B) the independently developed social orders C) the adjustment of the individual to the new social environment D) the patterns and standards of behavior of a community 39. According to the passage a person’s life, from his birth to his death, ________. A) is constantly shaping the cultural traditions of his people B) is predominated by traditional custom C) is continually influenced by the habits of other communities D) is chiefly influenced by the people around him 40. The author’s pump in writing this passage is ________. A) to urge individuals to follow traditional customs B) to stress the strong influence of customs on an individual C) to examine the interaction of man and axial customs D) to show man’s adjustment to traditional customs Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this pert. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes 248淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. It has been estimated that the earth’s surface temperature has increased ________ one quarter to three quarters of a degree since 1805. A) to B) be C) at D) with 42. The lady dressed in the latest Paris fashion is ________ in her appearance but rude in her speech. A) elaborate B) excessive C) elegant D) exaggerated 43. Many people think that the standards of public ________ have declined. A) morality B) rightness C) awareness D) mentality 44. Iceland lies far north in the Atlantic, with its northernmost tip actually ________ the Arctic Circle. A) touched B) touches C) touching D) being touched 45. You need to rewrite this sentence because it is ________, the readers will have difficulty in understanding it. A) comprehensive B) alternative C) deliberate D) ambiguous 46. People were surprised to find that he had the ability to ________ everything he was involved in. 249淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) precede B) dominate C) effect D) instruct 47. Colin married my sister and I married his brother, ________ makes Colin and me double in-laws. A) what B) which C) that D) it 48. The problems requiring immediate solution will be given ________ at the meeting. A) priority B) urgency C) superiority D) emergency 49. A membership card authorizes ________ the club’s facilities for a period of 12 months. A) the holder using B) the holder’s use C) the holder to use D) the holder uses 50. During the conference the speaker’ tried to ________ his feelings concerning the urgency of a favorable decision. A) comply B) impose C) imply D) convey 51. ________ I admit that there are problems, I don’t think that they cannot be solved. A) Unless B) Until C) As D) While 250淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 52. The fact that they reacted so differently was a reflection of their different ________. A) performances B) personalities C) qualities D) appearances 53. Your excuse that an elephant fell on you and made you late is just ________. A) inevitable B) indispensable C) incredible D) incurable 54. Another big issue ________ the new republic is the problem of the education of its citizens. A) confining B) confirming C) conforming D) confronting 55. I tried to relax because I knew I would use up my oxygen sooner ________. A) the more excited I got B) I got excited more C) and more I got excited D) and I got more excited 56. Scientists first ________ the idea of the atom bomb in the 1930s. A) imagined B) conceived C) considered D) acknowledged 57. Cotton production has been ________ the decline these years. A) down B) on C) at D) under 251淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 58. The day before my history exam, I still hadn’t ________ reading the first book on the list. A) as about B) caught up with C) got round to D) sat for 59. He has pointed our the dangers ________ in this of nuclear power station. A) interior B) inherent C) insists D) inner 60. Wherever I have an appointment, I like to arrive ________. A) ahead of time a little B) a little time C) a little ahead of time D) ahead of a little time 61. Radar is used to extend the ________ of man’s sense of observing his environment, especially the sense of vision. A) validity B) liability C) capability D) intensity 62. The boy cycling in the street was knocked down by a minibus and received ________ injures. A) fatal B) excessive C) disastrous D) exaggerated 63. It the ocean were free of ice, storm paths would move further north, ________ the plains of North America of rainfall. A) to deprive B) deprived C) depriving 252淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) deprived 64. A window in the kitchen was ________; there was rubbish every where, and the curtains and carpets had been stolen. A) scattered B) scraped C) scratched D) smashed 65. This is an idea site for a university ________ it is far from the downtown area. A) provided that B) now that C) so that D) in that 66. The most ________ technological success in the twentieth century is probably the computer revolution. A) prominent B) prosperous C) solemn D) prevalent 67. Whether their football team will win is a matter of ________ to me. A) indifference B) discrimination C) deviation D) interests 68. He thought he could talk Mr. Robinson ________ buying some expensive equipment. A) on B) of C) round D) into 69. Today the public is much concerned about the way ________. A) nature is being ruined B) which nature is ruined 253淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) on which to ruin nature D) of nature to be ruined 70. Though ________ rich, he was better off than at any other period in his life. A) by any means B) by some means C) by all means D) by no means Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ One major decision which faces the American students ready to begin higher education is the choice of attending a large university or a small college. The large university provides a wide range of specialized departments, as well numerous (71) courses within such departments. The small college, therefore, (72) generally provides a limited number of courses and specializations but offer a better student-faculty ratio, thus (73) permit individualized attention to students. Because of its large (74) student body (often exceeding 20,000) consisting in many (75) people from different countries the university exposes its students to many different culture, social and out-of-class (76) programmes. On the other hand, the smaller, more homogenous student body of the big college (77) affords greater opportunities in such activities. Finally, the university closely approximates the real world and which (78) provides a relaxed, impersonal, and sometimes anonymous existence, on the contrast, the intimate (79) atmosphere of the small college allows the student four years of structural living in which to expect and preparing for the real (80) world. In making his choice among educational institutions the student must, therefore, consider a great many factors. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the 254淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 topic Health Gains in Developing Countries. You must base pour composition on the following instructions (given in Chinese): 1. 以附图 2 为依据描述发展中国家的期望寿命(life expectancy)和婴儿死亡率 (infant mortality) 的变化情况. 2. 说明引起变化的各种原因. 255淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1996年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. A 8. B 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. D 13. A 14. B 15. B 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. D 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) 21. C 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. A 26. D 27. C 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. B 33. D 34. D 35. A 36. C 37. A 38. D 39. B 40. B Part III Vocabulary and Structure 41. B 42. C 43. A 44. C 45. D 46. B 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. D 51. D 52. B 53. C 54. D 55. A 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. B 60. A 61. C 62. A 63. C 64. D 65. D 66. A 67. A 68. D 69. A 70. D Part IV Error Correction 71. well → well as 72. therefore → however 73. offer → offers 74. permit → permitting 75. in → of 76. culture → cultural 256淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. big → small 78. and → / OR: which → this 79. contrast → contrary 80. preparing → prepare 257淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Their parents cut back the loan. B) The woman doesn’t want Frank to take another English course. C) They can’t pay the rent this month. D) The woman’s boss refused to give her a raise. 2. A) Ask Dr. Smith to alter his decision. B) Ask Dr. Smith to call the library. C) Get the book directly from Dr. Smith. D) Get Dr. Smith’s written permission. 3. A) $120 B) $108 C) $90 258淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) $40 4. A) He feels unsympathetic. B) He feels it’s a pity. C) He feels it’s unfair. D) He feels glad. 5. A) Doing business. B) Taking pictures. C) Buying cameras. D) Making movies. 6. A) Looking for an apartment. B) Looking for a job. C) Taking a suburban excursion. D) Asking the man for his opinions. 7. A) She’ll go to her uncle’s. B) She has an appointment with her friend. C) She’ll have an appointment with her friend. D) She’ll have a visitor. 8. A) He made a sudden turn. B) He drove the bus over a bicycle. C) He tried to avoid hitting the truck. D) He was driving too fast. 9. A) He is curious. B) He is impatient. C) He is exhausted. D) He is satisfied. 10. A) She didn’t know how to use the new oven. B) She wanted her refrigerator to be fixed. C) There is something wrong with the oven. D) There is something wrong with the food. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 259淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Because he led his teams to many championships. B) Because he set as many as 65 different records. C) Because he still played the game after he retired. D) Because he didn’t stop playing even when he was seriously injured. 12. A) He lost the final chance to win a championship. B) He was knocked out during one contest. C) He broke a bone in the wrist during a match. D) He was awarded with a $1.5 million house. 13. A) To break the previous records. B) To buy a luxury house. C) To win one more championship for his team. D) To play against the New York team once again. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) To enjoy a good story. B) To see the actors and actresses. C) To experience an exciting life. D) To escape their everyday life. 15. A) They feel that everything on the screen is familiar to them. B) They are touched by the life stories of the actors and actresses. C) They try to turn their dreams into reality. D) They become so involved that they forget their own problems. 16. A) Because they are well made and the stories are interesting. B) Because the heroes have to cope with many problems and frustrations. 260淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Because the characters in the movies are free to do whatever they like. D) Because good guys in the movies always win in the end. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Because the bottle was empty and useless. B) Because he wanted to lighten the load of his small plane. C) Because the bottle might be useful to the native Africans. D) Because he wanted to amuse the local tribes people. 18. A) A message from the outside world. B) A warning from the gods. C) A symbol of misfortune. D) A gift from the gods. 19. A) The local Africans are peace loving people. B) Soda bottles are very precious in some remote areas. C) A trivial thing may sometimes bring about undesirable consequences. D) Caution must be taken in introducing new technology. 20. A) They thought that the gods were all crazy. B) They were isolated from the outside world. C) They enjoyed living in the peaceful desert. D) They worshipped the gods all the more after the incident. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them the re are four choices marked A)，B)，C), and D). you should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. More and more, the operations of our businesses, governments, and financial institutions are controlled by information that exists only inside computer memories. Anyone clever enough to modify this information for his own purposes can reap substantial rewards. Even worse, a number of people who have done this and been caught at it have managed to get away without punishment. It’s easy for computer crimes to go undetected if no one checks up on what the 261淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 computer is doing. But even if the crime is detected, the criminal may walk away not only unpunished but with a glowing recommendation from his former employers. Of course, we have no statistics on crimes that go undetected. But it’s disturbing to note how many of the crimes we do know about were detected by accident, not by systematic inspections or other security procedures. The computer criminals who have been caught may been the victims of uncommonly bad luck. For example, a certain keypunch (键盘打孔) operator complained of having to stay overtime to punch extra cards. Investigation revealed that the extra cards she was being asked to punch were for dishonest transactions. In another case, dissatisfied employees of the thief tipped off (向…透露) the company that was being robbed. Unlike other lawbreakers, who must leave the country, commit suicide, or go to jail, computer criminals sometimes escape punishment, demanding not only that they not be charged but that they be given good recommendations and perhaps other benefits. All too often, their demands have been met. Why? Because company executives are afraid of the bad publicity that would result if the public found out that their computer had been misused. They hesitate at the thought of a criminal boasting in open court of how he juggled (耍弄) the most confidential records right under the noses of the company’s executives, a accountant, and security staff. And so another computer criminal departs with just the recommendations he needs to continue his crimes elsewhere. 21. It can be concluded from the passage that ________. A) it is still impossible to detect computer crimes today B) computer crimes are the most serious problem in the operation of financial institutions C) computer criminals can escape punishment because they can’t be detected D) people commit computer crimes at the request their company 22. It is implied in the third paragraph that ________. A) many more computer crimes go undetected than are discovered B) the rapid increase of computer crimes is a troublesome problem C) most computer criminals are smart enough to cover up their crimes D) most computer criminals are smart enough to cover up their bad luck 23. Which of the following is mentioned in the passage? A) A strict law against computer crimes must be enforced. B) Companies need to impose restrictions on confidential information. C) Companies will guard against computer crimes to protect their reputation. D) Companies usually hesitate to uncover computer crimes. 262淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 24. What may happen to computer criminals once they are caught? A) With a bad reputation they can hardly find another job. B) They will be denied access to confidential records. C) They may walk away and easily find another job. D) They must leave the country or go to jail. 25. The passage is mainly about ________. A) why computer crimes are difficult to detect by systematic inspections B) why computer criminals are often able to escape punishment C) how computer criminals manage to get good recommendation from their former employers D) why computer crimes can’t be eliminated Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. It is often claimed that nuclear energy is something we cannot do without. We live in a consumer society where there is an enormous demand for commercial products of all kinds. Moreover, an increase in industrial production is considered to be one solution to the problem of mass unemployment. Such an increase presumes an abundant and cheap energy supply. Many people believe that nuclear energy provides an inexhaustible and economical source of power and that it is therefore essential for an industrially developing society. There are a number of other advantages in the use of nuclear energy. Firstly, nuclear power, except for accidents, is clean. A further advantage is that a nuclear power station can be run and maintained by relatively few technical and administrative staff. The nuclear reactor represents an enormous step in our scientific evolution and, whatever the anti nuclear group says, it is wrong to expect a return to more primitive sources of fuel. However, opponents of nuclear energy point out that nuclear power stations bring a direct threat not only to the environment but also to civil liberties. Furthermore, it is questionable whether ultimately nuclear power is a cheap source of energy. There have, for example, been very costly accidents in America, in Britain and, of course, in Russia. The possibility of increases in the cost of uranium (铀) in addition to the cost of greater safety provisions could price nuclear power out of the market. In the long run, environmentalists argue, nuclear energy wastes valuable resources and disturbs the ecology to an extent which could bring about the destruction of the human race. Thus, if we wish to survive, we cannot afford nuclear energy. In spite of the case against nuclear energy outlined above, nuclear energy programmes are expanding. Such an expansion assumes a continual growth in industrial production and consumer demands. However, it is doubtful whether this growth will or can continue. Having weighed up the arguments on both sides, it seems there are good economic and ecological reasons for sources of energy other than nuclear power. 26. The writer’s attitude toward nuclear energy is ________. A) indifferent 263淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) favorable C) tolerant D) negative 27. According to the opponents of nuclear energy, which of the following is true of nuclear energy? A) Primitive B) Exhaustible C) Cheap D) Unsafe 28. Some people claim that nuclear energy is essential because ________. A) it provides a perfect solution to mass unemployment B) it represents an enormous step forward in our scientific evolution C) it can meet the growing demand of an industrially developing society D) nuclear power stations can be run and maintained by relatively few technical and administrative staff 29. Which of the following statements does the writer support? A) The demand for commercial products will not necessarily keep increasing. B) Nuclear energy is something we cannot do without. C) Uranium is a good source of energy for economic and ecological reasons. D) Greater safety provisions can bring about the expansion of nuclear energy programmes. 30. The function of the last sentence is to ________. A) advance the final argument B) reflect the writer’s attitude C) reverse previously expressed thoughts D) show the disadvantages of nuclear power Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Clothes play a critical part in the conclusions we reach by providing clues to who people are, who they are not, and who they would like to be. They tell us a good deal about the wearer’s background, personality, status, mood, and social outlook. Since clothes are such an important source of social information, we can use them to manipulate people’s impression of us. Our appearance assumes particular significance in the initial phases of interaction that is likely to occur. An elderly middle class man or woman may be alienated (疏远…) by a young adult who is dressed in an unconventional manner, regardless of the person’s education, background, or interests. 264淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 People tend to agree on what certain types of clothes mean. Adolescent girls can easily agree on the lifestyles of girls who wear certain outfits (套装), including the number of boyfriends they likely have had and whether they smoke or drink. Newscasters, or the announcers who read the news on TV, are considered to be more convincing, honest, and competent when they are dressed conservatively. And collage students who view themselves as taking an active role in their inter-personal relationships say they are concerned about the costumes they must wear to play these roles successfully. Moreover, many of us can relate instances in which the clothing we wore changed the way we felt about ourselves and how we act ed. Perhaps you have used clothing to gain confidence when you anticipated a stressful situation, such as a job interview, or a court appearance. In the workplace, men have long had well defined precedents and role models for achieving success. It has been otherwise for women. A good many women in the business world are uncertain about the appropriate mixture of “masculine” and “feminine” attributes they should convey by their professional clothing. The variety of clothing alternatives to women has also been greater than that avail able for men. Male administrators tend to judge women more favorably for managerial positions when the women display less “feminine” grooming (打扮)-shorter hair, moderate use of make up, and plain tailored clothing. As one male administrator confessed, “An attractive woman is definitely going to get a longer interview, but she won’t get a job.” 31. According to the passage, the way we dress ________. A) provides clues for people who are critical of us B) indicates our likes and dislikes in choosing a career C) has a direct influence on the way people regard us D) is of particular importance when we get on in age 32. From the third paragraph of the passage, we can conclude that young adults tend to believe that certain types of clothing can ________. A) change people’s conservative attitudes toward their lifestyle B) help young people make friends with the opposite sex C) make them competitive in the job market D) help them achieve success in their interpersonal relationships 33. The word “precedent” (Line 1, Para. 4) probably refers to ________. A) early acts for men to follow as examples B) particular places for men to occupy especially because of their importance C) things that men should agree upon D) men’s beliefs that everything in the world has already been decided 34. According to the passage, many career women find themselves in difficult situations 265淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 because ________. A) the variety of professional clothing is too wide for them to choose B) women are generally thought to be only good at being fashion models C) men are more favorably judged for managerial positions D) they are not sure to what extent they should display their feminine qualities through clothing 35. What is the passage mainly about? A) Dressing for effect. B) How to dress appropriately. C) Managerial positions and clothing. D) Dressing for the occasion. Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. The more women and minorities make their way into the ranks of management, the more they seem to want to talk about things formerly judged to be best left unsaid. The newcomers also tend to see office matters with a fresh eye, in the process sometimes coming up with critical analyses of the forces that shape everyone’s experience in the organization. Consider the novel views of Harvey Coleman of Atlanta on the subject of getting ahead. Coleman is black. He spent 11 years with IBM, half of them working in management development, and now serves as a consultant to the likes of AT&T, Coca Cola, Prudential, and Merch. Coleman says that based on what he’s seen at big companies, he weighs the different elements that make for long term career success as follows: performance counts a mere 10%, image, 30%; and exposure, a full 60%. Coleman concludes that excellent job performance is so common these days that while doing your work well may win you pay increases, it won’t secure you the big promotion. He finds that advancement more often depends on how many people know you and your work, and how high up they are. Ridiculous beliefs? Not to many people, especially many women and members of minority races who, like Coleman, feel that the scales (障眼物) have dropped from their eyes. “Women and blacks in organizations work under false beliefs,” says Kaleel Jamison, a New York based management consultant who helps corporations deal with these issues. “They think that if you work hard, you’ll get ahead—that someone in authority will reach down and give you a promotion.” She adds, “Most women and blacks are so frightened that people will think they’ve gotten ahead because of their sex or color that they play down (使不突出) their visibility.” Her advice to those folks: learn the ways that white males have traditionally used to find their way into the spotlight. 36. According to the passage, “things formerly judged to be best left unsaid” (Line 2, Para. 1) probably refers to “________”. A) criticisms that shape everyone’s experience 266淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) the opinions which contradict the established beliefs C) the tendencies that help the newcomers to see office matters with a fresh eye D) the ideas which usually come up with usually come up with new ways of management in the organization 37. To achieve success in your career, the most important factor, according to the passage, is to ________. A) let your superiors know how good you are B) project a favorable image to the people around you C) work as a consultant to your superiors D) perform well your tasks given by your superiors 38. The reason why women and blacks play down their visibility is that they ________. A) know that someone in authority will reach down and give them a promotion B) want to give people the impression that they work under false beliefs C) don’t want people to think that their promotions were due to sex or color D) believe they can get promoted by reason of their sex or color 39. The author is of the opinion that Coleman’s beliefs are ________. A) biased B) popular C) insightful D) superficial 40. The best title for this passage would be ________. A) Role of Women and Minorities in Management B) The Importance of Being Visible C) Job Performance and Advancement D) Sex and Career Success Part III Vocabulary and Structure (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A)，B)，C), and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer She et with a single line through the centre. 41. As a ________ actor, he can perform, sing, dance and play several kinds of musical instruments. A) flexible 267淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) versatile C) sophisticated D) productive 42. There are not many teachers who are strong ________ of traditional methods in English teaching. A) sponsors B) contributors C) advocates D) performers 43. We managed to reach the top of the mountain, and half an hour later we began to ________. A) ascend B) descend C) decline D) plunge 44. Competition, they believe, ________ the national character than corrupt it. A) enforces B) confirms C) intensifies D) strengthens 45. The accident ________ him of his sight and the use of his legs. A) excluded B) disabled C) deprived D) gripped 46. On weekends my grandma usually ________ a glass of wine. A) subscribes to B) engages in C) hangs on D) indulges in 47. The people living in these apartments have free ________ to that swimming pool. A) access 268淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) excess C) excursion D) recreation 48. At the party we found that shy girl ________ her mother all the time. A) depending on B) coinciding with C) adhering to D) clinging to 49. When a psychologist does a general experiment about the human mind, he selects people ________ and ask them questions. A) at length B) at random C) in essence D) in bulk 50. I think she hurt my feelings ________ rather than by accident as she claimed. A) virtually B) deliberately C) literally D) appropriately 51. Even though he was guilty, the ________ judge did not send him to prison. A) merciful B) impartial C) conscientious D) conspicuous 52. The education ________ for the coming year is about $4 billion, which is much more than what people expected. A) allowance B) reservation C) budget D) finance 53. They had fierce ________ as to whether their company should restore the trade relationship which was broken year ago. 269淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) debate B) clash C) disagreement D) context 54. They tossed your thoughts back and forth for over an hour, but still could not make ________ of them. A) impression B) comprehension C) meaning D) sense 55. The politician says he will ________ the welfare of the people. A) prey on B) take on C) get at D) see to 56. If you ________ the bottle and cigarettes, you’ll be much healthier. A) take off B) keep off C) get off D) set off 57. He was ________ to steal the money when he saw it lying on the table. A) dragged B) tempted C) elicited D) attracted 58. Beijing somewhat short sighted, she had the habit of ________ at people. A) glancing B) peering C) gazing D) scanning 59. Of the thousands of known volcanoes in the world, the ________ majority are inactive. 270淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) tremendous B) demanding C) intensive D) overwhelming 60. In general, matters which lie entirely within state borders are the ________ concern of state governments. A) extinct B) excluding C) excessive D) exclusive 61. The poetry of Ezra Pound is sometimes difficult to understand because it contains so many ________ references. A) obscure B) acute C) notable D) objective 62. The mayor was asked to ________ his speech in order to allow his audience to raise questions. A) constrain B) conduct C) condense D) converge 63. The morning news says a school bus ________ with a train at the junction and a group of policemen were sent there immediately. A) bumped B) collided C) crashed D) struck 64. Sometimes patients suffering from severe pain can be helped by “drugs” that aren’t really drugs at all ________ sugar pills that contain no active chemical elements. A) or rather B) rather than C) but rather 271淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) other than 65. We are writing to the manager ________ the repairs recently carried out at the above address. A) with the exception of B) with the purpose of C) with reference to D) with a view to 66. When I said goodbye to her, she ________ the door. A) saw me at B) set me off C) sent me to D) showed me to 67. In the meantime, the question facing business is whether such research is ________ the costs. A) worth B) worth of C) worthy D) worthwhile 68. During the nineteen years of his career, France Batiste has won the ________ of a wide audience outside Italy. A) enjoyment B) appreciation C) evaluation D) reputation 69. Although most dreams apparently happen ________, dream activity may be provoked by external influences. A) spontaneously B) simultaneously C) homogeneously D) instantaneously 70. He is holding a ________ position in the company and expects to be promoted soon. A) subordinate 272淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) succeeding C) successive D) subsequent Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words. Joe Templer should have known better: after all, he works for a large auto insurance company. It won’t hurt to leave the key in the truck this once, he thought, as he filled his gas tank at a self service gas station. But moments latter as he was paying the money he saw the truck being driven away. In 1987, 1.6 million motor vehicles were stolen in the United States-one every 20 seconds. If current trends continue, experts predict annual vehicle thefts could exceed two million by the end of the decade. Vehicle theft is a common phenomenon, which has a direct impact on over four million victims a year. The cost is astonishing. Many police officials blame professional thieves for the high volume of thefts. It is a major money maker for organized crime. Typically, stolen cars are taken to pieces and the parts sold to individuals. But as many as 200,000 cars a re smuggled out of the country every year. Most go to Latin America, the Middle East and Europe. Only about 15 percent car thefts result in an arrest, because few police departments routinely conduct in depth auto investigations. When thieves are arrested, judges will often sentence them to probation (缓刑), not immediately put them in prison because the prisons are overcrowded with violent criminals. One exception is a Michigan program that assigns 92 police officers to work full time on the state’s 65,000 car theft cases a year. Since 1986, when the effort began, the state’s auto theft rate has fallen from second in the nation to ninth. How can you protect your car? If you live in a high theft area or drive an expensive model, consider a security system. It may cost anywhere from $25 to $1,000. Some systems engage automatically simply removing the key disables the fuel pump and the starter. When cars are equipped with such systems, thefts may drop by one third. In some states, you may be able to use a device that transmits radio signals, allowing stolen cars to be tracked by police. Questions: 71. What is the passage mainly about? ________________________________________________________________. 72. What does the author think Joe Templer should be blamed for? 273淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________________________________________________________________. 73. How serious did the author predict the annual vehicle theft could in the United States in 1989? ________________________________________________________________. 74. What are the two ways thieves sell the stolen cars? ________________________________________________________________. 75. What type of security system can help the police track down a stolen car? ________________________________________________________________. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Haste Makes Waste. You should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 为什么说“欲速则不达”。 2. 试举例说明。 274淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年1月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. A 5. D 6. A 7. D 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. B 12. C 13. C 14. D 15. D 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. C 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. C 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. C 26. D 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. B 31. C 32. D 33. A 34. D 35. A 36. B 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. B Part III Vocabulary Structure 41. B 42. C 43. B 44. D 45. C 46. D 47. A 48. D 49. B 50. D 51. A 52. C 53. A 54. D 55. D 56. B 57. B 58. C 59. D 60. D 61. A 62. C 63. B 64. C 65. C 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. A 70. A Part IV Short Answer Questions 71. Vehicle theft and security system in U.S. 72. Having left his key in the truck. 73. Over 2 million vehicles will be stolen. 74. Selling by parts and smuggling into other countries. 75. The type transmitting radio signals. 275淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) On Thursday night. B) On Monday night. C) On Friday morning. D) On Thursday morning 2. A) Try to help him find rooms in another hotel. B) Check to see if there are any vacancies in her hotel. C) Let him move to a room with two single beds. D) Show him the way to Imperial Hotel. 3. A) Robust. B) Brave. C) Generous. 276淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Dangerous. 4. A) He loves his present job. B) He is going to open a store. C) He is about to retire. D) He works in a repair shop. 5. A) She has confidence in him. B) She has also won a scholarship. C) She is surprised at the news. D) She is not interested in the news. 6. A) His only son is dying. B) His mother died some time ago. C) He didn’t like after his sick wife. D) He hasn’t taken good care of his son. 7. A) At the airport. B) In a travel agency. C) In a hotel. D) At the reception desk. 8. A) He is not equal to the job. B) He is not well paid for his work. C) He doesn’t think the job is challenging enough. D) He cannot keep his mind on his work. 9. A) The talks haven’t started yet. B) The talks haven’t achieved much. C) The talks have produced a general agreement. D) The talks broke down and could go to further. 10. A) Help him to carry some luggage. B) Get some travel information. C) Tell him the way to the left luggage office. D) Look after something for him. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 277淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Crowded air traffic. B) The large size of airplanes. C) Mistakes by air traffic controllers. D) Bad weather. 12. A) They bumped into each other over a swimming pool. B) They avoided each other by turning in different directions. C) They narrowly escaped crashing into each other. D) One plane climbed above the other at the critical moment. 13. A) To show the key role played by air traffic controllers. B) To show the great responsibility shouldered by the pilots. C) To give an example of air disasters. D) To show that air travel is far safer than driving a car. Passage Two Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Her unique experience. B) Her future prospects. C) Her favorite job. D) Her lonely life. 15. A) Authority. B) A good relationship. C) Good luck. D) Independence. 16. A) She will live an empty life. B) She will work in a bookstore. 278淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) She will remain single. D) She will earn a lot of money. 17. A) She should find a good job. B) She should open a small restaurant. C) She should have more control over her life. D) She should get married. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) In day-care centers where little children were taken care of. B) In areas in Chicago poor people lived. C) In places where hot lunch was provided for factory workers. D) In schools where free classes were organized for young people. 19. A) For young people and adults. B) For immigrants. C) For factory works. D) For poor city children. 20. A) Jane Adams’ contributions to society. B) Jane Adams’ struggle for women’s liberation. C) Jane Adams’ life story. D) Jane Adams’ responsibility for the poor. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is following by some questions or unfinished statements-For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage: It is said that the public and Congressional concern about deceptive packaging rumpus started because Senator Hart discovered that the boxes of cereals consumed by him, Mrs. Hart, and their children were becoming higher and narrower, with a decline of net weight from 12 to 10.5 ounces, without any reduction in price. There were still twelve biscuits, but they had been reduced in size. Later, the Senator rightly complained of a store-bought pie in a handsomely illustrated box that pictured, in a single slice, 279淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 almost as many cherries as there were in the whole pie. The manufacturer who increases the unit price of his product by changing his package size to lower the quantity delivered can, without undue hardship, put his product into boxes, bags, and tins that will contain even 4-ounce, 8-ounce, one-pound, two-pound quantities of breakfast foods, cake mixes, etc. A study of drugstore and supermarket shelves will convince any observer that all possible size and shapes of boxes, jars, bottles, and tins are in use at the same time and, as the package journals show, week by week, there is never any hesitation in introducing a new size, and shape of box or bottle when it aids in product differentiation. The producers of packaged products argue strongly against changing sizes of packages to contain even weights and volumes, but no one in the trade comments unfavorably on the huge costs incurred by endless changes of package sizes, materials, shape, art work, and net weights that are used for improving a product’s market position. When a packaging expert explained that he was able to multiply the price of hard sweets by 2.5, from 1 dollar to 2.50 dollars by changing to a fancy jar, or that he had made a 5-ounce bottle look as though it held 8 ounces, he was in effect telling the public that packaging can be a very expensive luxury. It evidently does come high, when an average family pays about 200 dollars a year for bottles, cans, boxes, jars and other containers, most of which can’t be used anything but stuffing the garbage can. 21. What started the public and Congressional concern about deceptive packaging rumpus? A) Consumers’ complaints about the changes in the package size. B) Expensive packaging for poor quality products. C) A senator’s discovery of the tricks in packaging. D) The rise in the unit price for many products. 22. The word “undue” (Para. 2) means “________”. A) improper B) adequate C) unexpected D) excessive 23. Consumers are concerned about the changes in the package size, mainly because ________. A) they hate to see any changes in things they are familiar with B) they unit price for a product often rises as a result C) they have to pay for the cost of changing package sizes D) this entails an increase in the cost of packaging 24. According to this passage, various types of packaging come into existence to 280淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________. A) meet the needs of consumers B) suit all kinds of products C) enhance the market position of products D) introduce new products 25. The author is critical mainly of ________. A) dishonest packaging B) inferior packaging C) the changes in package size D) exaggerated illustrations on packages Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. If sustainable competitive advantage depends on work-force skills, American firms have a problem. Human-resource management is not traditionally seen as central to the competitive survival of the firm in United States. Skill acquisition is considered an individual responsibility. Labour is simply another factor of production to be hired-rented at the lowest possible cost-much as one buys raw materials or equipment. The lack of importance attached to human-resource management can be seen in the corporate hierarchy. In an American firm the chief financial officer is almost always second in command. The post of head of human-resource management is usually a specialized job, off at the edge of the corporate hierarchy. The executive who holds it is never consulted on major strategic decisions and has no chance to move up to Chief Executive Officer (CEO). By way of contrast, in Japan the head of human-resource management is central-usually the second most important executive, after the CEO, in the firm’s hierarchy. While American firms often talk about the vast amounts spent on training their work forces, in fact they invest less in the skills of their employees than do either Japanese or German firms. The money they do invest is also more highly concentrated on professional and managerial employees. And the limited investments that are made in training workers are also much more narrowly focused on the specific skills necessary to do the next job rather than on the basic background skills that make it possible to absorb new technologies. As a result, problems emerge when new breakthrough technologies arrive. If American workers, for example, take much longer to learn how to operate new flexible manufacturing stations than workers in Germany (as they do), the effective cost of those stations is lower in Germany than it is in the United States. More time is required before equipment is up and running at capacity, and the need for extensive retraining generates costs and creates bottlenecks that limit the speed with which new equipment can be employed. The result is as lower pace of technological change. And in the end the skills of the population affect the wages of the top half. If the bottom half can’t effectively staff the processes that have to be operated, the management and professional jobs that 281淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 to with these processes will disappear. 26. Which of the following applies to the management of human resources in American companies? A) They hire people at the lowest cost regardless of their skills. B) They see the gaining of skills as their employees’ own business. C) They attach more importance to workers than equipment. D) They only hire skilled workers because of keen competition. 27. What is the position of the head of human-resource management in an American firm? A) He is one of the most important executives in firms. B) His post is likely to disappear when new technologies are introduced. C) He is directly under the chief financial executives in the firms. D) He has no say in making important decisions in the firm. 28. The money most American firms put in training mainly goes to ________. A) workers who can operate new equipment B) technological and managerial staff C) workers who lack basic background skills D) top executives 29. According to the passages, the decisive factor in maintaining a firm’s competitive advantage is ________. A) the introduction of new technologies B) the improvement of worker’s basic skills C) the rational composition of professional and managerial employees D) the attachment of importance to the bottom half of the employees 30. What is the main idea of the passage? A) American firms are different from Japanese and German firms in human- resource management. B) Extensive retraining is indispensable to effective human-resource management. C) The head of human-resource management must be in the central position in a firm’s hierarchy. D) The human-resource management strategies of American firms affect their competitive capacity. Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. 282淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The biographer has to dance between two shaky positions with respect to the subject. Too close a relation, and the writer may be objectivity. Not close enough, and the writer may lack the sympathy necessary to any effort to portray a mind, a soul-the quality of life. Who should write the biography of a family, for example? Because of their closeness to the subject, family members may have special information, but by the same token, they may not have the distance that would allow them to be fair. Similarly, a king’s servant might not be the best one to write a biography of that king. But a foreigner might not have the knowledge and sympathy necessary to write the king’s biography-not for a readership from within the kingdom, at any rate. There is no ideal position for such a task. The biographer has to work with the position he or she has in the world, adjusting that position as necessary to deal with the subject. Every position has strengths and weaknesses: to thrive, a writer must try to become aware of these, evaluate them in terms of the subject, and select a position accordingly. When their subjects are heroes or famous figures, biographies often reveal a democratic motive: they attempt to show that their subjects are only human, no better than anyone else. Other biographies are meant to change us, to invite us to become better than we are. The biographies of Jesus found in the Bible are in this class. Biographers may claim that their account is the “authentic” one. In advancing this claim, they are helped if the biography is “authorized” by the subject, this presumably allows the biographer special access to private information. “Unauthorized” biographies also have their appeal, however, since they can suggest an independence of mind in the biographer. In book promotions, the “unauthorized” characterisation usually suggests the prospect of juicy gossip that the subject had hoped to suppress. A subject might have several biographies, even several “authentic” ones. We sense intuitively that no one is in a position to tell the story of a life, perhaps not even the subject, and this has been proved by the history of biography. 31. According to the author, an ideal biographer would be one who ________. A) knows the subject very well and yet maintains a proper distance from him B) is close to the subject and knows the techniques of biography writing C) is independent and treats the subject with fairness and objectivity D) possesses special private information and is sympathetic toward the subject 32. The author cites the biographies of Jesus in the Bible in order to show that ________. A) the best biographies are meant to transform their readers B) biographies are authentic accounts of their subjects’ lives C) the best biographies are the of heroes and famous figures D) biographies can serve different purpose 283淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. Which of the following statements is true, according to the passage? A) An authentic biography seldom appeals to its readers. B) An authentic biography is one authorized by the subject. C) No one can write a perfect biography. D) Authorized biographies have a wider readership. 34. An unauthorized biography is likely to attract more readers because ________. A) it portrays the subject both faithfully and vividly B) it contains interesting information about the subject’s private life C) it reveals a lot of accurate details unknown to outsiders D) it usually gives a sympathetic description of the subject’s character 35. In this passage, the author focuses on ________. A) the difficulty of a biographer in finding the proper perspective to do his job B) the secret of a biographer to win more readers C) the techniques required of a biographer to write a food biography D) the characteristics of different kinds of biographies Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Whether the eyes are “the windows of the soul” is debatable, that they are intensely important in interpersonal communication is a fact. During the first two months of a baby’s life, the stimulus that produces a smile is a pair of eyes. The eyes need not be real: a mask with two dots will produce a smile. Significantly, a real human face with eyes then the face will not motivate a smile, nor will the sight of only one eye then the face is presented in profile. This attraction to eyes as opposed to the nose or mouth continues as the baby matures. In one study, when American four-year-olds were asked to draw people, 75 percent of them drew people with mouths, but 99 percent of them drew people with eyes. In Japan, however, where babies are carried on their mother’s back, infants to not acquire as much attachment to eyes as they do in other cultures. As a result, Japanese adults make little use of the face either to encode or decode meaning. In fact, Argyle reveals that the “proper place to focus one’s gaze during a conversation in Japan is on the neck of one’s conversation partner.” The role of eye contact in a conversational exchange between two Americans is well defined: speakers make contact with the eyes of their listener for about one second, then glance away as they talk; in a few moments they re-establish eye contact with the listener or reassure themselves that their audience is still attentive, then shift their gaze away once more. Listeners, meanwhile, keep their eyes on the face of the speaker, allowing themselves-to glance away only briefly. It is important that they be looking at the speaker at the `precise moment when the speaker reestablishes eye contact: if they are not looking, the speaker assumes that they are disinterested and either will pause until eye contact is resumed or will terminate the conversation. Just how critical this eye 284淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 maneuvering is to the maintenance of conversational flow becomes evident when two speakers are wearing dark glasses: there may be a sort of traffic jam of words caused by interruption, false starts, and unpredictable pauses. 36. The author is convinced that the eyes are ________. A) of extreme importance in expressing feelings and exchanging ideas B) something through which one can see a person’s inner world C) of considerable significance in making conversations interesting D) something the value of which is largely a matter of long debate 37. Babies will not be stimulated to smile by a person ________. A) whose front view is fully perceived B) whose face is covered with a mask C) whose face is seen from the side D) whose face is free of any covering 38. According to the passage, the Japanese fix their gaze on their conversation partner’s neck because ________. A) they don’t like to keep their eyes on the face of the speaker B) they need not communicate through eye contact C) they don’t think it polite to have eye contact D) they didn’t have much opportunity to communicate through eye contact in babyhood 39. According to the passage, a conversation between two Americans may break down due to ________. A) one temporarily glancing away from the other B) eye contact of more than one second C) improperly-timed ceasing of eye contact D) constant adjustment of eye contact 40. To keep a conversation flowing smoothly, it is better for the participants ________. A) not to wear dark spectacles B) not to make any interruptions C) not to glance away from each other D) not to make unpredictable pauses Part III Vocabulary and Structure Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this pert. For each sentence there are 285淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. By ________ computation, he estimated that the repairs on the house would cost him a thousand dollars. A) coarse B) rude C) crude D) rough 42. Your story about the frog turning into a prince is ________ nonsense. A) sheer B) shear C) shield D) sheet 43. I could see that my wife was ________ having that fur coat, whether I approved of it or not. A) adequate for B) intent on C) short of D) deficient in 44. The ________ runner can run 2 miles in fifteen minutes. A) common B) usual C) average D) general 45. One of his eyes was injured in an accident, but after a operation, he quickly recovered his sight. A) delicate B) considerate C) precise D) sensitive 46. As an excellent shooter, Peter practised aiming at both ________ targets and moving targets. 286淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) standing B) stationary C) still D) stable 47. In American universities, classes are often arranged in more flexible ________ and many jobs on campus are reserved for students. A) scales B) patterns C) grades D) ranks 48. The insurance company paid him $10,000 in ________ after his accident. A) compensation B) installment C) substitution D) commission 49. The political future of the president is now hanging by a ________. A) thread B) cord C) string D) rope 50. The statue would be perfect but for a few small ________ in its be. A) mistakes B) weaknesses c) flaws D) errors 51. Why should anyone want to read ________ of books by great authors when the real pleasure comes from reading the originals. A) themes B) insights C) digests D) leaflets 52. Parents have a legal ________ to ensure that their children are provided with efficient education suitable to their age. 287淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) impulse B) influence C) obligation D) sympathy 53. Most nurses are women, but in the higher ranks of the medical profession women are in a ________. A) scarcity B) minority C) minimum D) shortage 54. David likes country life and has decided to ________ farming. A) go in for B) go back on C) go through with D) go along with 55. Jack was about to announce our plan but I ________. A) put him through B) turned him out C) gave him up D) cut him short 56. I am sure I can ________ him into letting us stay in the hotel for the night. A) speak B) say C) talk D) tell 57. Last year, the crime rate in Chicago has sharply ________. A) declined B) lessened C) descended D) slipped 58. The republication of the pet’s most recent works will certainly ________ his national reputation. 288淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) magnify B) strengthen C) enlarge D) enhance 59. Recently a number of cases have been reported of young children ________ a violent act previously seen on television. A) modifying B) duplicating C) accelerating D) stimulating 60. This kind of material can ________ heat and moisture. A) delete B) `compel C) constrain D) repel 61. Reading ________ the mind only with materials of knowledge; it is thinking that makes what we read ours. A) rectifies B) prolongs C) minimizes D) furnishes 62. If the fire alarm is sounded, all residents are requested to ________ in the courtyard. A) assemble B) converge C) crowd D) accumulate 63. The work in the office was ________ by a constant stream of visitors. A) confused B) hampered C) reverend D) perplexed 289淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 64. The joys of travel, having long ________ the disabled, are opening up to virtually anyone who has the means. A) omitted B) missed C) neglected D) discarded 65. Fewer and fewer of today’s workers expect to spend their working lives in the same field, ________ the same company. A) all else B) much worse C) less likely D) let alone 66. When he finally emerged from the cave after thirty days, John was ________ pale. A) enormously B) startlingly C) uniquely D) dramatically 67. Thank you for applying for a position with our firm. We do not have any openings at this time, but we shall keep your application on ________ for two months. A) pile B) segment C) sequence D) file 68. It will be safer to walk the streets because people will not need to carry large amounts of cash; virtually all financial ________ will be conducted by computer. A) transactions B) transmissions C) transitions D) transformations 69. The of a cultural phenomenon is usually a logical consequence of some physical aspect in the life style of the people. A) implementation B) manifestation 290淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) demonstration D) expedition 70. The new technological revolution in American newspapers has brought increase, a wider range of publications and an expansion of newspaper jobs. A) manipulation B) reproduction C) circulation D) penetration Part IV short Answer Questions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements is the fewest possible word. I once knew a dog named Newton who had a unique sense of humour. Whenever I tossed out a Frisbee for him to chase, he’d take off in hot pursuit but then seem to lose track of it. Moving back and forth only a yard of two from the toy, Newton would look all around, even up into the trees. He seemed genuinely puzzled. Finally, I’d give up and head into the field to help him out. But no sooner would I get within 10 ft. Of him than he would run invariably straight over to the Frisbee, grab it and start running like mad, looking over his shoulder with what looked suspiciously like a grin. Just about every pet owner has a story like this and is eager to share it with anyone who will listen. On very short notice, TIME reporters cam up with 25 stories about what each is convinced is the smartest pet in the world. Among them: the cat who closes the door behind him when he goes into the bathroom; the cat who uses a toilet instead of a litter box... and flushes it afterward; the dog who goes wild when he sees his owner putting on blue jeans instead of a dress because jeans mean it is time to play; and the cat who used to wait patiently at the bus stop every day for a little girl, then walk her the six blocks home. And so on. These behaviours are certainly clever, but what do they mean? Was Newton really deceiving? Can a cat really desire privacy in the toilet? In short, do household pets really have a mental and emotional life? Their owners think so, but until recently, animal- behaviour exports would have gone mad on hearing such a question. The worst sin in the worst sin in their moral vocabulary was anthropomorphism, projecting human traits onto animals. A dog or a cat might behave as if it were angry, lonely, sad, happy or confused, but that was only in the eye of the viewer. What was going on, they insisted was that the dog or cat had been conditioned, through a perhaps unintentional series of punishments and rewards, the behave certain way. The behaviour was a mechanical result of the training. 71. What did Newton seem puzzled about? 291淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 72. Why does the author say Newton had unique sense of humour? 73. What made it possible for the TIME reporters to come up with so many interesting stories about pets? 74. What belief about pet behaviour was unacceptable to experts of animal behaviour? 75. What is the explanation of animal-behaviour experts for the “clever” behaviour of pets? Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic My View on Job-Hopping. You should write at least 120 words and you should abase your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 有些人喜欢始终从事一种工作,因为… 2. 有些人喜欢经常更换工作,因为… 3. 我的看法 My View on Job-Hopping 292淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1997年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. B 8. C 9. B 10. D 11. C 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. B 19. D 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) 21. C 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. D 28. B 29. B 30. D 31. A 32. D 33. C 34. B 35. A 36. A 37. C 38. D 39. C 40. A Part III Vocabulary and Structure 41. D 42. A 43. B 44. C 45. A 46. C 47. B 48. A 49. A 50. C 51. C 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. D 56. C 57. A 58. D 59. B 60. D 61. D 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. D 66. B 67. D 68. A 69. B 70. C Part IV Short Answer Question 71. Not knowing the Frisbee’s track. 72. Because Newton intended to deceive him. 73. That the owners want others to share their stories. 74. That animals have a mental and emotional life. 75. Mechanical result of training. 293淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D)“5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Swimming. B) Playing tennis. C) Boating. D) Playing table tennis. 2. A) She is going to Finland. B) She has visitors next week. C) She has guests at her home. D) She has just visited him this week. 3. A) Get some coins at the cafe. B) Buy her a cup of coffee at the cafe. C) Get some coffee from the machine. D) Try to fix the machine. 294淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A) They spent three hundred dollars on their vacation. B) They drew money than they should have from the bank. C) They lost their bankbook. D) They had only three hundred dollars in the bank. 5. A) To find out her position in the company. B) To apply for a job. C) To offer her a position in the company. D) To make an appointment with the sales manager. 6. A) He is surprised. B) He feels very happy. C) He is indifferent. D) He feels very angry. 7. A) He hasn’t cleaned his room since Linda visited him. B) Linda is the only person who ever comes to see him. C) He’s been too busy to clean his room. D) Cleaning is the last thing he wants to do. 8. A) She is a generous woman by nature. B) It doesn’t have a back cover. C) She feels the man’s apology is enough. D) It is no longer of any use to her. 9. A) To remind him of the data he should take to the conference. B) To see if he is ready for the coming conference. C) To tell him something about the conference. D) To help him prepare for the conference. 10. A) The long wait. B) The broken down computer. C) The mistakes in her telephone bill. D) The bad telephone service. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 295淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) About 45 million. B) About 50 million. C) About 5.4 million. D) About 4.5 million. 12. A) The actors and actresses are not paid for their performance. B) The actors and actresses only perform in their own communities. C) They exist only in small communities. D) They only put on shows that are educational. 13. A) It provides them with the opportunity to watch performances for free. B) It provides them with the opportunity to make friends. C) It gives them the chance to do something creative. D) It gives them a chance to enjoy modern art. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) They are usually more clever. B) They get tired easily. C) They are more likely to make minor mental errors. D) They are more skillful in handling equipment. 15. A) It had its limitations. B) Its results were regarded as final. C) It was supported by the government. D) It was not sound theoretically. 16. A) Their lack of concentration resulting from mental stress. B) The lack of consideration for them in equipment design. C) The probability of their getting excited easily. 296淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Their slowness in responding. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) 18 American undergraduates. B) 18 American postgraduates. C) 18 overseas undergraduates. D) 18 overseas postgraduates. 18. A) Family relations. B) social problems C) Family planning. D) Personal matters. 19. A) Red. B) Blue. C) Green. D) Purple. 20. A) The five questions were not well designed. B) Not all the questionnaires were returned. C) Only a small number of students were surveyed. D) Some of the answers to the questionnaire were not valid. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them the re are four choices marked A)，B)，C), and D). you should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. A few common misconceptions. Beauty is only skin deep. One’s physical assets and liabilities don’t count all that much in a managerial career. A woman should always try to look her best. Over the last 30 years, social scientists have conducted more than 1,000 studies of how we react to beautiful and not so beautiful people. The virtually unanimous conclusion: Looks do matter, more than most of us realize. The data suggest, for example, that physically attractive individuals are more likely to be treated well by their 297淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 parents, sought out as friends, and pursued romantically. With the possible exception of women seeking managerial jobs, they are also more likely to be hired, paid well, and promoted. Un American, you say, unfair and extremely unbelievable? Once again, the scientists have caught us mouthing pieties (虔诚) while acting just the contrary. Their typical experiment works something like this. They give each member of a group-college students, or teachers or corporate personnel mangers-a piece of paper relating an individual’s accomplishments. Attached to the paper is a photograph. While the papers all say exactly the same thing the pictures are different. Some show a strikingly attractive person, some an average looking character, and some an unusually unattractive human being. Group members are asked to rate the individual on certain attributes, anything from personal warmth to the likelihood that he or she will be promoted. Almost invariably, the better looking the person in the picture, the higher the person is rated. In the phrase, borrowed from Sappho, that the social scientists use to sum up the common perception, what is beautiful is good. In business, however, good looks cut both ways for women, and deeper than for men. A Utah State University professor, who is an authority on the subject, explains: In terms of their careers, the impact of physical attractiveness on males is only modest. But its potential impact on females can be tremendous, making it easier, for example, for the more attractive to get jobs where they are in the public eye. On another note, though, there is enough literature now for us to conclude that attractive women who aspire (追 求) to managerial positions do not get on as well as women who may be less attractive. 21. According to the passage, people often wrongly believe that in pursuing a career as a manager ________. A) a person’s property or debts do not matter much B) a person’s outward appearance is not a critical qualification C) women should always dress fashionably D) women should not only be attractive but also high minded 22. The result of research carried out by social scientists show that ________. A) people do not realize the importance of looking one’s best B) women in pursuit of managerial jobs are not likely to be paid well C) good looking women aspire to managerial positions D) attractive people generally have an advantage over those who are not 23. Experiments by scientists have shown that when people evaluate individuals on certain attributes ________. A) they observe the principle that beauty is only skin deep B) they do not usually act according to the views they support C) they give ordinary looking persons the lowest ratings 298淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) they tend to base their judgment on the individual’s accomplishments 24. “Good looks cut both ways for women” (Line 1, Para. 5) means that ________. A) attractive women have tremendous potential impact on public jobs B) good looking women always get the best of everything C) being attractive is not always an advantage for women D) attractive women do not do as well as unattractive women in managerial positions 25. It can be inferred from the passage that in the business world ________. A) handsome men are not affected as much by their looks as attractive women are B) physically attractive women who are in the public eye usually do quite well C) physically attractive men and women who are in the public eye usually get along quite well D) good looks are important for women as they are for men Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage: Not content with its doubtful claim to produce cheap food for our own population, the factory farming industry also argues that “hungry nations are benefiting from advances made by the poultry (家禽) industry”. In fact, rather than helping the fight against malnutrition (营养不良) in “hungry nations,” the spread of factory farming has, inevitably aggravated the problem. Large scale intensive meat and poultry production is a waste of food resources. This is because more protein has to be fed to animals in the form of vegetable matter than can ever be recovered in the form of meat. Much of the food value is lost in the animal’s process of digestion and cell replacement. Neither, in the ca se of chicken, can one eat feathers, blood, feet or head. In all, only about 44% of the live animal fits to be eaten as meat. This means one has to feed approximately 9—10 times as much food value to the animal than one can consume from the carcass. As a system for feeding the hungry, the effects can prove disastrous. At times of crisis, grain is the food of life. Nevertheless, the huge increase in poultry production throughout Asia and Africa continues. Normally British or US firms are involved. For instance, an American based multinational company has this year announced its involvement in projects in several African countries. Britain’s largest suppliers chickens, Ross Breeders, are also involved in projects all over the world. Because such trade is good for exports, Western governments encourage it. In 1979, a firm in Bangladesh called Phoenix Poultry received a grant to set up a unit of 6,000 chickens and 18,000 laying hens. This almost doubled the number of poultry kept in the country all at once. But Bangladesh lacks capital, energy and food and has large numbers of 299淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 unemployed. Such chicken raising demands capital for building and machinery, extensive use of energy resources for automation, and involves feeding chickens with potential famine relief protein food. At present, one of Bangladesh’s main imports is food grains, because the country is unable to grow enough food to feed its population. On what then can they possibly feed the chicken? 26. In this passage the author argues that ________. A) efficiency must be raised in the poultry industry B) raising poultry can provide more protein than growing grain C) factory farming will do more harm than good to developing countries D) hungry nations may benefit from the development of the poultry industry 27. According to the author, in factory, vegetable food ________. A) is easy for chickens to digest B) is insufficient for the needs of poultry C) is fully utilised in meat and egg production D) is inefficiently converted into meat and eggs 28. Western governments encourage the poultry industry in Asia because they regard it as an effective way to ________. A) boost their own exports B) alleviate malnutrition in Asian countries C) create job opportunities in Asian countries D) promote the exports of Asian countries 29. The word “carcass” (Line 2, Para. 3) most probably means “________”. A) vegetables preserved for future use B) the dead body of an animal ready to be cut into meat C) expensive food that consumers can hardly afford D) meat canned for future consumption 30. What the last paragraph tells us is the author’s ________. A) detailed analysis of the ways of raising poultry in Bangladesh B) great appreciation of the development of poultry industry in Bangladesh C) critical view on the development of the poultry industry in Bangladesh D) practical suggestion for the improvement of the poultry industry in Bangladesh Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. We all have offensive breath at one time or another. In most cases, offensive breath 300淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 emanates from bacteria in the mouth, although there are other more causes. Until a few years ago, the most doctors could do was to counsel patients with bad breath about oral cleanliness. Now they are finding new ways to treat the usually curable condition. Bad breath can happen whenever the normal flow of saliva (唾液) slows. Our mouths are full of bacteria feeding on protein in bits of food and shed tissue. The bacteria emit evil smelling gases, the worst of which is hydrogen sulfide (硫 化物). Mouth bacteria thrive in airless conditions. Oxygen rich saliva keeps their numbers down. When we sleep, for example, the saliva stream slows, and sulfur producing bacteria gain the upper hand, producing classic “morning breath”. Alcohol hunger, too much talking, breathing through the mouth during exercise anything that dries the mouth produces bad breath. So can stress, though it’s not understood why. Some people’s breath turns sour every time they go on a job interview. Saliva flow gradually slows with age, which explains why the elderly have more bad breath trouble than younger people do. Babies, however, who make plenty of saliva and whose mouths contain relatively few bacteria have characteristically sweet breath. For most of us, the simple, dry mouth variety of bad breath is easily cured. Eating or drinking starts saliva and sweeps away many of the bacteria. Breakfast often stops morning breath. Those with chronic dry mouth find that it helps to keep gum, hard candy, or a bottle of water or juice around. Brushing the teeth wipes out dry mouth bad breath because it clears away many of the offending bacteria. Surprisingly, one thing that rarely works is mouthwash. The liquid can mask bad breath odor with its own smell, but the effect lasts no more than an hour. Some mouthwashes claim to kill the bacteria responsible for bad breath. The trouble is, they don’t necessarily reach all offending germs. Most bacteria are well protected from mouthwash under thick layers of mucus (粘液). If the mouthwash contains alcohol-as most do-it can intensify the problem by drying out the mouth. 31. The phrase “emanate from” in Paragraph 1 most probably means “________”. A) thrive on B) account for C) originate from D) descend from 32. Which of the following is mentioned as one of the causes of bad breath? A) Tooth trouble. B) Sulfur rich food. C) Too much exercise. D) Mental strain. 301淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. According to the passage, alcohol has something to do with bad breath mainly because ________. A) it keeps offending bacteria from reproducing B) its smell adds to bad breath C) it kills some helpful bacteria D) it affects the normal flow of saliva 34. Mouthwashes are not an effective cure for bad breath mainly because ________. A) they can’t mask the bad odor long enough B) they can’t get to all the offending bacteria C) their strong smell mixes with bad breath and makes it worse D) they can’t cover the thick layers of mucus 35. We can infer from this passage that ________. A) offensive breath can’t easily be cured B) elderly people are less offended by bad breath C) heavy drinkers are less affected by bad breath D) offensive breath is less affected by alcohol Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. “Welcome to the U.S.A.! Major Credit cards accepted!” By the millions they are coming no longer the tired, the poor, the wretched mass longing for a better living. These are the wealthy. “We don’t have a budget,” says a biologist from Brazil, as she walks with two companions through New York City’s South Street. “We just use our credit cards.” The U.S. has long been one of the world’s most popular tourist destinations, but this year has been exceptional. First there was the World Cup, which drew thousands from every corner of the globe; then came the weakening of the U.S. dollar against major currencies. Now the U.S., still the world’s superpower, can also claim to be the world’s bargain basement (廉价商品部). Nobody undersells America these days on just about everything, from consumer electronics to fashion clothes to tennis rackets. Bottom retail prices-anywhere from 30% to 70% lower than those in Europe and Asia- have attracted some 47 million visitors, who are expected to leave behind $79 billion in 1994. That’s up from $74 billion the year before. True, not everyone comes just for brains. There remains an undeniable fascination in the rest of the world with all things American, nourished by Hollywood films and U.S. television series. But shopping the U.S.A. is proving irresistible. Every week thousands arrive with empty suitcases ready to be filled; some even rent an additional hotel room to hold their purchases. The buying binge (无节制) has become as important as watching Old Faithful Fountains erupt in Yellowstone Park or sunbathing on a beach in Florida. 302淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The U.S. has come at last to appreciate what other countries learned long ago: the pouring in of foreign tourists may not always be convenient, but is does put money in the bank. And with a trade deficit at about $130 billion and growing for the past 12 months, the U.S. needs all the deposits it can get. Compared with American tourists abroad, visitors to the U.S. stay longer and spend more money at each stop; an average of 12.2 night and $1624 a traveller versus the American s’ four nights and $298. 36. From what the Brazilian biologist says, we know that tourists like her ________. A) are reluctant to carry cash with them B) simply don’t care how much they spend C) are not good at planning their expenditure D) often spend more money than they can afford 37. The reason why 1994 was exceptional is that ________. A) it saw an unusually large number of tourists to the U.S. B) it witnessed a drop in the number of tourists to the U.S. C) tourism was hardly affected by the weakening of the U.S. dollar that year D) tourists came to the U.S. for sightseeing rather than for bargains that year 38. By saying “nobody undersells America” (Line 4, Para. 3), the author means that ________. A) no other country underestimates the competitiveness of American products B) nobody expects the Americans to cut the prices of their commodities C) nobody restrains the selling of American goods D) no other country sells at a lower price that America 39. Why does the author assert that all things American are fascinating to foreigners? A) Because they have gained much publicity through the American media. B) Because they represent the world’s latest fashions. C) Because they embody the most sophisticated technology. D) Because they are available at all tourist destinations. 40. From the passage we can conclude that the U.S. has come to realize ________. A) the weakening if the U.S. dollar can result in trade deficits B) the lower the retail prices, the greater the profits C) tourism can make great contributions to its economy D) visitors to the U.S. are wealthier than U.S. tourists abroad Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) 303淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A)，B)，C), and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. His career was not noticeably ________ by the fact that he had never been to college. A) prevented B) prevented C) hindered D) refrained 42. When trapped in drifting sands, do not struggle, or you will be ________ in deeper. A) absorbed B) pushed C) heaved D) sucked 43. To ________ for his unpleasant experiences he drank a little more than was good for him. A) commence B) compromise C) compensate D) compliment 44. All visitors are requested to ________ with the regulations. A) comply B) agree C) assist D) consent 45. The captain ________ the horizon for approaching ships. A) scanned B) scrutinized C) explored D) swept 46. The vast majority of people in any given culture will ________ established standards of that culture. 304淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) confine B) conform C) confront D) confirm 47. Although he was on a diet, the food ________ him enormously. A) inspired B) tempted C) overcame D) encouraged 48. His argument does not suggest that mankind can ________ to be wasteful in the utilization of these resources. A) resort B) grant C) afford D) entitle 49. If you want this pain killer, you’ll have to ask the doctor for a ________. A) receipt B) recipe C) subscription D) prescription 50. Some fish have a greater ________ for acid water than others. A) tolerance B) resistance C) dependence D) persistence 51. There was once a town in this country where all life seemed to live in ________ with its surroundings. A) coincidence B) harmony C) uniform D) alliance 52. The court considers a financial ________ to be an appropriate way of punishing 305淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 him. A) payment B) obligation C) option D) penalty 53. It is true that ________ a wild plant into a major food crop such as wheat requires much research time. A) multiplying B) breeding C) magnifying D) generating 54. The government has devoted a larger slice of its national ________ to agriculture than most other countries. A) resources B) potential C) budget D) economy 55. In this poor country, survival is still the leading industry; all else is ________. A) luxury B) accommodation C) entertainment D) refreshment 56. Some criminals were printing ________ dollar bills until they were arrested. A) decent B) fake C) patent D) suspicious 57. Mr. Bloom is not ________ now, but he will be famous someday. A) significant B) dominant C) magnificent D) prominent 306淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 58. His body temperature has been ________ for 3 days, the highest point reaching 40.5 degree centigrade. A) uncommon B) disordered C) abnormal D) extraordinary 59. He seems to be ________ enough to climb to the mountain top in an hour. A) radiant B) conscientious C) conspicuous D) energetic 60. Although cats cannot see in complete darkness their eyes are much more ________ to light than are human eyes. A) glowing B) brilliant C) sensitive D) gloomy 61. While nuclear weapons present grave ________ dangers, the predominant crisis of overpopulation is with us today. A) inevitable B) constant C) overwhelming D) potential 62. This is the ________ piano on which the composer created some of his greatest works. A) true B) original C) real D) genuine 63. Comparison and contrast are often used ________ in advertisements. A) intentionally B) pertinently C) incidentally 307淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) tiresomely 64. A complete investigation into the causes of the accident should lead to improved standards and should ________ new operating procedures. A) result is B) match with C) subject to D) proceed with 65. ________ popular belief that classical music is too complex, it achieves a simplicity that only a genius can create. A) Subject to B) Contrary to C) Familiar to D) Similar to 66. The bond of true affection had pulled us six very different men from six very different countries across Antarctica; we proved in the end that we weren’t very different ________. A) for all B) as usual C) in particular D) after all 67. Though her parents ________ her musical ability, Jerrilou’s piano playing is really terrible. A) pour scorn on B) heap praise upon C) give vent to D) cast light upon 68. Some children display an ________ curiosity about every new thing they encounter. A) incredible B) infectious C) incompatible D) inaccessible 69. Bruce Stephen gripped the ________ wheel hard as the car bounced up and down. A) stirring 308淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) driving C) steering D) revolving 70. Many of the scientists and engineers are judged ________ how great their achievements are. A) in spite of B) in ways of C) in favor of D) in terms of Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words). One summer my wife Chris and I were invited by friends to row down the Colorado River in a boat. Our expedition included many highly successful people the kind who have staffs to take care of life’s daily work. But in the wilder rapids, all of us naturally set aside any pretenses (矫饰) and put out backs into every stroke to keep the boat from tumbling over. At each night’s encampment, we all hauled supplies and cleaned dishes. After only two days in the river, people accustomed to being spoiled and indulged had become a team, working together to cope with the unpredictable twists and turns of the river. I believe that in life as well as on boat trips teamwork will make all our journeys successful ones. The rhythms of teamwork have been the rhythms of my life. I played basketball alongside famous players, and the team I now coach, the New York Knicks, has recovered from years of adversity to become a major contender in the 1990s. I’m persuaded that teamwork is the key to making dreams come true. We all play on a number of teams in our lives-as part of a family, as a citizen, as a member of an agreement, written or unwritten. It contains the values and goals for every team member. For example, in the late 1970s a General Motors plant in Fremont, Calif, was the scene of constant warfare between labor and management. Distrust ran so high that the labor contract was hundreds of pages of tricky legal terms. GM spent millions trying to keep the facility up to date, but productivity and quality were continually poor. Absenteeism (旷工) was so out of control that the production line couldn’t even start up on some mornings. Finally in the early 1980s, GM shut down the plant. GM became convinced that it had to create new production systems based on teamwork. In the mid 1980s it reopened the Fremont plant with Toyota, starting from scratch (从零开始) with a much simpler and shorter labor contract. It promised that 309淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 executive salaries would be reduced and jobs performed by outside sellers would be given to employees before any layoffs were considered. Over a hundred job classifications were cut to just two. Instead of doing one boring job over and over, workers agreed to be part of small teams, spending equal time on various tasks. Questions: (注意: 答题尽量简短，超过10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个 英 语单词，标点符号不占格。) S1. What comment did the author make about the highly successful people travelling with him? ________________________________________________________________ S2. Why was it easy for boats to tumble over in the Colorado? ________________________________________________________________ S3. What happened to the New York Knicks in the 1980s? ________________________________________________________________ S4. What caused the sharp conflict in the GM plant in the late 1970s? ________________________________________________________________ S5. What spirit was encouraged in the reopened GM plant? ________________________________________________________________ Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic My View on Fake Commodities. You should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 假冒伪劣商品的危害 2. 怎样杜绝假冒伪劣商品 310淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年1月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. B 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. D 9. D 10. A 11. D 12. A 13. C 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. D 18. D 19. B 20. C Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. D 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. C 32. D 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. A 40. C Part III Vocabulary Structure 41. C 42. D 43. C 44. A 45. A 46. B 47. B 48. C 49. D 50. A 51. B 52. D 53. C 54. C 55. A 56. B 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. C 61. D 62. B 63. A 64. A 65. B 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. C 70. D Part IV Short Answer Questions S1. They were used to being spoiled and indulged. S2. Because the river is full of twists and turns. S3. It was in adversity. S4. Distrust and lack of teamwork. S5. The spirit of teamwork. Part V Writing (略) 311淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D)“5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) He thinks that there won’t be enough sets for everybody. B) He thinks that the speaker won’t show up. C) He thinks the seminar won’t be open to the public. D) He thinks that there might not be any more tickets available. 2. A) Their father is unable to keep his promise. B) Their father is going on a vacation without her. C) Their father isn’t telling her the truth. D) Their father doesn’t want to travel abroad. 3. A) John didn’t pass, although he had tried his best. B) John did better than he thought he was able to. C) John got an excellent score, which was unexpected. 312淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) John was disappointed at his math score. 4. A) The roof of the woman’s house needs to be repaired. B) The roof of the man’s house has several bad leaks. C) The woman’s bathroom was badly damaged. D) The man works for a roofing company. 5. A) Mr. Smith will be replaced if he makes another mistake. B) Mr. Smith is an admirable chief of the Asian Department. C) Mr. Smith’s department is more successful than all the others. D) Mr. Smith is seldom in his office. 6. A) She don’t have a fax machine. B) She may quit her present job soon. C) She is tired of her present job. D) Her phone number has changed. 7. A) Someone has taken her luggage. B) Her flight is 50 minutes late. C) Her luggage has been delayed. D) She can’t find the man she’s been waiting for. 8. A) To do whatever the committee asks him to. B) To make decisions in agreement with the committee. C) To run the committee his way. D) To make himself the committee chairman. 9. A) The woman found the mail box empty. B) The man is waiting for some important mail. C) The man has just sent out his application. D) The woman will write a postcard to her daughter. 10. A) Read the operation manual. B) Try the buttons one by one. C) Ask the shop assistant for advice. D) Make the machine run slowly. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 313淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passage one Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) They were drawing pictures. B) They were watching TV. C) They were making a telephone call. D) They were tidying up the drawing room. 12. A) They locked the couple up in the drawing room. B) They seriously injured the owners of the house. C) They smashed the TV set and the telephone. D) They took away sixteen valuable paintings. 13. A) He accused them of the theft. B) He raised the rents. C) He refused to prolong their land lease. D) He forced them to abandon their traditions. 14. A) They wanted to protect the farmers’ interests. B) They wanted to extend the reservation area for birds. C) They wanted to steal his valuable paintings. D) They wanted to drive him away from the island. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) Through food. B) Through air. C) Through insects. D) Through body fluids. 16. A) They ran a high fever. B) They died from excessive bleeding. 314淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Their nervous system was damaged. D) They suffered from heart-attack. 17. A) To see what happened to the survivors of the outbreak. B) To study animals that can also get infected with the disease. C) To find out where the virus originates. D) To look for the plants that could cure the disease. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) To determine whether the Earth’s temperature is going up. B) To study the behavior of some sea animals. C) To measure the depths of the ocean. D) To measure the movement of waves in the ocean. 19. A) They were frightened and distressed. B) They swam away when the speaker was turned on. C) They swam closer to “examine” the speaker when it was turned off. D) They didn’t seem to be frightened and kept swimming near the speaker. 20. A) To attract more sea animals to the testing site. B) To drive dangerous sea animals away from the testing site. C) To help trace the sea animals being tested. D) To determine how sea animals communicate with each other. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A)，B), C), and D). You should divide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Cyberspace (网络空间)， data superhighways, mullet media-for those who have seen the future, the linking of computers, television and telephones will change our lives for ever, Yet for all the talk of a forthcoming technological utopia (乌托邦) little attention has been given to the implications of these developments for the poor. As with all new high technology, while the West concerns itself with the “how,” the question of “for whom” is put aside once again. 315淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Economists are only now realizing the full extent to which the communications revolution has affected the world economy. Information technology allows the extension of trade across geographical and industrial boundaries, and transitional corporations take full advantage of it. Terms of trade, exchange and interest rates and money movements are more important than the production of goods. The electronic economy made possible by information technology allows the haves to increase their control on global markets-with destructive impact on the have-nots. For them the result is instability. Developing countries which rely on the production of a small range of goods for export are made to feel like small parts in the international economic machine. As “futures”(期货) are traded on computer screens, developing countries simply have less and less control of their destinies. So what are the options for regaining control? One alternative is for developing countries to buy in the latest computers and telecommunications themselves-so-called “development communications” modernization. Yet this leads to long-term dependency and perhaps permanent constraints on developing countries’ economies. Communications technology is generally exported from the U.S., Europe or Japan; the patents, skills and ability to manufacture remain in the hands of a few industrialized countries, It is also expensive, and imported products and services must therefore be bought on credit-credit usually provided by the very countries whose companies stand to gain. Furthermore, when new technology is introduced there is often too low a level of expertise to exploit it for native development. This means that while local elites, foreign communities and subsidiaries of transitional corporations may benefit, those lives depend on access to the information are denied it. 21. From the passage we know that the development of high technology is in the interests of ________. A) the rich countries B) scientific development C) the elite D) the world economy 22. It can be inferred from the passage that ________. A) international trade should be expanded B) the interests of the poor countries have not been given enough consideration C) the exports of the poor countries should be increased D) communications technology in the developing countries should be modernized 23. Why does the author say that the electronic economy may have a destructive impact on developing countries? A) Because it enables the developed countries to control the international market. 316淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Because it destroys the economic balance of the poor countries. C) Because it violates the national boundaries of the poor countries. D) Because it inhibits the industrial growth of developing countries. 24. The development of modern communications technology in developing countries may ________. A) hinder their industrial production B) cause them to lose control of their trade C) force them to reduce their share of exports D) cost them their economic independence 25. The author’s attitude toward the communications revolution is ________. A) positive B) critical C) indifferent D) tolerant Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. The estimates of the numbers of home-schooled children vary widely. The U.S. Department of Education estimates there are 250,000 to 35,000 home-schooled children in the country. Hone-school advocates put the number much higher-at about a million. Many public school advocates take a harsh attitude toward home schoolers, perceiving their actions as the ultimate slap in the face for public education and a damaging move for the children. Home schoolers harbor few kind words for public schools, charging shortcomings that range from lack of religious perspective in the curriculum to a herd-like approach to teaching children. Yet, as public school officials realize they stand little to gain by remaining hostile to the home-school population, and as home schoolers realize they can reap benefits from public schools, these hard lines seem to be softening a bit. Public schoolers have moved closer to tolerance and, in some cases, even cooperation. Says John Marshall, an education official, “We are becoming relatively tolerant of home schoolers. “The idea is, ‘Let’s give the kids access to public school so they’ll see it’s not as terrible as they’ve been told, and they’ll want to come back. Perhaps, but don’t count on it, say home-school advocates. Home schoolers, oppose the system because they have strong convictions that their approach to education-whether fueled by religious enthusiasm or the individual child’s interests and natural pace-is best. “The bulk of home schoolers just want to be left alone,” says Enge Cannon, associate director of the National Center For Home Education. She says home schoolers choose that path for a variety of reasons, but religion plays a role 85 percent of the time. 317淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Professor Van Galen breaks home schoolers into two groups. Some home schoolers want their children to learn not only traditional subject matter but also “strict religious doctrine and a conservative political and social perspective. Not incidentally, they also want their children to learn-both intellectually and emotionally-that the family is the most important institution in society. “ Other home schoolers contend “not so much that the schools teach heresy (异端邪 说), but that schools teach whatever they teach inappropriately,” Van Galen writes. “These parents are highly independent and strive to ‘take responsibility’ for their own lives within a society that they define as bureaucratic and inefficient.” 26. According to the passage, home schoolers are ________. A) those who engage private teachers to provide additional education for their children B) those who educate their children at home instead of sending them to school C) those who advocate combining public education with home schooling D) those who don’t go to school but are educated at home by their parents 27. Public schools are softening their position on home schooling because ________. A) there isn’t much they can go to change the present situation B) they want to show their tolerance for different situation C) home schooling provides a new variety of education for children D) public schools have so many problems that they cannot offer proper education for all children 28. Home-school advocates are of the opinion that ________. A) things in public schools are not so bad as has often been said B) their tolerance of public education will attract more kids to public schools C) home schooling is superior and, therefore, they will not easily give in D) their increased cooperation with public school will bring about the improvement of public education 29. Most home schoolers’ opposition to public education stems from their ________. A) respect for the interest of individuals B) worry about the inefficiency of public schools C) concern with the cost involved D) devotion to religion 30. According to Van Galen some home schoolers believe that ________. A) public schools take up a herd-like approach to teaching children 318淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) teachers in public school are not as responsible as they should be C) public schools cannot provide an education that is good enough for their children D) public schools are the source of bureaucracy and inefficiency in modern society Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Every year television stations receive hundreds of complaints about the loudness of advertisements. However, federal rules forbid the practice of making ads louder than the programming. In addition, television stations always operate at the highest sound level allowed for reasons of efficiency. According to one NBC executive, no difference exists in the peak sound level of ads and programming. Given this information why do commercials sound so loud? The sensation of sound involves a variety of factors in addition to its speak level. Advertisers are skilful at creating the impression of loudness through their expert use of such factors. One major contributor to the perceived loudness of commercials is that mush less variation in sound level occurs during a commercial. In regular programming the intensity of sound varies over a large range. However, sound levels in commercials tend to stay at or near peak levels. Other “tricks of the trade” are also used. Because low-frequency sounds can mask higher frequency sounds, advertisers filter out any noises that may drown out the primary message. In addition, the human voice has more auditory (听觉的) impact in the middle frequency ranges. Advertisers electronically vary voice sounds so that they stay within such a frequency band. Another approach is to write the script so that lots of consonants (辅音) are used, because people are more aware of consonants than vowel (元音) sounds. Finally, advertisers try to begin commercials with sounds that are highly different from those of the programming within which the commercial is buried. Because people become adapted to the type of sounds coming from programming, a dramatic change in sound quality draws viewer a attention. For example, notice how many commercials begin with a cheerful song of some type. The attention-getting property of commercials can be seen by observing one-to two-year-old children who happen to be playing around a television set. They may totally ignore the programming. However, when a commercial comes on, their attention is immediately drawn to it because of its dramatic sound quality. 31. According to the passage, the maximum intensity of sound coming from commercials ________. A) does not exceed that of programs B) is greater than that of programs C) varies over a large range than that of programs D) is less than that of programs 32. Commercials create the sensation of loudness because ________. A) TV stations always operate at the highest sound levels 319淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) their sound levels are kept around peak levels C) their sound levels are kept in the middle frequency ranges D) unlike regular programs their intensity of sound varies over a wide range 33. Many commercials begin with a cheerful song of some kind because ________. A) pop songs attract viewer attention B) it can increase their loudness C) advertisers want to make them sound different from regular programs D) advertisers want to merge music with commercials 34. One of the reasons why commercials are able to attract viewer attention is that ________. A) the human voices in commercials have more auditory impact B) people like cheerful songs that change dramatically in sound quality C) high-frequency sounds are used to mask sounds that drown out the primary message D) they possess sound qualities that make the viewer feel that something unusual is happening 35. In the passage, the author is trying to tell us ________. A) how TV ads vary vocal sounds to attract attention B) how the loudness of TV ads is overcome C) how advertisers control the sound properties of TV ads D) how the attention-getting properties of sounds are made use of in TV ads Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. In the United States, the need to protect plant and animal species has become a highly controversial and sharply political issue since the passage of the Endangered Species Act in 1973. The act, designed to protect species’ living areas, and policies that preserve land and forests compete with economic interests. In the 1990’s, for example, the woodcutters in the Western United States were challenged legally in their attempt to cut trees for timber in the Cascade Mountains. The challenge was mounted to protect the endangered spotted owl (猫头鹰), whose remaining population occupies these forests and requires the intact, ancient forest for survival. The problematic situation set the interests of environmentalists against those of corporations and of individuals who stood to lose jobs. After months of debate and legal battles, the fate of the woodcutters- and the owls-was still undecided in mid-1992. Similar tensions exist between the developed and the developing nations. Many people in industrialized nations, for example, believe that developing nations in tropical regions should do more to protect their rain forests and other natural areas. But the developing countries may be impoverished (使穷困), with populations growing so 320淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 rapidly that using the land is a means to temporarily avoid worsening poverty and starvation. Many of the changes to Earth that concern scientists have the potential to rob the planet of its biological richness. The destruction of Earth’s ozone layer (臭氧层), for example, could contribute to the general process of impoverishment by allowing ultra- violet rays to harm plants and animals. And global warming could wipe out species unable to quickly adapt to changing climates. Clearly, protecting will come only through coordinated international efforts to control human population, stabilize the composition of the atmosphere, and preserve intact Earth’s complex web life. 36. Why does the author say that the protection of endangered species is a highly controversial issue? A) Because people can’t agree as to what species to protect. B) Because it is difficult to find an effective way to protect such species. C) Because it affects the interests of certain groups of people. D) Because it is a major problem involving a series of legal procedures. 37. According to the passage, the preservation of rain forests ________. A) may hamper a developing country in its fight against poverty B) benefits developed countries rather than developing countries C) should take priority over the control of human population D) will help improve the living conditions in developing countries 38. According to the passage, cutting tress to grow more food ________. A) will widen the gap between the developed and the developing countries B) is but a short-term relief to the food problem C) can hardly alleviate the shortage of food D) proves to be an effective way out for impoverished nations 39. Among “humanity’s current problems” (Line 6, Para. 3), the chief concern of the scientists is ________. A) the impoverishment of developing countries B) the explosion of the human population C) the reduction of biological diversity D) the effect of global warming 40. The author’s purpose in writing this passage is ________. A) to describe the difficulties in solving humanity’s current problems B) to present the different views on humanity’s current problems 321淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) to analyze the contradiction between countries in dealing with humanity’s current problems D) to point out that humanity’s current problems can only be solved through the cooperation of nations Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A)，B), C), and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. The directions were so ________ that it was impossible to complete the assignment. A) ingenious B) ambitious C) notorious D) ambiguous 42. Because a degree form a good university is the means to a better job, education is one of the most ________ areas in Japanese life. A) sophisticated B) competitive C) considerate D) superficial 43. If a person talks about his weak points, his listener is expected to say something in the way of ________. A) persuasion B) remedy C) encouragement D) compromise 44. Her interest in redecorating the big house kept her ________ for a whole week. A) constrained B) dominated C) restricted D) occupied 45. If we ________ our relations with that country, we’ll have to find another supplier of raw materials. 322淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) diffuse B) diminish C) terminate D) preclude 46. Movie directors use music to ________ the action on the screen. A) contaminate B) compliment C) contemplate D) complement 47. A terrible traffic accident happened; people were saddened when they watched the ________ sight on TV. A) panic B) patriotic C) pathetic D) periodic 48. Many tourists were ________ by the city’s complicated traffic system. A) degraded B) bewildered C) evoked D) diverted 49. Over the last fifteen years, running has become a popular ________ for 30 million participants of all ages. A) fantasy B) pastime C) symposium D) penalty 50. Some people think that a ________ translation, or word-for-word translation, is easier than a free translation. A) literal B) literary C) liberal D) linear 323淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. Many novels that attempt to mirror the world are really ________ of the reality that they represent. A) reflections B) demonstrations C) illuminations D) reproductions 52. It is through learning that the individual ________ many habitual ways of reacting to situations. A) retains B) gains C) achieves D) acquires 53. Generally, it is only when animals are trapped that they ________ to violence in order to escape. A) proceed B) appeal C) resort D) incline 54. Mary once ________ with another musician to compose a piece of pop music. A) merged B) collaborated C) coincided D) constituted 55. During their fist teacher training year, the students often visited local schools for the ________ of lessons. A) observation B) investigation C) inspection D) examination 56. He attends to the ________ of important business himself. A) transaction B) transition C) transmission 324淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) transformation 57. Out of ________ revenge, he did his worst to blacken her character and ruin her reputation. A) perfect B) total C) sheer D) integral 58. A most ________ argument about who should go and fetch the bread from the kitchen was going on when I came in. A) trivial B) delicate C) minor D) miniature 59. The children cheered up when they saw hundreds of colorful balloons ________ slowly into the sky. A) floating B) raising C) heaving D) ascending 60. Do you have any ________ about what living beings on other planets would be like? A) ideal B) comprehension C) notion D) intelligence 61. We rarely perceive more than a minute ________ of the sights and sounds that fall upon our sense organs; the great majority pass us by. A) fiction B) function C) fraction D) friction 62. For many patients, institutional care is the most ________ and beneficial form of care. A) persistent 325淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) appropriate C) thoughtful D) sufficient 63. It’s pleasure for him to ________ his energy and even his life to research work. A) dedicate B) dictate C) decorate D) direct 64. They are well ________ with each other since they once studied in the same university. A) identified B) recognized C) acknowledged D) acquainted 65. There is a ________ difference in meaning between the words surroundings and environment. A) gentle B) subtle C) feeble D) humble 66. All the finished products are stored in a ________ of the delivery port and shipping is available at any time. A) garage B) cabinet C) capsule D) warehouse 67. when he tried to make a ________, he found that the hotel was completely filled because of a convention. A) reservation B) claim C) mess D) revision 68. Parents take a great interest in the ________ questions braised by their children. 326淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) nasty B) naive C) obscure D) offensive 69. Although it was his first experience as chairman, be ________ over the meeting with great skill. A) presided B) administered C) mastered D) executed 70. Both parties promised to ________ the contract to be signed the following day. A) keep with B) tangle with C) adhere to D) devote to Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the Passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the statements in the fewest Possible words (not exceeding 10 words) Most Americans spend far more of their leisure time with the mass media than in any other occupation. In addition, most of us hear, see, or read some of the media while engaged in other activities. Thus an extremely large number of our waking hours are spent with the mass media. Of all the media, television is clearly dominant, with newspapers a close second, at least as a source of news and other information. Our exposure to all media is important, however, because all of them contribute materials for the construction of that world in our heads. For most people, increased use of one medium does not decrease use of another. In fact, in certain cases, and especially for certain purposes, the more one uses one medium, the more likely one is to use others. There are various factors that can cause you to expose yourself to the media selectively, avoiding much of the material with which you disagree. Some of that selective exposure is probably due to the psychological pressure you feel to avoid the discomfort caused by confrontation with facts and ideas contrary to your beliefs, attitudes, or behavior. However, some selective exposure is not due to the pressure for consistency but to other factors, such as your age, education, and even the area in which you live and the people with whom you associate. Quite a different sort of factor that affects your media experiences is the social 327淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 context of exposure: whether you are alone or with others when you are exposed to a medium; whether you are at home, at the office, in a theater, and soon. These contexts are as much as a potential part of the message you will form as film images on the screen or words on the page. In addition, that social context affects—both directly and indirectly—the media and the media content to which you become exposed. New friends or colleagues get you interested in different things. Other members of the family often select media content that you would not have selected, and you become exposed to it. There various factors have so much influence on your media exposure that so little of that exposure is planned. Questions: (注意: 答题尽量简短，超过10个词要扣分。每条横线限写一个英语 单词，标点符号不占格。) S1. Exposure to all media is important and people sometimes tend to use more media if ________. S2. Why are newspapers considered as an important medium according to passage? S3. For one reason or another, people’s exposure to the media is often ________. S4. Apart from personal preferences, what determines one’s choice of the media and media content? S5. The last sentence of the passage indicates that one’s exposure to the media is ________. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Do “Lucky Numbers” Really Good Luck? You should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 有些人认为某些数学会带来好运。 2. 我认为数学和运气无关，... Do “Lucky Numbers” Really Bring Good Luck? 328淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1998年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. A 3. B 4. A 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. D 13. C 14. A 15. D 16. B 17. C 18. A 19. D 20. C Part II 21. A 22. B 23. A 24. D 25. B 26. B 27. A 28. C 29. D 30. C 31. A 32. B 33. C 34. D 35. D 36. C 37. A 38. B 39. C 40. D Part III 41. D 42. B 43. C 44. D 45. C 46. D 47. C 48. B 49. B 50. A 51. A 52. D 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. A 57. C 58. A 59. D 60. C 61. C 62. B 63. A 64. D 65. B 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. A 70. C S1. They want to know more about the world. S2. Because they are a source of news and information. S3. selective and influenced by different factors. S4. Social context of exposure. S5. hardly planned. 329淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four suggested answers marked A)，B)，C), and D) and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You with near: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D)“5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) She’s going away for a while. B) She did well on the test. C) She worked hard and earned a lot of money. D) She’s didn’t have to work hard for the exam. 2. A) Susan is fast worker. B) Susan did Jack’s homework. C) Susan didn’t do the homework on her own. D) Susan has not finished her homework. 3. A) He read the cabinet report. B) He read the newspaper. C) He listened to a radio report. D) He’s secretary telephoned him. 330淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A) Hurry to the conference. B) Skip the conference. C) Take the subway. D) Take a bus. 5. A) He is confident. B) He is worried. C) He is bored. D) He is angry. 6. A) He used to be a workman himself. B) He likes to do repairs and make things himself. C) He is professional builder. D) He paid workmen to decorate the house. 7. A) The woman doesn’t like jam. B) The woman forgot where she had left the jar. C) The man had an accident. D) The man broke the jar. 8. A) Opinions about the book are varied. B) The man thinks the book is excellent. C) You shouldn’t believe everything you read. D) The woman wonders which newspaper the man is reading. 9. A) It’s quite normal. B) It’s too high. C) It’s cheap indeed. D) It could be cheaper. 10. A) The admission of a patient. B) Diagnosis of an illness. C) The old man’s serious condition. D) Sending for a doctor. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 331淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passage one Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) The color of the dog. B) The price of the dog. C) Whether the dog will fit the environment. D) Whether the dog will get along with the other pets in the house. 12. A) It must be trained so it won’t bite. B) It needs more love and care. C) It demands more food and space. D) It must be looked after carefully. 13. A) They are less likely to run away. B) It’s easier for their masters to train them. C) They are less likely to be shy with human beings. D) It’s easier for them to form a relationship with their masters. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) They often go for walks at a leisurely pace. B) They usually have a specific purpose in mind. C) They like the seaside more than the countryside. D) They seldom plan their leisure activities in advance. 15. A) Their hardworking spirit. B) Their patience in waiting for theatre tickets. C) Their delight in leisure activities. D) Their enthusiasm and for the arts. 16. A) The Polish people can now spend their leisure time in various ways. B) The Polish people are fond of walking leisurely in the countryside. C) The Polish people enjoy picking wild fruit in their leisure time. 332淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The Polish people like to spend their holidays abroad. Passage There Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) They will be much bigger. B) They will have more seats. C) They will have three wheels. D) They will need intelligent drivers. 18. A) It doesn’t need to be refueled. B) It will use solar energy as fuel. C) It will be driven by electrical power. D) It will be more suitable for long distance travel. 19. A) Passengers in the car may be seated facing on another. B) The front seats will face forward and the back seats backward. C) Special seats will be designed for children. D) More seats will be added. 20. A) Choose the right route. B) Refuel the car regularly. C) Start the engine. D) Tell the computer where to go. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them the re are four choices marked A)，B), C), and D). You should deicide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Many Americans harbour a grossly distorted and exaggerated view of most of the risks surrounding food. Fergus Clydesdale, head of the department of food science and nutrition at the University of Massachusetts-Amherst, says bluntly that if the dangers from bacterially contaminated chicken were as great as some people believe, “the streets would be littered with people lying here and there.” Though the public increasingly demands no-risk food, there is no such thing. Bruce Ames, chairman of the biochemistry department at the University of California, Berkeley, 333淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 points out that up to 10% of a plant’s weight is made up of natural pesticides (杀虫剂). Says he: “Since plants do not have jaws or teeth to protect themselves, they employ chemical warfare.” And many naturally produced chemicals, though occurring in tiny amounts, prove in laboratory tests to be strong carcinogens-a substance which can cause cancer. Mushrooms (磨菇) might be banned if they were judged by the same standards that apply to food additives (添加剂). Declares Christina Stark, a nutritionist at Cornell University: “We’ve got fat worse natural chemicals in the food supply than anything man-made.” Yet the issues are not that simple. While Americans have no reason to be terrified to sit down at the dinner table, they have every reason to demand significant improvements in food and water safety. They unconsciously and unwillingly take in too much of too many dangerous chemicals. If food already contains natural carcinogens, it does not make much sense to add dozens of new man-made ones. Though most people will withstand the small amounts of contaminants generally found in food and water, at least a few individuals will probably get cancer one day be cause of what they eat and drink. To make good food and water supplies even better, the Government needs to tighten its regulatory standards, stiffen its inspection program and strengthen its enforcement policies. The food industry should modify some long-accepted practices or turn to less hazardous alternatives. Perhaps most important, consumers will have to do a better job of learning how to handle and cook food properly. The problems that need to be tackled exist all along the food-supply chain, from fields to processing plants to kitchens. 21. What does the author think of the Americans’ view of their food? A) They overstate the government’s interference with the food industry. B) They are overoptimistic about the safety of their food. C) They overestimate the hazards of their food. D) They overlook the risks of the food they eat. 22. The author considers it impossible to obtain no-risk food because ________. A) no food is free from pollution in the environment B) pesticides are widely used in agriculture C) many vegetables contain dangerous natural chemicals D) almost all foods have additives 23. By saying “they employ chemical warfare” (Line 4, Para. 2), Bruce Ames means “________”. A) plants produce certain chemicals to combat pests and diseases B) plants absorb useful chemicals to promote their growth C) farmers use man-made chemicals to dissolve the natural chemicals in plants 334淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) farmers use chemicals to protect plants against pests and diseases 24. The reduction of the possible hazards in food ultimately depends on ________. A) the government B) the consumer C) the processor D) the grower 25. What is the message the author wants to convey in the passage? A) Eating and drinking have become more hazardous than before. B) Immediate measures must be taken to improve food production and processing. C) Health food is not a dream in modern society. D) There is reason for caution but no cause for alarm with regard to food consumption. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. There are some each phenomena you can count on, but the magnetic field, someday is not of them. It fluctuates in strength, drifts from its axis, and every few 100,000 years undergo, dramatic polarity reversal-a period when North Pole becomes South Pole and South Pole becomes North Pole. But how is the field generated, and why is it so unstable? Groundbreaking research by two French geophysicists promises to shed some light on the mystery. Using 80 metres of deep sea sediment (沉淀物) core, they have obtained measurements lots of magnetic-field intensity that span 11 polarity reversals and four million years. The analysis reveals that intensity appears to fluctuate with a clear, well-defined rhythm. Although the strength of the magnetic field varies irregularly during the short term, there seems to be an inevitable long-term decline preceding each polarity reversal. When the poles flip—a process that takes several hundred thousand years-the magnetic field rapidly regains its strength and the cycle is repeated. The results have caused a stir among geophysicists. The magnetic field is thought to originate from molten (熔化的) iron in the outer core, 3,000 kilometers beneath the earth’s surface. By studying mineral grains found in material ranging from rocks to clay articles, previous researchers have already been able to identify reversals dating back 170 million years, including the most recent switch 730,000 years ago. How and why they occur, however, has been widely debated. Several theories link polarity flips to external disasters such as meteor (陨星) impacts. But Peter Olson, a geophysicist at the Johns Hopkins University in Baltimore, says this is unlikely if the French researchers are right. In fact, Olson says intensity that predictably declines from one reversal to the next contradicts 90 percent of the models currently under study. If the results prove to be valid geophysicists will have a new theory to guide them in their quest to understand the earth’s inner physics. It certainly points the direction for future research. 335淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 26. Which of the following titles is most appropriate to the passage? A) Polarity Reversal: A Fantastic Phenomenon of Nature. B) Measurement of the Earth’s Magnetic-Field Intensity. C) Formation of the Two Poles of the Earth. D) A New Approach to the Study or Geophysics. 27. The word “flip” (Line 6, Para. 2) most probably means “________”. A) decline B) intensify C) fluctuate D) reverse 28. What have the two French geophysicists discovered in their research? A) Some regularity in the changes of the earth’s magnetic field. B) Some causes of the fluctuation of the earth’s magnetic field. C) The origin of the earth’s magnetic field. D) The frequency of polarity reversals. 29. The French geophysicists’ study is different from currently prevailing theories in ________. A) its identification of the origin of the earth’s magnetic field B) the way the earth’s magnetic intensity is measured C) its explanation of the shift in the earth’s polarity D) the way the earth’s fluctuation rhythm is defined 30. In Peter Oslo’s opinion the French experiment ________. A) is likely to direct further research in the inner physics of the earth B) has successfully solved the mystery of polarity reversals C) is certain to help predict external disasters D) has caused great confusion among the world’s geophysicists Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Imagine a world in which there was suddenly no emotion-a world in which human beings could feel no love or happiness, no terror or hate. Try to imagine the consequences of such a transformation. People might not be able to stay alive: knowing neither joy nor pleasure, anxiety nor fear, they would be as likely to repeat acts that hurt them as acts that were beneficial. They could not learn: they could not benefit from experience because this emotionless world would lack rewards and punishments. Society would soon disappear: people would be as likely to harm one another as to 336淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 provide help and support. Human relationships would not exist: in a world without friends or enemies, there could be no marriage, affection among companions, or bonds among members of groups. Society’s economic underpinnings ( 支 柱 ) would be destroyed: since earning $10 million would be no more pleasant than earning $10, there would be no incentive to work. In fact, there would be no incentives of any kind. For as we will see, incentives imply a capacity to enjoy them. In such a world, the chances that the human species would survive are next to zero, because emotions are the basic instrument of our survival and adaptation. Emotions structure the world for us in important ways. As individuals, we categorize objects on the basis of our emotions. True we consider the length, shape, size, or texture, but an object’s physical aspects are less important than what it has done or can do to us—hurt us, surprise us, anger us or make us joyful. We al so use categorizations colored by emotions in our families, communities, and overall society. Out of our emotional experiences with objects and events comes a social feeling of agreement that certain things and actions are good and others are bad, and we apply these categories to every aspect of our social life—from what foods we eat and what clothes we wear to how we keep promises and which people our group will accept. In fact, society exploits our emotional reactions and attitudes, such as loyalty morality, pride shame, guilt, fear and greed, in order to maintain itself It gives high rewards to individuals who perform important tasks such as surgery, makes heroes out of individuals for unusual or dangerous achievements such as flying fighter planes in a war, and uses the legal penal (刑法的) system to make people afraid to engage in antisocial acts. 31. The reason why people might not be able to stay alive in a world without emotion is that ________. A) they would not be able to tell the texture of objects B) they would not know what was beneficial and what was harmful to them C) they would not be happy with a life without love D) they would do things that hurt each other’s feelings 32. According to the passage, people’s learning activities are possible because they ________. A) believe that emotions are fundamental for them to stay alive B) benefit from providing help and support to one another C) enjoy being rewarded for doing the right thing D) know what is vital to the progress of society 33. It can be inferred from the passage that the economic foundation of society is dependent on ________. A) the ability to make money B) the will to work for pleasure 337淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) the capacity to enjoy incentives D) the categorizations of our emotional experiences 34. Emotions are significant for man’s survival and adaptation because ________. A) they provide the means by which people view the size or shape of objects B) they are the basis for the social feeling of agreement by which society is maintained C) they encourage people to perform dangerous achievements D) they generate more love than hate among people 35. The emotional aspects of an object are more important than its physical aspects in that they ________. A) help society exploit its members for profit B) encourage us to perform important tasks C) help to perfect the legal and penal system D) help us adapt our behavior to the world surrounding us Questions 36 to 40 based on the following passage: The Carnegie Foundation report says that many colleges have tried to be “all things to all people”. In doing so, they have increasingly catered to a narrow minded careerism while failing to cultivate a global vision among their students. The current crisis, it contends, does not derive from a legitimate desire to put learning to productive ends. The problem is that in too many academic fields, the work has no context; skills, rather than being means, have become ends. Students are offered a variety of options and allowed to pick their way to a degree. In short, driven by careerism, “the nation’s colleges and universities are more successful in providing credentials (文凭) than in providing a quality education for their students. “The report concludes that the special challenge confronting the undergraduate college is one of shaping an integrated core of common learning. Such a core would introduce students to essential knowledge, to connections across the disciplines, and in the end, to application of knowledge to life beyond the campus. “ Although the key to a good college is a high-quality faculty, the Carnegie study found that most colleges do very little to encourage good teaching. In fact, they do much to undermine it. As one professor observed: “Teaching is important, we are told, and yet faculty know that research and publication matter most.” Not surprisingly, over the last twenty years colleges and universities have failed to graduate half of their four-year degree candidates. Faculty members who dedicated themselves to teaching soon discover that they will not be granted tenure (终身任期), promotion, or substantial salary increases. Yet 70 percent of all faculties say their interests lie more in teaching than in research. Additionally, a frequent complaint among young scholars is that “There is pressure to publish, although there is virtually no interest among administrators or colleagues in the content of the publications.” 338淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 36. When a college tries to be “all things to al people” (Lines 1-2, Para. 1) it aims to ________. A) satisfy the needs of all kinds of students simultaneously B) focus on training students in various skills C) encourage students to take as many courses as possible D) make learning serve academic rather than productive ends 37. By saying that “in too many academic fields, the work has no context” (Lines 4-5, Pare. 1) the author means that the teaching in these areas ________. A) ignores the actual situation B) is not based on the right perspective C) only focuses on an integrated core of common learning D) gives priority to the cultivation of a global vision among students 38. One of the reasons for the current crisis in American colleges and universities is that ________. A) a narrow vocationalism has come to dominate many colleges B) students don’t have enough freedom in choosing what they want to learn C) skills are being taught as a means to an end D) students are only interested in obtaining credentials 39. American colleges and universities failed to graduate half of their four-year degree candidates because ________. A) most of them lack high-quality faculties B) the interests of most faculty members lie in research C) there are not enough incentives for students to study hard D) they attach greater importance to research and publication than to teaching 40. It can be inferred from the passage that high-quality college education calls for ________. A) putting academic work in the proper context B) a commitment to students and effective teaching C) the practice of putting leaning to productive ends D) dedication to research in frontier areas of knowledge Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A)，B), C), and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer 339淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. The Space Age ________ in October 1957 when the first artificial satellite was launched by the Soviet Union. A) initiated B) originated C) embarked D) commenced 42. John said that he didn’t quite ________ and asked me to repeat what I had said. A) snatch up B) summon up C) catch on D) watch out 43. When he tried to make a ________, he found that the hotel that he wanted was completely filled because of a convention. A) complaint B) claim C) reservation D) decision 44. A budget of five dollars a day is totally ________ for a trip round Europe. A) inadequate B) incapable C) incompatible D) invalid 45. In our highly technological society, the number of jobs for unskilled worker is ________. A) shrinking B) obscuring C) altering D) constraining 46. The fire has caused great losses, but the factory tried to ________ the consequences by saying that the damage was not as serious as reported. A) decrease B) subtract 340淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) minimize D) degrade 47. If the world is to remain peaceful the utmost effort must be made by nations to limit local ________. A) collisions B) combats C) contradictions D) conflicts 48. Satellite communications are so up-to-date that even when ________ in the middle of the Pacific, businessmen can contact their offices as if they were next door. A) gliding B) cruising C) piloting D) patrolling 49. In the past ten years skyscrapers have developed ________ in Chicago and New York City. A) homogeneously B) simultaneously C) spontaneously D) harmoniously 50. The court considers a financial ________ to be an appropriate way of punishing him. A) option B) duty C) obligation D) penalty 51. I think that I committed a ________ in asking her because she seemed very ups et by my question. A) blunder B) revenge C) reproach D) scandal 52. Even when textbooks are ________ through a school system, methods of teaching 341淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 may vary greatly. A) commonplace B) standardized C) competitive D) generalized 53. They have always regarded a man of ________ and fairness as a reliable friend. A) robustness B) temperament C) integrity D) compactness 54. All individuals are required to ________ to the laws made by their governments. A) obey B) conform C) concede D) observe 55. The basic causes are unknown, although certain conditions that may lead to cancer have been ________. A) identified B) guaranteed C) notified D) conveyed 56. It is very strange but I had an ________ that the plane would crash. A) inspiration B) intuition C) imagination D) incentive 57. The changing image of the family on television provides ________ into changing attitudes toward the family in society. A) insights B) presentations C) revelations D) specifications 342淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 58. The town planning commission said that their financial outlook for the next year was optimistic. They expect increased tax ________. A) efficiency B) revenues C) privileges D) validity 59. Bill is an example of a severely disabled person who has become ________ at many survival skills. A) proficient B) persistent C) consistent D) sufficient 60. The ties that bind us together in common activity are so ________ that they can disappear at any moment. A) trivial B) fatal C) tentative D) feeble 61. During the construction of skyscrapers, cranes are used to ________ building materials to the upper floors. A) toss B) tow C) hoist D) hurl 62. Diamonds have little ________ value and their price depends almost entirely on their scarcity. A) extinct B) permanent C) surplus D) intrinsic 63. The kitchen was small and ________ so that the disabled could reach everything without difficulty. A) conventional B) compact 343淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) compatible D) concise 64. He will ________ resign in view of the complete failure of the research project. A) doubtfully B) adequately C) presumably D) reasonably 65. The goal is to make higher education available to everyone who is willing and capable ________ his financial situation. A) with respect to B) in accord with C) regardless of D) in terms of 66. The original elections were declared ________ by the former military ruler. A) void B) vulgar C) surplus D) extravagant 67. They stood gazing at the happy ________ of children playing in the park. A) perspective B) view C) landscape D) scene 68. An obvious change of attitude at the top towards women’s status in society will ________ through the current law system in Japan. A) permeate B) probe C) violate D) grope 69. When he realized he had been ________ to sign the contract by intrigue, he threatened to start legal proceedings to cancel the agreement. A) elicited 344淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) excited C) deduced D) induced 70. These areas rely on agriculture almost ________, having few mineral resources and a minimum of industrial development. A) respectively B) extraordinarily C) incredibly D) exclusively Part IV Short Answer Questions (15 minutes) Directions: In this part there is a short passage with five questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete the fewest possible words (not exceeding 10 words). Many parents who welcome the idea of turning off the TV and spending more time with the family are still worried that without TV they would constantly be on call as entertainers for their children. They remember thinking up all sorts of things to do when they were kids. But their own kids seem different, less resourceful, somehow. When there’s nothing to do, these parents observe regretfully, their kids seem unable to come up with any thing to do besides turning on the TV. One father, for example, says. “When I was a kid, we were always thinking up things to do, projects and games. We certainly never complained in an annoying way to our parents, ‘I have nothing to do!’ He compares this with his own children today: “They’re simply lazy. If someone doesn’t entertain them, they’ll happily sit there watching TV all day. “ There is one word for this father’s disappointment: unfair. It is as if he were disappointed in them for not reading Greek though they have never studied the language. He deplores (哀叹) his children’s lack of inventiveness, as if the ability to play were something innate (天生的) that his children are missing. In fact, while the tendency to play is built into the human species, the actual ability to play-to imagine, to invent, to elaborate on reality in a playful way-and the ability to gain fulfillment from it, these are skills that have to learned and developed. Such disappointment, however, is not only unjust, it is also destructive. Sensing their parents’ disappointment, children come to believe that they are, indeed, lacking something, and that this makes them less worthy of admiration and respect. Giving children the opportunity to develop new resources, to enlarge their horizons and discover the pleasures of doing things on their own is, on the other hand, a way to help children develop a confident feeling about themselves as capable and interesting people. Questions: (注意: 答题尽量简短，超过10个词要扣分，每条横线限定一个英语 单词，标点符号不占格。) 345淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S1. According to many parents, without TV, their children would like them to ________. S2. Many parents think that, instead of watching a lot of TV, their children should ________. S3. The father often blames his children for not being able to entertain themselves. This is unfair because they ________. S4. When parents show constant disappointment in their children, the destructive effect is that the children will ________. S5. Developing children’s self-confidence helps bring them up to be ________. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: Don’t Hesitate to Say “No”. You should write at least 120 words and you should base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 别人请求帮助时，在什么情况下我们会说“不”。 2. 为什么有些人在该说“不”的时候不说“不”。 3. 该说“不”时不说“不”的坏处。 Don’t Hesitate to Say “No” 346淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年1月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. B 2. C 3. B 4. D 5. A 6. B 7. D 8. A 9. C 10. C 11. C 12. B 13. D 14. B 15. D 16. A 17. C 18. C 19. A 20. D Part II Reading Comprehension 21. C 22. C 23. A 24. B 25. D 26. D 27. D 28. A 29. C 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. C 34. B 35. D 36. C 37. B 38. A 39. D 40. B Part III Vocabulary Structure 41. D 42. C 43. C 44. A 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. B 49. B 50. D 51. A 52. B 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. B 57. A 58. B 59. A 60. D 61. C 62. D 63. B 64. C 65. C 66. A 67. D 68. A 69. D 70. D Part IV short Answer Questions S1. themselves (play with them) S2. think up things to do S3. have to learn and develop their playing abilities gradually S4. lose their confidence and respectability S5. capable and interesting people 347淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年1月听力原文 Section A 1. M: Congratulations. You certainly did quite well and I must say you deserve that grade. W: Well, I really studied hard for that exam I’ve been preparing for it for more than a month. Now, I can relax for a while. Q: Why is the woman so happy? 2. M: It’s hard to believe that Susan has already finished her homework. W: Well, she copied Jack’s homework and made a few changes. Q: What does the woman say about Susan? 3. W: Mr. Johnson, have you heard the morning news report? Mill has resigned his post as Prime Minister. M: I didn’t turn on the radio this morning, but I did see the headlines. If you remember, he threatened to leave the office at the last cabinet meeting. Q: How did Mr. Johnson learn that the Prime Minister has resigned? 4. M: If you are in hurry, you can take the subway. If you want to go sightseeing, take a bus. W: Actually, I don’t have to be at the conference before noon. Q: What will the woman probably do? 5. W: How did your interview go? M: I couldn’t feel better about it. The questions were very fair and I seemed to find answers for all them. Q: How does the man feel about the interview? 6. W: I’m very impressed by all the work you’ve done on your house. Mr. Miller, How long have you been working on it? M: I first became interested in doing things myself several years ago. I’ve been doing something on it every now and then for almost a year now. You know, I couldn’t afford to pay workmen to do it. Q: What do we learn about Mr. Miller? 7. W: I just made a jar of jam this morning and now I can’t find it any where. Do you know what happened to it? M: Did you hear a crash, that was it, I’m just as clumsy as ever. 348淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: What is the problem? 8. W: I read in the newspaper that the novel you are reading is excellent. M: I’ve also read some negative reviews. Q: What can be learned from the conversation? 9. W: John told me he had got a second-hand car, do you know how much he paid for it? M: Well, he said he paid 800 dollars for it. I think he got a real bargain. Q: What does the man think of the price of the car? 10. M: Hello, this is doctor Marita from the emergency department. I have a 70-year- old patient with a fractured ankle. W: OK, send him toward 3. Q: What are they talking about on the phone? Section B Passage One Most people have had a dog or wanted one as their companion at some time in their lives. If you are thinking of buying a dog, however, you should first decide what sort of companion you need and whether the dog is likely to be happy in the surroundings you can provide. Specialist advice is available to help you choose the most suitable breed of dog. But in part, the decision depends on common sense. Most breeds were originally developed to perform specific tasks. So, if you want a dog to protect you or your house, for example, you should choose a breed that has the right size and characteristics You must also be ready to devote a good deal of time to train the dog when it is young and give it the exercise it needs to throughout its life, unless live in the country and can let it run freely. Dogs are demanding pets. Whereas cats identify with the house and so are content if their place there is secure a dog identifies with its master and consequently wants him to show proof of his affection. The best time to buy a baby-dog is when it is between 6 and 8 weeks old so that it can transfer its affection from its mother to its master. If baby dogs have not established a relationship with the human being until they are over three months old, their strong relationship will always be with dogs. They are likely to be too shy when they are brought out into the world to become good pets. 11. What’s mentioned as a consideration in buying a dog? 12. Why does the speaker say a dog is a more demanding pet than a cat? 13. Why is advised to buy baby dogs under three months old? 349淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Two People in Poland take their pleasure seriously. They like to have an aim even when spending the time which is entirely their own. During the summer, people start work very early in the morning so that they can finish early and enjoy a leisurely afternoon. It is difficult to imagine Polish people going aimlessly for a walk in the country, though they might go to pick wild fruit, to visit a place of historical importance or to walk 20 KM as a training exercise. They are often admired for their immense enjoyment of the arts. All parks are beautifully cared and are for the use and enjoyment of the people. Quite ordinary people will talk with obvious delight about concerts. There is nearly always a crowd at the door of the theatre, asking for returned tickets. People in Poland now have far more leisure time and more money than ever before. It is therefore possible to spend the weekends in many new ways. Many people now have over 20 days holiday a year. This provides an opportunity for holidays in the country or at the seaside. 14. What is special about the Polish way of spending leisure time? 15. For what does the author admire the Polish people? 16. What do we learn from the passage? Passage Three What kind of car will we be driving by the year 2010? Rather different from the type we know today. With the next decade bringing greater change than the past 50 years, the people who will be designing the models of tomorrow believe that environmental problems may well accelerate the pace of the car’s development. The vision is that of a machine with 3 wheels instead of 4， electrically-powered environmentally clean and able to drive itself along intelligent roads, equipped with built-in power supplies. Future cars will pick up the fuel during long journeys from a power source built into the road, or stored in small quantities for travelling in the city. Instead of today’s seating arrangement two in front, two or three behind, all facing forward, the 2010 car will have an interior with adults and children in a family circle. This view of future car based on a much more sophisticated road system. Cars will be automatically controlled by a computer. All the driver will have to do is say where to go and the computer will do the rest. It will become impossible for cars to crash into one another. The technology already exists for the car to become a true automobile. 17. What is the designer’s vision of the cars of tomorrow? 18. What else does the passage tell us about the future car? 19. What is the seating arrangement for future cars? 20. What is the only thing the driver of the future car has to do? 350淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the center. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) The man attended the concert, but didn’t like it. B) The man was sorry to miss the football game. C) The man is more interested in football than in classical music. D) The man was sorry that he didn’t attend the concert. 2. A) Singing loudly. B) Listening to music. C) Studying. D) Talking on the phone. 3. A) She can’t receive any calls. B) She can’t make any calls. C) She can do nothing with the phone. D) She can’t repair the phone. 351淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A) Tom is very responsible. B) Tom’s words aren’t reliable. C) What Tom said is true. D) Tom is not humorous at all. 5. A) How to use a camera. B) How to use a washer. C) How to use a keyboard. D) How to use a tape recorder. 6. A) They should put the meeting to an end. B) They should hold another meeting to discuss the matter. C) She would like to discuss another item. D) She wants to discuss the issue again later. 7. A) He believes the Browns have done a sensible thing. B) He doesn’t think the Browns should move to another place. C) He doesn’t think the Browns’ investment is a wise move. D) He believes it is better for the Browns to invest later. 8. A) He may convert it and use it as a restaurant. B) He may pull it down and build a new restaurant. C) He may rent it out for use as a restaurant. D) He may sell it to the owner of a restaurant. 9. A) She doesn’t like the way the professor lectures. B) She’s having a hard time following the professor’s lectures. C) She is not interested in course. D) She’s having difficulty with the heavy reading assignments. 10. A) He never keeps his promises. B) He is crazy about parties. C) He has changed his mind. D) He is not sociable. Section B Compound Dictation 注意: 听力理解的B节(Section B)为复合式听写(Compound Dictation)，题目在卷 二上。现在请取出试卷二。 352淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage tree times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. Then listen to the passage again. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered S8 to S10 you are required to fill in missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. President Clinton later today joins (S1) ________ presidents Ford, Carter and Bush at “the president’s summit for America’s future” (S2) ________ at recruiting one million volunteer tutors to provide after-school, weekend and summer reading help for up to three million children. Mr. Clinton will ask Congress this coming week for nearly three (S3) ________ dollars to fund a five-year program called “America Reads”. The program would fund the (S4) ________ efforts of 20 thousand reading (S5) ________ and it would also give (S6) ________ to help parents help children read by the third grade, or about age eight. During his Saturday radio (S7) ________, the president explained why the program is important. “We need ‘America Reads’ and we need it now. Studies show that if the fourth-graders fail to read well, (S8) ________. But, 40 percent of them still can’t read at a basic level.” Volunteer tutors, who provide community service in exchange for college funding, are being used in literacy and tutoring programs. (S9) ________. The president says many of the Philadelphia summit’s corporate sponsors will recruit tutors. (S10) ________. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Questions 11 to 15 are based on the following passage. We sometimes think humans are uniquely vulnerable to anxiety, but stress seems to affect the immune defenses of lower animals too. In one experiment, for example, behavioral immunologist (免疫学家) Mark Laudenslager, at the University of Denver, gave mild electric shocks to 24 rats. Half the animals could switch off the current by turning a wheel in their enclosure, while the other half could mot. The rats in the two groups were paired so that each time one rat turned the wheel it protected both itself and its helpless partner from the shock. Laudenslager found that the immune response was depressed below normal in the helpless rats but not in those that could turn off the electricity. What he has demonstrated, he believes, is that lack of control over an event, not the experience itself, is what weakens the immune system. Other researchers agree. Jay Weiss, a psychologist at Duke University School of 353淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Medicine, has shown that animals who are allowed to control unpleasant stimuli don’t develop sleep disturbances or changes in brain chemistry typical of stressed rats. But if the animals are confronted with situations they have no control over, they later behave passively when faced with experiences they can control. Such findings reinforce psychologists’ suspicions that the experience or perception of helplessness is one of the most harmful factors in depression. One of the most startling examples of how the mind can alter the immune response was discovered by chance. In 1975 psychologist Robert Ader at the University of Rochester School of Medicine conditioned (使形成条件反射) mice to avoid saccharin (糖精) by simultaneously feeding them the sweetener and injecting them with a drug that while suppressing their immune systems caused stomach upsets. Associating the saccharin with the stomach pains, the mice quickly learned to avoid the sweetener. In order to extinguish this dislike for the sweetener, Ader reexposed the animals to saccharin, this time without the drug, and was astonished to find that those mice that had received the highest amounts of sweetener during their earlier conditioning died. He could only speculate that he had so successfully conditioned the rats that saccharin alone now served to weaken their immune systems enough to kill them. 11. Laudenslager’s experiment showed that the immune system of those rats who could turn off the electricity ________. A) was strengthened B) was not affected C) was altered D) was weakened 12. According to the passage, the experience of helplessness causes rats to ________. A) try to control unpleasant stimuli B) turn off the electricity C) behave passively in controllable situations D) become abnormally suspicious 13. The reason why the mice in Ader’s experiment avoided saccharin was that ________. A) they disliked its taste B) it affected their immune systems C) it led to stomach pains D) they associated it with stomachaches 14. The passage tells us that the most probable reason for the death of the mice in Ader’s experiment was that ________. A) they had been weakened psychologically by the saccharin 354淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) the sweetener was poisonous to them C) their immune systems had been altered by the mind D) they had taken too much sweetener during earlier conditioning 15. It can be concluded from the passage that the immune systems of animals ________. A) can be weakened by conditioning B) can be suppressed by drug injections C) can be affected by frequent doses of saccharin D) can be altered by electric shocks Questions 16 to 20 are based on the following passage. The destruction of our natural resources and contamination of our food supply continue occur, largely because of the extreme difficulty in affixing (把…固定) legal responsibility on those who continue to treat our environment with reckless abandon (放任). Attempts to prevent pollution by legislation, economic incentives and friendly persuasion have been net by lawsuits, personal and industrial denial and long delays— not only in accepting responsibility, but more importantly, in doing something about it. It seems that only when government decides it can afford tax incentives or production sacrifices is there any initiative for change. Where is industry’s and our recognition that protecting mankind’s great treasure is the single most important responsibility? If ever there will be time for environmental health professionals to come to the frontlines and provide leadership to solve environmental problems, that time is now. We are being asked, and, in fact, the public is demanding that we take positive action. It is our responsibility as professionals in environmental health to make the difference. Yes, the ecologists, the environmental activists and the conservationists serve to communicate, stimulate thinking and promote behavioral change. However, it is those of us who are paid to make the decisions to develop, improve and enforce environmental standards, I submit, who must lead the charge. We must recognize that environmental health issues do not stop at city limits, county lines, state or even federal boundaries. We can no longer afford to be tunnel- visioned in our approach. We must visualize issues from every perspective to make the objective decisions. We must express our views clearly to prevent media distortion and public confusion. I believe we have a three-part mission for the present. First, we must continue to press for improvements in the quality of life that people can make for themselves. Second, we must investigate and understand the link between environment and health. Third, we must be able to communicate technical information in a form that citizens can understand. If we can accomplish these three goals in this decade, maybe we can finally stop environmental degradation, and not merely hold it back. We will then be able to spend pollution dollars truly on prevention rather than on bandages. 355淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 16. We can infer from the first two paragraphs that the industrialists disregard environmental protection chiefly because ________. A) they are unaware of the consequences of what they are doing B) they are reluctant to sacrifice their own economic interests C) time has not yet come for them to put due emphasis on it D) it is difficult for them to take effective measures 17. The main task now facing ecologists, environmental activists and conservationists is ________. A) to prevent pollution by legislation, economic incentives and persuasion B) to arouse public awareness of the importance of environmental protection C) to take radical measures to control environmental pollution D) to improve the quality of life by enforcing environmental standards 18. The word “tunnel-visioned (Line 2, Para. 4) most probably means “________”. A) narrow-minded B) blind to the facts C) short-sighted D) able to see only one aspect 19. Which of the following, according to the author, should play the leading role in the solution of environmental problems? A) Legislation and government intervention. B) The industry’s understanding and support. C) The efforts of environmental health professionals. D) The cooperation of ecologists, environmental activists and conservationists. 20. Which of the following is true according to the last paragraph? A) Efforts should be exerted on pollution prevention instead of on remedial measures. B) More money should be spent in order to stop pollution. C) Ordinary citizens have no access to technical information on pollution. D) Environmental degradation will be stopped by the end of this decade. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. British universities, groaning under the burden of a huge increase in student numbers, are warning that the tradition of a free education is at risk. The universities have threatened to impose an admission fee on students to plug a gap in revenue if the government does not act to improve their finances and scrap some public spending 356淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 cutbacks. The government responded to the universities’ threat by setting up the most fundamental review of higher education for a generation, under a non-party troubleshooter (调停人)，Sir Ron Dearing. One in three school-leavers enters higher education, five times the number when the last review took place thirty years ago. Everyone agrees a system that is feeling the strain after rapid expansion needs a lot more money-but there is little hope of getting it from the taxpayer and not much scope for attracting more finance from business. Most colleges believe students should contribute to tuition costs, something that is common elsewhere in the world but would mark a revolutionary change in Britain. Universities want the government to introduce a loan scheme for tuition fees and have suspended their own threatened action for now. They await Dearing’s advice, hoping it will not be too late-some are already reported to be in financial difficulty. As the century nears its end, the whole concept of what a university should be is under the microscope. Experts ponder how much they can use computers instead of classrooms, talk of the need for lifelong learning and refer to students as “consumers.” The Confederation (联盟) of British Industry, the key employers’ organization, wants even more expansion in higher education to help fight competition on world markets from booming Asian economies. But the government has doubts about more expansion. The Times newspaper egress, complaining that quality has suffered as student numbers soared, with close tutorial supervision giving way to “mass production methods more typical of European universities.” 21. The chief concern of British universities is ________. A) how to tackle their present financial difficulty B) how to expand the enrollment to meet the needs of enterprises C) how to improve their educational technology D) how to put an end to the current tendency of quality deterioration 22. We can learn from the passage that in Britain ________. A) the government pays dearly for its financial policy B) universities are mainly funded by businesses C) higher education is provided free of charge D) students are ready to accept loan schemes for tuition 23. What was the percentage of high school graduates admitted to universities in Britain thirty years ago? A) 20% or so. B) About 15%. 357淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Above 30%. D) Below 10%. 24. It can be inferred from the passage that ________. A) the British government will be forced to increase its spending on higher education B) British employers demand an expansion in enrollment at the expense of quality C) the best way out for British universities is to follow their European counterparts D) British students will probably have to pay for their higher education in the near future 25. Which of the following is the viewpoint of the Times newspaper? A) Expansion in enrollment is bound to affect the quality of British higher education. B) British universities should expand their enrollment to meet the needs of industry. C) European universities can better meet the needs of the modern world. D) British universities should help fight competition on world markets. Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage: There’s simple premise behind what Larry Myers does for a living: If you can smell it, you can find it. Myers is the founder of Auburn University’s Institute for Biological Detection Systems, the main task of which is to chase the ultimate in detection devices—an artificial nose. For now, the subject of their research is little more than a stack of gleaming chips tucked away in a laboratory drawer. But soon, such a tool could be hanging from the belts of police, arson (纵火) investigators and food-safety inspectors. The technology that they are working in would suggest quite reasonably that, within three to five years, we’ll have some workable sensors ready to use. Such devices might find wide use in places that attract terrorists. Police could detect drugs, bodies and bombs hidden in cars, while food inspectors could easily test food and water for contamination. The implications for revolutionary advances in public safety and the food industry are astonishing. But so, too, are the possibilities for abuse; Such machines could determine whether a woman is ovulating (排卵), without a physical exam-or even her knowledge. One of the traditional protectors of American liberty is that is has been impossible to search everyone. That’s getting not to be the case. Artificial biosensors created at Auburn work totally differently from anything ever seen before. Aroma Scan, for example, is a desktop machine based on a bank of chips sensitive to specific chemicals that evaporate into the air. As air is sucked into the 358淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 machine, chemicals pass over the sensor surfaces and produce changes in the electrical current flowing through them. Those current changes are logged into a computer that sorts out odors based on their electrical signatures. Myers says they expect to load a single fingernail-size chip with thousands of odor receptors (感受器)， enough to create a sensor that’s nearly as sensitive as a dog’s nose. 26. Which of the following is within the capacity of the artificial nose being developed? A) Performing physical examinations. B) Locating places which attract terrorists. C) Detecting drugs and water contamination. D) Monitoring food processing. 27. A potential problem which might be caused by the use of an artificial nose is ________. A) negligence of public safety B) an abuse of personal freedom C) a hazard to physical health D) a threat to individual privacy 28. The word “logged“ (Line 5, Para. 7) most probably means”________ “. A) preset B) entered C) processed D) simulated 29. To produce artificial noses for practical use, it is essential ________. A) to develop microchips with thousands of odor receptors B) to invent chips sensitive to various chemicals C) to design a computer program to sort out smells D) to find chemicals that can alter the electrical current passing through 30. The author’s attitude towards Larry Myers’ works is ________. A) cautious B) approving C) suspicious D) overenthusiastic Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) 359淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 31. When people are asked what kind of housing they need or want, the question ________ a variety of answers. A) defies B) magnifies C) mediates D) evokes 32. If you want to set up a company, you must ________ with the regulations laid down by the authorities. A) comply B) adhere C) confirm D) accord 33. Although there are occasional outbreaks of gunfire, we can report that the rebellion has in the main been ________. A) canceled B) destroyed C) suppressed D) restrained 34. Since the two countries couldn’t ________ their differences, they decided to stop their negotiations. A) rectify B) oblige C) reconcile D) obscure 35. The presidential candidate ________ his position by winning several primary elections. A) enforced B) enriched C) intensified D) consolidated 360淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 36. The fuel of the continental missile is supposed to be ________ by this device. A) ignited B) lighted C) fired D) inspired 37. Mike just discovered that his passport had ________ three months ago. A) abolished B) expired C) amended D) constrained 38. Frankly speaking, your article is very good except for some ________ mistakes in grammar. A) obscure B) glaring C) trivial D) rare 39. There was once an ________ idea that the earth was flat and motionless. A) absurd B) intrinsic C) eternal D) offensive 40. Certain species disappeared or became ________ as new forms arose that were better adapted to the Earth’s changing environment. A) feeble B) extinct C) massive D) extinguished 41. His ________ directions confused us; we did not know which of the two roads to take. A) ambiguous B) complicated C) arbitrary D) intricate 361淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42. Franklin D. Roosevelt argued that the depression stemmed from the American economy’s ________ flaws. A) underlining B) vulnerable C) vulgar D) underlying 43. Some studies confirmed that this kind of eye disease was ________ in tropical countries. A) prospective B) prevalent C) provocative D) perpetual 44. I am afraid that you have to alter your ________ views in light of the tragic news that has just arrived. A) indifferent B) distressing C) optimistic D) pessimistic 45. Although he has had no formal education, he is one of the ________ businessmen in the company. A) shrewdest B) sternest C) nastiest D) alertest 46. Stop shouting! I can’t hear the football ________. A) judgment B) interpretation C) commentary D) explanation 47. The cultures of China and Japan hare shared many features, but each has used them according to its national ________. A) engagement B) destiny 362淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) capacity D) temperament 48. Every member of society has to make a ________ to struggle for the freedom of the country. A) pledge B) warranty C) resolve D) guarantee 49. I was deeply impressed by the hostess’ ________ and enjoyed the dinner party very much. A) hostility B) indignation C) hospitality D) humanity 50. David tends to feel useless and unwanted in a society that gives so much ________ to those who compete well. A) prestige B) regime C) superiority D) legislation 51. As you have seen, the values of a nation’s currency is a ________ of its economy. A) reaction B) refection C) response D) revelation 52. In the Spring Export Commodities Fair the ________ of fine china attracted much attention of customers from all over the world. A) succession B) array C) string D) procession 53. We should make a clear ________ between the two scientific terms for the purpose of our discussion. 363淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) separation B) discrimination C) deviation D) distinction 54. The terrorists might have planted a bomb on a plane in Athens, set to ________ when it arrived in New York. A) go off B) get off C) come off D) carry off 55. We should be able to do the job for you quickly, ________ you give us all the necessary information. A) in case B) provided that C) or else D) as if 56. The younger person’s attraction to stereos cannot be explained only ________ familiarity with technology. A) in quest of B) by means of C) in terms of D) by virtue of 57. Attempts to persuade her to stay after she felt insulted were ________. A) in no way B) on the contrary C) at a loss D) of no avail 58. By signing the lease we made a ________ to pay a rent of $ 150 a week. A) conception B) commission C) commitment D) confinement 364淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 59. To prevent flooding in winter the water flowing from the dam is constantly ________ by a computer. A) graded B) managed C) conducted D) monitored 60. Many people think of deserts as ________ regions, but numerous species of plants and animals have adapted to life there. A) virgin B) barren C) void D) wretched Part IV Cloze (15 minutes) Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Most people who travel long distances complain of jetlag (喷气飞行时差反应). Jetlag makes business travelers less productive and more prone __61__ making mistakes. It is actually caused by __62__ of your “body clock”-a small cluster of brain cells that controls the timing of biological __63__. The body clock is designed for a __64__ rhythm of daylight and darkness, so that it is thrown out of balance when it __65__ daylight and darkness at the wrong times in a new time zone. The __66__ of jetlag often persist for days __67__ the internal body clock slowly adjusts to the new time zone Now a new anti-jetlag system is __68__ that is based on proven __69__ pioneering scientific research. Dr. Martin Moore-Ede has __70__ a practical strategy to adjust the body clock much sooner to the new time zone __71__ controlled exposure to bright light, The time zone shift is easy to accomplish and eliminates __72__ of the discomfort of jetlag. A successful time zone shift depends on knowing the exact time to either __73__ or avoid bright light. Exposure to light at the wrong time can actually make jetlag worse. The proper schedule __74__ light exposure depends a great deal on __75__ travel plans. Data on a specific flight itinerary (旅行路线) and the individual’s sleep __76__ are used to produce a Trip Guide with __77__ on exactly when to be exposed to bright light. When the Trip Guide calls __78__ bright light you should spend time outdoors if possible. If it is dark out-side, or the weather is bad, __79__ you are on an aeroplane, you can use a special light device to provide the necessary light __80__ for a range of activities such as reading, watching TV or working. 365淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 61. A) for B) from C) to D) of 62. A) rupture B) corruption C) eruption D) disruption 63. A) actions B) functions C) reflection D) behavior 64. A) regular B) formal C) continual D) circular 65. A) retains B) encounters C) possesses D) experiences 66. A) diseases B) symptoms C) signs D) defects 67. A) while B) whereas C) if D) although 68. A) adaptable B) approachable C) available 366淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) agreeable 69. A) broad B) inclusive C) tentative D) extensive 70. A) devised B) recognized C) scrutinized D) visualized 71. A) at B) through C) in D) as 72. A) most B) least C) little D) more 73. A) attain B) shed C) retrieve D) seek 74. A) on B) with C) for D) in 75. A) unique B) specific C) complicated D) peculiar 76. A) norm B) mode 367淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) pattern D) style 77. A) directories B) instructions C) specifications D) commentaries 78. A) off B) on C) for D) up 79. A) or B) and C) but D) while 80. A) agitation B) spur C) acceleration D) stimulus 试卷二 Part VI Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: Reading Selectively Or Extensively? You should write at least 120 words, and base you composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 有人认为读书要有选择。 2. 有人认为应当博览群书。 3. 我的看法。 368淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年6月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. C 2. B 3. A 4. B 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. C S1. former S2. aimed S3. billion S4. coordination S5. specialists S6. grants S7. address S8. They are likely to drop off school, and less likely to succeed in life. S9. The program, initiated by President Clinton, has come on the criticism by Congress. S10. Dozen of colleges and Universities are prepared to send thousands of their students in support of the Program. Part II Reading Comprehension 11. B 12. C 13. D 14. C 15. A 16. B 17. B 18. D 19. C 20. C 21. A 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. B 29. A 30. B Part III Vocabulary 31. D 32. A 33. C 34. C 35. D 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. B 369淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. A 42. D 43. B 44. C 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. A 49. C 50. A 51. B 52. B 53. D 54. A 55. B 56. C 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. B Part IV Cloze 61. C 62. D 63. B 64. A 65. B 66. D 67. A 68. C 69. D 70. A 71. B 72. A 73. D 74. C 75. B 76. C 77. B 78. C 79. A 80. D Part V Writing Reading electively or extensively? Knowledge is power. Everybody knows it. The main way for us students to gain knowledge is from the books. So some students argue that we should read extensively in order to know something about everything, thus broadening our knowledge and enriching experience. As books are of different kinds and have different content, so some students argue that we should read selectively, that is to read those book which are of benefits both to our mind and body and dismiss those which are of no good to us. As far as I am concerned, I think we should selectively do extensive reading. Knowledge is limitless while life is short. So we should make full use of our time to do the most effective reading and make the greatest to our motherland. 370淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1999年6月听力原文 Section A 1. W: It’s a pity you missed the concert yesterday evening. It was wonderful! M: I didn’t want to miss the football game. Well, I’m not a classical music fan anyway. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 2. W: Hey! If you can’t enjoy that at a sensible volume, please use earphones. I’m trying study. M: Oh! I’m sorry. I didn’t realize it was bothering you. Q: What is the man probably doing? 3. M: Can I help you, Ms? W: Yes, I bought this telephone last week, and it works all right with out-going calls, but it doesn’t ring for the incoming ones. Q: What’s the problem with the woman’s telephone? 4. W: I thought Tom said he got A’s in all his tests. M: Mary, you should know better than to take Tom’s words too seriously. Q: What does the man imply? 5. W: Can you show me how to use this, John? M: It is fully automatic. All you have to do is focus on the scene and press the button here. Q: What are they talking about? 6. M: I think we should move on to the next item. W: Ok. But I’d like to take this matter up again at the end of the meeting. Q: What does the woman imply? 7. W: You know, the Browns have invested all their money in stocks. M: They may think that’s a wise move, but that’s the last thing I’d do. Q: What’s the man’s opinion about the Browns’ investment? 8. M: What is Mr. Peterson going to do with his old house on London Road? Rent it or sell it? W: I heard he is thinking of turning it into a restaurant, which isn’t a bad idea, because it’s still a solid building. 371淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: What will Mr. Peterson do with his old house? 9. M: How do you like Professor Bachman’s course on the History of Philosophy? He is a distinguished scholar on that subject. W: He is a great teacher. But I’m having a hard time with the reading list. I feel I can’t ever finish it. Q: What problem does the woman have with the course? 10. W: Robert wants to know if he can go with us to the party. M: That’s odd. This morning he said he wanted to go by himself. Q: What do we learn about Robert? 372淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During (he pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line trough the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) To cancel his trip. B) To go to bed early. C) To catch a later flight. D) To ask for a wake-up call. 2. A) They have different opinions as to what to do next. B) They have to pay for the house by installments. C) They will fix a telephone in the bathroom. D) The man’s attitude is more sensible than the woman’s. 3. A) She will save the stamps for the man’s sister. B) She will no longer get letters from Canada. C) She can’t give the stamps to the man’s sister. 373淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) She has given the stamps to the man’s roommates. 4. A) Visiting the Brownings. B) Writing a postcard. C) Looking for a postcard. D) Filling in a form. 5. A) The man should work with somebody else. B) The man should meet his partner’s needs. C) They should come to a compromise. D) They should find a better lab for the project. 6. A) She can’t finish her assignment, either. B) She can’t afford a computer right now. C) The man can use her computer. D) The man should buy a computer right away. 7. A) The visiting economist has given several lectures. B) The guest lecturer’s opinion is different from Dr. Johnson’s. C) Dr. Johnson and the guest speaker were schoolmates. D) Dr. Johnson invited the economist to visit their college. 8. A) She’s never watched a better game. B) Football is-her favorite pastime. C) The game has been canceled. D) Their team played very badly. 9. A) The man should stick to what he’s doing. B) The man should take up a new hobby. C) The man should stop playing tennis. D) The man should find the cause for his failure. 10. A) An invented story. B) A real life experience. C) An imaginary situation. D) A terrible nightmare. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 374淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage 1 Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) The name of a German town; B) A resident of Frankfurt. C) A kind of German sausage. D) A kind of German bread. 12. A) He sold fast food. B) He raised dogs. C) He was A cook. D) He was a Cartoonist. 13. A) Because the Americans found they were from Germany. B) Because people thought they contained dog meat. C) Because people had to get used to their taste. D) Because it was too hot to eat right away. Passage 2 Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) They give out faint cries. B) They make noises to drive away insects. C) They extend their water pipes. D) They become elastic like rubber bands. 15. A) Quiet plants. B) Well-watered plants. C) Healthy plants. D) Thirsty plants. 16. A) They could drive the insects away. B) They could keep the plants well-watered. 375淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) They could make the plants grow faster. D) They could build devices to trap insects. Passage 3 Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) To look for a different lifestyle. B) To enjoy themselves. C) For adventure. D) For education. 18. A) There are 200 vehicles for every kilometer of roadway. B) It has a dense population. C) There are many museums and palaces. D) It has many towering buildings. 19. A) It is a city of contrasts. B) It possesses many historical sites. C) It is an important industrial center. D) It has many big and beautiful parks. 20. A) It helps develop our personalities. B) It enables us to acquire first-hand knowledge. C) It makes our life more interesting. D) It brings about changes in our lifestyle. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line trough the centre. Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. In the world of entertainment, TV talk shows have undoubtedly flooded every inch of space on daytime television. And anyone who watches them regularly knows that each one varies in style and format. But no two shows are more profoundly opposite in content, while at the same time standing out above the rest, than the Jerry Springer and the Oprah Winfrey shows. Jerry Springer could easily be considered the king of “trash talk (废话)”. The topics on his show are as shocking as shocking can be. For example, the show takes the ever- 376淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 common talk show themes of love, sex, cheating, guilt, hate, conflict and morality to a different level. Clearly, the Jerry Springer show is a display and exploitation of society’s moral catastrophes (灾难), yet people are willing to eat up the intriguing predicaments (困境) of other people’s lives. Like Jerry Springer, Oprah Winfrey takes TV talk show to its extreme, but Oprah goes in the opposite direction. The show focuses on the improvement of society and an individual’s quality of life. Topics range from teaching your children responsibility, managing your work week, to getting to know your neighbors. Compared to Oprah, the Jerry Springer show looks like poisonous waste being dumped on society. Jerry ends every show with a “final word”. He makes a small speech that sums up the entire moral of the show. Hopefully, this is the part where most people will learn something very valuable. Clean as it is, the Oprah show is not for everyone. The show’s main target audiences are middle-class Americans. Most of these people have the time, money, and stability to deal with life’s tougher problems. Jerry Springer, on the other hand, has more of an association with the young adults of society. These are 18-to 21-year-olds whose main troubles in life involve love, relationship, sex, money and peers. They are the ones who see some value and lessons to be learned underneath the show’s exploitation. While the two shows are as different as night and day, both have ruled the talk show circuit for many years now. Each one caters to a different audience while both have a strong following from large groups of fans. Ironically, both could also be considered pioneers in the talk show world. 21. Compared with other TV talk shows, both the Jerry Springer and the Oprah Winfrey are ________. A) more family-oriented B) unusually popular C) more profound D) relatively formal 22. Though the social problems Jerry Springer talks about appear distasteful, the audience ________. A) remain fascinated by them B) are ready to face up to them C) remain indifferent to them D) are willing to get involved in them 23. Which of the following is likely to be a topic of the Oprah Winfrey show? A) A new type of robot. B) Racist hatred. 377淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Family budget planning. D) Street violence. 24. Despite their different approaches, the two talk shows are both ________. A) ironical B) sensitive C) instructive D) cynical 25. We can learn from the passage that the two talk shows ________. A) have monopolized the talk show circuit B) exploit the weaknesses in human nature C) appear at different times of the day D) are targeted at different audiences Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. To understand the marketing concept, it is only necessary to understand the difference between marketing and selling. Not too many years ago, most industries concentrated primarily on the efficient production of goods, and then relied on “persuasive salesmanship” to move as much of these goods as possible. Such production and selling focuses on the needs of the seller to produce goods and then convert them into money. Marketing, on the other hand, focuses on the wants of consumers. It begins with first analyzing the preferences and demands of consumers and then producing goods that will satisfy them. This eye-on-the-consumer approach is known as the marketing concept, which simply means that instead of trying to sell whatever is easiest to produce or buy for resale, the makers and dealers first endeavor to find out what the consumer wants to buy and then go about making it available for purchase. This concept does not imply that business is benevolent (慈善的) or that consumer satisfaction is given priority over profit in a company. There are always two sides to every business transaction-the firm and the customer-and each must be satisfied before trade occurs. Successful merchants and producers, however, recognize that the surest route to profit is through understanding and catering to customers. A striking example of the importance of catering to the consumer presented itself in mid-1985, when Coca Cola changed the flavor of its drink. The non-acceptance of the new flavor by a significant portion of the public brought about a prompt restoration of the Classic Coke, which was then marketed alongside the new. King Customer ruled! 26. The marketing concept discussed in the passage is, in essence, ________. A) the practice of turning goods into money B) making goods available for purchase 378淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) the customer-centred approach D) a form of persuasive salesmanship 27. What was the main concern of industrialists before the marketing concept was widely accepted? A) The needs of the market. B) The efficiency of production. C) The satisfaction of the user. D) The preferences of the dealer. 28. According to the passage, “to move as much of these goods as possible” (Lines 3-4, Para. 1) means “________”. A) to sell the largest possible amount of goods B) to transport goods as efficiently as possible C) to dispose of these goods in large quantities D) to redesign these goods for large-scale production 29. What does the restoration of the Classic Coke best illustrate? A) Traditional goods have a stronger appeal to the majority of people. B) It takes time for a new product to be accepted by the public. C) Consumers with conservative tastes are often difficult to please. D) Products must be designed to suit the taste of the consumer. 30. In discussing the marketing concept, the author focuses on ________. A) its main characteristic B) its social impact C) its possible consequence D) its theoretical basis Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Conventional wisdom about conflict seems pretty much cut and dried. Too little conflict breeds apathy (冷漠) and stagnation (呆滞). Too much conflict leads to divisiveness ( 分 裂 ) and hostility. Moderate levels of conflict, however, can spark creativity and motivate people in a healthy and competitive way. Recent research by Professor Charles R. Schwenk, however, suggests that the optimal level of conflict may be more complex to determine than these simple generalizations. He studied perceptions of conflict among a sample of executives. Some of the executives worked for profit-seeking organizations and others for not-for-profit organizations. Somewhat surprisingly, Schwenk found that opinions about conflict varied 379淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 systematically as a function of the type of organization. Specifically, managers in not-for- profit organizations strongly believed that conflict was beneficial to their organizations and that it promoted higher quality decision making than might be achieved in the absence of conflict. Managers of for-profit organizations saw a different picture. They believed that conflict generally was damaging and usually led to poor-quality decision making in their organizations. Schwenk interpreted these results in terms of the criteria for effective decision making suggested by the executives. In the profit-seeking organizations, decision-making effectiveness was most often assessed in financial terms. The executives believed that consensus rather than conflict enhanced financial indicators. In the not-for-profit organizations, decision-making effectiveness was defined from the perspective of satisfying constituents. Given the complexities and ambiguities associated with satisfying many diverse constituents executives perceived that conflict led to more considered and acceptable decisions. 31. In the eyes of the author, conventional opinion on conflict is ________. A) wrong B) oversimplified C) misleading D) unclear 32. Professor Charles R. Schwenk’s research shows ________. A) the advantages and disadvantages of conflict B) the real value of conflict C) the difficulty in determining the optimal level of conflict D) the complexity of defining the roles of conflict 33. We can learn from Schwenk’s research that ________. A) a person’s view of conflict is influenced by the purpose of his organization B) conflict is necessary for managers of for-profit organizations C) different people resolve conflicts in different ways D) it is impossible for people to avoid conflict 34. The passage suggests that in for-profit organizations ________. A) there is no end of conflict B) expression of different opinions is encouraged C) decisions must be justifiable D) success lies in general agreement 35. People working in a not-for-profit organization ________. 380淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) seem to be difficult to satisfy B) are free to express diverse opinions C) are less effective in making decisions D) find it easier to reach agreement Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Imagine eating everything delicious you want-with none of the fat. That would be great, wouldn’t it? New “fake fat” products appeared on store shelves in the United States recently, but not everyone is happy about it. Makers of the products, which contain a compound called olestra, say food manufacturers can now eliminate fat from certain foods. Critics, however, say the new compound can rob the body of essential vitamins and nutrients (营养物) and can also cause unpleasant side effects in some people. So it’s up to decide whether the new fat-free products taste good enough to keep eating. Chemists discovered olestra in the late 1960s, when they were searching for a fat that could be digested by infants more easily. Instead of finding the desired fat, the researchers created a fat that can’t be digested at all. Normally, special chemicals in the intestines (肠) “grab” molecules of regular fat and break them down so they can be used by the body. A molecule of regular fat is made up of three molecules of substances called fatty acids. The fatty acids are absorbed by the intestines and bring with them the essential vitamins A, D, E, and K. When fat molecules are present in the intestines with any of those vitamins, the vitamins attach to the molecules and are carried into the bloodstream. Olestra, which is made from six to eight molecules of fatty acids, is too large for the intestines to absorb. It just slides through the intestines without being broken down. Manufacturers say it’s that ability to slide unchanged through the intestines that makes olestra so valuable as a fat substitute. It provides consumers with the taste of regular fat without any bad effects on the body. But critics say olestra can prevent vitamins A, D, E, and K from being absorbed. It can also prevent the absorption of carotenoids (类胡萝卜 素), compounds that may reduce the risk of cancer, heart disease, etc. Manufacturers are adding vitamins A, D, E, and K as well as carotenoids to their products now. Even so, some nutritionists are still concerned that people might eat unlimited amounts of food made with the fat substitute without worrying about how many calories they are consuming. 36. We learn from the passage that olestra is a substance that ________. A) contains plenty of nutrients B) renders foods calorie-free while retaining their vitamins C) makes foods easily digestible D) makes foods fat-free while keeping them delicious 381淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 37. The result of the search for an easily digestible fat turned out to be ________. A) commercially useless B) just as anticipated C) somewhat controversial D) quite unexpected 38. Olestra is different from ordinary fats in that ________. A) it passes through the intestines without being absorbed B) it facilitates the absorption of vitamins by the body C) it helps reduce the incidence of heart disease D) it prevents excessive intake of vitamins 39. What is a possible negative effect of olestra according to some critics? A) It may impair the digestive system. B) It may affect the overall fat intake. C) It may increase the risk of cancer. D) It may spoil the consumers’ appetite. 40. Why are nutritionists concerned about adding vitamins to olestra? A) It may lead to the over-consumption of vitamins. B) People may be induced to eat more than is necessary. C) The function of the intestines may be weakened. D) It may trigger a new wave of fake food production. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C,) and D), Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. The doctors don’t ________ that he will live much longer. A) articulate B) anticipate C) manifest D) monitor 42. I suggest we put the scheme into effect, for it is quite ________. A) eligible 382淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) sustainable C) probable D) feasible 43. The old gentleman was a very ________ looking person, with grey hair and gold spectacles. A) respectful B) respected C) respective D) respectable 44. This book is expected to ________ the best-seller lists. A) promote B) prevail C) dominate D) exemplify 45. That part of the city has long been ________ for its street violence. A) notorious B) responsible C) historical D) illegal 46. Under the guidance of their teacher, the pupils are building a model boat ________ by steam. A) towed B) pressed C) tossed D) propelled 47. Having finished their morning work, the clerks stood up behind their desks, ________ themselves. A) expanding B) stretching C) prolonging D) extending 48. England’s team, who are now superbly fit, will be doing their best next week to ________ themselves for last year’s defeat. 383淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) revive B) retort C) revenge D) remedy 49. If you want to get into that tunnel, you first have to ________ away all the rocks. A) haul B) transfer C) repel D) dispose 50. It took us only a few hours to ________ the paper off all four walls. A) shear B) scrape C) stroke D) chip 51. The famous scientist ________ his success to hard work. A) imparted B) granted C) ascribed D) acknowledged 52. It is difficult to ________ of a plan to end poverty. A) speculate B) conceive C) ponder D) reckon 53. Now the cheers and applause ________ in a single sustained roar. A) mingled B) concentrated C) assembled D) permeated 54. Improved consumer confidence is ________ to an economic recovery. A) crucial B) subordinate 384淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) cumulative D) satisfactory 55. Although the body is made up of many different tissues, these tissues are arranged in an ________ and orderly fashion. A) incredible B) intricate C) internal D) initial 56. If you work under a car when repairing it, you often get very ________. A) waxy B) slippery C) sticky D) greasy 57. The damage to his car was ________; therefore, he could repair it himself. A) considerable B) appreciable C) negligible D) invisible 58. My sister is quite ________ and plans to get an M. A. degree within one year. A) aggressive B) enthusiastic C) considerate D) ambitious 59. The manager tried to wave aside these issues as ________ details that would be settled later. A) versatile B) trivial C) preliminary D) alternate 60. His ________ was telling him that something was wrong. A) intuition B) hypothesis 385淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) inspiration D) sentiment 61. This book is about how these basic beliefs and values affect important ________ of American life. A) fashions B) frontiers C) facets D) formats 62. Parents often faced the ________ between doing what they felt was good for the development of the child and what they could stand by way of undisciplined noise and destructiveness. A) paradox B) junction C) dilemma D) premise 63. Clark felt that his ________ in one of the most dramatic medical experiments of all time was worth the suffering he underwent. A) apprehension B) appreciation C) presentation D) participation 64. As one of the youngest professors in the university, Miss King is certainly on the ________ of a brilliant career. A) threshold B) edge C) porch D) course 65. The ________ lawyer made a great impression on the jury. A) protecting B) guarding C) defending D) shielding 66. Very few people understood his lecture, the subject of which was very ________. 386淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) dim B) obscure C) conspicuous D) intelligible 67. This movie is not ________ for children to see: it contains too much violence and too many love scenes. A) profound B) valid C) decent D) upright 68. The wood was so rotten that, when we pulled, it ________ into fragments. A) broke off B) broke away C) broke through D) broke up 69. The detective and his assistant have begun to ________ the mysterious murder. A) come through B) look into C) make over D) see to 70. Sadly, the Giant Panda is one of the many species now in danger of ________. A) extinction B) migration C) destruction D) extraction 试卷二 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. 387淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Until the very latest moment of his existence, man has been bound to the planet on which he originated and developed. Now he had the capability to leave that planet (71) and move out into the universe to those worlds which he has known previously only directly. Men have explored parts of (72) the moon, put spaceships in orbit around another planet and possibly within the decade will land into another planet and (73) explore it. Can we be too bold as to suggest that we may be (74) able to colonize other planet within the not—too—distant (75) future? Some have advocated such a procedure as a solution to the population problem. ship the excess people off to the moon. But we must keep in head the billions of dollars we (76) might spend in carrying out the project. To maintain the earth’s population at its present level. we would have to blast off into space 7,500 people every hour of every day of the year. Why are we spending so little money on space (77) exploration? Consider the great need for improving many (78) aspects of the global environment, one is surely justified in his concern for the money and resources that they are poured (79) into the space exploration efforts. But perhaps we should look at both sides of the coin before arriving hasty (80) conclusions. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: WT For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How I Finance my College Education. You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline (given in Chinese) below: 1. 上大学的费用(tuition and fees)可以通过多种途径解决。 2. 那种途径适合我(说明理由) How I Finance My College Education 388淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. D 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C 6. B 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. C 11. C 12. C 13. B 14. A 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. C 19. A 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. A 23. C 24. C 25. D 26. C 27. B 28. A 29. D 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. B 36. D 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. B Part III Vocabulary 41. B 42. D 43. D 44. C 45. A 46. D 47. B 48. C 49. A 50. B 51. C 52. B 53. A 54. A 55. B 56. D 57. C 58. D 59. B 60. A 61. C 62. C 63. D 64. A 65. C 66. B 67. C 68. D 69. B 70. A Part IV Error Correction 71. had → has 72. directly → indirectly 73. into → onto/on 74. too → so 75. planet → planets 76. head → mind 389淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. little → much 78. consider → considering 79. they → /(删) 80. arriving → arriving at (或 reaching) Part V Writing How I Finance My College Education With the rapid development of higher education in China, and more high school graduates admitted, universities can no longer be financed exclusively by the government and students must pay at least partly for their schooling. There are various ways for a student to pay his tuition and fees. To begin with, if the student is quite excellent in his studies, he can apply for scholarship. Secondly, especially in China, he can always depend on his parents for all kinds of expenditure, including living allowances. Then, he can choose to turn to the bank for a loan to pay his way through university, which he can repay after graduation. If he finds all the above not desirable, he still had another road to take-to do a part-time job and work his way through. In my case, I am fortunate enough to be born into a well-to-do family and have no difficulty having my parents pay for all my fees. But as a college student, I dislike a totally dependent existence, so I am working part-time as a newspaper-boy to help support myself. And I am also studying hard, hoping to win some scholarship or awards one day so that I can be wholly self-reliant and independent. 390淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年1月听力原文 Section A 1. M: I hope I won’t oversleep. I’ve simply got to catch the first flight to New York. W: If I were you, I’d request the wake-up call from the hotel reception. Q: What does the woman advise the man to do? 2. M: Next, shouldn’t we get a telephone installed in the hall? W: Fixing the shower pipe is far more important. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 3. M: I’ve noticed that you get letters form Canada from time to time. Would you mind saving the stamps for me? My sister collects them. W: My roommate already asked for them. Q: What does the woman imply? 4. M: What’s the matter? You’ve been sitting there for ages, just staring into space. W: I told the Brownings I’d send them a postcard. Now I don’t know what to say. Q: What’s the woman doing? 5. M: My chemistry project is in trouble. My partner and I have totally different ideas about how to proceed. W: You should try to meet each other halfway. Q: What does the woman suggest? 6. M: I’m frustrated. We’re supposed to do our assignment on the computer, but I have difficulty getting access to the computers in the library. W: I understand the way you feel. I’m looking forward to the day when I can afford to get my own. Q: What does the woman mean? 7. M: The visiting economist is speaking tonight, but Dr. Johnson doesn’t seem to think much of him. W: That’s because Dr. Johnson comes from an entirely different school of thought. Q: What do we learn from the woman’s remark? 8. M: I’m sorry I missed the football game, but I had a terrible cold. W: You didn’t miss anything. We couldn’t have played worse. Q: What does the woman imply? 391淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 9. M: I think I’m going to give up playing tennis. I lost again today. W: Just because you lost? It that the reason to quit? Q: What does the woman imply? 10. M: Jane, what would you do if you were on vacation overseas and lost all your money and credit cards? W: Well, I guess I’d probably sell my watch and camera... Or I might get a job as a waitress somewhere till I made enough money to buy a plane ticket to return home. Q: What are they talking about? Section B Passage 1 Most people know what a hot dog is. It’s a sausage in a roll. But do you know why it’s called a hot dog? Well, the long red sausage which goes into a hotdog is called a Frankfurter. It got its name from the German town Frankfurt. The sausages were very popular, but hot frankfurters were difficult to sell in crowds. One man, Harry Stevens, had the job of feeding the crowds in baseball games. He had an idea. Why not put the frankfurters in long, hot bread rolls? This made them easy to sell. The “red hot” had a hot and attractive taste and became very popular. But in 1903, an American cartoonist drew a long German sausage dog in place of the frankfurter so a frankfurter in a roll soon became known as a “hot dog”. It was a joke, but some people really thought the sausages contained dog meat. For a while, sales of hotdogs failed, but not for long. 11. What is a frankfurter? 12. What was Harry Stevens’ job? 13. Why did sales of hot dogs decrease for some time? Passage 2 We all scream for water when thirsty, but do you know in very hot, dry weather, plants also make faint sounds—as if they are crying out for help? You see, in a plant’s stem there are hundreds of “water pipes” that bring water and minerals from the soil all the way up to the leaves. As the ground turns dry, it becomes harder and harder for the plants to do this. In severe droughts, plants have to fight to pull out any water available. Scientist Robert winter has found out that when it is really bad their water pipes snap from the tension like rubber bands. When that happens, the whole plant vibrates a little. The snapping pipes make noises ten thousand times more quiet than a whisper. Robert knows that healthy, well-watered plants are quiet. He also knows that many insects prefer attacking dry plants rather than healthy plants. How do the insects know 392淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 which are healthy plants and which are not? Robert thinks that the insects may listen for the plants that cry and then they may buzz in to kill. To test his theory, Robert is using a device that can imitate plant cries. He attaches it to a quiet, healthy plant so the plant sounds thirsty. Then he watches insects to see if they attack more often than usual. If he is right, scientists could use the insects’ ability against them. They could build traps that imitate crying plants. So when the insects buzz in to eat, they won’t buzz out. 14. What do plants do when they are thirsty? 15. What plants do many insects tend to attack? 16. What could scientists do if Robert’s theory proves to be true? Passage 3 People enjoy taking trips, but what are the reasons they leave home? One reason is for education. People travel because they want to broaden their horizons to learn about other people and other places. They are curious about other cultures. When people are tourists, they get a quick look at different ways of living. Even a short look at another kind of lifestyle is an important lesson. On a trip, a person can learn directly—by visiting museums and historic spots. What does a tourist learn who sees the art museums, visits the historical palaces and other scenic spots in Paris, and shops along the River Seine? He gets a vivid picture—a real-life —one of the French people. He learns about their attitudes, how they feel about business, beauty and history. What about the tourist who goes to Hong Kong? Does he get the same information that he could get from a book? he might read that Hong Kong is crowded, that there is less than 200 square meters of space for each person, but seeing and feeling the lack of space will impress him much more. He might read that there are nearly 200 vehicles for every kilometer of roadway, but the sight of so many vehicles parked along the roadside will be a much more vivid lesson. The tourist to Hong Kong will never forget the contrasts—the straight vertical lines of the tall modern buildings and the moving lines of boats that people live in. 17. Why do people leave home to travel according to the passage? 18. What do we learn from the passage about Paris? 19. What impression will a tourist get of Hong Kong? 20. What does the passage tell us about travelling? 393淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Buy some traveller’s checks. B) Borrow some money from a friend. C) Check the brakes and tires. D) Spend some time travelling. 2. A) He is very forgiving and tolerant. B) He probably has a poor memory. C) He is well liked by his customers. D) He has been introduced to the staff. 3. A) He thinks the book should include more information. B) He doesn’t think it necessary to provide the answers. C) The answers will be added in a later edition. D) The book does include the answers. 394淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A) Announce appeals for public service. B) Hold a charity concert to raise money. C) Ask the school radio station for help. D) Pool money to fund the radio station. 5. A) She talked with the consultant about the new program until two. B) She couldn’t talk to the consultant before two. C) She would talk to the consultant during lunch. D) She couldn’t contact the consultant’s secretary. 6. A) They are equally competent for the job. B) They both graduated from art schools. C) They majored in different areas of art. D) They are both willing to draw the posters. 7. A) At a book store. B) At an art museum. C) At a newspaper office. D) At a gymnasium. 8. A) The woman received a phone call from Mark yesterday. B) The man injured Mark in a traffic accident yesterday. C) The man met a friend by chance. D) The woman contacted Mark on business. 9. A) The man should stay up and watch the program. B) The man should read something exciting instead. C) The man should go to bed at eleven. D) The man should give up watching the movie. 10. A) Students with a library card can check any book out. B) Reference books are not allowed to be checked out. C) Only students with a library card can check out reference books. D) The number of books a student can check out is unlimited. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best 395淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) To find out whether they take music lessons in their spare time. B) To find out whether they can name four different musical instruments. C) To find out whether they enjoy playing musical instruments in school. D) To find out whether they differ in their preference for musical instruments. 12. A) They find them too hard to play. B) They think it silly to play them. C) They find it not challenging enough to play them. D) They consider it important to be different from girls. 13. A) Children who have private music tutors. B) Children who are 8 or older. C) Children who are between 5 and 7. D) Children who are well-educated. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Because there weren’t any professional teams in the U.S. then. B) Because Pele hadn’t retired from the Brazilian National Team yet. C) Because this fast-moving sport wasn’t familiar to many Americans. D) Because good professional players received low salaries. 15. A) When it has a large number of fans. B) When it plays at home. C) When it has many international stars playing for it. D) When the fans cheer enthusiastically for it. 16. A) It wasn’t among the top four teams. B) It didn’t play as well as expected. C) It won the World Cup. 396淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) It placed fourth. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Students from America. B) Students from England. C) Students from Australia. D) Students from Japan. 18. A) Those who know how to program computers. B) Those who get special aid from their teachers. C) Those who are very hardworking. D) Those who have well-educated parents. 19. A) Japanese students study much harder than Columbian students. B) Columbian students score higher than Japanese students in maths. C) Columbian students are more optimistic about their maths skills. D) Japanese students have better conditions for study. 20. A) Physics. B) Mathematics. C) Environmental science. D) Life science. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. In the 1920s demand for American farm products fell, as European countries began to recover from World War I and instituted austerity (紧缩) programs to reduce their imports. The result was a sharp drop in farm prices. This period was more disastrous for farmers than earlier times had been, because farmers were no longer self-sufficient. They were paying for machinery, seed, and fertilizer, and they were also buying 397淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 consumer goods. The prices of the items farmers bought remained constant, while prices they received for their products fell. These developments were made worse by the Great Depression, which began in 1929 and extended throughout the 1939s. In 1929, under President Herbert Hoover, the Federal Farm Board was organized. It established the principle of direct interference with supply and demand, and it represented the first national commitment to provide greater economic stability for farmers. President Hoover’s successor attached even more importance to this problem. One of the first measures proposed by President Franklin D. Roosevelt when he took office in 1933 was the Agricultural Adjustment Act, which was subsequently passed by Congress. This law gave the Secretary of Agriculture the power to reduce production through voluntary agreements with farmers who were paid to take their land out of use. A deliberate scarcity of farm products was planned in an effort to raise prices. This law was declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court on the grounds that general taxes were being collected to pay one special group of people. However, new laws were passed immediately that achieved the same result of resting soil and providing flood-control measures, but which were based on the principle of soil conservation. The Roosevelt Administration believed that rebuilding the nation’s soil was in the national interest and was not simply a plan to help farmers at the expense of other citizens. Later the government guaranteed loans to farmers so that they could buy farm machinery, hybrid (杂交) grain, and fertilizers. 21. What brought about the decline in the demand for American farm products? A) The impact of the Great Depression. B) The shrinking of overseas markets. C) The destruction caused by the First World War. D) The increased exports of European countries. 22. The chief concern of the American government in the area of agriculture in the 1920s was ________. A) to increase farm production B) to establish agricultural laws C) to prevent farmers from going bankrupt D) to promote the mechanization of agriculture 23. The Agricultural Adjustment Act encouraged American farmers to ________. A) reduce their scale of production B) make full use of their land C) adjust the prices of their farm products D) be self-sufficient in agricultural production 398淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 24. The Supreme Court rejected the Agricultural Adjustment Act because it believed that the Act ________. A) might cause greater scarcity of farm products B) didn’t give the Secretary of Agriculture enough power C) would benefit neither the government nor the farmers D) benefited one group of citizens at the expense of others 25. It was claimed that the new laws passed during the Roosevelt Administration were aimed at ________. A) reducing the cost of farming B) conserving soil in the long-term interest of the nation C) lowering the burden of farmers D) helping farmers without shifting the burden onto other taxpayers Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. In the 1950s, the pioneers of artificial intelligence (AI) predicted that, by the end of this century, computers would be conversing with us at work and robots would be performing our housework. But as useful as computers are, they’re nowhere close to achieving anything remotely resembling these early aspirations for humanlike behavior. Never mind something as complex as conversation: the most powerful computers struggle to reliably recognize the shape of an object, the most elementary of tasks for a ten-month-old kid. A growing group of AI researchers think they know where the field went wrong. The problem, the scientists say, is that AI has been trying to separate the highest, most abstract levels of thought, like language and mathematics, and to duplicate them with logical, step-by-step programs. A new movement in AI, on the other hand, takes a closer look at the more roundabout way in which nature came up with intelligence. Many of these researchers study evolution and natural adaptation instead of formal logic and conventional computer programs. Rather than digital computers and transistors, some want to work with brain cells and proteins. The results of these early efforts are as promising as they are peculiar, and the new nature-based AI movement is slowly but surely moving to the forefront of the field. Imitating the brain’s neural (神经的) network is a huge step in the right direction, says computer scientist and biophysicist Michael Conrad, but it still misses an important aspect of natural intelligence. “People tend to treat the brain as if it were made up of color-coded transistors”, he explains, “but it’s not simply a clever network of switches. There are lots of important things going on inside the brain cells themselves.” Specifically, Conrad believes that many of the brain’s capabilities stem from the pattern recognition proficiency of the individual molecules that make up each brain cell. The best way to build and artificially intelligent device, he claims, would be to build it around 399淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the same sort of molecular skills. Right now, the option that conventional computers and software are fundamentally incapable of matching the processes that take place in the brain remains controversial. But if it proves true, then the efforts of Conrad and his fellow AI rebels could turn out to be the only game in town. 26. The author says that the powerful computers of today ________. A) are capable of reliably recognizing the shape of an object B) are close to exhibiting humanlike behavior C) are not very different in their performance from those of the 50’s D) still cannot communicate with people in a human language 27. The new trend in artificial intelligence research stems from ________. A) the shift of the focus of study on to the recognition of the shapes of objects B) the belief that human intelligence cannot be duplicated with logical, step-by-step programs C) the aspirations of scientists to duplicate the intelligence of a ten-month-old child D) the efforts made by scientists in the study of the similarities between transistors and brain cells 28. Conrad and his group of AI researchers have been making enormous efforts to ________. A) find a roundabout way to design powerful computers B) build a computer using a clever network of switches C) find out how intelligence developed in nature D) separate the highest and most abstract levels of thought 29. What’s the author’s opinion about the new AI movement? A) It has created a sensation among artificial intelligence researchers but will soon die out. B) It’s a breakthrough in duplicating human thought processes. C) It’s more like a peculiar game rather than a real scientific effort. D) It may prove to be in the right direction though nobody is sure of its future prospects. 30. Which of the following is closest in meaning to the phrase “the only game in town” (Line 3, Para. 4)? A) The only approach to building an artificially intelligent computer. B) The only way for them to win a prize in artificial intelligence research. 400淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The only area worth studying in computer science. D) The only game they would like to play in town. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage: Cars account for half the oil consumed in the U.S., about half the urban pollution and one fourth the greenhouse (温室) gases. They take a similar toll of (损耗) resources in other industrial nations and in the cities of the developing world. As vehicle use continues to increase in the coming decade, the U.S. and other countries will have to deal with these issues or else face unacceptable economic, health-related and political costs. It is unlikely that oil prices will remain at their current low level or that other nations will accept a large and growing U.S. contribution to global climatic change. Policymakers and industry have four options: reduce vehicle use, increase the efficiency and reduce the emissions of conventional gasoline-powered vehicles, switch to less harmful fuels, or find less polluting driving systems. The last of these—in particular the introduction of vehicles powered by electricity—is ultimately the only sustainable option. The other alternatives are attractive in theory but in practice are either impractical or offer only marginal improvements. For example, reduced vehicle use could solve traffic problems and a host of social and environmental problems, but evidence from around the world suggests that it is very difficult to make people give up their cars to any significant extent. In the U.S., mass-transit ridership and carpooling (合伙用车) have declined since World War II. Even in Western Europe, with fuel prices averaging more than $1 a liter (about $4 a gallon) and with easily accessible mass transit and dense populations, cars still account for 80 percent of all passenger travel. Improved energy efficiency is also appealing, but automotive fuel economy has barely made any progress in 10 years. Alternative fuels such as natural gas, burned in internal-combustion engines, could be introduced at relatively low cost, but they would lead to only marginal reductions in pollution and greenhouse emissions (especially because oil companies are already spending billions of dollars every year to develop less polluting types of gasoline). 31. From the passage we know that the increased use of cars will ________. A) consume half of the oil produced in the world B) have serious consequences for the well-being of all nations C) widen the gap between the developed and developing countries D) impose an intolerable economic burden on residents of large cities 32. The U.S. has to deal with the problems arising from vehicle use because ________. A) most Americans are reluctant to switch to public transportation systems B) the present level of oil prices is considered unacceptable C) other countries will protest its increasing greenhouse emissions 401淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) it should take a lead in conserving natural resources 33. Which of the following is the best solution to the problems mentioned in the passage? A) The designing of highly efficient car engines. B) A reduction of vehicle use in cities. C) The development of electric cars. D) The use of less polluting fuels. 34. Which of the following is practical but only makes a marginal contribution to solving the problem of greenhouse emissions? A) The use of fuels other than gasoline. B) Improved energy efficiency. C) The introduction of less polluting driving systems. D) Reducing car use by carpooling. 35. Which of the following statements is TRUE according to the passage? A) The decline of public transportation accounts for increased car use in Western Europe. B) Cars are popular in Western Europe even though fuel prices are fairly high. C) The reduction of vehicle use is the only sustainable option in densely populated Western Europe. D) Western European oil companies cannot sustain the cost of developing new-type fuels. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Reebok executives do not like to hear their stylish athletic shoes called “footwear for yuppies (雅皮士,少壮高薪职业人士)”. They contend that Reebok shoes appeal to diverse market segments, especially now that the company offers basketball and children’s shoes for the under-18 set and walking shoes for older customers not interested in aerobics (健身操) or running. The executives also point out that through recent acquisitions they have added hiking boots, dress and casual shoes, and high- performance athletic footwear to their product lines, all of which should attract new and varied groups of customers. Still, despite its emphasis on new markets, Reebok plans few changes in the upmarket (高档消费人群的) retailing network that helped push sales to $1 billion annually, ahead of all other sports shoe marketers. Reebok shoes, which are priced from $27 to $85, will continue to be sold only in better specialty, sporting goods, and department stores, in accordance with the company’s view that consumers judge the 402淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 quality of the brand by the quality of its distribution. In the past few years, the Massachusetts-based company has imposed limits on the number of its distributors (and the number of shoes supplied to stores), partly out of necessity. At times the unexpected demand for Reebok’s exceeded supply, and the company could barely keep up with orders from the dealers it already had. These fulfillment problems seem to be under control now, but the company is still selective about its distributors. At present, Reebok shoes are available in about five thousand retail stores in the United States. Reebok has already anticipated that walking shoes will be the next fitness-related craze, replacing aerobics shoes the same way its brightly colored, soft leather exercise footwear replaced conventional running shoes. Through product diversification and careful market research, Reebok hopes to avoid the distribution problems Nike came across several years ago, when Nike misjudged the strength of the aerobics shoe craze and was forced to unload huge inventories of running shoes through discount stores. 36. One reason why Reebok’s managerial personnel don’t like their shoes to be called “footwear for yuppies” is that ________. A) they believe that their shoes are popular with people of different age groups B) new production lines have been added to produce inexpensive shoes C) “yuppies” usually evokes a negative image D) the term makes people think of prohibitive prices 37. Reebok’s view that “consumers judge the quality of the brand by the quality of its distribution” (Line 5, Para. 2) implies that ________. A) the quality of a brand is measured by the service quality of the store selling it B) the quality of a product determines the quality of its distributors C) the popularity of a brand is determined by the stores that sell it D) consumers believe that first-rate products are only sold by high-quality stores 38. Reebok once had to limit the number of its distributors because ________. A) its supply of products fell short of demand B) too many distributors would cut into its profits C) the reduction of distributors could increase its share of the market D) it wanted to enhance consumer confidence in its products 39. Although the Reebok Company has solved the problem of fulfilling its orders, it ________. A) does not want to further expand its retailing network B) still limits the number of shoes supplied to stores C) is still particular about who sells its products 403淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) still carefully chooses the manufacturers of its products 40. What lesson has Reebok learned from Nike’s distribution problems? A) A company should not sell its high quality shoes in discount stores. B) A company should not limit its distribution network. C) A company should do follow-up surveys of its products. D) A company should correctly evaluate the impact of a new craze on the market. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. For many patients, institutional care is the most ________ and beneficial form of care. A) pertinent B) appropriate C) acute D) persistent 42. Among all the changes resulting from the ________ entry of women into the work force, the transformation that has occurred in the women themselves is not the least important. A) massive B) quantitative C) surplus D) formidable 43. Mr. Smith became very ________ when it was suggested that he had made a mistake. A) ingenious B) empirical C) objective D) indignant 44. Rumours are everywhere, spreading fear, damaging reputations, and turning calm situations into ________ ones. A) turbulent 404淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) tragic C) vulnerable D) suspicious 45. The ________ cycle of life and death is a subject of interest to scientists and philosophers alike. A) incompatible B) exceeding C) instantaneous D) eternal 46. She remains confident and ________ untroubled by our present problems. A) indefinitely B) infinitely C) optimistically D) seemingly 47. Fiber-optic cables can carry hundreds of telephone conversations ________. A) simultaneously B) spontaneously C) homogeneously D) contemporarily 48. The police were alerted that the escaped criminal might be in the ________. A) vain B) vicinity C) court D) jail 49. Whether you live to eat or eat to live, food is a major ________ in every family’s budget. A) nutrition B) expenditure C) routine D) provision 50. Now a paper in Science argues that organic chemicals in the rock come mostly from ________ on earth rather than bacteria on Mars. 405淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) configuration B) constitution C) condemnation D) contamination 51. There is much I enjoy about the changing seasons, but my favorite time is the ________ from fall to winter. A) transmission B) transformation C) transition D) transfer 52. I think we need to see an investment ________ before we make an expensive mistake. A) guide B) entrepreneur C) consultant D) assessor 53. The ________ on this apartment expires in a year’s time. A) treaty B) lease C) engagement D) subsidy 54. The elderly Russians find it hard to live on their state ________. A) pensions B) earnings C) salaries D) donations 55. There is supposed to be a safety ________ which makes it impossible for trains to collide. A) appliance B) accessory C) machine D) mechanism 406淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 56. After four years in the same job his enthusiasm finally ________. A) deteriorated B) dispersed C) dissipated D) drained 57. No one can function properly if they are ________ of adequate sleep. A) deprived B) ripped C) stripped D) contrived 58. For years now, the people of that faraway country have been cruelly ________ by a dictator. A) depressed B) immersed C) oppressed D) cursed 59. Ever since the rise of industrialism, education has been ________ towards producing workers. A) harnessed B) hatched C) motivated D) geared 60. The prospect of increased prices has already ________ worries. A) provoked B) irritated C) inspired D) hoisted 61. The suspect ________ that he had not been in the neighbourhood at the time of the crime. A) advocated B) alleged C) addressed D) announced 407淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 62. Although the colonists ________ to some extent with the Native Americans, the Indians’ influence on American culture and language was not extensive. A) migrated B) matched C) mingled D) melted 63. E-mail is a convenient, highly democratic informal medium for conveying messages that ________ well to human needs. A) adheres B) reflects C) conforms D) satisfies 64. The wings of the bird still ________ after it had been shot down. A) slapped B) scratched C) flapped D) fluctuated 65. The disagreement over trade restrictions could seriously ________ relations between the two countries. A) tumble B) jeopardize C) manipulate D) intimidate 66. When you put up wallpaper, should you ________ the edges or put them next to each other? A) coincide B) extend C) overlap D) collide 67. Under the present system, state enterprises must ________ all profits to the government. A) turn down B) turn up 408淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) turn out D) turn in 68. Oil companies in the U.S. are already beginning to feel the pressure. Refinery workers and petroleum-equipment-manufacturing employees are being ________. A) laid out B) laid off C) laid down D) laid aside 69. We’ll ________ you for any damage done to your house while we are in it. A) compensate B) remedy C) supplement D) retrieve 70. She cut her hair short and tried to ________ herself as a man. A) decorate B) disguise C) fabricate D) fake Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ When you start talking about good and bad manners you immediately start meeting difficulties. Many people just cannot agree what they mean. We asked a lady, who replied that she thought you could tell a well-mannered person on the way they (71) occupied the space around them—for example, when such a person walks down a street 409淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 he or she is constantly unaware of (72) others. Such people never bump into other people. However, a second person thought that this was more a question of civilized behavior as good manners. Instead, this (73) other person told us a story, it he said was quite well known, (74) about an American who had been invited to an Arab meal at (75) one of the countries of the Middle East. The American hasn’t (76) been told very much about the kind of food he might expect. If he had known about American food, he might have behaved (77) better. Immediately before him was a very flat piece of bread that looked, to him, very much as a napkin ( 餐巾） Picking it (78) up, he put it into his collar, so that it falls across his shirt. (79) His Arab host, who had been watching, said of nothing, but (80) immediately copied the action of his guest. And that, said this second person, was a fine example of good manners. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Is a Test of Spoken English Necessary? The first sentence has already been written for you. You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below: 1. 很多人认为有必要举行口语考试，理由是 ······ 2. 也有人持不同的意见，······ 3. 我的看法和打算 Is a Test of Spoken English Necessary? A test of spoken English will be included as an optional component of the College English Test (CET). 410淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年6月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. D 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. C 9. D 10. B 11. D 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. C 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. C 23. D 24. D 25. D 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. B 30. D 31. B 32. C 33. C 34. B 35. B 36. A 37. D 38. A 39. C 40. D Part III Vocabulary 41. B 42. A 43. D 44. A 45. D 46. C 47. A 48. B 49. B 50. B 51. C 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. D 56. D 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. B 62. C 63. C 64. C 65. B 66. C 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. B Part IV Error Correction 71. on → by 72. unaware → aware 73. as → than 74. it → which 75. at → in 76. hasn’t → hadn’t 411淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. American → Arab 78. as → like 79. falls → fell 80. of → / Part V Writing Is a Test of spoken English Necessary? A test of spoken English will be included as an optional component of the College English Test (CET). We have all taken, and are thus familiar with, English tests of many kinds, but so far most of them are written ones. Have you any idea of what a spoken English test will be like, and is it necessary to go to all the trouble to hold or take such a test? People differ in their answers. Many people will think it necessary. They know that although they have taken dozens, even hundreds, of English tests ever since they started learning it and many even have got surprisingly high marks, few of them can express themselves freely in spoken English, and if people can’t speak a word of it, what’s the sense of learning it and what do those high marks mean?—They’re none but deaf-and-mutes before the native speakers. Furthermore, with so many college graduates and undergraduates having mutes before the native speakers. Furthermore, with so many college graduates and undergraduates having passed CET4 and CET6, a test of spoken English is a further way to tell the excellent from the not so excellent. Finally, it is viewed as a new challenge to those who “live and learn”. There are, however, also people who think differently. Besides the pains in preparation for such a new kind of test, there is also the uncertainty about the reliability and objectivity of the marking system, which may depend mainly on human (and thus subjective) scoring instead of on machine scoring, as in the case of a standardized objective test such as CET4 and CET6. At the prospect of this optional test, I feel encouraged and regard it as a welcome challenge and another opportunity to improve my language ability and career potentials. I am determined to practice my oral English more often, and if I am qualified for such a test, I will not hesitate a moment to apply for it. 412淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年6月六级答案详解 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. 答 案 为 D 本 题 测 试 点 : 要 点 归 纳 及 句 意 推 论 。 “ check brakes and tires”，“enough money”及“I’m sure it’s going to be a wonderful trip”等都与 “trip”有关。 2. 答案为B 本题测试点: 同义转换: a little forgetful = a poor memory. 3. 答案为D 本题测试点: 省略句“But it does”在上下文中的完整意义是“But the book does include answers to the questions.”,需对对话双方话语理解，概括。 4. 答案为C 本题测试点: 特殊省略问句How about...的功能意念: 通常是一种建议。 5. 答案为B 本题测试点: until 句型及要点是归纳: I contacted this office, but... 6. 答案为A 本题测试点: 短语make difference 及修辞问句“What difference does it make?”的功能意念: = I makes no difference = There is no difference. 7. 答案为C 本题测试点: (工作)地点判断，关键词: “sports page”，“editorials”等。 8. 答案为C 本题测试点: 信息归纳: ①“The man ran into (= met by chance) a friend (make) yesterday in the streets.”②“Mark hasn’t got any phones or letters from the woman.”③“The woman has been busy in the past 2 months.”选①为本题答 案所需的信息。 9. 答案为D 本题测试点: 虚拟语气的功能意念: 题中If I were you, I’d...表示一种婉 转的建议。—skip the movie,因为①“we both have to get up early tomorrow” ②“the movie isn’t necessarily exciting” 10. 答案为 B 本题测试点: 关键要点辨认: We can check out as many books as we need but can’t check out any reference books. Part II Reading Comprehension 本文是一篇论述20世纪二、三十年代美国农业所面临的困境及美国政府采取 的种种措施帮助农业摆脱困境的说明文，全文三段，第一段为背景辅垫: 美国农业 面临的困境及其原因和对农民的灾难性后果；第二、三段为主体，美国政府振兴农 业的措施，尤以第三段为重点，三十年代罗斯福总统执政后采取的通过立法手段恢 复农业经济的两个阶段的措施，前一阶段通过 AAA法案直接减少耕地面积，并给 农民有偿补助；第二阶段在 AAA被最高法院认定为违宪后通过一系列殊途同归的 基于耕地保养原则的削减耕地、洪涝挽救措施。 413淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 21. 答案为B 本题属要点归纳题，问及引起美国农产品需求量走下坡路的原因，答 案当在第一段第一句: 句中“as”即是这因果关系的关键词。A只是使这一现象 加重的原因，C、D则明显与短文内容相悖。 22. 答案为C 要点定位理解题。根据题意，本题答案必须从第二段确定政府采取直 接干预农业供求矛盾，原则以为农民提供更大的经济稳定性，也即预防农民破 产。选项B属第三段内容，A和D明显有悖文章内容。 23. 答案为D 本题也属要点归纳题。答案在短文第三段第三、四句，选项 B、C均 属政府行为，而非鼓励农民自己运河做的事。D与短文要点相运河甚远，self- sufficient 只在第一段提到。 24. 答案为D 本题也属要点归纳题。根据题意，确定答案在第三段第五句(no the grounds that...)部分，再可结合该段倒数第二句，从另一角度论证答案 D的合 理性。A中scarcity of farm products 在上一句，不属本题要点范围，B、C明显 不合理。 25. 答案为D 要点归纳定位题。根据new laws,可确定本题问题指向第三段第二个 层次。归纳该层次要点再结合 24题答案，即可明确答案为 D.选项B虽也似乎 正确，但与本文主题关系较疏远，故不选。 本文为一篇关于人工智能研究开发的说明文。第一段通过五十年代人工智能先 驱们的预言与当今现实脱节这一事实提出人工智能研究开发所面临的问题，第二段 前 2 句论及这一问题的症结: try to separate the most abstract levels of thought and duplicate them with logical programs.从第三句开始进入全文的核心: 崭新的人工智能 研究设想: 把人工智能的研究与天然智能的进化、人脑生物细胞蛋白质、人脑的神 经系统研究结合起来。第三段论述了电脑—生物物理学家Conrad对自己这方面研 究的评论、发现、启示和设想。最后一段为对这一全新的人工智能研究开发方法的 评论与总结，其中自然隐含着作者的观点与态度。 26. 答案为D 要点归纳题。根据题意确定答案在第一段第二、三句。注意选项A中 “ are capable of reliably recognizing...” 与 短 文 中 “ struggle to reliably recognize...”(努力、竭力、试图)是不一致的，故不能选；更多的考生可能会误 选C, 但①在效能(performance)上，当天电脑与50年代的电脑相距是非常大的； ②本文探讨的是人工智能，而非电脑的一般效能，故选题时要紧扣短文主题。 27. 答案为B 要点推论题。人工智能研究开发为什么会开辟一条全新的途径，一定 是研究中碰到了难以逾越的障碍，这就是传统研究方法上的误区，也即第二段 之第一、二句。 28. 答案为C 要点推论题。根据题意确定答案在第三段根据Conrad对自己研究的 评述(says)，研究中的发现(examples)，假设(believe)与断言(claim)，可归纳推断 他们是在天然智能如何发展这一方面的研究中做了巨大的努力。 29. 答案为B 作者观点态度推论题。如前所述，文章最后一段为作者对人工智能研 414淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 究新方法的总结，其中隐含着作者的观点，另外短文第二段最后一句中 “promising”、“surely”、第三段第一句中“a huge step in the right direction...” 等都流露了作者的态度一作者对新的人工智能研究运动是非常肯定的。选项A 中的“will soon die out”，C 中的“like a game rather than”及 D 中“nobody is sure”等均含否定意念，不能作为答案。 30. 答案为D 词语理解题。阅读中词语的理解也不能脱离短文主题: game 一词有游 戏、竞赛方法规则、策略、计谋、方针对行动步骤等多种释义，D是短语的简 单改写，不可能作为答案，B重点在获奖也与短文内容相运河甚远，也应排除。 容易混淆的是选项C, 只是C侧重研究领域，即范围，而本文主题讨论研究方 法即途径。 本文为一篇论及(美国)私人轿车环境影响的说明文，第一段提出了问题的严惩 性与迫切性—尤其对于美国；第二、三段论及决策者及汽车工业面临的四大选择及 对它们可行性的评价，作者基本肯定了其中的第四个方案，即引入电气汽车(寻找 污染较短的绿色驱动系统)。 31. 答案为B 要点归纳题—第一段落主题。选项A、C和D均仅涉及问题的某个方 面，只有B代表了私人轿车继续增长的真正后果。 32. 答案为C 要点推论题。根据第一段最后一句“It is unlikely... that other nations will accept a large and growing U.S. contribution to global climatic change”，再结 合上文论及轿车问题和“face... political cost”等细节，可推知答案。 33. 答案为C 要点定位题。根据题干中的“solution”可确定答案在第二段，又根据 “best”可进一步确定答案在该段第二句“... is the only sustainable (可持续) option”。 34. 答案为B 要点正误判断题。要点判断各选项涉及内容可能在短文的任何地方， 但正确答案通常仍应与主题一致。A之因果关系与短文内容(第二段倒数第二 句)不一致；C与短文内容(第二段最后一句及第一、二句)相矛盾；D也非短文 最后一句之本意。 本文是关于Reebok鞋业公司营销策略的一篇说明文。第一段概述(通过管理层 之口)其公司产品的目标市场；第二段论及其对高档消费人群这一块零售市场的营 销策略；第三段论及营销策略的另一方面—精选批发商；最后一段谈市场预测及营 销决策。 36. 答案为 A 要点推论题。题干中的“managerial personnel”即为第一段的 executives, 因此可知本题答案在第一段且为该段之主题: 目标市为多大，高层 领导们当然不希望自己的产品仅供应一些雅皮士，再由下文之“children’s shoes for the under-18 set and walking for older customers”更可知其目标消费是 多高层次的。容易错选的选项B侧重公司的生产策略，故不妥。 37. 答案为D 句意理解及要点暗示题。题干引号中那部分在第二段，答案当然应在 第二段，而该段主要论及高档消费群体的零售网—只在精品专卖屋、体育用品 415淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 专卖店及大百货商场销售。 38. 答案为A 要点归纳题。根据题干中“limit the number of distributions”确定答案 在第三段该段论及即使产品供不应求时，也要对批发商有所选择，而过运河一 段时间对批发商数量的限制主要是“out of necessity”(迫不得已)，因为需求量 出乎意料地超过了供应能力。 39. 答案为C 要点理解定位题。题干中的“although”与短文第三段倒数第二句之 “but”相呼应，答案即为该句的复述。 40. 答案为D 要点推论题。Nike (耐克)一词确定答案位置在最后一段，市场预测与 决策。Nike 公司正是由于当时错误地判断了健身鞋流行的强度而导致了老产品 (running shoes)的积压而不得不打折销售一这是市场预测不准确所导致的。 Part II Vocabulary 41. [译文]对许多病人来说，医院的正规护理是一种最合适、最有益的护理方式。 答案为B 本题测试形容词语义理解，其中A和C又有近形干扰。A) pertinent 相 关的(=relevant)；B) appropriate 合适的，恰当的；C) persistent 坚持不懈的，作 用持久的；D) acute尖锐的、敏锐的；剧烈的(疼痛)。 42. [译文]在妇女大规模进入劳动大军所引起的变化中，发生在妇女自己身上的变 化绝不是不重要的。 答案为A 本题测试，形容词与名词的语义搭配。A)大规 模的，大量的；B)量方面的(与 qualitative 相对)；C) surplus 过剩的；D) formidable可怕的，令人生畏的。 43. [译文] 史密斯先生在有人暗示他犯了错误时变得非常生气。答案为D 本题测试: 形容词语义理解。A) ingenious 机灵的；B) empirical经验主义的，凭经验办事 的；C) objective客观的(与subject 相对)；D) indignant生气的，愤怒的。 44. [译文]谣言四起，它传播恐惧、破坏声誉、把平静的环境搅得鸡犬不宁。答案 为 A 本题测试: 形容词上下文语义理解，答案与句中 calm 一词呼应。A) turbulent动荡的，混乱的；B) tragic悲剧的，悲惨的；C) vulnerable脆弱的， 易受影响的；D) suspicious疑神疑鬼的。 45. [译文]生与死这一永恒的周期循环是科学家和哲学都感举的课题。答案为 D 本 题测试: 形容词语义及与名词的语义搭配。A) incompatible不兼容的，不共戴 天的；B) exceeding 超越的，极度的(←exceed); C) instantaneous 瞬间的，即刻 的；D) eternal永恒的，无休止的。 46. [译文]他们仍充满着信心，乐观而不为目前的麻烦所烦恼。答案为 C 本题测试: 副词语义及语义搭配干扰。本题中的 D) seemingly (表面上，看来)也可与 untrouble搭配，易选错，但决定本题答案的是上文的“remains confident”；A) indefinitely不确定的，不明确的，无定期地；B) infinitely无限地，无穷地；C) 416淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 optimistically乐观地，抱乐观态度地。 47. [译文]光导纤维电缆可同时传输数百门电话的交谈信号。答案为A 本题测试: 副词语义理解及词义相关干扰。A) simultaneously同时地；B) spontaneously自 发地，自然地；C) homogeneously同类地，同质地；D) contemporarily同时代 地，当代地。 48. [译文] 警察得到报警: 逃犯可能就在附近。答案为B 本题测试: 名词上下文理解 衣六级短评in the vicinity (= in the neighborhood 在附近)。A) in vain徒劳地；C) in the court 在法庭上；D) in the jail在监获。 49. [译文] 不管你是为了吃而活，还是为了活而吃，食物都是每一家庭瞀中的一笔 主要开支。答案为 B 本题测试: 名词语义上下文理解。A) nutrition 营养；B) expenditure开支；C) routine惯常程序、做法；D) provision条款、给养。 50. [译文] 最近《科学》杂志上有一篇论文提出岩石中的有机物来自于地球本身的 结构成分而非火星细菌。 答案为B 本题测试: 名词近形干扰及近义辨别。除了 四个选项均以con-开头、-tion 结尾这一近形特点外，A与B的词义比较接近， 容易混淆: A) configuration 表示构成的方式，即“构造、配置、地形”等；B) constitution 表示结构、构成、组成，侧重“组成成分”，当是本题中可与 “bacteria... Mars”对应的一个选项。C) condemnation 谴责、判刑；D) contamination污染、弄脏。 51. [译文] 在季节变化中有许多令我欣赏的东西，而我最喜欢的时节是秋冬过渡时 期。答案为 C 本题测试: 名词近形(“trans-”)及语义相关(“转变”)的干扰。A) transmission传播，发射；B) transformation变化，改造；C) transition过渡，转 变；D) transfer 转移，调动，转变，转让。 52. [译文]我觉得我们在可能犯下代价沉重的大错之前应及时找一下投资顾问。答 案为 C 本题测试: 名词语义理解搭配—(investment) consultant 投资顾问。A) guide导游，向导；B) entrepreneur企业家；D) assessor评估者，评价者。 53. [译文] 这一公寓的租契将于一年内到期。答案为 B 本题测试: 史词语义(主谓搭 配)及介词搭配。A) treaty条约；B) lease 租契、租约，常与介词 on 连用；C) engagement婚约、约请，约会；D) subsidy津贴|补助金，常与介词for 连用， 如a ～ for education教育津贴。 54. [译文] 上了年纪的俄罗斯公民觉得仅靠国家支付给他们的养老金生活很艰难。 答案为 A 本题测试: 名词语义上下文理解及相关词义干扰。根据主语 the elderly Russians, 可确定是以pension (政府养老金)为生了。B) earnings收益，工 资；C) salaries薪水；D) donations捐赠，捐款。 55. [译文] 应该有一种使火车不可能相撞的安全装置。答案为 D 本题测试: 名词语 义上下文理解搭配及语义相关干扰。A) appliance 器具，电器，(独立而能单独 417淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 使用的)小装置；B) accessory 附件，配件，饰品；C) machine 机器；D) mechanism (复杂的、作为大机器上一部分的)装置，机械装置，如: the brake～ 刹车装置。 56. [译文] 在同一个岗位上干了四年后，他的热情最终慢慢枯竭了。答案为D 本题 测试: 动词词义动词与名词的语义搭配及近义干扰。本题除 A) deteriorate (使) 恶化、变坏外，其余三个选项词义相近，易混淆；B) disperse (使人群、云等) 向四周消散，散开，消失；C) dissipate挥霍浪费，驱散(乌云等)；D) drain (使) 干涸，(使热情、勇气、资源等)渐渐枯竭，减少，消失。 57. [译文] 如果被剥夺了充足的睡眠，谁的身体都无法正常运转。答案为 A 本题测 试: 动词近形近义干扰。选项A与D、B与C组成两对近形干扰；A与C为近义 干扰，A) deprive 和C) strip均有“剥夺”之意，A) deprive表示对“人之基本需 求”的剥夺，C) strip则侧重“强行、彻底”，且作为“惩罚”的一种剥夺， 本题假设对人之基本睡眠的剥夺，故选A较妥。B) rip扯破，撕坏；D) contrive 设法做到，谋划。 58. [译文] 多少年来，那个遥远国家的人民一直遭受着一个独裁者的压迫。答案为 C 本题测试；动词语义及近形干扰。A) depress (精神上)压抑，使沮丧，使(经 济)不景气；C) oppress (政治上)压迫；B) immerse使沉浸(在)，使专心(于)；D) curse诅咒。 59. [译文]从工业兴起以来，教育就一直以培养生产劳动者为方向。答案为 D 本题 测试: 动词语义理解及动词与介词的搭配。A) harness 治理，利用；B) hatch 孵 化，策划；C) motivate 驱使，动: ～ sb to do sth.; D) gear调整(安排，组织)以 适应/合: ～ sb./sth to/towards. 60. [译文] 物价上涨的预期早已引起了人们的担忧。答案为 A 本题测试: 动词词义 及动宾语义搭配。A) provoke引起，激起；B) irritate 激怒，使生气: ～ sb.; C) inspire鼓舞，赋予灵感: ～ sb.; D) hoist举起、升起、吊起(具体物品)。 61. [译文] 那个犯罪嫌疑人声称，案发当时他不在附近。答案为 B 本题测试: 动词 词义及动词名型。本题中能后接 that 从句的动词有 B) allege 声称和 D) announce 通知，根据主语 suspect (嫌犯)即可知B为答案。A) advocate倡导、 支持: ～ sth.; C) address向…致词: ～ a meeting/a group of people, etc. 在…上 讲话。 62. [译文] 虽说在一定程度上殖民者已与土著美洲人混在一起，印第安人对美国文 化及语言的影响还是很有限的。 答案为C 本题测试: 动词词义及动词与介词的 搭配。A) migrate 移徙，移居: ～ to a place; B) match 与…相匹配: ～ sb./sth for...; C) mingle混合，溶入: ～ with/in; D) melt溶化，溶解。 63. [译文] 电子邮件是一种非常适合人类需求的、方便、随意而高度民主的信息传 递媒介。答案为C 本题测试: 动词词义及动词与介词的搭配。A) adhere (to) 坚 418淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 持，遵守；B) reflect反映，反射；C) conform (to) 遵守、符合、适应；D) satisfy 满足。 64. [译文] 鸟的翅膀在它被击落后仍在拍动。答案为C 本题测试: 动词词义及近形 干扰。A) slap掴，拍涂抹；B) scratch抓，抓伤；C) flap (翅翼)拍打，摆动(同 flutter); D) fluctuate (使)波动，起伏。 65. [译文] 就贸易限制的分歧可能会严惩危及两国间的关系。答案为 B 本题测试: 动词语义上下文理解。A) tumble跌倒，暴跌，不由自主地卷入；B) jeopardize 危及，损害(jeopardy 危险+ ize = endanger)；C)操作，操纵，控制；D) intimidate恐吓，(对人)威胁(←timid)。 66. [译文] 贴墙纸时，是将边相互搭叠呢还是缝对缝挨着?答案为C 本题测试: 动词 词义上下文理解及近义干扰、近形干扰。决定本题答案为C) over lap“(部分) 互相搭叠，交接、重叠”的是后面与之对应的 put the next to each sther 不定式 短语。A) coincide (事件等)巧合，位置重合，(几乎全部地)重叠，与overlap之 区别在于“重叠”部分的多少；B)展开，使延伸，扩展；D) collide与A)构成近 形干扰，指车辆等的“相撞”。 67. [译文]在现行体制中，国有企业必须将所有利润上缴政府。答案为C)本题测试: 短语动词辨异。A) turn down拒绝，(声音等)关小，(经济)萧条；B) turn up出现， 露面，开大(声音等)；C) turn out生产，关掉(声音等)，结果证明是，赶走，解 雇；D) turn in上缴，交出，出卖，告发，拐人。 68. [译文]美国的石油公司早已感受到这种压力，有些炼油工人及制造石油设备的 工作开始下岗。答案为B)本题测试: 短语动词辨异。A) lay out陈列，布置，设 计布局；B) lay off使下岗，(暂时)解聘，搁在一边；C) lay down放下，放弃， 铺设，制订；D) lay aside搁置(一边)，积攒。 69、[译文]我们会对居住期间对 你房子所遭到的破坏进行补偿的。答案为A)本题测试: 动词句型及相关词义干 扰。A) compensate补偿，赔偿: ～ sb for damage/losses, etc.; B) remedy补救， 纠正(错误、欠缺等)；C) supplement补充(数量之不足)，增补；D) retrieve检索， 挽回(损失， ～ one’s losses)，补救。 70. [译文]她剪成短发，试图把自己伪装成一个男子。答案为B)本题测试: 动词相 关语义相扰及动词句型。A) decorate装饰；B) disguise伪装，假扮成 ～ sb as sb. else；C) fabricate捏造，伪造(故事、借口等)；D) fake仿造，伪造(笔迹，假 币等)。 Part IV Error Correction 本文论述人们就good and bad manners的观点分歧，并通过两个实例来阐述以 上主题。 71. on → by本题考点: 介词搭配，根据人们如何占用周围空间的方式来判断。本 题易错改well-mannered为good-mannered, 但well-mannered为正确的复合词， 419淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 有礼貌的、行为端庄的。 72. unaware → aware本题考点: 上下文理解 → 反义词。such a person指上文的 well-mannered person, 当然在街上 走时不会“目中无人”。 73. as → than本题考点: 比较连词的关键搭配。根据上一行中之more即可确定改 as为than. 74. it → which本题考点: 句子结构，代词及定语从句。逗号后，人称代词 he前的 代词it显然不可能出现在正常的英语语句中，根据本句主从句的结构分析，即 可确定两逗号间为一非限制定语从句。 75. at → in本题考点: 介词基本用法。country前一段用介词in. 76. hasn’t → hadn’t本题考点: 时态。综观进过第二实例的二、三、四段，短文全 部倩了过去时间的时态。 77. American → Arab本题考点: 上下文理解 → 相关词(反义)。第二例讲述的是一 位赴阿拉伯传统餐宴的美国人不了解阿拉伯食品，闹出笑话，而主人顺水推舟， 以自己的行为挽回美国人面子这样的一个故事。77题所在句子为虚拟语气: 如 果他了解阿拉伯食品，他也许不至于如此举止。 78. as → like本题考点: 易淆介词as意为“作为”，like意为“象”，根据本行意 思，这里当是: 摆在他(美国人)面前一大片很薄的面包，在他眼里看上去非常 像一块餐巾。因此，他就把那块面包拿起，塞到衣领里，让它挂在衬衫前。 79. falls → fell本题考点: 时态，阐述见76题。本句意思为: 因此，他就把那块面 包拿起，塞到衣领里，让它挂在衬衫前。 80. of → 删，本题考点: 动词句型。say后换something等复合代词时为及物动词， 不用介词，本句中said nothing为与后面copied并列的两个主句谓语动词。 Part V Writing 420淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2000年6月听力原文 Section A 1. M: Have you had the brakes and tires checked? And do you have enough money? W: I’ve taken care of everything and I’m sure it’s going to be a wonderful trip. Q: What is the woman going to do? 2. M: The new sales manager says he have never met you before. W: We’ve been introduced about three times. He seems a little forgetful. Q: What do we learn about the new sales manager? 3. W: I don’t understand why this book for self study doesn’t have answers to the questions. M: But it does. You can find them alt the back of the book. Q: What does the man say about the self-study book? 4. W: We mean to let everyone know about the charity concert, but we don’t have enough money for advertising. M: How about using the school radio station? They broadcast free public-service announcement. Q: What does the man suggest they do? 5. M: By the way, Jane, did you talk to the consultant about our health program? W: I contacted his office, but his secretary said he would be out for lunch until two. Q: What does the woman mean? 6. M: I don’t know whether to ask Joe or Cora to draw the posters. W: What difference does it make? They’re both excellent artists. Q: What does the woman imply about Joe and Core? 7. M: Mary is in charge of the art and music section; and Charles, the ports page. What about you? W: I’m responsible for the editorials. Q: Where does the woman work? 8. M: I ran into our friend Mark yesterday on the street, and he said he hadn’t heard from you for two months. W: Yes, I know, but I’ve been too busy to phone him. 421淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 9. M: I’m really exhausted, but I don’t want to miss the film that comes on at 11. W: If I were you, I’d skip it. We both have to get up early tomorrow, and anyway, I’ve heard it isn’t that exciting. Q: What does the woman mean? 10. M: I thought the librarian said we could check out as many books as we need without our library cards. W: That’s right, but not those reference books. Q: What does the woman mean? Section B Passage One The piano and violin are girls’ instruments. Drums and trumpets are for boys. According to psychologists Susan Onco and Michael Balton, children have very clear ideas about which musical instruments they should play. They find that despite the best efforts of teachers these ideas have changed very little over the past decade. They interviewed 153 children aged between 9 and 11 from schools in northwest England. They asked them to identify 4 musical instruments and then to say which they would like to play most and which they would least lie to play. They also asked the children for their views on whether boys or girls should not play any of the 4 instruments. The piano and the violin were both ranked more favorably by girls than by boys, while boys prefer the drums and trumpets. There was broad agreement between boys and girls on which instruments each sex should play and the reasons vary. And while almost half of all boys said they avoid certain instruments because they were too difficult to play, only 15% of girls gave that as a reason. Earlier studies indicated that very young school children aged between 5 and 7 showed no bias in choosing musical instruments, but their tastes become more clear between the ages of 8 and 10. One survey of 78 teachers suggested that after that age both boys and girls. 11. Why did Susan and Michael interview children aged between 9 and 11? 12. Why do many of the boys avoid certain instruments? 13. Which group of children have a bias when choosing musical instruments? Passage Two In the 1970s, the famous Brazilian football player Pele retired from the national team of Brazil and became a professional player for a team in New York. Football, or soccer, wasn’t very popular in the United States at that time. Few North Americans knew 422淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 anything about this fast-moving sport. There was no money to pay professional players and there was little interest in football in high schools and colleges. When Pele and other international stars began playing in various US cities, people saw how interesting the game was and began to go to the matches. It is now common for important games to have fifty to sixty thousand fans. Support from the fans is important to the football. The fans cheer enthusiastically for their favorite players and teams, who respond by playing better than before. In most World Cups, the home team, or the team from the host country usually plays better than most people expect. In 1966, 1974 and 1978, the home teams of England, West Germany and Argentina all won the World Cup. The World Cup is called that because teams from every continent have played in it. However, since the Cup began, all of the winning teams have been from Europe or South America. Teams from Asia or Africa always do well but they haven’t yet won. Mexico played surprisingly well in the 1970 Cup, which it hosted, but it wasn’t among the 4 final teams. 14. Why wasn’t football a popular sport in the U.S. in the 1970s? 15. When does a football team have the best chance to win the World Cup? 16. How did Mexico do in the 1970 World Cup? Passage Three The world’s smartest adolescence in mathematics and science are in Singapore, according to a global survey of educational achievement. In the 3rd International Mathematics and Science Study, 13-year-olds from Singapore achieved the best scores in standardized tests of maths and science that were administered to 287,896 students in 41 countries in 1994 and 1995. The survey suggests that science and maths education is especially strong in the Far East. While well behind those top scores, students from Australia earned higher marks in maths than their counterparts in England, who in turn did better than American students. The study collected information on the students’ teachers and homes. Not surprisingly, the highest-scoring students had well-educated parents or came from homes containing study-aids such as computers, dictionaries or even such elemental facilities as desks. The study shows that boys generally did better than girls in science, but there was little difference between them in maths. Boys scored better than girls in physics and chemistry. There were no sex differences in the life and environmental sciences. In addition to being tested, students in the project were asked how proficient they thought they were in maths and science. Students in some countries, such as Columbia and Kuwait, had an overly optimistic view of their skills. Meanwhile, some of the best students from Japan and Korea for example were needlessly pessimistic even though they did far better in maths than almost all of other students. 17. Of the 4 groups of students, who scored the lowest in maths according to the survey? 423淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 18. What kind of students are most likely to become top scorers? 19. In what way do Columbian students differ from Japanese students? 20. In which subjects did boys score higher than girls? 424淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) The man thinks travelling by air is quite safe. B) The woman never travels by plane. C) Both speakers feel nervous when flying. D) The speakers feel sad about the serious loss of life. 2. A) At the information desk. B) In an office. C) In a restaurant. D) At a railway station. 3. A) Write the letter. B) Paint the shelf. C) Fix the shelf. 425淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Look for the pen. 4. A) It gives a 30% discount to all customers. B) It is run by Mrs. Winter’s husband. C) It hires Mrs. Winter as an adviser. D) It encourages husbands to shop on their own. 5. A) Long exposure to the sun. B) Lack of sleep. C) Too tight a hat. D) Long working hours. 6. A) His English is still poor after ten years in America. B) He doesn’t mind speaking English with an accent. C) He doesn’t like the way Americans speak. D) He speaks English as if he were a native speaker. 7. A) An auto mechanic. B) An electrician. C) A carpenter. D) A telephone repairman. 8. A) They both enjoyed watching the game. B) The man thought the results were beyond their expectations. C) They both felt good about the results of the game. D) People were surprised at their winning the game. 9. A) Manager and employee. B) Salesman and customer. C) Guide and tourist. D) Professor and student. 10. A) Tom has arranged a surprise party for Lucy. B) Tom will keep the surprise party a secret. C) Tom and Lucy have no secrets from each other. D) Tom didn’t make any promise to Lucy. Section B Compound Dictation 注意：听力理解的B节(Section B)为复合式听写 (Compound Dictation)，题目在 426淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 试卷二上，现在请取出试卷二。 Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from S1 to S7 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from S8 to S10 you are required to fill in the missing information. You can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. The human body is a remarkable food processor. As an adult, you may consume (S1) ________ a ton of food per year and still not gain or lose a pound of body weight. You are (S2) ________ harnessing, and consuming energy through the intricate (S3) ________ of your body in order to remain in energy balance. To (S4) ________ a given body weight, your energy input must balance your energy output. However, sometimes the (S5) ________ energy balance is upset, and your (S6) ________ body weight will either fall or (S7) ________. The term body image refers to the mental image we have of our own physical appearance, and (S8) ________________________________. Research has revealed that about 40 percent of adult men and 55 percent of adult women are dissatisfied with their current body weight. (S9) ________________________________. At the college level, a study found that 85 percent of both male and female first year students desired to change their body weight. (S10) ________________________________. Thinness is currently an attribute that females desire highly. Males generally desire muscularity. The vast majority of individuals who want to change their body weight do it for the sake of appearance: most want to lose excess body fat, while a smaller percentage of individuals actually want to gain weight. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 reading passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 15 are based on the following passage. Birds that are literally half asleep—with one brain hemisphere alert and the other sleeping—control which side of the brain remains awake, according to a new study of sleeping ducks. Earlier studies have documented half brain sleep in a wide range of birds. The brain hemispheres take turns sinking into the sleep stage characterized by slow brain waves. 427淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The eye controlled by the sleeping hemisphere keeps shut, while the wakeful hemisphere’s eye stays open and alert. Birds also can sleep with both hemispheres resting at once. Decades of studies of bird flocks led researchers to predict extra alertness in the more vulnerable, end of the row sleepers. Sure enough, the end birds tended to watch carefully on the side away from their companions. Ducks in the inner spots showed no preference for gaze direction. Also, birds dozing (打盹) at the end of the line resorted to single hemisphere sleep, rather than total relaxation, more often than inner ducks did. Rotating 16 birds through the positions in a four duck row, the researchers found outer birds half asleep during some 32 percent of dozing time versus about 12 percent for birds in internal spots. “We believe this is the first evidence for an animal behaviorally controlling sleep and wakefulness simultaneously in different regions of the brain,” the researchers say. The results provide the best evidence for a long standing supposition that single hemisphere sleep evolved as creatures scanned for enemies. The preference for opening an eye on the lookout side could be widespread, he predicts. He’s seen it in a pair of birds dozing side by side in the zoo and in a single pet bird sleeping by a mirror. The mirror side eye closed as if the reflection were a companion and the other eye stayed open. Useful as half sleeping might be, it’s only been found in birds and such water mammals (哺乳动物) as dolphins, whales, and seals. Perhaps keeping one side of the brain awake allows a sleeping animal to surface occasionally to avoid drowning. Studies of birds may offer unique insights into sleep. Jerome M. Siegel of the UCLA says he wonders if birds’ half brain sleep “is just the tip of the iceberg (冰山)” He speculates that more examples may turn up when we take a closer look at other species. 11. A new study on birds’ sleep has revealed that ________. A) half brain sleep is found in a wide variety of birds B) half brain sleep is characterized by slow brain waves C) birds can control their half brain sleep consciously D) birds seldom sleep with the whole of their brain at rest 12. According to the passage, birds often half sleep because ________. A) they have to watch out for possible attacks B) their brain hemispheres take turns to rest C) the two halves of their brain are differently structured D) they have to constantly keep an eye on their companions 13. The example of a bird sleeping in front of a mirror indicates that ________. A) the phenomenon of birds dozing in pairs is widespread 428淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) birds prefer to sleep in pairs for the sake of security C) even an imagined companion gives the bird a sense of security D) a single pet bird enjoys seeing its own reflection in the mirror 14. While sleeping, some water mammals tend to keep half awake in order to ________. A) alert themselves to the approaching enemy B) emerge from water now and then to breathe C) be sensitive to the ever changing environment D) avoid being swept away by rapid currents 15. By “just the tip of the iceberg” (Line 2, Para. 8), Siegel suggests that ________. A) half brain sleep has something to do with icy weather B) the mystery of half brain sleep is close to being solved C) most birds living in cold regions tend to be half sleepers D) half brain sleep is a phenomenon that could exist among other species Passage Two Questions 16 to 20 are based on the following passage. A nine year old schoolgirl single handedly cooks up a science fair experiment that ends up debunking (揭穿…的真相) a widely practiced medical treatment. Emily Rosa’s target was a practice known as therapeutic (治疗的) touch (TT for short), whose advocates manipulate patients’ “energy fieldto make them feel better and even, say some, to cure them of various ills. Yet Emily’s test shows that these energy fields can’t be detected, even by trained TT practitioners (行医者). Obviously mindful of the publicity value of the situation, Journal editor George Lundberg appeared on TV to declare, “Age doesn’t matter. It’s good science that matters, and this is good science.” Emily’s mother Linda Rosa, a registered nurse, has been campaigning against TT for nearly a decade. Linda first thought about TT in the late ‘80s, when she learned it was on the approved list for continuing nursing education in Colorado. Its 100,000 trained practitioners (48,000 in the U.S.) don’t even touch their patients. Instead, they waved their hands a few inches from the patient’s body, pushing energy fields around until they’re in “balance.” TT advocates say these manipulations can help heal wounds, relieve Pain and reduce fever. The claims are taken seriously enough that TT therapists are frequently hired by leading hospitals, at up to $70 an hour, to smooth patients’ energy, sometimes during surgery. Yet Rosa could not find any evidence that it works. To provide such proof, TT therapists would have to sit down for independent testing—something they haven’t been eager to do, even though James Randi has offered more than $1 million to anyone who can demonstrate the existence of a human energy field. (He’s had one taker so far. 429淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 She failed.) A skeptic might conclude that TT practitioners are afraid to lay their beliefs on the line. But who could turn down an innocent fourth grader? Says Emily: “I think they didn’t take me very seriously because I’m a kid.” The experiment was straight forward: 21 TT therapists stuck their hands, palms up, through a screen. Emily held her own hand over one of theirs left or right and the practitioners had to say which hand it was. When the results were recorded, they’d done no better than they would have by simply guessing. If there was an energy field, they couldn’t feel it. 16. Which of the following is evidence that TT is widely practiced? A) TT has been in existence for decades. B) Many patients were cured by therapeutic touch. C) TT therapists are often employed by leading hospitals. D) More than 100,000 people are undergoing TT treatment. 17. Very few TT practitioners responded to the $1 million offer because ________. A) they didn’t take the offer seriously B) they didn’t want to risk their career C) they were unwilling to reveal their secret D) they thought it was not in line with their practice 18. The purpose of Emily Rosa’s experiment was ________. A) to see why TT could work the way it did B) to find out how TT cured patients’ illnesses C) to test whether she could sense the human energy field D) to test whether a human energy field really existed 19. Why did some TT practitioners agree to be the subjects of Emil’s experiment? A) It involved nothing more than mere guessing. B) They thought it was going to be a lot of fun. C) It was more straightforward than other experiments. D) They sensed no harm in a little girl’s experiment. 20. What can we learn from the passage? A) Some widely accepted beliefs can be deceiving. B) Solid evidence weighs more than pure theories. C) Little children can be as clever as trained TT practitioners. D) The principle of TT is too profound to understand. 430淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Three Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. What might driving on an automated highway be like? The answer depends on what kind of sys tem is ultimately adopted. Two distinct types are on the drawing board. The first is a special purpose lane system, in which certain lanes are reserved for automated vehicles. The second is a mixed traffic system: fully automated vehicles would share the road with partially automated or manual driven cars. A special purpose lane system would require more extensive physical modifications to existing highways, but it promises the greatest gains in freeway (高速公路) capacity. Under either scheme, the driver would specify the desired destination, furnishing this information to a computer in the car at the beginning of the trip or perhaps just before reaching the automated highway. If a mixed traffic system way was in place, automated driving could begin whenever the driver was on suitably equipped roads. If special purpose lanes were available, the car could enter them and join existing traffic in two different ways. One method would use a special onramp (入口引道). As the driver approached the point of entry for the highway, devices installed on the roadside would electronically check the vehicle to determine its destination and to ascertain that it had the proper automation equipment in good working order. Assuming it passed such tests, the driver would then be guided through a gate and toward an automated lane. In this case, the transition from manual to auto mated control would take place on the entrance ramp. An alternative technique could employ conventional lanes, which would be shared by automated and regular vehicles. The driver would steer onto the highway and move in normal fashion to a “transition” lane. The vehicle would then shift under computer control onto a lane reserved for automated traffic. (The limitation of these lanes to automated traffic would, presumably, be well respected, because all trespassers (非法进入者) could be swiftly identified by authorities.) Either approach to joining a lane of automated traffic would harmonize the movement of newly entering vehicles with those already traveling. Automatic control here should allow for smooth merging without the usual uncertainties and potential for accidents. And once a vehicle had settled into automated travel, the driver would be free to release the wheel, open the morning paper or just relax. 21. We learn from the first paragraph that two systems of automated highways ________. A) are being planned B) are being modified C) are now in wide use D) are under construction 22. A special purpose lane system is probably advantageous in that ________. A) it would require only minor changes to existing highways 431淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) it would achieve the greatest highway traffic efficiency C) it has a lane for both automated and partially automated vehicles D) it offers more lanes for automated vehicles 23. Which of the following is true about driving on an automated highway? A) Vehicles traveling on it are assigned different lanes according to their destinations. B) A car can join existing traffic any time in a mixed lane system. C) The driver should inform his car computer of his destination before driving onto it. D) The driver should share the automated lane with those of regular vehicles. 24. We know from the passage that a car can enter a special purpose lane ________. A) by smoothly merging with cars on the conventional lane B) by way of a ramp with electronic control devices C) through a specially guarded gate D) after all trespassers are identified and removed 25. When driving in an automated lane, the driver ________. A) should harmonize with newly entering cars B) doesn’t have to rely on his computer system C) should watch out for potential accidents D) doesn’t have to hold on to the steering wheel Passage Four Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Taking charge of yourself involves putting to rest some very prevalent myths. At the top of the list is the notion that intelligence is measured by your ability to solve complex problems; to read, write and compute at certain levels; and to resolve abstract equations quickly. This vision of intelligence asserts formal education and bookish excellence as the true measures of self fulfillment. It encourages a kind of intellectual prejudice that has brought with it some discouraging results. We have come to believe that someone who has more educational merit badges, who is very good at some form of school discipline is “intelligent.” Yet mental hospitals are filled with patients who have all of the properly lettered certificates. A truer indicator of intelligence is an effective, happy life lived each day and each present moment of every day. If you are happy, if you live each moment for everything it’s worth, then you are an intelligent person. Problem solving is a useful help to your happiness, but if you know that given your inability to resolve a particular concern you can still choose happiness for yourself, or at a minimum refuse to choose unhappiness, then you are intelligent. You 432淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 are intelligent because you have the ultimate weapon against the big N.B.D.—Nervous Break Down. “Intelligent people do not have N.B.D.’s because they are in charge of themselves. They know how to choose happiness over depression, because they know how to deal with the problems of their lives. You can begin to think of yourself as truly intelligent on the basis of how you choose to feel in the face of trying circumstances. The life struggles are pretty much the same for each of us. Every one who is involved with other human beings in any social context has similar difficulties. Disagreements, conflicts and compromises are a part of what it means to be human. Similarly, money, growing old, sickness, deaths, natural disasters and accidents are all events which present problems to virtually all human beings. But some people are able to make it, to avoid immobilizing depression and unhappiness despite such occurrences, while others collapse or have an N.B.D. Those who recognize problems as a human condition and don’t measure happiness by an absence of problems are the most intelligent kind of humans we know; also, the most rare. 26. According to the author, the conventional notion of intelligence measured in terms of one’s ability to read, write and compute ________. A) is a widely held but wrong concept B) will help eliminate intellectual prejudice C) is the root of all mental distress D) will contribute to one’s self fulfillment 27. It is implied in the passage that holding a university degree ________. A) may result in one’s inability to solve complex real life problems B) does not indicate one’s ability to write properly worded documents C) may make one mentally sick and physically weak D) does not mean that one is highly intelligent 28. The author thinks that an intelligent person knows ________. A) how to put up with some very prevalent myths B) how to find the best way to achieve success in tire C) how to avoid depression and make his life worthwhile D) how to persuade others to compromise 29. In the last paragraph, the author tells us that ________. A) difficulties are but part of everyone’s life B) depression and unhappiness are unavoidable in life C) everybody should learn to avoid trying circumstances D) good feelings can contribute to eventual academic excellence 433淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 30. According to the passage, what kind of people are rare? A) Those who don’t emphasize bookish excellence in their pursuit of happiness. B) Those who are aware of difficulties in life but know how to avoid unhappiness. C) Those who measure happiness by an absence of problems but seldom suffer from N.B.D’s. D) Those who are able to secure happiness though having to struggle against trying circumstances. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 31. Starting with the ________ that there is life on the planet Mars, the scientist went on to develop his argument. A) premise B) pretext C) foundation D) presentation 32. After several nuclear disasters, a ________ has raged over the safety of nuclear energy. A) quarrel B) suspicion C) verdict D) controversy 33. Their diplomatic principles complexly laid bare their ________ for world conquest. A) admiration B) ambition C) administration D) orientation 34. The director gave me his ________ that he would double my pay if I did my job well. A) warrant B) obligation C) assurance 434淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) certainty 35. The Christmas tree was decorated with shining ________ such as colored lights and glass balls. A) ornaments B) luxuries C) exhibits D) complements 36. The two most important ________ in making a cake are flour and sugar. A) elements B) components C) ingredients D) constituents 37. Cultural ________ indicates that human beings hand their languages down from one generation to another. A) translation B) transition C) transmission D) transaction 38. We must look beyond ________ and assumptions and try to discover what is missing. A) justifications B) illusions C) manifestations D) specifications 39. No one imagined that the apparently ________ businessman was really a criminal. A) respective B) respectable C) respectful D) realistic 40. If nothing is done to protect the environment, millions of spiders that are alive today will have become ________. A) deteriorated B) degenerated 435淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) suppressed D) extinct 41. The ________ of the scientific attitude is that the human mind can succeed in understanding the universe. A) essence B) texture C) content D) threshold 42. The old lady has developed a ________ cough which cannot be cured completely in a short time. A) perpetual B) permanent C) chronic D) sustained 43. What the correspondent sent us is an ________ news report. We can depend on it. A) evident B) authentic C) ultimate D) immediate 44. Having had her as a professor and adviser, I can tell you that she is an ________ force who pushes her students to excel far beyond their own expectations. A) inspirational B) educational C) excessive D) instantaneous 45. Some researchers feel that certain people have nervous systems particularly ________ to hot, dry winds. They are what we call weather sensitive people. A) subjective B) subordinate C) liable D) vulnerable 46. Hurricanes are killer winds, and their ________ power lies in the physical damage they can do. 436淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) cumulative B) destructive C) turbulent D) prevalent 47. In some countries, students are expected to be quiet and ________ in the classroom. A) skeptical B) faithful C) obedient D) subsidiary 48. In spite of the ________ economic forecasts, manufacturing output has risen slightly. A) gloomy B) miserable C) shadowy D) obscure 49. Body paint or face paint is used mostly by men in pre literate societies in order to attract good health or to ________ disease. A) set aside B) ward off C) shrug off D) give away 50. The international situation has been growing ________ difficult for the last few years. A) invariably B) presumably C) increasingly D) dominantly 51. The prisoner was ________ of his civil liberty for three years. A) discharged B) derived C) deprived D) dispatched 437淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 52. Small farms and the lack of modern technology have ________ agricultural production. A) blundered B) tangled C) bewildered D) hampered 53. The Japanese scientists have found that scents ________ efficiency and reduce stress among office workers. A) enhance B) amplify C) foster D) magnify 54. All the students have to ________ to the rules and regulations of the school. A) confirm B) confront C) confine D) conform 55. He ________ his head, wondering how to solve the problem. A) scrapped B) screwed C) scraped D) scratched 56. As soon as the boy was able to earn his own living he ________ his parents’ strict rules. A) defied B) refuted C) excluded D) vetoed 57. The helicopter a light plane and both pilots were killed. A) coincided with B) stumbled on C) tumbled to D) collided with 438淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 58. To ________ is to save and protect, to leave what we ourselves enjoy in such good condition that others may also share the enjoyment. A) conserve B) conceive C) convert D) contrive 59. Put on dark glasses or the sun will ________ you and you won’t be able to see. A) discern B) distort C) distract D) dazzle 60. In ________ times human beings did not travel for pleasure but to find a more favourable climate. A) prime B) primitive C) primary D) preliminary Part IV Cloze (15 minutes) Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE with a single line through the centre. In the United States, the first day nursery, was opened in 1854. Nurseries were established in various areas during the __61__ half of the 19th century; most of __62__ were charitable. Both in Europe and in the U.S., the day nursery movement received great __63__ during the First World War, when __64__ of manpower caused the industrial employment of unprecedented (前所未有) numbers of women. In some European countries nurseries were established __65__ in munitions (军火) plants, under direct government sponsorship. __66__ the number of nurseries in the U.S. also rose __67__, this rise was accomplished without government aid of any kind. During the years following the First World War, __68__, federal, State, and local governments gradually began to exercise a measure of control __69__ the day nurseries, chiefly by __70__ them and by. The __71__ of the Second World War was quickly followed by an increase in the number of day nurseries in almost all countries, as women were __72__ called up on to replace men in the factories. On this __73__ the U.S. government immediately came to the support of the nursery schools, __74__ $6,000,000 in July, 1942, for a nursery school program for the children of working mothers. Many States and local communities 439淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 __75__ this Federal aid. By the end of the war, in August, 1945, more than 100,000 children were being cared __76__ in daycare centers receiving Federal __77__. Soon afterward, the Federal government __78__ cut down its expenditures for this purpose and later __79__ them, causing a sharp drop in the number of nursery schools in operation. However, the expectation that most employed mothers would leave their __80__ at the end of the war was only partly fulfilled. 61. A) latter B) late C) other D) first 62. A) those B) them C) whose D) imitation 63. A) impetus B) input C) imitation D) initiative 64. A) sources B) abundance C) shortage D) reduction 65. A) hardly B) entirely C) only D) even 66. A) Because B) As C) Since D) Although 67. A) unanimously B) sharply 440淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) predominantly D) militantly 68. A) therefore B) consequently C) however D) moreover 69. A) over B) in C) at D) about 70. A) formulating B) labeling C) patenting D) licensing 71. A) outset B) outbreak C) breakthrough D) breakdown 72. A) again B) thus C) repeatedly D) yet 73. A) circumstance B) occasion C) case D) situation 74. A) regulating B) summoning C) allocating D) transferring 75. A) expanded 441淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) facilitated C) supplemented D) compensated 76. A) by B) after C) of D) for 77. A) pensions B) subsidies C) revenues D) budgets 78. A) prevalently B) furiously C) statistically D) drastically 79. A) abolished B) diminished C) jeopardized D) precluded 80. A) nurseries B) homes C) jobs D) children Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic How to Succeed in a Job Interview? You should write at least 100 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below: 1. 面试在求职过程中的作用 2. 取得面试成功的因素：仪表、举止谈吐、能力、专业知识、自信、实事求是… 442淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. A 2. C 3. C 4. D 5. A 6. A 7. B 8. C 9. D 10. D S1. over S2. constantly S3. mechanism S4. maintain S5. overall S6. normal S7. increase S8. This can be influenced by a variety of factors, including how much you weigh and how that weight is distributed. S9. Similarly findings have also been reported at high school level, mainly with female students. S10. The primary cause of this concern is the value that American society is in general a society to physical appearance. Part II Reading Comprehension 11. C 12. A 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. C 17. C 18. D 19. D 20. A 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. A 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. B Part III Vocabulary 31. A 32. D 33. B 34. C 35. A 36. C 37. C 38. B 39. B 40. D 443淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. A 42. C 43. B 44. A 45. D 46. B 47. C 48. A 49. B 50. C 51. C 52. D 53. A 54. D 55. D 56. A 57. D 58. A 59. D 60. B Part IV Cloze 61. B 62. B 63. A 64. C 65. D 66. D 67. B 68. C 69. B 70. A 71. B 72. A 73. B 74. C 75. C 76. D 77. B 78. D 79. A 80. C 444淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月六级答案详解 Part I Listening Comprehension Part II Reading Comprehension 11. 正确答案为C)。根据文章第1、3-6段可知，对鸟类睡眠的最新研究表明，它 们能够有意识地控制自己的半脑睡眠。这几段举例说明了对这个问题实验的情 况。选项A)、B)、D)虽在文章第2 段中也提到了，但那是文献记载的以前研究 的情况(Earlier studies have documented...)故均不是正确答案。 12. 正确答案为 A)。根据文章第 6段The results provide the best evidence for along standing supposition that single hemisphere sleep evolved as creatures scanned for enemies.(这些研究结果为一个长久以来的假设提供了最好的证据，即单侧脑睡 眠是在生物警惕敌人过程中进化形成的。) 13. 正确答案为C)。根据文章第6段内容：鸟类单侧脑睡眠是在警惕敌人过程中进 化而来，此结论还可推而广之。在需要警惕的一侧，鸟儿喜欢睁着一只眼睛…， 一对动物园里的鸟儿挨着打瞌睡时 是如此，宠物鸟靠镜子一侧的眼睛闭着， 好象镜子中的影子是一个伙伴，而另一只眼睛却睁着， 也说明这种情况。所 以选项C)是答案。 14. 正确答案为 B)。根据文章第 7 段第 2 句 Perhaps keeping one side of the brain awake allows a sleeping animal to surface occasionally to avoid drowning.(也许， 保持一侧脑醒着可以使睡眠中的动物不时浮出水面而刁；淹死。)所以 B) emerge from water now and then to breathe (不时浮出水面来呼吸)是正确答案。 15. 正确答案为 D)。根据文章最后的一段，也就是含有这个短语的上下文。 Studies of birds may offer unique insights into sleep... He (Siegel) speculates that more examples may turn up when we take closer look at other species.(对鸟类的 研究可能提供对睡眠的独特认识。...他推测当我们对其他物种仔细观察时，就 会发现更多的例证。)因此选项D)所说“半侧脑睡眠这种现象可能存在于其他 物种”正是“just the tip of iceberg”所表达的意思。 16. 正确答案为 C)。根据第 2 段 The claims are taken seriously enough that TT therapists are frequently hired by leading hospitals.(这种宣扬很受重视，以致 TT 行医者经常受雇于大的医院…)选项A)文章中没有提及，选项B)叙述不准确， 文中只是说，据称这种方法能使人病情好转，甚至说有的能治疗各种疾病”。 选项D)与文章内容不符，文章说，川万受过培训的TT行医者甚至不接触病人 身体…。故A)，B)，D)均不是答案。 17. 正确答案为 C)。根据文章第 3 段第 2 句：为了提供这样一个证明(证明人有 “能场”)，TT行医者不得不坐下接受独立的测试—这是他们一直都不愿意做 445淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 的事情，即使詹姆斯·兰迪为能演示人存在“能场”的人提供一百多万美元的 奖 金 。 (To provide such proof, TT therapists would have to sit down for independent testing something they haven’t been eager to do, even though James Landi has offered more than $ 1 million to anyone who can demonstrate the existence of a human energy field.) 18. 正确答案为D)。根据文章第1段我们知道，TT行医者所宣扬的就是通过调节 病人的“能场”来治病(whose advocates manipulate patient’s “energy field” to make them feel better and even, say some, to cure them of various ills)。在第2段 中，又提到“运用这种手法可以推动能场转动直到平衡(... pushing energy fields around until they’re in “balance”)”而爱米丽·瑞莎的实验就是证明是否能场真的 存在。特别文章最后一句If there was an energy field, they couldn’t feel it.(如果 有一个能场的话，他们也感觉不到。)选项C)说是测试她能否感觉到能场，如 果是这样的话，前提是存在一个能场，这当然是错误的。A)，B)两个选项也是 错误的。 19. 正确答案为 D)。根据文章第 3 段从第 2 句到段末这部分：A skeptic might conclude that TT practitioners are afraid to lay their beliefs on the line. But who would turn down an innocent, fourth grader? Says Emily: “I think they didn’t take me very seriously because I’m a kid”.(怀疑的人或许会因为TT行医者害怕使他们 自己处于被揭露的危险中，但谁能拒绝一个天真的四年级的小学生呢?爱米丽 说，“我想他们不会太把我当回事，因为我是个小孩子。”) 20. 正确答案为A)。此题要求概括主题。文章第 1句就是主题句：A nine year old schoolgirl single-handly cooks up a science fair experiment the ends up debunking a widely practiced medical treatment. (一个9岁的小女孩独自设计了一个公开的 科学实验，结果揭穿了一种广为流行的医疗方法的真相。) 21. 正确答案为 A)。根据第 1 段第 2，3 句：The answer depends on what kind of system is ultimately adopted. Two distinct types are on the drawing board. (答案取 决于最后采用哪一种系统，两种不同的类型都在绘图板上。)回答此问题的关 键是要知道drawing board的意思。所以选项A) are being planned是正确答案。 22. 正确答案为 B)。根据第 1 段最后一句：A special purpose lane system would require more extensive physical modifications to existing highways, but it promises the greatest gains in freeway capacity (特别目的车道系统要求对现有的高速公路 进行更广泛的改造，但它会使高速公路获得最大的能力。) 23. 正确答案为 C)。根据第 2 段第 1 句：Under either scheme, the driver would specify the desired destination, furnishing this information to a computer in the car at the beginning of the trip or perhaps just before reaching the automated highway. (不论采用那种设计，司机都需要在其开始行驶时或在到达自动化高速公路前 确定要去的目的地，把这个信息输入车上的计算机。)故C)是正确答案。选项 B)与文章内容相悖，因为原文第2段第2句是on suitably equipped roads而不是 446淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 existing traffic.选项D)提到的情况只适用于第2种设计方案，即混合式交通系统。 故A)，B)，D)均不是答案。 24. 正确答案为B)。根据文章第2段第3，4，5句：如果使用特殊目的的车道…一 种方法是使用特殊的人口引道。当司机接近高速公路人口处时，安装在道边的 电子装置会检测车辆的目的地并搞清是否有能工作的自动化装置。 (If special purpose lanes were available,... One method would use a special onramp. As drivers approached the point of entry for the highway, devices installed on the roadside would electronically check the vehicle to determine its destination and to ascertain that it had the proper automation equipment in good working order.) 25. 正确答案为 D)。根据第 3 段的最后一句：And once a vehicle had settled into automated travel, the driver would be free to release the wheel, open the morning paper or just relax. (一旦车辆进入自动行驶状态，司机就可以放开方向盘，打 开晨报或者只是休息。) 26. 正确答案为A)。这是一篇新老观点对应性文章。老观点也就是平常的大家普 遍接受的观点：聪明指的是受到正规教育，成绩优秀，并以此作为自我完善的 手段。新观点强调心理健康，否定老观点，所以A)是答案。 27. 正确答案为D)。通读全文我们知道，作者认为真正能体现聪明的是能否过一 种有意义；愉快的生活，每天，每时都是这样。而获得大学学位的人未必能做 到。所以选项D)与作者的这种观点相符，是正确答案。选项 C)有一定的干扰 性，虽然作者说神经病医院里满是持有各种证书的病人。但这并不是说持有大 学学位可能使一个人神经得病或身体虚弱。 28. 正确答案为 C)。选项 A)与文章内容相悖，文章说要摒弃某些很流行的说法 (putting rest some very prevalent myths)，而不是要忍耐这些说法。选项 B)和选 项D)的内容在文章中均未提到， 故只有选项C)是正确答案。另外，也可以根 据第2段第1句来推断：If you are happy, if you live each moment for everything it’s worth, then you are an intelligent person. (如果你感到愉快，如果你为所有值 得的事物活每一时刻，你就是一个聪明的人。) 29. 正确答案为A)。根据第4段第2，3，4句的内容：在任何社会环境中与别人交 往，每个人都有相的困难。意见不合，冲突和妥协是作为人的一部分存在的。 (Everyone who is involved with other human in any social context has similar difficulties. Disagreements, conflicts and compromises are a part of what it means to be human.)选项A)与之相符，是正确答案。选项B)干扰性较大，这与原文不 符。原文说But some people are able to make it, to avoid immobilizing depression and unhappiness despite such occurrences.(但有些人能克服，尽管有这些事情发 生，他们能避免陷入沮丧和不愉快中不能自拔。)这意味着生活中的沮丧和不 愉快是可以避免的。 30. 正确答案为 B)。根据第 4 段最后一句：Those who recognize problems as a 447淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 human condition and don’t measure happiness by an absence of problems are the most intelligent kind of human we know, also the most rare. (那些认识到困难是人 生必然存在的事物，不以有没有困难来衡量愉快，是我们所知最聪明的一类人， 也是很罕见的人。) Part III Vocabulary 31. 答案为A)。premise意为“前提”。句意为：以火星有生命这一前提开始，那 位科学家继续深入他的论证。其他三个选项的意思是：B) pretext 借口；C) foundation基础；D) presentation陈述。 32. 答案为D)。controversy意为“争论”，句意为：几起核灾难之后，关于核能 安全的问题引起了激烈的争论。其他三个选项的意思是：A) quarrel争吵，吵 架；B) suspicion猜疑，怀疑；C) verdict判决，结论。 33. 答案为B)。ambition意为“野心”，句意为：“他们”的外交原则彻底将他们 要征服世界的野心暴露无疑。其他三个名词的意思是：A) admiration赞美；C) administration行政，管理；D) orientation方向，方位。 34. 答案为C)。assurance意为“保证，担保”，句意为：主任向我保证，如果我 把工作做好，他会给我双倍的工资。其他三个名词的意思是：A) warrant作名 词意为“证明，凭证”，作动词有“保证，担保”的意思。此处应为名词，意 思不适合本句。B) obligation义务，D) certainty肯定。 35. 答案为A)。 ornaments意为“装饰物”，句意为：圣诞树用彩灯和玻璃球之 类的装饰物修饰了起来。B) luxuries 奢侈品；C) exhibits 展览品；D) complements补充物。 36. 答案为C)。ingredients意为“(混合物中之)成分”，句意为：做蛋糕的最主要 的成分是面粉和糖。其他三个名词的意思是：A) elements 元素，要素；B) components (构成整体的)部件，D constituents要素。 37. 答案为C)。这是四个都含有前缀 trans 的名词的辨析。A) translation翻译；B) transition转换；C) transmission传播；D) transaction交易。C)符合题意要求， 句意为：文化传播表明人类把他们的语言从上一代传给下一代。 38. 答案为B)。illusion意为“幻想”，句意为：我们必须摒弃幻想和假设来看问 题，设法搞清丢失了什么。其他三个名词的意思是：A) justification理由，辩护； C) manifestation展示，证明；D) specification评述，规范。 39. 答案为B)。选项中三个形容词都有同一根词respect, 特别注意它们意义的差别。 A) respective分别的，各自的；B) respectable可敬的，值得尊敬的C) respectful 尊重人的，有礼貌的；D) realistic现实(主义)的。选项B)符合题意，是正确答 案。句意为：没有人会想象到，那个外表可敬的商人实际上是个罪犯。 448淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 40. 答案为D)。选项中四个形容词，有三个是由动词的过去分词转化而来。其意 义分别是：A) deteriorated 退化的，恶化的；B) degenerated 堕落的 C) suppressed压抑的；D) extinct灭绝的。D) extinct符合题意要求，是正确答案。 句意为：如果不采取措施保护环境，数以百万计现在活着的物种就会灭绝。 41. 答案为A)。essence意为“本质，精髓”，句意为：科学态度的本质是人类的 意识能成功地理解宇宙。其他三个名词的意义是：B) content内容；C) texture 结构，D) threshold入口，门槛。 42. 答案为C)。chronic意为“慢性的”：句意为这位老太太患有慢性咳嗽，短期 内不能彻底治愈。其他三个形容词的意思是：A) perpetual永久的，持久的； B) permanent长期的，长久的；D) sustained持续不变的。 43. 答案为B)。authentic意为“真实的，可靠的”，句意为：通讯员发给我们的 是一件真实的新闻报道，我们可以相信它。其他三个形容词的意思是：A) evident明显的；C) ultimate最后的，最终的；D) immediate紧急的，立即的。 44. 答案为A)。inspirational意为“有鼓舞力的，给予灵感的”，句意为：已经聘 她作教授兼顾问，我可以告诉你，她是一种鼓舞力量，促使她的学生成绩大大 优于他们自己的期望。其它三个形容词的意思是：B) educational教育的；C) excessive过分的；D) instantaneous即刻的，瞬间的。 45. 答案为D)。vulnerable意为“易受攻击的，敏感的”，句意为，有些研究者感 到某些人的神经系统对热风和干风很敏感。他们就是我们所称的天气敏感者。 其它三个形容词的意思是：A) subjective主观的；B) subordinate次要的，附属 的；C) liable有…倾向的。 46. 答案为B)。destructive意为“破坏性的”，句意为：飓风是造成灾难的风，其 破坏性在于能造成物质的损坏。其它三个形容词的意思是：A) cumulative累积 的；C) turbulent狂暴的，动乱的；D) prevalent流行的。 47. 答案为C)。obedient的意思是“顺从的，规矩的”，句意为：在一些国家，要 求学生在教室要保持安静并循规蹈矩。另外三个形容词的意义为：A) skeptical 怀疑的；B) faithful忠诚的；D) subsidiary辅助的。 48. 答案为A)。gloomy的意思为“令人沮丧的”，句意为：尽管经济预测令人沮 丧，但制造业的产量却稍有增加。其它三个形容词的意思是：B) miserable悲 惨的；C) shadowy有阴影的；D) obscure模糊的，暗的。 49. 答案为B)。本题要求辨析四个动词短语。A) set aside不顾，置于一旁；B) ward off避开；C) shrug off不理，一笑置之；D) give away赠予，发出。选项B)符合 句意要求，是正确答案。句意为：文身或文面多为尚无文字社会的人用来追求 身体健康或避免疾病。 449淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 50. 答案为C)。increasingly意为“越来越…，日益”，句意为：在过去几年里，国 际形势变得越来越困难。其它三个副词的意思是：A) invariably不变的，总是； B) presumably推测地，大概；D) dominantly起支配作用地。 51. 答案为C)。deprived意为“剥夺”，常与of搭配，句意为：囚犯被剥夺三年的 公民自由权。A) discharged意为“指控”，常与with搭配，discharge... with意 思是“指控某人犯…罪”，B) derive意为“来自，起源”常与 from搭配；D) dispatch意为“派遣”。 52. 答案为D)。hamper意为“阻碍，束缚”，句意为：小农场以及缺乏现代技术 束缚了农业的生产。其它三个动词的意义是：A) blundered盲动，脱口而出； B) tangled纠缠；C) bewildered迷惑。 53. 答案为A)。四个动词的意思分别是：A) enhance增强，提高；B) amplify放大， 增强；C) foster鼓励；D) magnify放大，扩大。根据原题，A) enhance符合题意 是答案。句意为：日本科学家发现，香味能提高办公室人员的效率，并能减轻 紧张情绪。 54. 答案为D)。这是四个形似但意义各不相同的动词。A) confirm证实，确认；B) confront面对，遭遇；C) confine限制，禁闭；D) conform遵守，服从，常与介 词to搭配。D) conform不但在意义上，结构也符合原题，是正确答案。句意为： 所有学生都得遵守学校的规章制度。 55. 答案为D)。scratch意为“抓，挠”，句意为：他挠一挠头，考虑如何解决这 个问题。其它三个动词的意思分别是：A) scrapped 废弃；B) screwed 拧；C) scraped刮，擦。 56. 答案为A)。defied意为“藐视，公然对抗”，句意为：男孩子刚能够自己谋生， 就公然对抗父母的严厉规矩。另外三个动词的意义是：B) refuted反驳，驳斥； C) excluded排斥，D) vetoed否决。 57. 答案为D)。本题是动词短语辨析。四个动词短语的意义分别是：A) coincided with 与…...巧合；B) stumbled on 偶尔遇到；C) tumbled to 恍然大悟；D) collided with与…碰撞。选项D)符合题意，是正确答案。句意为：那架直升飞 机与一架轻型飞机相撞，两个飞行员都遇难了。 58. 答案为 A)。选项中四个动词的意义分别是：A) conserve 保藏，保存；B) conceive想象，持有；C) convert转换；D) contrive发明，设计。根据原题意， A) conserve是答案。句意为：保存就是留下来并保护起来，使我们自己享用的 东西保持完好，让别人也可分享。 59. 答案为D)。 dazzle意为“使人眩晕，眼花”，句意为：戴上墨镜，不然太阳 会使你眼花，看不见东西。其它三个动词的意思是：A) discern辨认，识别； B) distort扭曲，歪曲；C) distract分散，分心。 450淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. 答案为B) primitive意为“原始的”，句意为：在原始时代，人类旅行不是为 了找乐趣，而是寻找更有利的气候。其它三个形容词的意思是，A) prime首要 的；C) primary最初的；D) preliminary开端的，最初的。 Part IV Cloze 61. 正确答案为B)。第一家日托所建于1854年，在各地区建立当然是在19世纪的 后半期。 62. 正确答案为B)。most of后面要用人称代词。 63. 正确答案为A)。根据句意“第一次世界大战对建立日托所的运动是个促进”。 64. 正确答案为C)。根据句意“当时劳动力短缺使得…”。 65. 正确答案为D)。说明托儿所建立的多而广，“甚至”建在军火工厂里。 66. 正确答案为D)。分析全句，这是一个让步状语从句，故应用连词although. 67. 正确答案为B)。修饰动词rose的副词，四个选项中只有sharply (急剧地)合适。 68. 正确答案为C)。本句的语气上是转折的，要选副词however. 69. 正确答案为B)。“在幼儿园里”介词应该用in. 70. 正确答案为A)。根据句意“通过规范(formulate)和…来管理”。选A)。 71. 正确答案为 B)。根据句意“第二次世界大战的爆发”应是“The outbreak of the Second World War”。 72. 正确答案为A)。与第一次世界大战的情况相呼应，所以要填A)“再次”。 73. 正确答案为B)。选项中的四个名词，只有occasion可以与介词on搭配，其意 义也与句意相吻合. 74. 正确答案为C)。根据句意”这时,美国政府立即支持保育员学校, 1942年7月拨 款600万美元… 75. 正确答案为C)。根据句意”许多州和地方社区对这笔联邦政府资助进行补充。 76. 正确答案为D)。动词care要与介词for搭配，表示“照料”的意思。 77. 正确答案为B)。根据句意“在接受联邦津贴的日托中心里”。 451淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 78. 正确答案为D)。根据句意“大幅度地削减这笔费用”，只有副词 drastically是 正确的。 79. 正确答案为A)。与前一句相呼应，前面说“大幅度地削减”，后来，自然是 “废止(abolished)”。 80. 正确答案为C)。根据句意“期望战后大多数所雇佣的有小孩的妇女离开她们的 工作…”。 452淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年1月听力原文 Section A 1. W: Have you heard about the plane crash yesterday? It caused a hundred and twenty deaths. I am never at ease when taking a flight. M: Though we often hear about air crashes and serious casual deeds, flying is one of the safest ways to travel. Q: What do we learn from this conversation? 2. W: I have a complaint to make, Sir. I had waited ten minutes at the table before the waiter showed up, and I finally got served. And I found it was not what I ordered. M: I am terribly sorry, madam. It’s a bit unusually busy tonight. As a compensation, your meal will be free. Q: Where does the conversation most probably take place? 3. M: I can’t find my pen. I need to write a letter. W: I’ll look for it later. Right now I need you to help fix the shelf before paint it. Q: What would they do first? 4. M: Mrs. Winter, I need your advice, I want to buy a dress for my wife, can you tell me where I can get one at a reasonable price? W: Sure, go to Richard’s. It has the latest styles and gives a 30% discount to husbands who shop alone. Q: What do we know about Richard’s shop? 5. M: My headaches are terribly. Maybe I need more sleep. W: Actually, you need less sun and some aspirin. It would help if you wear a hat. Q: What does the woman think is the cause of the man’s headache? 6. M: Did you know this: after almost ten years in the United States, with such a strong accent. W: Yes, but he is proud of it. He says it is a part of his identity. Q: What does the conversation tell us about Mr. Li? Li still speaks English. 7. W: This is Mrs. Starched, my heater is not getting any power and weatherman says the temperature is to fall below zero tonight. Could you get someone to come over and fix it? M: This is the busiest time of the year, but I’ll speak to one of our men about going over some time today. 453淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Q: Who did Mrs. Starched want to come over? 8. M: Though we didn’t win the game, we were satisfied with our performance. W: You did a great job. You almost beat the world’s champions. It’s a real surprise to many people. Q: What do we learn from this conversation? 9. W: Sorry I did not come yesterday, because I had a temperature. Could you tell me the requirement for my term paper? M: The theme of your paper can be about business management or touring resources in China, and the length of the paper should be no less than fifteen pages. Q: What is the most probable relationship between the two speakers? 10. W: I don’t think we should tell Tom about the surprising party for Lucy. M: It’s all right. He promised not to tell, and he does not make promises likely. Q: What does the man mean? 454淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) He will tell Mary how to operate the dishwasher. B) He will wash the dishes himself instead. C) He will help Bill to translate the manual. D) He himself will operate the dishwasher. 2. A) Lose weight. B) Quit smoking. C) Weigh himself frequently. D) Have a talk with the doctor. 3. A) The woman should have complained to her neighbor. B) The woman should stay out until the neighbors are quiet. C) The woman should have stayed at the library. 455淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The lab will be a better place for reading. 4. A) Check the figures later today. B) Do the calculations again tomorrow. C) Bring a calculator tomorrow. D) Calculate the number right now. 5. A) She doesn’t remember much about the city. B) She’s never been to the city. C) She would find someone else to help. D) She would talk to the man later. 6. A) She thinks the man should have helped earlier. B) She doesn’t need the man’s help. C) She doesn’t know the boxes are heavy. D) She wants the man to help with the boxes. 7. A) She let the man use her books for the weekend. B) She brought the books the man asked for. C) She borrowed the books from the man. D) She offered to help the man. 8. A) She’d like to have the windows open. B) She likes to have the air conditioner on. C) The air is heavily polluted. D) The windows are already open. 9. A) He’s going to visit a photo studio. B) He’s just had his picture taken. C) He’s on the way to the theater. D) He’s just returned from a job interview. 10. A) At a gas station. B) In a park. C) In an emergency room. D) At a garage. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 456淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) One sixth of them are seriously polluted. B) One third of them are seriously polluted. C) Half of them are seriously polluted. D) Most of them are seriously polluted. 12. A) There was no garbage left to clean up. B) There was more garbage than before and they had to work harder. C) The river had become so clean that a lot of water-birds came back. D) The river was much cleaner and they had to search for garbage. 13. A) Most of them would be indifferent and keep on throwing garbage into the river. B) They would join the students in changing the situation. C) They would become more aware of the pollution problem. D) They would think twice before they went swimming or fishing in the river. Passage Two Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Why people hold back their tears. B) Why people cry. C) How to restrain one’s tears. D) How tears are produced. 15. A) What chemicals tears are composed of. B) Whether crying really helps us feel better. C) Why some people tend to cry more often than others. D) How tears help people cope with emotional problems. 16. A) Only one out of four girls cries less often than boys. B) Of four boys, only one cries very often. 457淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Girls cry four times as often as boys. D) Only one out of four babies doesn’t cry often. 17. A) Only humans respond to emotions by shedding tears. B) Only humans shed tears to get rid of irritating stuff in their eyes. C) Only human tears can resist the invading bacteria. D) Only human tears can discharge certain chemicals. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) They make decisions by tossing coins. B) They are not physically separated. C) They think exactly the same way. D) They share most of their vital organs. 19. A) Few of them can live long. B) Few of them get along well with each other. C) Most of them live a normal life. D) Most of them differ in their likes and dislikes. 20. A) They go to a regular school. B) They attend a special school. C) They are taught by their parents. D) They have a private tutor. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or finished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Our culture has caused most Americans to assume not only that our language is universal but that the gestures we use are understood by everyone. We do not realize that waving good-bye is the way to summon a person from the Philippines to one’s side, or that in Italy and some Latin-American countries, curling the finger to oneself is a sign 458淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 of farewell. Those private citizens who sent packages to our troops occupying Germany after World War II and marked them GIFT to escape duty payments did not bother to find out that “Gift” means poison in German. Moreover, we like to think of ourselves as friendly, yet we prefer to be at least 3 feet or an arm’s length away from others. Latins and Middle Easterners like to come closer and touch, which makes Americans uncomfortable. Our linguistic (语言上的) and cultural blindness and the casualness with which we take notice of the developed tastes, gestures, customs and languages of other countries, are losing us friends, business and respect in the world. Even here in the United States, we make few concessions to the needs of foreign visitors. There are no information signs in four languages on our public buildings or monuments; we do not have multilingual (多语言的) guided tours. Very few restaurant menus have translations, and multilingual waiters, bank clerks and policemen are rare. Our transportation systems have maps in English only and often we ourselves have difficulty understanding them. When we go abroad, we tend to cluster in hotels and restaurants where English is spoken. Then attitudes and information we pick up are conditioned by those natives— usually the richer—who speak English. Our business dealings, as well as the nation’s diplomacy, are conducted through interpreters. For many years, American dollars no longer buy all good things, and we are slowly beginning to realize that our proper role in the world is changing. A 1979 Harris poll reported that 55 percent of Americans want this country to play a more significant role in world affairs; we want to have a hand in the important decisions of the next century, even though it may not always he the upper hand. 21. It can be inferred that Americans being approached too closely by Middle Easterners would most probably ________. A) stand still B) jump aside C) step forward D) draw back 22. The author gives many examples to criticize Americans for their ________. A) cultural self-centeredness B) casual manners C) indifference towards foreign visitors D) arrogance towards other cultures 23. In countries other than their own most Americans ________. A) are isolated by the local people 459淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) are not well informed due to the language barrier C) tend to get along well with the natives D) need interpreters in hotels and restaurants 24. According to the author, Americans’ cultural blindness and linguistic ignorance will ________. A) affect their image in the new era B) cut themselves off from the outside world C) limit their role in world affairs D) weaken the position of the US dollar 25. The author’s intention in writing this article is to make Americans realize that ________. A) it is dangerous to ignore their foreign friends B) it is important to maintain their leading role in world affairs C) it is necessary to use several languages in public places D) it is time to get acquainted with other cultures Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. In department stores and closets all over the world, they are waiting. Their outward appearance seems rather appealing because they come in a variety of styles, textures, and colors. But they are ultimately the biggest deception that exists in the fashion industry today. What are they? They are high heels—a woman’s worst enemy (whether she knows it or not). High heel shoes are the downfall of modern society. Fashion myths have led women to believe that they are more beautiful or sophisticated for wearing heels, but in reality, heels succeed in posing short as well as long term hardships. Women should fight the high heel industry by refusing to use or purchase them in order to save the world from unnecessary physical and psychological suffering. For the sake of fairness, it must be noted that there is a positive side to high heels. First, heels are excellent for aerating (使通气) lawns. Anyone who has ever worn heels on grass knows what I am talking about. A simple trip around the yard in a pair of those babies eliminates all need to call for a lawn care specialist, and provides the perfect-sized holes to give any lawn oxygen without all those messy chunks of dirt lying around. Second, heels are quite functional for defense against oncoming enemies, who can easily be scared away by threatening them with a pair of these sharp, deadly fashion accessories. Regardless of such practical uses for heels, the fact remains that wearing high heels is harmful to one’s physical health. Talk to any podiatrist (足病医生)， and you will hear that the majority of their business comes from high-heel-wearing women. High heels are 460淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 known to cause problems such as deformed feet and torn toenails. The risk of severe back problems and twisted or broken ankles is three times higher for a flat shoe wearer. Wearing heels also creates the threat of getting a heel caught in a sidewalk crack or a sewer-grate (阴沟栅) and being thrown to the ground—possibly breaking a nose, back, or neck. And of course, after wearing heels for a day, any woman knows she can look forward to a night of pain as she tries to comfort her swollen, aching feet. 26. What makes women blind to the deceptive nature of high heels? A) The multi-functional use of high heels. B) Their attempt to show off their status. C) The rich variety of high heel styles. D) Their wish to improve their appearance. 27. The author’s presentation of the positive side of high heels is meant ________. A) to be ironic B) to poke fun at women C) to be fair to the fashion industry D) to make his point convincing 28. The author uses the expression “those babies” (Line 3, Para. 2) to refer to high heels ________. A) to show their fragile characteristics B) to indicate their feminine features C) to show women’s affection for them D) to emphasize their small size 29. The author’s chief argument against high heels is that ________. A) they pose a threat to lawns B) they are injurious to women’s health C) they don’t necessarily make women beautiful D) they are ineffective as a weapon of defense 30. It can be inferred from the passage that women should ________. A) see through the very nature of fashion myths B) boycott the products of the fashion industry C) go to a podiatrist regularly for advice D) avoid following fashion too closely Passage Three 461淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. It is hardly necessary for me to cite all the evidence of the depressing state of literacy. These figures from the Department of Education are sufficient: 27 million Americans cannot read at all, and a further 35 million read at a level that is less than sufficient to survive in our society. but my own worry today is less that of the overwhelming problem of elemental literacy than it is of the slightly more luxurious problem of the decline in the skill even of the middle-class reader, of his unwillingness to afford those spaces of silence, those luxuries of domesticity and time and concentration, that surround the image of the classic act of reading. It has been suggested that almost 80 percent of America’s literate, educated teenagers can no longer read without an accompanying noise (music) in the background or a television screen flickering (闪烁) at the corner of their field of perception. We know very little about the brain and how it deals with simultaneous conflicting input, but every common-sense intuition suggests we should be profoundly alarmed. This violation of concentration, silence, solitude (独处的状态) goes to the very heart of our notion of literacy; this new form of part-reading, of part-perception against background distraction, renders impossible certain essential acts of apprehension and concentration, let alone that most important tribute any human being can pay to a poem or a piece of prose he or she really loves, which is to learn it by heart. Not by brain, by heart; the expression is vital. Under these circumstances, the question of what future there is for the arts of reading is a real one. Ahead of us lie technical, psychic ( 心 理 的 ), and social transformations probably much more dramatic than those brought about by Gutenberg, the German inventor in printing. The Gutenberg revolution, as we now know it, took a long time; its effects are still being debated. The information revolution will touch every fact of composition, publication, distribution, and reading. No one in the book industry can say with any confidence what will happen to the book as we’ve known it. 31. The picture of the reading ability of the American people, drawn by the author, is ________. A) rather bleak B) fairly bright C) very impressive D) quite encouraging 32. The author’s biggest concern is ________. A) elementary school children’s disinterest in reading classics B) the surprisingly low rate of literacy in the U.S. C) the musical setting American readers require for reading D) the reading ability and reading behavior of the middle class 462淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. A major problem with most adolescents who can read is ________. A) their fondness of music and TV programs B) their ignorance of various forms of art and literature C) their lack of attentiveness and basic understanding D) their inability to focus on conflicting input 34. The author claims that the best way a reader can show admiration for a piece of poetry or prose is ________. A) to be able to appreciate it and memorize it B) to analyze its essential features C) to think it over conscientiously D) to make a fair appraisal of its artistic value 35. About the future of the arts of reading the author feels ________. A) upset B) uncertain C) alarmed D) pessimistic Passage Four Questions 35 to 40 are based on the following passage. For centuries, explorers have risked their lives venturing into the unknown for reasons that were to varying degrees economic and nationalistic. Columbus went west to look for better trade routes to the Orient and to promote the greater glory of Spain. Lewis and Clark journeyed into the American wilderness to find out what the U.S. had acquired when it purchased Louisiana, and the Apollo astronauts rocketed to the moon in a dramatic show of technological muscle during the cold war. Although their missions blended commercial and political-military imperatives, the explorers involved all accomplished some significant science simply by going where no scientists had gone before. Today Mars looms（隐约出现）as humanity’s next great terra incognita（未探明 之地）. And with doubtful prospects for a short-term financial return, with the cold war a rapidly fading memory and amid a growing emphasis on international cooperation in large space ventures, it is clear that imperatives other than profits or nationalism will have to compel human beings to leave their tracks on the planet’s reddish surface. Could it be that science, which has long played a minor role in exploration, is at last destined to take a leading role? The question naturally invites a couple of others: Are there experiments that only humans could do on Mars? Could those experiments provide insights profound enough to justify the expense of sending people across interplanetary space? 463淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 With Mars the scientific stakes are arguably higher than they have ever been. The issue of whether life ever existed on the planet, and whether it persists to this day, has been highlighted by mounting evidence that the Red Planet once had abundant stable, liquid water and by the continuing controversy over suggestions that bacterial fossils rode to Earth on a meteorite（陨石）from valuable data about the range of conditions under which a planet can generate the complex chemistry that leads to life. If it could be established that life arose independently on Mars and Earth, the finding would provide the first concrete clues in one of the deepest mysteries in all of science: the prevalence of life in the universe. 36. According to the passage, the chief purpose of explorers in going to unknown places in the past was ________. A) to display their country’s military might B) to accomplish some significant science C) to find new areas for colonization D) to pursue commercial and state interests 37. At present, a probable inducement for countries to initiate large-scale space ventures is ________. A) international cooperation B) scientific research C) nationalistic reasons D) long-term pro fits 38. What is the main goal of sending human missions to Mars? A) To find out if life ever existed there. B) To see if humans could survive there. C) To prove the feasibility of large-scale space ventures. D) To show the leading role of science in space exploration. 39. By saying “With Mars the scientific stakes are arguably higher than they have ever been” (Line 1, Para. 4), the author means that ________. A) with Mars the risks involved are much greater than any previous space ventures B) in the case of Mars, the rewards of scientific exploration can be very high C) in the case of Mars, much more research funds are needed than ever before D) with Mars, scientists argue, the fundamental interests of science are at issue 40. The passage tells us that proof of life on Mars would ________. A) make clear the complex chemistry in the development of life B) confirm the suggestion that bacterial fossils traveled to Earth on a meteorite 464淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) reveal the kind of conditions under which life originates D) provide an explanation why life is common in the universe Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. If you want this painkiller, you’ll have to ask the doctor for a ________. A) transaction B) permit C) settlement D) prescription 42. The ________ form childhood to adulthood is always critical time for everybody. A) conversion B) transition C) turnover D) transformation 43. It is hard to tell whether we are going to have a boom in the economy or a ________. A) concession B) recession C) submission D) transmission 44. His use of color, light and form quickly departed from the conventional style of his as ________ he developed own technique. A) descendants B) predecessors C) successors D) ancestors 45. Failure in a required subject may result in the ________ of a diploma. A) refusal B) betrayal C) denial 465淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) burial 46. To help students understand how we see, teachers often draw an ________ between an eye and a camera. A) image B) analogy C) denial D) axis 47. A 1994 World Bank report concluded that ________ girls in school was probably the single most effective anti-poverty policy in the developing world today. A) assigning B) admitting C) involving D) enrolling 48. The author of report is well ________ with the problems in the hospital because he has been working there for many years. A) acquainted B) informed C) accustomed D) known 49. When the farmers visited the city the first time, they were ________ by its complicated traffic system. A) precludes B) bewildered C) diverted D) expires 50. If Japan ________ its relation with that country it will have to find another supplier of raw materials. A) precludes B) terminates C) partitions D) expires 51. They were ________ in their scientific research, not knowing what happened just outside their lab. 466淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) submerged B) drowned C) immersed D) dipped 52. You should ________ to one or more weekly magazines such as time, or Newsweek. A) ascribe B) order C) reclaim D) subscribe 53. The automatic doors in supermarkets ________ the entry and exit of customers with shopping carts. A) furnish B) induce C) facilitate D) allocate 54. Each workday, the workers followed the same schedules and rarely ________ from this routine. A) deviated B) disconnected C) detached D) distorted 55. The little girl was ________ by the death of her dog since her affection for the pet had been real and deep. A) grieved B) suppressed C) oppressed D) sustained 56. A visitor to a museum today would notice ________ changes in the way museums are operated. A) cognitive B) conspicuous C) rigorous D) exclusive 467淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 57. Most people tend to think they are so efficient at their job that they are ________. A) inaccessible B) irreversible C) immovable D) irreplaceable 58. Being impatient is ________ with being a good teacher. A) intrinsic B) ingenious C) incompatible D) inherent 59. For a particular reason, he wanted the information to be treated as ________. A) assured B) reserved C) intimate D) confidential 60. Fortune-tellers are good at marking ________ statements such as “Your sorrows will change.” A) philosophical B) ambiguous C) literal D) invalid 61. The tenant mush be prepared to decorate the house ________ the terms of the contract. A) in the vicinity of B) in quest of C) in accordance with D) in collaboration with 62. The winners of the football championship ran off the field carrying the silver cup ________. A) turbulently B) tremendously C) triumphantly D) tentatively 468淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 63. He said that they had ________ been obliged to give up the scheme for lack of support. A) gravely B) regrettably C) forcibly D) graciously 64. The law on drinking and driving is ________ stated. A) extravagantly B) empirically C) exceptionally D) explicitly 65. There claims to damages have not been convincingly ________. A) refuted B) depressed C) overwhelmed D) intimidated 66. Please don’t ________ too much on the painful memories. Everything will be all right. A) hesitate B) linger C) retain D) dwell 67. The jobs of wildlife technicians and biologists seemed ________ to him, but one day he discovered their difference. A) identical B) vertical C) parallel D) specific 68. Mary became ________ homesick and critical of the United States, so the fled from her home in west Bloomfield to her hometown in Austria. A) completely B) sincerely C) absolutely 469淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) increasingly 69. Despite almost universal ________ of the vital importance of women’s literacy, education remains a dream for far too many women in far too many countries of the world. A) identification B) compliment C) confession D) acknowledgement 70. In today’s medical, little agreement exists on the ________ for defining mental illness. A) legislation B) requirement C) criteria D) measures 试卷二 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ More people of tuberculosis (结核病)than of any other disease caused by a single agent. This has probably been the case in quite a white. During the early stages of the industrial revolution, perhaps one in every seventh deaths is Europe’s crowded cities were caused by the disease. From now on, though, western eyes, missing the global picture, saw the trouble going into decline. With occasional breaks for war, the rates of death and infection in the Europe and America dropped steadily through the 19th and 20th centuries. In the 1950s, the introduction of antibiotics(抗菌素)strengthened the trend in rich countries, and the antibiotics were allowed to be imported to poor 470淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 countries. Medical researchers declared victory and withdrew. They are wrong. In the mid-1980s the frequency of infections and deaths started to pick up again around the world. Where tuberculosis vanished, it came back; in many places where it had never been away, it grew better. The World Heath Organization estimates that 1. 7 billion people (a third of the earth’s population) suffer from tuberculosis. Even the infection rate was falling, population growth kept the number of clinical cases more or less constantly at 8 million a year. Around 3 million of those people died, nearly all of them in poor countries. Part V Writing (30) minutes Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a letter. Suppose you are Zhang Ying. Write a letter to Xiao Wang, a schoolmate of yours who is going to visit you during the week-long holiday. You should write at least 120 words according to the suggestions given below in Chinese. 1. 表示欢迎 2. 提出对度假安排的建议 3. 提醒应注意的事项 A Letter to a Schoolmate June 23, 2001 Dear Xiao Wang, ____________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ Yours, Zhang Ying 471淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. A 6. B 7. C 8. A 9. B 10. D 11. B 12. D 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. C 17. A 18. B 19. A 20. A Part II 21. D 22. A 23. B 24. C 25. D 26. D 27. B 28. D 29. B 30. D 31. A 32. D 33. C 34. A 35. B 36. D 37. C 38. A 39. B 40. C Part III 41. D 42. B 43. B 44. B 45. C 46. B 47. D 48. A 49. B 50. B 51. C 52. D 53. C 54. A 55. A 56. C 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. B 61. C 62. C 63. B 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. A 68. D 69. D 70. C Part IV 71. in → for 72. seventh → seven 73. were → was 74. now → then 75. the → / 76. imported → exported 472淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 77. are → were 78. tuberculosis ∧ vanished → had 79. better → worse 80. constantly → constant 473淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2001年6月听力原文 1. W: I’m trying to find out how this dishwasher works, the manual is in French, I can’t wait for Bill to translate it for me. M: Don’t worry, Mary, I can do the dishes before the machine starts to work. Q: What does the man mean? 2. M: The doctor said if I kept smoking, I would increase my chances of having a heart attack. W: Did he suggest reducing weight, too? Q: What does the woman think the man should also do? 3. W: The people next door are making so much noise, I just can’t concentrate on. M: Why don’t you stay at the library? It’s much quiet there. Q: What does Tom mean? 4. M: This is hopeless, these figures still don’t add up right, let’s do the calculations over again. W: Yes, but why not do them tomorrow? It’s very late now. Q: What does the woman suggest they do? 5. M: To collect a data for my report, I need to talk to someone who knows that small city very well. I was told that you lived there for quite a long time. W: Oh, I wish I could help, but I was only a child then. Q: What does the woman imply? 6. M: Are you moving into a new house? Need a hand with those boxes? W: That’s okay, I can manage. They look big, but aren’t very heavy actually. Q: What does the woman mean? 7. M: It’s good you brought the books back. W: I thought you might need novels at the weekend. Thanks for letting me use them. Q: What do we know about the woman from the conversation? 8. M: Do you want to turn on the air conditioner or open the window? W: I love fresh air if you don’t mind. Q: What can be inferred from the woman’s answer? 9. W: Hi, Michael, I can hardly recognize you, why are you dressed up today? Are you 474淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 going to the theatre? M: No, actually, I just had an interview at the photo studio this morning. Q: What do we learn about Michael from this conversation? 10. M: Good morning, what can I do for you? W: I’d like to have my emergency brake fixed. The car rolls when I park it on the hill. Q: Where does the conversation most probably take place? Passage one Last August, Susan and 42 other students got wet and dirty while removing six tons of garbage from the river running across their city. They cleaned up the river as part of a week-long environmental camp. Like one in three American rivers, this river is so polluted that it’s unsafe for swimming and fishing, still, Susan, who has just completed her third summer on the river clean-up, scene has changed in this river. “Since we started three years ago, the river is getting a lot cleaner”, she says. Environmental scientists praised the teenagers for removing garbage that can harm wild life. Waterbirds, for example, can choke on plastic bottle rings and get cut by scrap metal. Three years ago, when the clean-up started, garbage was everywhere, but this year, the teenagers had to hunt for garbage. They turn the clean-up into a competition to see who could find the most garbage and unload their boats fastest. By the end of the six hour shift, they have removed enough garbage to fill more than two large trucks. “Seeing all their garbage in the river makes people begin to care about environmental issues,” Susan says. She hopes that when others read that she and her peers care enough to clean it up, maybe they will think twice before they throw garbage in the river. Questions 11-13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. What does the passage tell us about American rivers? 12. What did the students find when they came to the river this year? 13. What is the expected reaction of the local people to the students’ efforts? Passage Two Why do we cry? Can you imagine life without tears? Not only do tears keep your eyes lubricated, they also contain a substance that kills certain bacteria so they can’t infect your eyes. Give up your tears, and you’ll lose this on-the-spot defense. Nobody wants to give up the flood of extra tears you produce when you get something physical or chemical in your eyes. Tears are very good at washing this irritating stuff out. Another thing you couldn’t do without your tears is cry from joy, anger or sadness. Humans are the only animals that produce tears in response to emotions, and most people say a good cry makes them feel better. Many scientists, therefore, believe that crying 475淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 somehow helps us cope with emotional situations. Tear researcher, Winifred, is trying to figure out how it happens. One possibility he says is that tears discharge certain chemicals from your body, chemicals that build up during stress. When people talk about crying it out, “I think that might actually be what they are doing”, he says. If Fred is right, what do you think will happen to people who restrain their tears? Boys, for example, cry only about a quarter as often as girls once they reach teenage years, and we all cry a lot less now than we did as babies. Could it possibly be that we face less stress? Maybe we found another ways to deal with it, or maybe we just feel embarrassed. Questions 14-17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. What’s the topic discussed in this passage? 15. What is Winifred trying to find out? 16. What does the passage say about teenage boys and girls? 17. What’s the difference between human beings and other animals when shedding tears? Passage three Imaging this: you wake up each morning to find your sister lying beside you, to get dressed and tie your shoes, you use one hand and she uses another. You do everything out together, too, even sitting on the same chair at lunch and riding on the same bicycle. That’s what life is like for six-year-old Betty and Abby. Like most twins, the two girls look very much alike, but unlike most twins, Betty and Abby share parts of the same body. Twins like Betty and Abby are rare. Only about 40 sets are born in the United States each year. Few survive as long as Betty and Abby. That’s because twins often share vital organs, like a heart or brain. The shared organs are often badly shaped and may not be strong enough to support both twins. But Betty and Abby each has her own head, heart and stomach which function normally. Because she has three or four lungs which provide plenty of oxygen for both twins. Most of their completely shared organs lie below the waist. Betty And Abby live relatively normal lives. They attend a regular school, and each does her own school work. They prefer to do some projects together, though, for example, to cut out paper dolls, one twin holds the paper, while the other uses the scissors. But sometimes, the girls don’t want to do the same thing, for example, sometimes they want to play with different toys. What do they do then? “We toss a coin”, says Abby. Questions 18-20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. In what aspect, do Betty and Abby differ from most twins? 19. What does the passage tell us about twins who share parts of the same body? 476淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 20. What does the passage say about the education of the twin girls? 477淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月12日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 试卷一 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) All the passengers were killed. B) The plane crashed in the night. C) No more survivors have been found. D) It’s too late to search for survivors. 2. A) Its results were just as expected. B) It wasn’t very well designed. C) It fully reflected the students’ ability. D) Its results fell short of her expectations. 3. A) He believes dancing is enjoyable. B) He definitely does not like dancing. 478淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) He admires those who dance. D) He won’t dance until he has done his work. 4. A) His computer doesn’t work well. B) He isn’t getting along with his staff. C) He didn’t register for a proper course. D) He can’t apply the theory to his program. 5. A) Reading on the campus lawn. B) Depositing money in the bank. C) Applying for financial aid. D) Reviewing a student’s application. 6. A) A new shuttle bus. B) A scheduled space flight. C) An airplane flight. D) The first space flight. 7. A) The deadline is drawing near. B) She can’t meet the deadline. C) She turned in the proposals today. D) They are two days ahead of time. 8. A) By going on a diet. B) By having fewer meals. C) By doing physical exercise. D) By eating fruit and vegetables. 9. A) He enjoyed it as a whole. B) He didn’t think much of it. C) He didn’t like it at all. D) He liked some parts of it. 10. A) It looks quite new. B) It needs to be repaired. C) It looks old, but it runs well. D) Its engine needs to be painted. Section B 479淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Experience in negotiating. B) A high level of intelligence. C) The time they spend on preparation. D) The amount of pay they receive. 12. A) Study the case carefully beforehand. B) Stick to a set target. C) Appear friendly to the other party. D) Try to be flexible about their terms. 13. A) Make sure there is no misunderstanding. B) Try to persuade by giving various reasons. C) Repeat the same reasons. D) Listen carefully and patiently to the other party. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) They eat huge amounts of food. B) They usually eat twice a day. C) They usually eat to their hearts’ content. D) They eat much less than people assume. 15. A) When it is breeding. B) When it feels threatened by humans in its territory. C) When its offspring is threatened. D) When it is suffering from illness. 16. A) They are not as dangerous as people think. 480淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) They can be as friendly to humans as dogs. C) They attack human beings by nature. D) They are really tame sea animals. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Because people might have to migrate there someday. B) Because it is very much like the earth. C) Because it is easier to explore than other planets. D) Because its atmosphere is different from that of the earth. 18. A) Its chemical elements must be studied. B) Its temperature must be lowered. C) Big spaceships must be built. D) Its atmosphere must be changed. 19. A) It influences the surface temperature of Mars. B) It protects living beings from harmful rays. C) It keeps a planet from overheating. D) It is the main component of the air people breathe. 20. A) Man will probably be able to live there in 200 years. B) Scientists are rather pessimistic about it. C) Man will probably be able to live there in 100,000 years’ time. D) Scientists are optimistic about overcoming the difficulties soon. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Navigation computers, now sold by most car-makers, cost $2,000 and up. No surprise, then, that they are most often found in luxury cars, like Lexus, BMW and Audi. But it is a developing technology—meaning prices should eventually drop—and the 481淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 market does seem to be growing. Even at current prices, a navigation computer is impressive. It can guide you from point to point in most major cities with precise turn-by-turn directions—spoken by a clear human-sounding voice, and written on a screen in front of the driver. The computer works with an antenna (天线) that takes signals from no fewer than three of the 24 global positioning system (GPS) satellites. By measuring the time required for a signal to travel between the satellites and the antenna, the car’s location can be pinned down within 100 meters. The satellite signals, along with inputs on speed from a wheel-speed sensor and direction from a meter, determine the car’s position even as it moves. This information is combined with a map database. Streets, landmarks and points of interest are included. Most systems are basically identical. The differences come in hardware—the way the computer accepts the driver’s request for directions and the way it presents the driving instructions. On most systems, a driver enters a desired address, motorway junction or point of interest via a touch screen or disc. But the Lexus screen goes a step further: you can point to any spot on the map screen and get directions to it. BMW’s system offers a set of cross hairs (瞄准器上的十字纹) that can be moved across the map (you have several choices of map scale) to pick a point you’d like to get to. Audi’s screen can be switched to TV reception. Even the voices that recite the directions can differ, with better systems like BMW’s and Lexus’s having a wider vocabulary. The instructions are available in French, German, Spanish, Dutch and Italian, as well as English. The driver can also choose parameters for determining the route: fastest, shortest or no freeways (高速公路), for example. 21. We learn from the passage that navigation computers ________. A) will greatly promote sales of automobiles B) may help solve potential traffic problems C) are likely to be accepted by more drivers D) will soon be viewed as a symbol of luxury 22. With a navigation computer, a driver will easily find the best route to his destination ________. A) by inputting the exact address B) by indicating the location of his car C) by checking his computer database D) by giving vocal orders to the computer 23. Despite their varied designs, navigation computers used in cars ________. A) are more or less the same price B) provide directions in much the same way 482淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) work on more or less the same principles D) receive instructions from the same satellites 24. The navigation computer functions ________. A) by means of a direction finder and a speed detector B) basically on satellite signals and a map database C) mainly through the reception of turn-by-turn directions D) by using a screen to display satellite signals 25. The navigation systems in cars like Lexus, BMW and Audi are mentioned to show ________. A) the immaturity of the new technology B) the superiority of the global positioning system C) the cause of price fluctuations in car equipment D) the different ways of providing guidance to the driver Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. “The world’s environment is surprisingly healthy. Discuss.” If that were an examination topic, most students would tear it apart, offering a long list of complaints: from local smog (烟雾) to global climate change, from the felling (砍伐) of forests to the extinction of species. The list would largely be accurate, the concern legitimate. Yet the students who should be given the highest marks would actually be those who agreed with the statement. The surprise is how good things are, not how bad. After all, the world’s population has more than tripled during this century, and world output has risen hugely, so you would expect the earth itself to have been affected. Indeed, if people lived, consumed and produced things in the same way as they did in 1900 (or 1950, or indeed 1980), the world by now would be a pretty disgusting place: smelly, dirty, toxic and dangerous. But they don’t. The reasons why they don’t, and why the environment has not been mined, have to do with prices, technological innovation, social change and government regulation in response to popular pressure. That is why, today’s environmental problems in the poor countries ought, in principle, to be solvable. Raw materials have not run out, and show no sign of doing so. Logically, one day they must: the planet is a finite place. Yet it is also very big, and man is very ingenious. What has happened is that every time a material seems to be running short, the price has risen and, in response, people have looked for new sources of supply, tried to find ways to use less of the material, or looked for a new substitute. For this reason prices for energy and for minerals have fallen in real terms during the century. The same is true for food. Prices fluctuate, in response to harvests, natural disasters and political instability; 483淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and when they rise, it takes some time before new sources of supply become available. But they always do, assisted by new farming and crop technology. The long term trend has been downwards. It is where prices and markets do not operate properly that this benign (良性的) trend begins to stumble, and the genuine problems arise. Markets cannot always keep the environment healthy. If no one owns the resource concerned, no one has an interest in conserving it or fostering it: fish is the best example of this. 26. According to the author, most students ________. A) believe the world’s environment is in an undesirable condition B) agree that the environment of the world is not as bad as it is thought to be C) get high marks for their good knowledge of the world’s environment D) appear somewhat unconcerned about the state of the world’s environment 27. The huge increase in world production and population ________. A) has made the world a worse place to live in B) has had a positive influence on the environment C) has not significantly affected the environment D) has made the world a dangerous place to live in 28. One of the reasons why the long-term trend of prices has been downwards is that ________. A) technological innovation can promote social stability B) political instability will cause consumption to drop C) new farming and crop technology can lead to overproduction D) new sources are always becoming available 29. Fish resources are diminishing because ________. A) no new substitutes can be found in large quantities B) they are not owned by any particular entity C) improper methods of fishing have mined the fishing grounds D) water pollution is extremely serious 30. The primary solution to environmental problems is ________. A) to allow market forces to operate properly B) to curb consumption of natural resources C) to limit the growth of the world population D) to avoid fluctuations in prices 484淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. About the time that schools and others quite reasonably became interested in seeing to it that all children, whatever their background, were fairly treated, intelligence testing became unpopular. Some thought it was unfair to minority children. Through the past few decades such testing has gone out of fashion and many communities have indeed forbidden it. However, paradoxically, just recently a group of black parents filed a lawsuit (诉讼) in California claiming that the state’s ban on IQ testing discriminates against their children by denying them the opportunity to take the test. (They believed, correctly, that IQ tests are a valid method of evaluating children for special education classes.) The judge, therefore, reversed, at least partially, his original decision. And so the argument goes on and on. Does it benefit or harm children from minority groups to have their intelligence tested? We have always been on the side of permitting, even facilitating, such testing. If a child of any color or group is doing poorly in school it seems to us very important to know whether it is because he or she is of low intelligence, or whether some other factor is the cause. What school and family can do to improve poor performance is influenced by its cause. It is not discriminative to evaluate either a child’s physical condition or his intellectual level. Unfortunately, intellectual level seems to be a sensitive subject, and what the law allows us to do varies from time to time. The same fluctuation back and forth occurs in areas other than intelligence. Thirty years or so ago, for instance, white families were encouraged to adopt black children. It was considered discriminative not to do so. And then the style changed and this cross-racial adopting became generally unpopular, and social agencies felt that black children should go to black families only. It is hard to say what are the best procedures. But surely good will on the part of all of us is needed. As to intelligence, in our opinion, the more we know about any child’s intellectual level, the better for the child in question. 31. Why did the intelligence test become unpopular in the past few decades? A) Its validity was challenged by many communities. B) It was considered discriminative against minority children. C) It met with strong opposition from the majority of black parents. D) It deprived the black children of their rights to a good education. 32. The recent legal action taken by some black parents in California aimed to ________. A) draw public attention to IQ testing 485淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) put an end to special education C) remove the state’s ban on intelligence tests D) have their children enter white schools 33. The author believes that intelligence testing ________. A) may ease racial confrontation in the United States B) can encourage black children to keep up with white children C) may seriously aggravate racial discrimination in the United States D) can help black parents make decisions about their children’s education 34. The author’s opinion of child adoption seems to be that ________. A) no rules whatsoever can be prescribed B) white families should adopt black children C) adoption should be based on IQ test results D) cross-racial adoption is to be advocated 35. Child adoption is mentioned in the passage to show that ________. A) good will may sometimes complicate racial problems B) social surroundings are vital to the healthy growth of children C) intelligence testing also applies to non-academic areas D) American opinion can shift when it comes to sensitive issues Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Not too many decades ago it seemed “obvious” both to the general public and to sociologists that modern society has changed people’s natural relations, loosened their responsibilities to kin (亲戚) and neighbors, and substituted in their place superficial relationships with passing acquaintances. However, in recent years a growing body of research has revealed that the “obvious” is not true. It seems that if you are a city resident, you typically know a smaller proportion of your neighbors than you do if you are a resident of a smaller community. But, for the most part, this fact has few significant consequences. It does not necessarily follow that if you know few of your neighbors you will know no one else. Even in very large cities, people maintain close social ties within small, private social worlds. Indeed, the number and quality of meaningful relationships do not differ between more and less urban people. Small-town residents are more involved with kin than are big-city residents. Yet city dwellers compensate by developing friendships with people who share similar interests and activities. Urbanism may produce a different style of life, but the quality of life does not differ between town and city. Nor are residents of large communities any likelier to display psychological symptoms of stress or alienation, 486淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 a feeling of not belonging, than are residents of smaller communities. However, city dwellers do worry more about crime, and this leads them to a distrust of strangers. These findings do not imply that urbanism makes little or no difference. If neighbors are strangers to one another, they are less likely to sweep the sidewalk of an elderly couple living next door or keep an eye out for young trouble makers. Moreover, as Wirth suggested, there may be a link between a community’s population size and its social heterogeneity (多样性). For instance, sociologists have found much evidence that the size of a community is associated with bad behavior including gambling, drugs, etc. Large-city urbanites are also more likely than their small-town counterparts to have a cosmopolitan (见多识广者的) outlook, to display less responsibility to traditional kinship roles, to vote for leftist political candidates, and to be tolerant of nontraditional religious groups, unpopular political groups, and so-called undesirables. Everything considered, heterogeneity and unusual behavior seem to be outcomes of large population size. 36. Which of the following statements best describes the organization of the first paragraph? A) Two contrasting views are presented. B) An argument is examined and possible solutions given. C) Research results concerning the quality of urban life are presented in order of time. D) A detailed description of the difference between urban and small-town life is given. 37. According to the passage, it was once a common belief that urban residents ________. A) did not have the same interests as their neighbors B) could not develop long-standing relationships C) tended to be associated with bad behavior D) usually had more friends 38. One of the consequences of urban life is that impersonal relationships among neighbors ________. A) disrupt people’s natural relations B) make them worry about crime C) cause them not to show concern for one another D) cause them to be suspicious of each other 39. It can be inferred from the passage that the bigger a community is, ________. A) the better its quality of life B) the more similar its interests 487淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) the more tolerant and open-minded it is D) the likelier it is to display psychological symptoms of stress 40. What is the passage mainly about? A) Similarities in the interpersonal relationships between urbanites and small-town dwellers. B) Advantages of living in big cities as compared with living in small towns. C) The positive role that urbanism plays in modern life. D) The strong feeling of alienation of city inhabitants. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. The lady in this strange tale very obviously suffers from a serious mental illness. Her plot against a completely innocent old man is a clear sign of ________. A) impulse B) insanity C) inspiration D) disposition 42. The Prime Minister was followed by five or six ________ when he got off the plane. A) laymen B) servants C) directors D) attendants 43. There is no doubt that the ________ of these goods to the others is easy to see. A) prestige B) superiority C) priority D) publicity 44. All the guests were invited to attend the wedding ________ and had a very good time. A) feast B) congratulations 488淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) festival D) recreation 45. The price of the coal will vary according to how far it has to be transported and how expensive the freight ________ are. A) payments B) charges C) funds D) prices 46. The manager gave her his ________ that her complaint would be investigated. A) assurance B) assumption C) sanction D) insurance 47. Although the model looks good on the surface, it will not bear close ________. A) temperament B) contamination C) scrutiny D) symmetry 48. We are doing this work in the ________ of reforms in the economic, social and cultural spheres. A) context B) contest C) pretext D) texture 49. While a full understanding of what causes the disease may be several years away, ________ leading to a successful treatment could come much sooner. A) a distinction B) a breakthrough C) an identification D) an interpretation 50. Doctors are often caught in a ________ because they have to decide whether they should tell their patients the truth or not. A) puzzle 489淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) perplexity C) dilemma D) bewilderment 51. To ________ important dates in history, countries create special holidays. A) commend B) memorize C) propagate D) commemorate 52. His successful negotiations with the Americans helped him to ________ his position in he government. A) contrive B) consolidate C) heave D) intensify 53. Please do not be ________ by his offensive remarks since he is merely trying to attract attention. A) distracted B) disregarded C) irritated D) intervened 54. Once you get to know your mistakes, you should ________ them as soon as possible. A) rectify B) reclaim C) refrain D) reckon 55. He wouldn’t answer the reporters’ questions, nor would he ________ for a photograph. A) summon B) highlight C) pose D) marshal 56. The club will ________ new members the first week in September. 490淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) enroll B) subscribe C) absorb D) register 57. If you don’t ________ the children properly, Mr. Chiver, they’ll just run riot. A) mobilize B) warrant C) manipulate D) supervise 58. Already the class is ________ about who our new teacher will be. A) foreseeing B) speculating C) fabricating D) contemplating 59. We should ________ our energy and youth to the development of our country. A) dedicate B) cater C) ascribe D) cling 60. Just because I’m ________ to him, my boss thinks he can order me around without showing me any respect. A) redundant B) trivial C) versatile D) subordinate 61. Many scientists remain ________ about the value of this research program. A) skeptical B) stationary C) spacious D) specific 62. Depression is often caused by the ________ effects of stress and overwork. A) total 491淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) increased C) terrific D) cumulative 63. A human’s eyesight is not as ________ as that of an eagle. A) eccentric B) acute C) sensible D) sensitive 64. It is ________ that women should be paid less than men for doing the same kind of work. A) abrupt B) absurd C) adverse D) addictive 65. Shoes of this kind are ________ to slip on wet ground. A) feasible B) appropriate C) apt D) fitting 66. We’ll be very careful and keep what you’ve told us strictly ________. A) rigorous B) confidential C) private D) mysterious 67. The members of Parliament were ________ that the government had not consulted them. A) impatient B) tolerant C) crude D) indignant 68. Some American colleges are state-supported, others are privately ________, and still others are supported by religious organizations. 492淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) ensured B) attributed C) authorized D) endowed 69. The prison guards were armed and ready to shoot if ________ in any way. A) intervened B) incurred C) provoked D) poked 70. Many pure metals have little use because they are too soft, rust too easily, or have some other ________. A) drawbacks B) handicaps C) bruises D) blunders 试卷二 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Sporting activities are essentially modified forms of hunting behavior. Viewing biologically, the modern (S1) footballer is revealed as a member of a disguised hunting pack. His killing weapon has turned into a harmless football and his prey into a goal- mouth. If his aim is inaccurate and he (S2) scores a goal, enjoys the hunter’s triumph of killing his prey. (S3) To understand how this transformation has taken place we must briefly look up at 493淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 our ancient ancestors. They spent over a (S4) million year evolving as co-operative hunters. Their very survival (S5) depended on success in the hunting-field. Under this pressure their whole way of life, even if their bodies, became radically (S6) changed. They became chasers, runners, jumpers, aimers, throwers and prey-killers. They co- operate as skillful male-group (S7) attackers. Then, about ten thousand years ago, when this immensely (S8) long formative period of hunting for food, they became farmers. Their improved intelligence, so vital to their old hunting life, were put to a new use- that of penning ( 把 ...... 关在圈中 ), (S9) controlling and domesticating their prey. The food was there on the farms, awaiting their needs. The risks and uncertainties of farming were no longer essential for survival. (S10) Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic: A Letter to the University President about the Canteen Service on Campus. You should write at least 120 words, and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below: 假设你是李明，请你就本校食堂的状况给校长写一封信，内容应涉及食堂的饭 菜质量、价格、环境、服务等，可以是表扬，可以是批评建议，也可以兼而有之。 494淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月12日六级参考答案 Part I Listening comprehension 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. D 5. C 6. B 7. A 8. C 9. A 10. C 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. D 15. B 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. D 20. B Part II Reading comprehension 21. B 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. B 26. A 27. C 28. D 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. D 36. A 37. B 38. C 39. C 40. A Part III. Vocabulary 41. A 42. D 43. B 44. A 45. B 46. A 47. C 48. A 49. D 50. C 51. D 52. B 53. C 54. A 55. C 56. C 57. D 58. B 59. A 60. D 61. A 62. D 63. B 64. B 65. C 66. B 67. D 68. D 69. C 70. A Part IV Error Correction S1. Viewing在句中作状语，与句子主语 modern footballer之间是动宾关系，应该 用过去分词，所以Viewing应改为Viewed. S2. 根据概念同现原理，目标准确才有可能得分高，所以从 scores high来判断， inaccurate是错误的，应改为accurate. S3. 句子缺少主语，根据主从句的意思来看，主语应该是 he, 所以在enjoys前加主 语he. S4. look up at为短语重叠，look up表示“敬仰，查寻”与本句意思不符，应该用 look at, 表示如果想了解这种转变如何发生，我们就必须看一看我们的祖先是 如何作的。 495淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S5. year为可数名词，这里应该用复数形式，应改为years. S6. 用以加强语气，表示“甚至”，应该用even, 而不是even if, 所以if应该去掉。 S7. chasers, runner, jumpers, aimers, throwers 与pre-killers之间应该是选择并列关系， 所以and应改为or. S8. when用于引导状语从句，但是 this immensely long formative period of hunting for food为名词短语，when使用不当，根据句子的意思应该改为after. S9. 主语为their improved intelligence为单数形式，所以谓语动词也应该用单数形 式，were应该改为 was. S10. 根据话题原则，farming 应该改为hunting. 496淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年1月听力原文 1. W: Is the rescue crew still looking for survivors of the plane crash? M: Yes, they have been searching the area for hours, but they haven’t found anybody else. They will keep searching until night falls. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 2. M: How many students passed the final physics exam in your class? W: Forty, but still as many as 20 percent of the class failed, quite disappointing, isn’t it? Q: What does the woman think of the exam? 3. W: Lots of people enjoy dancing, do you? M: Believe it or not, that is the last thing I want to do. Q: What does the man mean? 4. W: Jane, I am having difficulty with all the theoretic stuff we are getting in our computer course. M: Oh, that part I understand. What I can’t figure out is how to make it work in our program. Q: What is the man’s problem? 5. W: Did you see Mary somewhere around? M: Yes, she is in the campus bank, applying for the student’s loan. Q: What was Mary doing? 6. W: The space shuttle is taking off tomorrow. M: I know, this is another routine mission. It is first flight with four years ago. Q: What are they talking about? 7. M: When are we supposed to submit our project proposals, Jane? W: They are due by the end of the week. We’ve only two days left. We’ll just have to hurry. Q: What does the woman mean? 8. W: When I go on a diet, I eat only fruit, and that takes off weight quickly. M: I prefer to eat whatever I want, and then run regularly to lose weight. Q: How does the man control his weight? 9. W: John, can you tell me what in the book interested you most? 497淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 M: No, well, nothing specific, but I like it overall. Q; What did the man think of the book? 10. W: How do you like the car I just bought? M: Well, it seems to run well, but I think it needs a new paint job. Q: What does the man think of the car? Passage 1 Nilrikman and others of the halfway research group have done some research into the differences between average and good negotiators. They found negotiators with the good trait record and studied them in action. They compared them with another group of average negotiators and found that there was no difference in the time that the two groups spent on planning their strategy. However, there were some significant differences on other points. The average negotiators thought in terms of the present, but the good negotiators took a long-time review. They made lots of suggestions and considered twice the number of the alternatives. The average negotiators set their objectives as single points. We hope to get two dollars, for example. The good negotiators set their objectives in terms of range, which they might formulate as “We hope to get two dollars, but if we get one dollar and fifty, it will be all right.”. The average negotiators tried to persuade by giving lots of reasons. They use a lot of different arguments. The good negotiators didn’t give many reasons. They just repeated the same ones. They also did more summarizing and reviewing, checking they were understood correctly. 11. What do good negotiators and average negotiators have in common? 12. According to the speaker, what would good negotiators do? 13. According to the speaker, what does the average negotiator usually do? Passage 2 To most of us sharks are the most dangerous fish in the sea and they attack humans. However, according to Doctor Clark, who has studied the behavior of sharks for twelve years, humans are not normally on the shark’s menu. What do sharks feed on, mainly fish and other sea animals? Doctor Clark also found that sharks don’t eat as much food as people think. For instance, a nine-year-old shark only needs two pound of food a day to keep healthy. But she says, sharks sometimes starve and at other times they fill themselves with what they have killed. Around the world, there are only about one hundred shark attacks on humans each year, ten of which proved fatal. But consider this, in the US alone, about three million people are bitten by dogs each year. Of these, thirty people die. If sharks bite you, says Doctor Clark, the reason is usually because it mistakes you for natural food. For example, say you went underwater-fishing and saw a shark, you could be in trouble. The shark might go for the injured fish you had attacked and take a 498淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 bite of you at the same time. If you go into a shark’s territory and threaten it, it might try to bite you. That’s because sharks are territorial and tend to guard their territory. Like dogs, they protect the area they think is their own. 14. What does the passage say about the eating behavior of sharks? 15. When might a shark attach humans? 16. What do we learn from the passage about sharks? Passage 3 Science fiction writers have often imagined humans going to live on the Mars. But these days, scientists are taking the idea seriously. It has a great deal to recommend it, since it might solve the problem of overcrowding on the earth. But obviously, it would not be worth making the effort unless people could live there naturally. If the atmosphere were like that of the earth, this might be possible. But in fact it is mostly carbon dioxide. Apart from that, there are other problems to be overcome. For example, the temperature would have to be raised from 6 degrees below zero to 15 degrees above it. Scientists who study Mars have laid down the program that they can follow. To begin with, they will have to find out whether life has ever existed on the planet of Mars in the past. Secondly they will have to make a reliable map of its surface. And finally, they will have to make a list of the gases. Above all, they will have to discover how much nitrogen it possesses. Since nitrogen is four fifths of the air we breathe, they are surprising optimistic about raising the temperature on Mars and believe it could be down in hundred years. It will take a bit longer, though, to transform the atmosphere so that human beings could live there. Scientists estimate this will take one hundred thousand years. 17. Why are scientists interested in Mars? 18. What is the one of the things that must be done if a man can live on Mars? 19. Why do scientist want to find out whether there is sufficient nitrogen on Mars? 20. What is the prospect of people living on Mars? 499淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 试卷一 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D)“5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Registering for courses. B) Getting directions. C) Buying a new computer. D) Studying sociology. 2. A) The man will probably have to find a roommate. B) The man is unlikely to live in the suburbs. C) The man will probably have to buy a car. D) The man is unlikely to find exactly what he desires. 3. A) Painting a picture. B) Hosting a program. 500淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Designing a studio. D) Taking a photograph. 4. A) The woman doesn’t think it a problem to get her passport renewed. B) The woman has difficulty renewing her passport. C) The woman hasn’t renewed her passport yet. D) The woman’s passport is still valid. 5. A) A prediction of the future of mankind. B) A new drug that may benefit mankind. C) An opportunity for a good job. D) An unsuccessful experiment. 6. A) A lesson requires students’ active involvement. B) Students usually take an active part in a lecture. C) More knowledge is covered in a lecture. D) There is a larger group of people interested in lessons. 7. A) Neither of their watches keeps good time. B) The woman’s watch stopped 3 hours ago. C) The man’s watch goes too fast. D) It’s too dark for the woman to read her watch. 8. A) She’s proud of being able to do many things at the same time. B) She is sure to finish all the things in a few hours. C) She dreams of becoming a millionaire someday. D) She’s been kept extremely busy. 9. A) He wants his students to be on time for class. B) He doesn’t allow his students to tell jokes in class. C) He is always punctual for his class. D) He rarely notices which students are late. 10. A) He is nervous about the exam. B) He is looking for a job. C) He doesn’t dare to tell lies. D) He doesn’t know how to answer the questions. Section B 501淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard 11. A) Because she was bored with her idle life at home. B) Because she was offered a good job by her neighbour. C) Because she wanted to help with the family’s finances. D) Because her family would like to see her more involved in social life. 12. A) Doing housework. B) Looking after her neighbour’s children. C) Reading papers and watching TV. D) Taking good care of her husband. 13. A) Jane got angry at Bill’s idle life. B) Bill failed to adapt to the new situation. C) Bill blamed Jane for neglecting the family. D) The children were not taken good care of. 14. A) Neighbours should help each other. B) Women should have their own careers. C) Man and wife should share household duties. D) Parents should take good care of their children. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) To predict natural disasters that can cause vast destruction. B) To limit the destruction that natural disasters may cause. C) To gain financial support from the United Nations. D) To propose measures to hold back natural disasters. 16. A) There is still a long way to go before man can control natural disasters. 502淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) International cooperation can minimize the destructive force of natural disasters. C) Technology can help reduce the damage natural disasters may cause. D) Scientists can successfully predict earthquakes. 17. A) Because there were fatal mistakes in its design. B) Because the builder didn’t observe the building codes of the time. C) Because the traffic load went beyond its capacity. D) Because it was built according to less strict earthquake-resistance standards. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) By judging to what extent they can eliminate the risks. B) By estimating the possible loss of lives and property. C) By estimating the frequency of volcanic eruptions. D) By judging the possible risks against the likely benefits. 19. A) Once of Etna’s recent eruptions made many people move away. B) Etna’s frequent eruptions have ruined most of the local farmland. C) Etna’s eruptions are frequent but usually mild. D) There are signs that Etna will erupt again in the near future. 20. A) They will remain where they are. B) They will leave this area for ever. C) They will wait and see. D) They will seek shelter in nearby regions. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. When global warming finally came, it stuck with a vengeance (异乎寻常地). In some regions, temperatures rose several degrees in less than a century. Sea levels shot up nearly 400 feet, flooding coastal settlements and forcing people to migrate inland. 503淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Deserts spread throughout the world as vegetation shifted drastically in North America, Europe and Asia. After driving many of the animals around them to near extinction, people were forced to abandon their old way of life for a radically new survival strategy that resulted in widespread starvation and disease. The adaptation was farming: the global-warming crisis that gave rise to it happened more than 10,000 years ago. As environmentalists convene in Rio de Janeiro this week to ponder the global climate of the future, earth scientists are in the midst of a revolution in understanding how climate has changed in the past—and how those changes have transformed human existence. Researchers have begun to piece together an illuminating picture of the powerful geological and astronomical forces that have combined to change the planet’s environment from hot to cold, wet to dry and back again over a time period stretching back hundreds of millions of years. Most importantly, scientists are beginning to realize that the climatic changes have had a major impact on the evolution of the human species. New research now suggests that climate shifts have played a key role in nearly every significant turning point in human evolution: from the dawn of primates (灵长目动物) some 65 million years ago to human ancestors rising up to walk on two legs, from the huge expansion of the human brain to the rise of agriculture. Indeed, the human history has not been merely touched by global climate change, some scientists argue, it has in some instances been driven by it. The new research has profound implications for the environmental summit in Rio. Among other things, the findings demonstrate that dramatic climate change is nothing new for planet Earth. The benign (宜人的) global environment that has existed over the past 10,000 years—during which agriculture, writing, cities and most other features of civilization appeared—is a mere bright spot in a much larger pattern of widely varying climate over the ages. In fact, the pattern of climate change in the past reveals that Earth’s climate will almost certainly go through dramatic changes in the future—even without the influence of human activity. 21. Farming emerged as a survival strategy because man had been obliged ________. A) to give up his former way of life B) to leave the coastal areas C) to follow the ever-shifting vegetation D) to abandon his original settlement 22. Earth scientists have come to understand that climate ________. A) is going through a fundamental change B) has been getting warmer for 10,000 years C) will eventually change from hot to cold D) has gone through periodical changes 504淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 23. Scientists believe that human evolution ________. A) has seldom been accompanied by climatic changes B) has exerted little influence on climatic changes C) has largely been effected by climatic changes D) has had a major impact on climatic changes 24. Evidence of past climatic changes indicates that ________. A) human activities have accelerated changes of Earth’s environment B) Earth’s environment will remain mild despite human interference C) Earth’s climate is bound to change significantly in the future D) Earth’s climate is unlikely to undergo substantial changes in the future 25. The message the author wishes to convey in the passage is that ________. A) human civilization remains glorious though it is affected by climatic changes B) mankind is virtually helpless in the face of the dramatic changes of climate C) man has to limit his activities to slow down the global warming process D) human civilization will continue to develop in spite of the changes of nature Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Now woman can be too rich or too thin. This saying often attributed to the late Duchess (公爵夫人) of Windsor embodies much of the odd spirit of our times. Being thin is deemed as such a virtue. The problem with such a view is that some people actually attempt to live by it. I myself have fantasies of slipping into narrow designer clothes. Consequently, I have been on a diet for the better—or worse—part of my life. Being rich wouldn’t be bad either, but that won’t happen unless an unknown relative dies suddenly in some distant land, leaving me millions of dollars. Where did we go off the track? When did eating butter become a sin, and a little bit of extra flesh unappealing, if not repellent? All religions have certain days when people refrain from eating, and excessive eating is one of Christianity’s seven deadly sins. However, until quite recently, most people had a problem getting enough to eat. In some religious groups, wealth was a symbol of probable salvation and high morals, and fatness a sign of wealth and well-being. Today the opposite is true. We have shifted to thinness as our new mark of virtue. The result is that being fat—or even only somewhat overweight—is bad because it implies a lack of moral strength. Our obsession (迷恋) with thinness is also fueled by health concerns. It is true that in this country we have more overweight people than ever before, and that, in many 505淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 cases, being overweight correlates with an increased risk of heart and blood vessel disease. These diseases, however, may have as much to do with our way of life and our high-fat diets as with excess weight. And the associated risk of cancer in the digestive system may be more of a dietary problem—too much fat and a lack of fiber—than a weight problem. The real concern, then, is not that we weigh too much, but that we neither exercise enough nor eat well. Exercise is necessary for strong bones and both heart and lung health. A balanced diet without a lot of fat can also help the body avoid many diseases. We should surely stop paying so much attention to weight. Simply being thin is not enough. It is actually hazardous if those who get (or already are) thin think they are automatically healthy and thus free from paying attention to their overall life-style. Thinness can be pure vainglory (虚荣). 26. In the eyes of the author, an odd phenomenon nowadays is that ________. A) the Duchess of Windsor is regarded as a woman of virtue B) looking slim is a symbol of having a large fortune C) being thin is viewed as a much desired quality D) religious people are not necessarily virtuous 27. Swept by the prevailing trend, the author ________. A) had to go on a diet for the greater part of her life B) could still prevent herself from going off the track C) had to seek help from rich distant relatives D) had to wear highly fashionable clothes 28. In human history, people’s views on body weight ________. A) were closely related to their religious beliefs B) changed from time to time C) varied between the poor and the rich D) led to different moral standards 29. The author criticizes women’s obsession with thinness ________. A) from an economic and educational perspective B) from sociological and medical points of view C) from a historical and religious standpoint D) in the light of moral principles 30. What’s the author’s advice to women who are absorbed in the idea of thinness? A) They should be more concerned with their overall lifestyle. 506淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) They should be more watchful for fatal diseases. C) They should gain weight to look healthy. D) They should rid themselves of fantasies about designer clothes. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. War may be a natural expression of biological instincts and drives toward aggression in the human species. Natural impulses of anger, hostility, and territoriality (守卫地盘的天性) are expressed through acts of violence. These are all qualities that humans share with animals. Aggression is a kind of innate (天生的) survival mechanism, an instinct for self-preservation that allows animals to defend themselves from threats to their existences of human violence are always conditioned by social conventions that give shape to aggressive behavior. In human societies violence has a social function. It is a strategy for creating or destroying forms of social order. Religious traditions have taken a leading role in directing the powers of violence. We will look at the ritual and ethical (道德上的) patterns within which human violence has been directed. The violence within a society is controlled through institutions of law. The more developed a legal system becomes, the more society takes responsibility for the discovery, control, and punishment of violent acts. In most tribal societies the only means to deal with an act of violence is revenge. Each family group may have the responsibility for personally carrying out judgment and punishment upon the person who committed the offense. But in legal systems, the responsibility for revenge becomes depersonalized and diffused. The society assumes the responsibility for protecting individuals from violence. In cases where they cannot be protected, the society is responsible for imposing punishment. In a state controlled legal system, individuals are removed from the cycle of revenge motivated by acts of violence, and the state assumes responsibility for their protection. The other side of a state legal apparatus is a state military apparatus. While the one protects the individual from violence, the other sacrifices the individual to violence in the interests of the state. In war the state affirms its supreme power over the individuals within its own borders. War is not simply a trial by combating to settle disputes between states; it is the moment when the state makes its most powerful demands upon its people for their commitment allegiance, and supreme sacrifice. Times of war test a community’s deepest religious and ethical commitments. 31. Human violence shows evidence of being a learned behavior in that ________. A) it threatens the existing social systems B) it is influenced by society C) it has roots in religious conflicts D) it is directed against institutions of law 507淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 32. The function of legal systems, according to the passage, is ________. A) to control violence within a society B) to protect the world from chaos C) to free society from the idea of revenge D) to give the government absolute power 33. What does the author mean by saying “... in legal systems, the responsibility for revenge becomes depersonalized and diffused” (Lines 4-5, Para. 2)? A) Legal systems greatly reduce the possibilities of physical violence. B) Offenses against individuals are no longer judged on a personal basis. C) Victims of violence find it more difficult to take revenge. D) Punishment is not carried out directly by the individuals involved. 34. The word “allegiance” (Line 4, Para. 3) is closest in meaning to ________. A) loyalty B) objective C) survival D) motive 35. What can we learn from the last paragraph? A) Governments tend to abuse their supreme power in times of war. B) In times of war governments may extend their power across national borders. C) In times of war governments impose high religious and ethical standards on their people. D) Governments may sacrifice individuals in the interests of the state in times of war. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Researchers who are unfamiliar with the cultural and ethnic groups they are studying must take extra precautions to shed any biases they bring with them from their own culture. For example, they must make sure they construct measures that are meaningful for each of the cultural or ethnic minority groups being studied. In conducting research on cultural and ethnic minority issues, investigators distinguish between the emic approach and the etic approach. In the emic approach, the goal is to describe behavior in one culture or ethnic group in terms that are meaningful and important to the people in that culture or ethnic group, without regard to other cultures or ethnic groups. In the etic approach, the goal is to describe behavior so that generalizations can be made across cultures. If researchers construct a questionnaire in 508淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 anemic fashion, the concern is only that the questions are meaningful to the particular culture or ethnic group being studied. If, however, the researchers construct a questionnaire in an etic fashion, they want to include questions that reflect concepts familiar to all cultures involved. How might the emic and etic approaches be reflected in the study of family processes? In the emic approach, the researchers might choose to focus only on middle- class White families, without regard for whether the information obtained in the study can be generalized or is appropriate for ethnic minority groups. In a subsequent study, the researchers may decide to adopt an etic approach by studying not only middle-class White families, but also lower-income White families, Black American families, Spanish American families, and Asian American families. In studying ethnic minority families, the researchers would likely discover that the extended family is more frequently a support system in ethnic minority families than in White American families. If so, the emic approach would reveal a different pattern of family interaction than would the etic approach, documenting that research with middle-class White families cannot always be generalized to all ethnic groups. 36. According to the first paragraph, researchers unfamiliar with the target cultures are inclined to ________. A) be overcautious in constructing meaningful measures B) view them from their own cultural perspective C) guard against interference from their own culture D) accept readily what is alien to their own culture 37. What does the author say about the emic approach and the etic approach? A) They have different research focuses in the study of ethnic issues. B) The former is biased while the latter is objective. C) The former concentrates on the study of culture while the latter on family issues. D) They are both heavily dependent on questionnaires in conducting surveys. 38. Compared with the etic approach, the emic approach is apparently more ________. A) culturally interactive B) culturally biased C) culture-oriented D) culture-specific 39. The etic approach is concerned with ________. A) the general characteristics of minority families B) culture-related concepts of individual ethnic groups C) features shared by various cultures or ethnic groups 509淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) the economic conditions of different types of families 40. Which of the following is true of the ethnic minority families in the ________ U.S. according to the passage? A) Their cultural patterns are usually more adaptable. B) Their cultural concepts are difficult to comprehend. C) They don’t interact with each other so much as White families. D) They have closer family ties than White families. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. It was ________ that the restaurant discriminated against black customers. A) addicted B) alleged C) assaulted D) ascribed 42. The medicine ________ his pain but did not cure his illness. A) activated B) alleviated C) mediated D) deteriorated 43. He is the only person who can ________ in this case, because the other witnesses were killed mysteriously. A) testify B) charge C) accuse D) rectify 44. Professor Hawking is ________ as one of the world’s greatest living physicists. A) dignified B) clarified C) acknowledged D) illustrated 510淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 45. The financial problem of this company is further ________ by the rise in interest rates. A) increased B) strengthened C) reinforced D) aggravated 46. We shall probably never be able to ________ the exact nature of these sub-atomic particles. A) assert B) impart C) ascertain D) notify 47. All the people in the stadium cheered up when they saw hundreds of colourful balloons ________ slowly into the sky. A) ascending B) elevating C) escalating D) lingering 48. Many years had ________ before they returned to their original urban areas. A) floated B) elapsed C) skipped D) proceeded 49. What you say now is not ________ with what you said last week. A) consistent B) persistent C) permanent D) insistent 50. Military orders are ________ and cannot be disobeyed. A) defective B) conservative C) alternative D) imperative 511淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. Some educators try to put students of familiar abilities into the same class because they believe this kind of ________ grouping is advisable. A) homogeneous B) instantaneous C) spontaneous D) anonymous 52. Even sensible men do ________ things sometimes. A) abrupt B) absurd C) acute D) apt 53. The commission would find itself ________ at every turn if its members couldn’t reach an agreement. A) collided B) savaged C) crumbled D) hampered 54. Grain production in the world is ________,but still millions go hungry. A) staggering B) shrinking C) soaring D) suspending 55. He developed a ________ attitude after years of frustration in his career. A) sneaking B) disgusted C) drastic D) cynical 56. They believed that this was not the ________ of their campaign for equality but merely the beginning. A) climax B) summit C) pitch D) maximum 512淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 57. Several guests were waiting in the ________ for the front door to open. A) porch B) vent C) inlet D) entry 58. As the mountains were covered with a ________ of cloud, we couldn’t see their tops. A) coating B) film C) veil D) shade 59. We couldn’t really afford to buy a house so we got it on hire purchase and paid monthly ________. A) investments B) requirements C) arrangements D) installments 60. The magician made us think he cut the girl into pieces but it was merely an ________. A) illusion B) impression C) image D) illumination 61. A good education is an ________ you can fall back on for the rest of your life. A) asset B) ethic C) inventory D) obligation 62. Giving a gift can convey a wealth of meaning about your appreciation of their ________ and the importance you place upon the relationship. A) solidarity B) priority C) superiority 513淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) hospitality 63. The designer has applied for a ________ for his new invention. A) tariff B) discount C) version D) patent 64. The toy maker produces a ________ copy of the space station, exact in every detail. A) minimal B) minimum C) miniature D) minor 65. An energy tax would curb ordinary air pollution, limit oil imports and cut the budget ________. A) disposition B) discrepancy C) defect D) deficit 66. They have decided to ________ physical punishment in all local schools. A) put away B) break away from C) do away with D) pass away 67. Astronauts are ________ all kinds of tests before they are actually sent up in a spacecraft. A) inclined to B) subjected to C) prone to D) bound to 68. Individual sports are run by over 370 independent governing bodies whose functions usually include ________ rules, holding events, selecting national teams and promoting international links. A) drawing on B) drawing in 514淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) drawing up D) drawing down 69. Up until that time, his interest had focused almost ________ on fully mastering the skills and techniques of his craft. A) restrictively B) radically C) inclusively D) exclusively 70. All the ceremonies at the 2000 Olympic Games had a unique Australian flavor, ________ of their multicultural communities. A) noticeable B) indicative C) conspicuous D) implicit 试卷二 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ A great many cities are experiencing difficulties which are nothing new in the history of cities, except in their scale. Some cities have lost their original purpose and have not found new one. And any large or rich city is going to attract poor (S1) immigrants, who flood in, filling with hopes of prosperity (S2) which are then often disappointing. There are backward towns on the edge of Bombay or Brasilia, just as though there were (S3) on the edge of seventeenth- century London or early nineteenth century Paris. This is new is in the scale. Descriptions (S4) written by eighteenth-century travelers of the poor of Mexico City, and 515淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the enormous contrasts that was to be found there, (S5) are very dissimilar to descriptions of Mexico City today—the (S6) poor can still be numbered in millions. The whole monstrous growth rests on economic prosperity, but behind it lies two myths: the myth of the city as a (S7) promised land, that attracts immigrants from rural poverty (S8) and brings it flooding into city centers, and the myth of the (S9) country as a Garden of Eden, which, a few generations late, (S10) sends them flooding out again to the suburbs. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Student Use of Computers. You should write at least 150 words, and base your composition on the chart and the outline given below: 1. 上图所示为1990年、1995年、2000年某校大学生使用计算机的情况，请描述 其变化； 2. 请说明发生这些变化的原因(可从计算机的用途、价格或社会发展等方面加以 说明)； 3. 你认为目前大学生在计算机使用中有什么困难或问题。 Student Use of Computers 516淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. A 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. B 6. A 7. B 8. D 9. C 10. B 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. C 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. D 19. C 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension 21. A 22. D 23. C 24. C 25. B 26. C 27. A 28. B 29. B 30. A 31. B 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. D 36. B 37. A 38. D 39. C 40. D Part III Vocabulary 41. B 42. B 43. A 44. C 45. D 46. C 47. A 48. B 49. A 50. D 51. A 52. B 53. D 54. C 55. D 56. A 57. D 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. A 62. D 63. D 64. C 65. D 66. C 67. B 68. C 69. D 70. B Part IV Error Correction S1. And → But S2. filling → filled S3. there → they S4. This → What S5. was → are S6. dissimilar → similar 517淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S7. lies → in S8. that → which S9. it → them S10. late → later Part V Writing Student Use of Computers Students tend to use computers more nowadays. Reading this chart, we can find that the average number of hours a student spends on the computer per week has increased sharply. In 1990, it was less than 2 hours; and in 1995, it increased to almost 4 hours, and in 2000, the number soared to 20 hours. Obviously computers are becoming more and more popular. There are several reasons for this. First, computers facilitate us in more aspects of life. Also, the fast development of the Internet enlarges our demands for using computers, we can easily contact with friends in remote places through the Internet. Besides, the prices of computers are getting lower and lower, which enables more students to purchase them. However, there still exist some problem, such as, poor quality, out-of-date designs and so on. And how to balance the time between using computers and studying is also a serious problem. Anyhow, we will benefit a lot from computers as long as we use them properly. 518淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年6月听力原文 Section A 1. W: The deadline for the sociology and computer courses is the day after tomorrow. M: But I have not decided which courses to take yet. Q: What are the man and woman talking about? 2. M: I’m looking for an apartment with a monthly rent of around $200 in this neighbourhood. Could you give some advice on that? W: Well. It’s rather hard to find anything for less than $300 around there, rents are lower in the suburbs. But you’ll need transportation if you choose to live there. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 3. W: Well, Tonight we have Prof. Brown in the studio to talk about his recent book, Fashion Images. Good evening. M: Good evening, and thank you for inviting me here this evening. Q: What is the woman doing? 4. M: Have you run up against any problems in getting the passport renewed? W: I haven’t started applying yet. Q: What do we know from the conversation? 5. M: I must point out that trials of new medicine are expensive and you can never guarantee success. W: But there is a very good chance in this case. I hope you will go ahead in view of the potential benefit to mankind. Q: What are the two speakers talking about? 6. W: What is the difference between a lesson and a lecture? M: Well, they are both ways of imparting knowledge, but the main difference is that you participate in a lesson whereas you just listen to a lecture. A lecture is generally given to a much larger group. Q: What does the man mean? 7. W: It’s awfully dark for four o’clock. Do you think it’s going to rain? M: You’d better do something about that watch of yours. It must have stopped three hours ago. Mine says seven. Q: What conclusion can we draw from this conversation? 519淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 8. M: You are looking a little overwhelmed. W: Exactly. You know I got a million things to do and all of them have to be finished within three hours. Q: What does the woman mean? 9. M: Ah, er! Looks like I’m going to be a little late for class. I hope Professor Clark doesn’t start on time today. W: Are you kidding? You can set your watch by the time he starts his class. Q: What can be inferred about Professor Clark? 10. M: I’m both excited and nervous about the job interview this afternoon. W: Take it easy, just wear a tidy and clean clothes and response truthfully to the inquiries and remember, honesty is the best policy. Q: What do we learn about the man? Section B Passage One Jane Brown, has been married for 12 years, she has three children and lives in a suburb outside Columbus Ohio. When her youngest child reached school age, Jane decided to go back to work. She felt that she should contribute to the household finances. Her salary could make the difference between the financial struggle and a secure financial situation for her family. Jane also felt bored and frustrated in her role as a home maker and wanted to be more involved in life outside her home. Jane was worried about the children’s adjustment to this new situation, but she arranged for them to go stay with a woman nearby after school each afternoon. They seemed to be happy with the arrangement. The problem seemed to be between Jane and her husband Bill. When Jane was at home all day, she was able to clean the house, go grocery shopping, wash the clothes, take care of the children and cook the two or three meals each day. She was very busy, of course, but she succeeded in getting everything done. Now these same things need to be done, but Jane has only evenings and early mornings to do them. Both Jane and Bill are tired when they arrived at home at six p.m. Bill is accustomed to sitting down and reading the paper or watching TV until the dinner is ready. This is exactly what Jane feels like doing, but someone has to fix the dinner, and Bill expects it to be Jane. Jane is becoming very angry at B ill’s attitude. She feels that they should share the household jobs. But Bill feels that everything should be the same as it was before when back to work. 11. Why did Jane want to go back to work? 12. How did Jane spend her days before she went back to work? 520淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 13. What problem arose when Jane went back to work? 14. What does the story try to tell us? Passage Two The decade for natural disaster reduction is a programme designed to reduce the impact of natural disasters throughout the world. With the support from the UN, countries will be encouraged to share information about disaster reduction, for instance, information about how to plan for and cope with hurricanes, earthquakes and other natural disasters. One of the most important things the programme plans to do is to remind us of what we can do to protect ourselves. For example, we can pack a suitcase with flashlights, a radio, food, drinking water and some tools. This safety case may help us survive disaster until help arrives. Besides, the programmes will encourage governments to establish building standards, emergency response plan and training plans. These measures can help to limit the destruction by natural disasters. The comparatively mild-effects of the northern California earthquake in 1989, are good evidence that we do have the technology to prevent vast destruction. The recent disasters, on the other hand, prove that people will suffer if we don’t use that technology. When a highway collapsed in northern California, people were killed in their cars. The highway was not built according to stricter standards to resist earthquakes. Individuals and governments have to be far-sighted. We should take extra time and spend extra money to build disaster safety into our lives. Although such programme can’t hold back the winds or stop earthquakes, they can save people’s lives and homes. 15. What is the purpose of the programme mentioned in this passage? 16. What can we learn from the northern California earthquake in 1989? 17. Why did the highway in northern California collapse? Passage Three Living at the foot of one of the most active volcanoes might not appeal to you at all. But believe it or not, the area surrounding Mount Etna in Italy is packed with people. In fact, it is the most densely-populated region on the whole island of Sicily. The reason is that rich volcanic soil makes the land fantastic for farming. By growing and selling a variety of crops, local people earn a good living. For them, the economic benefit they reap surpasses the risk of dying or losing property in one of volcanoes frequent eruptions. People everywhere make decisions about risky situations this way, that is, by comparing the risks and the benefits. According to the experts, the size of the risks depends on both its probability and seriousness. Let’s take Mount Etna for example, it does erupt frequently , but thousands of the eruptions are usually minor, so the overall risk for people living nearby is relatively small. But suppose Mount Etna erupted every day, or imagine 521淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 that each eruption there killed thousands of people, if that were the case, the risk would be much larger. Indeed, the risk would be too large for many people to live with and they would have to move away. 18. How do people make decisions about risky situations? 19. What do we know about Mount Etna from the passage? 20. What will people living near Mount Etna do in the face of its eruptions? 522淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年12月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 试卷一 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work. They will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D)“5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) It has nothing to do with the Internet. B) She needs another week to get it ready. C) It contains some valuable ideas. D) It’s far from being ready yet. 2. A) The woman is strict with her employees. B) The man always has excuses for being late. C) The woman is a kind-hearted boss. D) The man’s alarm clock didn’t work that morning. 3. A) The woman should try her luck in the bank nearby. B) The bank around the corner is not open today. 523淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The woman should use dollars instead of pounds. D) The bank near the railway station closes late. 4. A) Make an appointment with Dr. Chen. B) Call again some time later. C) Wait for about three minutes. D) Try dialing the number again. 5. A) He is sure they will succeed in the next test. B) He did no better than the woman in the test. C) He believes she will pass the test this time. D) He felt upset because of her failure. 6. A) The woman has to attend a summer course to graduate. B) The man thinks the woman can earn the credits. C) The woman is begging the man to let her pass the exam. D) The woman is going to graduate from summer school. 7. A) Fred is planning a trip to Canada. B) Fred usually flies to Canada with Jane. C) Fred persuaded Jane to change her mind. D) Fred likes the beautiful scenery along the way to Canada. 8. A) Hang some pictures for decoration. B) Find room for the paintings. C) Put more coats of paint on the wall. D) Paint the walls to match the furniture. 9. A) He’ll give a lecture on drawing. B) He doesn’t mind if the woman goes to the lecture. C) He’d rather not go to the lecture. D) He’s going to attend the lecture. 10. A) Selecting the best candidate. B) Choosing a campaign manager. C) Trying to persuade the woman to vote for him. D) Running for chairman of the student union. Section B 524淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) To study the problems of local industries. B) To find ways to treat human wastes. C) To investigate the annual catch of fish in the Biramichi River. D) To conduct a study on fishing in the Biramichi River. 12. A) Lack of oxygen. B) Overgrowth of water plants. C) Low water level. D) Serious pollution upstream. 13. A) They’ll be closed down. B) They’re going to dismiss some of their employees. C) They’ll be moved to other places. D) They have no money to build chemical treatment plants. 14. A) Because there were fewer fish in the river. B) Because over-fishing was prohibited. C) Because the local Chamber of Commerce tried preserve fishes. D) Because the local fishing cooperative decided to reduce its catch. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) Oral instructions recorded on a tape. B) A brief letter sealed in an envelope. C) A written document of several pages. D) A short note to their lawyer. 16. A) Refrain from going out with men for five years. 525淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Stop wearing any kind of fashionable clothes. C) Bury the dentist with his favorite car. D) Visit his grave regularly for five years. 17. A) Because he was angry with his selfish relatives. B) Because he was just being humorous. C) Because he was not a wealthy man. D) Because he wanted to leave his body for medical purposes. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) They thought it quite acceptable. B) They believed it to be a luxury. C) They took it to be a trend. D) They considered it avoidable. 19. A) Critical. B) Serious. C) Sceptical. D) Casual. 20. A) When people consider marriage an important part of their lives. B) When the costs of getting a divorce become unaffordable. C) When the current marriage law is modified. D) When husband and wife understand each other better. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Bill Gates, the billionaire Microsoft chairman without a single earned university degree, is by his success raising new doubts about the worth of the business world’s favorite academic title: the MBA (Master of Business Administration). 526淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The MBA, a 20th-century product, always has borne the mark of lowly commerce and greed ( 贪 婪 ) on the tree-lined campuses ruled by purer disciplines such as philosophy and literature. But even with the recession apparently cutting into the hiring of business school graduates, about 79,000 people are expected to receive MBAs in 1993. This is nearly 16 times the number of business graduates in 1960, a testimony to the wide spread assumption that the MBA is vital for young men and women who want to run companies some day. “If you are going into the corporate world it is still a disadvantage not to have one,” said Donald Morrison, professor of marketing and management science. “But in the last five years or so, when someone says, ‘Should I attempt to get an MBA,’ the answer a lot more is: It depends.” The success of Bill Gates and other non-MBAs, such as the late Sam Walton of Wal- Mart Stores Inc., has helped inspire self-conscious debates on business school campuses over the worth of a business degree and whether management skills can be taught. The Harvard Business Review printed a lively, fictional exchange of letters to dramatize complaints about business degree holders. The article called MBA hires “extremely disappointing” and said “MBAs want to move up too fast, they don’t understand politics and people, and they aren’t able to function as part of a team until their third year. But by then, they’re out looking for other jobs.” The problem, most participants in the debate acknowledge, is that the MBA has acquired an aura (光环) of future riches and power far beyond its actual importance and usefulness. Enrollment in business schools exploded in the 1970s and 1980s and created the assumption that no one who pursued a business career could do without one. The growth was fueled by a backlash (反冲) against the anti-business values of the 1960s and by the women’s movement. Business people who have hired or worked with MBAs say those with the degrees of ten know how to analyze systems but are not so skillful at motivating people. “They don’t get a lot of grounding in the people side of the business”, said James Shaffer, vice- president and principal of the Towers Perrin management consulting firm. 21. According to Paragraph 2, what is the general attitude towards business on campuses dominated by purer disciplines? A) Scornful. B) Appreciative. C) Envious. D) Realistic. 22. It seems that the controversy over the value of MBA degrees had been fueled 527淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 mainly by ________. A) the complaints from various employers B) the success of many non-MBAs C) the criticism from the scientists of purer disciplines D) the poor performance of MBAs at work 23. What is the major weakness of MBA holders according to the Harvard Business Review? A) They are usually self-centered. B) They are aggressive and greedy. C) They keep complaining about their jobs. D) They are not good at dealing with people. 24. From the passage we know that most MBAs ________. A) can climb the corporate ladder fairly quickly B) quit their jobs once they are familiar with their workmates C) receive salaries that do not match their professional training D) cherish unrealistic expectations about their future 25. What is the passage mainly about? A) Why there is an increased enrollment in MBA programs. B) The necessity of reforming MBA programs in business schools. C) Doubts about the worth of holding an MBA degree. D) A debate held recently on university campuses. Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. When school officials in Kalkaska, Michigan, closed classes last week, the media flocked to the story, portraying the town’s 2,305 students as victims of stingy (吝啬的) taxpayers. There is some truth to that; the property-tax rate here is one-third lower than the state average. But shutting their schools also allowed Kalkask’s educators and the state’s largest teachers’ union, the Michigan Education Association, to make a political point. Their aim was to spur passage of legislation Michigan lawmakers are debating to increase the state’s share of school funding. It was no coincidence that Kalkaska shut its schools two weeks after residents rejected a 28 percent property-tax increase. The school board argued that without the increase it lacked the $1.5 million needed to keep schools open. But the school system had not done all it could to keep the schools open. Officials declined to borrow against next year’s state aid, they refused to trim extra curricular 528淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 activities and they did not consider seeking a smaller—perhaps more acceptable—tax increase. In fact, closing early is costing Kalkaska a significant amount, including $600,000 in unemployment payments to teachers and staff and $250,000 in lost state aid. In February, the school system promised teachers and staff two months of retirement payments in case schools closed early, a deal that will cost the district $275,000 more. Other signs suggest school authorities were at least as eager to make a political statement as to keep schools open. The Michigan Education Association hired a public relations firm to stage a rally marking the school closing, which attracted 14 local and national television stations and networks. The president of the National Education Association, the MEA’s parent organization, flew from Washington, D. C., for the event. And the union tutored school officials in the art of television interviews. School supervisor Doyle Disbrow acknowledges the district could have kept schools open by cutting programs but denies the moves were politically motivated. Michigan lawmakers have reacted angrily to the closings. The state Senate has al ready voted to put the system into receivership (破产 管理 ) and reopen schools immediately; the Michigan House plans to consider the bill this week. 26. We learn from the passage that schools in Kalkaska, Michigan, are funded ________. A) by both the local and state governments B) exclusively by the local government C) mainly by the state government D) by the National Education Association 27. One of the purposes for which school officials closed classes was ________. A) to avoid paying retirement benefits to teachers and staff B) to draw the attention of local taxpayers to political issues C) to make the financial difficulties of their teachers and staff known to the public D) to pressure Michigan lawmakers into increasing state funds for local schools 28. The author seems to disapprove of ________. A) the Michigan lawmakers’ endless debating B) the shutting of schools in Kalkaska C) the involvement of the mass media D) delaying the passage of the school funding legislation 29. We learn from the passage that school authorities in Kalkaska are concerned about ________. A) a raise in the property-tax rate in Michigan 529淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) reopening the schools there immediately C) the attitude of the MEA’s parent organization D) making a political issue of the closing of the schools 30. According to the passage, the closing of the schools developed into a crisis because of ________. A) the complexity of the problem B) the political motives on the part of the educators C) the weak response of the state officials D) the strong protest on the part of the students’ parents Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. German Chancellor (首相) Otto Von Bismarck may be most famous for his military and diplomatic talent, but his legacy (遗产) includes many of today’s social insurance programs. During the middle of the 19th century, Germany, along with other European nations, experienced an unprecedented rash of workplace deaths and accidents as a result of growing industrialization. Motivated in part by Christian compassion (怜悯) for the helpless as well as a practical political impulse to undercut the support of the socialist labor movement, Chancellor Bismarck created the world’s first workers’ compensation law in 1884. By 1908, the United States was the only industrial nation in the world that lacked workers’ compensation insurance. America’s injured workers could sue for damages in a court of law, but they still faced a number of tough legal barriers. For example, employees had to prove that their injuries directly resulted from employer negligence and that they themselves were ignorant about potential hazards in the workplace. The first state workers’ compensation law in this country passed in 1911, and the program soon spread throughout the nation. After World War II, benefit payments to American workers did not keep up with the cost of living. In fact, real benefit levels were lower in the 1970s than they were in the 1940s, and in most states the maximum benefit was below the poverty level for a family of four. In 1970, President Richard Nixon set up a national commission to study the problems of workers’ compensation. Two years later, the commission issued 19 key recommendations, including one that called for increasing compensation benefit levels to 100 percent of the states’ average weekly wages. In fact, the average compensation benefit in America has climbed from 55 percent of the states’ average weekly wages in 1972 to 97 percent today. But, as most studies show, every 10 percent increase in compensation benefits results in a 5 per cent increase in the numbers of workers who file for claims. And with so much more money floating in the workers’ compensation system, it’s not surprising that doctors and lawyers have helped themselves to a large slice of the growing pie. 530淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 31. The world’s first workers’ compensation law was introduced by Bismarck ________. A) to make industrial production safer B) to speed up the pace of industrialization C) out of religious and political considerations D) for fear of losing the support of the socialist labor movement 32. We learn from the passage that the process of industrialization in Europe ________. A) was accompanied by an increased number of workshop accidents B) resulted in the development of popular social insurance programs C) required workers to be aware of the potential dangers at the workplace D) met growing resistance from laborers working at machines 33. One of the problems the American injured workers faced in getting compensation in the early 19th century was that ________. A) they had to have the courage to sue for damages in a court of law B) different states in the U.S. had totally different compensation programs C) America’s average compensation benefit was much lower than the cost of living D) they had to produce evidence that their employers were responsible for the accident 34. After 1972 workers’ compensation insurance in the U.S. became more favorable to workers so that ________. A) the poverty level for a family of four went up drastically B) there were fewer legal barriers when they filed for claims C) the number of workers suing for damages increased D) more money was allocated to their compensation system 35. The author ends the passage with the implication that ________. A) compensation benefits in America are soaring to new heights B) the workers are not the only ones to benefit from the compensation system C) people from all walks of life can benefit from the compensation system D) money floating in the compensation system is a huge drain on the U.S. economy Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Early in the age of affluence (富裕) that followed World War II, an American retailing analyst named Victor Lebow proclaimed, “Our enormously productive economy... We need things consumed, burned up, worn out, replaced and discarded at 531淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 an ever increasing rate.” Americans have responded to Lebow’s call, and much of the world has followed. Consumption has become a central pillar of life in industrial lands and is even embedded in social values. Opinion surveys in the world’s two largest economies—Japan and the United States—show consumerist definitions of success becoming ever prevalent. Overconsumption by the world’s fortunate is an environmental problem unmatched in severity by anything but perhaps population growth. Their surging exploitation of resources threatens to exhaust or unalterably spoil forests, soils, water, air and climate. Ironically, high consumption may be a mixed blessing in human terms, too. The time-honored values of integrity of character, good work, friendship, family and community have often been sacrificed in the rush to riches. Thus many in the industrial lands have a sense that their world of plenty is somehow hollow—that, misled by a consumerist culture, they have been fruitlessly attempting to satisfy what are essentially social, psychological and spiritual needs with material things. Of course, the opposite of over-consumption—poverty—is no solution to either environmental or human problems. It is infinitely worse for people and bad for the natural world too. Dispossessed (被剥夺得一无所有的) peasants slash-and-burn their way into the rain forests of Latin America, and hungry nomads (游牧民族) turn their herds out onto fragile African grassland, reducing it to desert. If environmental destruction results when people have either too little or too much, we are left to wonder how much is enough. What level of consumption can the earth support? When does having more cease to add noticeably to human satisfaction? 36. The emergence of the affluent society after World War II ________. A) gave birth to a new generation of upper class consumers B) gave rise to the dominance of the new egoism C) led to the reform of the retailing system D) resulted in the worship of consumerism 37. Apart from enormous productivity, another important impetus to high consumption is ________. A) the conversion of the sale of goods into rituals B) the people’s desire for a rise in their living standards C) the imbalance that has existed between production and consumption D) the concept that one’s success is measured by how much they consume 38. Why does the author say high consumption is a mixed blessing? A) Because poverty still exists in an affluent society. 532淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Because moral values are sacrificed in pursuit of material satisfaction. C) Because overconsumption won’t last long due to unrestricted population growth. D) Because traditional rituals are often neglected in the process of modernization. 39. According to the passage, consumerist culture ________. A) cannot thrive on a fragile economy B) will not aggravate environmental problems C) cannot satisfy human spiritual needs D) will not alleviate poverty in wealthy countries 40. It can be inferred from the passage that ________. A) human spiritual needs should match material affluence B) there is never an end to satisfying people’s material needs C) whether high consumption should be encouraged is still an issue D) how to keep consumption at a reasonable level remains a problem Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. I have had my eyes tested and the report says that my ________ is perfect. A) outlook B) vision C) horizon D) perspective 42. He was looking admiringly at the photograph published by Collins in ________ with the Imperial Museum. A) collection B) connection C) collaboration D) combination 43. In those days, executives expected to spend most of their lives in the same firm and, unless they were dismissed for ________, to retire at the age of 65. A) integrity B) denial 533淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) incompetence D) deduction 44. Others viewed the finding with ________, noting that a cause-and-effect relationship between passive smoking and cancer remains to be shown. A) optimism B) passion C) caution D) deliberation 45. The 1986 Challenger space-shuttle ________ was caused by unusually low temperatures immediately before the launch. A) expedition B) controversy C) dismay D) disaster 46. When supply exceeds demand for any product, prices are ________ to fall. A) timely B) simultaneous C) subject D) liable 47. The music aroused an ________ feeling of homesickness in him. A) intentional B) intermittent C) intense D) intrinsic 48. I bought an alarm clock with a(n) ________ dial, which can be seen clearly in the dark. A) supersonic B) luminous C) audible D) amplified 49. The results are hardly ________; he cannot believe they are accurate. A) credible 534淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) contrary C) critical D) crucial 50. This new laser printer is ________ with all leading software. A) comparable B) competitive C) compatible D) cooperative 51. The ball ________ two or three times before rolling down the slope. A) swayed B) bounced C) hopped D) darted 52. He raised his eyebrows and stuck his head forward and ________ it in a single nod, a gesture boys used then for O.K. when they were pleased. A) shrugged B) tugged C) jerked D) twisted 53. Many types of rock are ________ from volcanoes as solid, fragmentary material. A) flung B) propelled C) ejected D) injected 54. With prices ________ so much, it is difficult for the school to plan a budget. A) vibrating B) fluctuating C) fluttering D) swinging 55. The person who ________ this type of approach for doing research deserves our praise. A) originated 535淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) speculated C) generated D) manufactured 56. ________ that the demand for power continues to rise at the current rate, it will not be long before traditional sources become inadequate. A) Concerning B) Ascertaining C) Assuming D) Regarding 57. Her jewelry ________ under the spotlights and she became the dominant figure at the ball. A) glared B) glittered C) blazed D) dazzled 58. Connie was told that if she worked too hard, her health would ________. A) deteriorate B) descend C) degrade D) decay 59. We find that some birds ________ twice a year between hot and cold countries. A) transfer B) commute C) migrate D) emigrate 60. As visiting scholars, they willingly ________ to the customs of the country they live in. A) submit B) conform C) subject D) commit 61. More than 85 percent of French Canada’s population speaks French as mother tongue and ________ to the Roman Catholic faith. 536淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) caters B) adheres C) ascribes D) subscribes 62. The professor found himself constantly ________ the question: “How could anyone do these things?” A) presiding B) poring C) pondering D) presuming 63. Weeks ________ before anyone was arrested in connection with the bank robbery. A) terminated B) elapsed C) overlapped D) expired 64. In order to prevent stress from being set up in the metal, expansion joints are fitted which ________ the stress by allowing the pipe to expand or contra ct freely. A) relieve B) reconcile C) reclaim D) rectify 65. How much of your country’s electrical supply is ________ from water power? A) deduced B) detached C) derived D) declined 66. She has recently left a job and had helped herself to copies of the company’s client data, which she intended to ________ in starting her own business. A) dwell on B) come upon C) base on D) draw upon 537淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 67. The glass vessels should be handled most carefully since they are ________. A) intricate B) fragile C) subtle D) crisp 68. Hill slopes are cleared of forests to make way for crops, but this only ________ the crisis. A) accelerates B) prevails C) ascends D) precedes 69. He blew out the candle and ________ his way to the door. A) converged B) groped C) strived D) wrenched 70. Often such arguments have the effect of ________ rather than clarifying the issues involved. A) obscuring B) prejudicing C) tackling D) blocking Part IV Cloze (15 minutes) Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked, A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. When women do become managers, do they bring a different style and different skills to the job? Are they better, or worse, managers than men? Are woman more highly motivated and __71__ than male managers? Some research __72__ the idea that woman bring different attitudes and skills to management jobs, such as greater __73__, an emphasis on affiliation and attachment, and a __74__ to bring emotional factors to bear __75__ making workplace decisions. These differences are __76__ to carry advantages for companies, __77__ they expand 538淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the range of techniques that can be used to __78__ the company manage its workforce __79__. A study commissioned by the International Women’s Forum __80__ a management style used by some woman managers (and also by some men) that __81__ from the command and control style __82__ used by male managers. Using this “interactive leadership” approach, “women __83__ participation, share power and information, __84__ other people’s self-worth, and get others excited about their work. All these __85__ reflect their belief that allowing __86__ to contribute and to feel __87__ and important is a win-win __88__—good for the employees and the organization. The study’s director __89__ that “interactive leadership may emerge __90__ the management style of choice for many organizations.” 71. A) confronted B) commanded C) confined D) committed 72. A) supports B) argues C) opposes D) despises 73. A) combination B) cooperativeness C) coherence D) correlation 74. A) willingness B) loyalty C) sensitivity D) virtue 75. A) by B) in C) at D) with 76. A) disclosed B) watched 539淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) revised D) seen 77. A) therefore B) whereas C) because D) nonetheless 78. A) help B) enable C) support D) direct 79. A) evidently B) precisely C) aggressively D) effectively 80. A) developed B) invented C) discovered D) located 81. A) derives B) differs C) descends D) detaches 82. A) inherently B) traditionally C) conditionally D) occasionally 83. A) encourage B) dismiss C) disapprove D) engage 84. A) enhance 540淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) enlarge C) ignore D) degrade 85. A) themes B) subjects C) researches D) things 86. A) managers B) women C) employees D) males 87. A) faithful B) powerful C) skillful D) thoughtful 88. A) situation B) status C) circumstance D) position 89. A) predicted B) proclaimed C) defied D) diagnosed 90. A) into B) from C) as D) for 试卷二 Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic It Pays to Be Honest. You should write at least 150 words according to 541淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the outline given below in Chinese: 1. 当前社会上存在许多不诚实的现象 2. 诚实利人利己，做人应该诚实 It Pays to Be Honest ____________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________ ____________________________________________________________________ 542淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年12月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. D 2. B 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. D 11. D 12. A 13. D 14. A 15. C 16. A 17. A 18. D 19. D 20. A Part II Reading Comprehension 21. A 22. B 23. D 24. D 25. C 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. D 30. B 31. C 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. B 36. D 37. D 38. B 39. C 40. D Part III Vocabulary 41. B 42. C 43. C 44. C 45. D 46. D 47. C 48. B 49. A 50. C 51. B 52. C 53. C 54. B 55. A 56. C 57. B 58. A 59. C 60. B 61. B 62. C 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. D 67. B 68. A 69. B 70. A Part IV Cloze 71. D 72. A 73. B 74. A 75. B 76. D 77. C 78. A 79. D 80. C 81. B 82. B 83. A 84. A 85. D 86. C 87. B 88. A 89. A 90. C 543淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2002年12月听力原文 Section A: 1. M: How well are you prepared for your presentation? Your turn comes on next Wednesday. W: I spend a whole week searching on the net. But it came up with nothing valuable. Q: What did the women say about her presentation? 2. W: Good morning, Jack. Late again! What’s the excuse this time? M: I’m awfully sorry I must have turned the alarm off and gone back to sleep again. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 3. W: Excuse me, but could you tell me where I can change American Dollars into British Pounds? M: There is a bank around the corner, but I’m afraid it’s already past it’s closing time. Why don’t you try the one near the railway station? Q: What does the man mean? 4. M: Could I speak to Dr. Chen? She told me to call her today. W: She’s not available right now. Would you like to try around three? Q: What does the woman tell the man to do? 5. W: Oh dear, I’m afraid I’ll fail again in the national test. It’s the third time I took it. M: Don’t be too upset. I have the same fate. Let’s try a fourth time. Q: What does the man mean? 6. W: Professor Smith, I really need the credits to graduate this summer. M: Here of this school, the credits are earned, not given. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? 7. M: How did you go to Canada, Jane? Did you fly? W: I was planning to, because it’s such a long trip by bus or by train, but Fred decided to drive and invited me to join him. It took us two days and one night. Q: What can we infer from the conversation? 8. M: How do you like the way I’ve arranged the furniture in my living room? W: Fine, but I think the walls could do with a few paintings. Q: What does the woman suggest the man do? 544淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 9. W: I don’t imagine you have any interest in attending my lecture on drawing, do you? M: Oh, yes, I do. Not that you remind me of it. Q: What do we learn about the man from the conversation? 10. M: You are my campaign manager. What do you think we should do to win the election? I’m convinced I’m the best candidate for the chairman of the Student Union. W: We won’t be able to win unless you get the majority votes from the women students. Q: What is the man doing? Section B Passage One There are some serious problems in the Biramichi river. The local chamber of commerce, which represents the industry in the area, hired me as a consultant to do a one year study on fishing in the Biramichi river and write a rep ort for them. This is my report: One of the major problems in the Biramichi river is that the level of oxygen in the water is too low. Several chemicals have displaced the oxygen. This chemical pollution has two sources: the factories which dump polluted water directly into the river and the local community which dumps untreated human wastes into the river. The local town government has already spent 2 million dollars on waste water treatment projects, but it will cost another 27 million to complete the projects. It will take at least 15 years for the town to collect enough revenue from taxes to complete these projects. The factories here employ 17,000 people in an area where there is very little alternative employment. It is not economically practical to close or relocate the factories. Also the factories cannot afford to finance chemical treatment plants by themselves. Another problem is that the members of the Biramichi fishing cooperative are overfishing. Fishes are caught when they are on the way upstream to lay eggs. Consequently, not enough fish are left to reproduce in large number. The members of cooperative say that they had already reduced their annual catch by 50 percent. However, my studies indicate that they took fewer fish because there were fewer fish to catch, not because they were trying to preserve fishes. 11. What was the speaker assigned to do in the past year? 12. What is one of the problems in the Biramichi river? 13. What does the passage tell us about the factories along the river? 14. Why was the annual catch of fish in the Biramichi river reduced according to the 545淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 speaker? Passage Two Everybody has to die someday, but nobody likes to think about it. Even so, at sometime in their lives, most people manage to think about the question of how to make a will. If you have already made yours, it is probably just a few pages of writing, stating that you wish to leave everything to your family. That is the kind of will that the majority of people make. However, there are plenty of ways to make your will more interesting if you want to. To begin with, you don’t have to write it on paper. One man wrote his will on an envelope, another on the door, and a third on an egg. For some people, the most important part of their will is the part that says how they want to be buried. Mrs. Sandra West, a rich widow from Texas, decided that she wanted to be buried with her favorite car. In 1973, Mr. Green, a dentist from England, left most of his money to the nurse who worked for him if in 5 years she would not wear any kind of make-up or jewel or go out with men. Finally, let’s hope that your will is not like that of Dr. Wagner, who lived in America 100 years ago. His family, who had not been to see him for years, suddenly began to visit him when he became ill. What was worse, each person suggested to Dr. Wagner that they would like something to remember him by when he died. Greatly annoyed with them, Dr. Wagner wrote a will that would do this: to each of his four brothers, he left one of his legs or arms, his nephew got his nose and his two nieces each got an ear. His teeth went to his cousin. Then he set aside 1,000 dollars to pay for cutting his body and the rest of his money he left to the poor. 15. What kind of will do most people leave behind according to the passage? 16. What did the nurse have to do before getting the money left by the English dentist? 17. Why did Dr. Wagner make an unusual will? Passage Three In recent years, there has been an unusually large number of divorces in the United States. In the past, when two people married each other, they intended to stay together for life. While today, many people marry believing that they can always get it divorce if the marriage does not work out. In the past, a large majority of the Americans frowned at the idea of divorce. Furthermore, many people believed that getting a divorce was a luxury that only the rich could afford. Indeed, getting a divorce was very expensive. However, since so many people have began to take a more casual view of marriage, it is interesting to know that the cost of get ting a divorce is lower. In fact, wherever you go in the United States today, it is not unusual to see newspaper ads that provide information on how and where to get a cheap divorce. Hollywood has always been known as the divorce capital of the world. The divorce rate among the movie stars is so high that it is difficult to know who is married to whom. Today many movie stars change husbands and wives as though they were changing clothes. Until marriage again become the serious 546淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and important part of people’s lives, we will probably continue to see a high rate of divorce. 18. What did many Americans think of divorce in the past? 19. What is the attitude of many Americans to marriage today? 20. In the speaker’s view, when will the high rate of divorce be brought down? 547淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月21日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said—Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Riding a horse. B) Shooting a movie. C) Playing a game. D) Taking a photo. 2. A) She’ll type the letter for the man. B) She’ll teach the man to operate the computer. C) She doesn’t think his sister is a good typist. D) She thinks the man should buy a computer. 3. A) John can share the magazine with her. B) She wants to borrow John’s card. C) She’ll let John use the journal first. 548淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) John should find another copy for himself. 4. A) She promised to help the man. B) She came a long way to meet the man. C) She took the man to where he wanted to go. D) She suggested a way out of the difficulty for the man. 5. A) The train seldom arrives on time. B) The schedule has been misprinted. C) The speakers arrived at the station late. D) The company has trouble printing a schedule. 6. A) To find a better science journal in the library. B) Not to miss any chance to collect useful information. C) To buy the latest issue of the magazine. D) Not to subscribe to the journal. 7. A) She wants to borrow the man’s student ID card. B) The tickets are less expensive than she expected. C) She won’t be able to get any discount for the ticket. D) The performance turned out to be disappointing. 8. A) Do the assignments towards the end of the semester. B) Quit the history course and choose another one instead. C) Drop one course and do it next semester. D) Take courses with a lighter workload. 9. A) The organization of a conference. B) The cost of renting a conference room. C) The decoration of the conference room. D) The job of cleaning up the dining-room. 10. A) Meet his client. B) Prepare the dinner. C) Work at his office. D) Fix his car. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 549淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) One of the bridges between North and South London collapsed. B) The heart of London was flooded. C) An emergency exercise was conducted. D) 100 people in the suburbs were drowned. 12. A) 50 underground stations were made waterproof. B) A flood wall was built. C) An alarm system was set up. D) Rescue teams were formed. 13. A) Most Londoners were frightened. B) Most Londoners became rather confused. C) Most Londoners took Exercise Floodcall calmly. D) Most Londoners complained about the trouble caused by Exercise Floodcall. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) It limited their supply of food. B) It made their eggshells too fragile. C) It destroyed many of their nests. D) It killed many baby bald eagles. 15. A) They found ways to speed up the reproduction of bald eagles. B) They developed new types of feed for baby bald eagles. C) They explored new ways to hatch baby bald eagles. D) They brought in bald eagles from Canada. 16. A) Pollution of the environment. B) A new generation of pest killers. 550淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Over-killing by hunters. D) Destruction of their natural homes. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Whether it can be detected and checked. B) Whether it will lead to widespread food shortage. C) Whether global warming will speed up in the future. D) Whether it will affect their own lives. 18. A) Many species have moved further north. B) Many new species have come into existence. C) Many species have developed a habit of migration. D) Many species have become less sensitive to climate. 19. A) Storms and floods. B) Disease and fire. C) Less space for their growth. D) Rapid increase of the animal population. 20. A) They will gradually die out. B) They will be able to survive in the preserves. C) They will have to migrate to find new homes. D) They will face extinction without artificial reproduction. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. In the villages of the English countryside there are still people who remember the good old days when no one bothered to lock their doors. There simply wasn’t any crime to worry about. Amazingly, these happy times appear still to be with us in the world’s biggest 551淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 community. A new study by Dan Farmer, a gifted programmer, using an automated investigative program of his own called SATAN, shows that the owners of well over half of all World Wide Web sites have set up home without fitting locks to their doors. SATAN can try out a variety of well-known hacking (黑客的) tricks on an Internet site without actually breaking in. Farmer has made the program publicly available, amid much criticism. A person with evil intent could use it to hunt down sites that are easy to burgle (闯入…...行窃). But Farmer is very concerned about the need to alert the public to poor security and, so far, events have proved him right. SATAN has done more to alert people to the risks than cause new disorder. So is the Net becoming more secure? Far from it. In the early days, when you visited a Web site your browser simply looked at the content. Now the Web is full of tiny programs that automatically download when you look at a Web page, and run on your own machine. These programs could, if their authors wished, do all kinds of nasty things to your computer. At the same time, the Net is increasingly populated with spiders, worms, agents and other types of automated beasts designed to penetrate the sites and seek out and classify information. All these make wonderful tools for antisocial people who want to invade weak sites and cause damage. But let’s look on the bright side. Given the lack of locks, the Internet is surely the world’s biggest (almost) crime-free society. Maybe that is because hackers are fundamentally honest. Or that there currently isn’t much to steal. Or because vandalism ( 恶意破坏) isn’t much fun unless you have a peculiar dislike for someone. Whatever the reason, let’s enjoy it while we can. But expect it all to change, and security to become the number one issue, when the most influential inhabitants of the Net are selling services they want to be paid for. 21. By saying “... owners of well over half of all World Wide Web sites have set up home without fitting locks to their doors” (Lines 3-4, Para. 2), the author means that ________. A) those happy times appear still to be with us B) there simply wasn’t any crime to worry about C) many sites are not well-protected D) hackers try out tricks on an Internet site without actually breaking in 22. SATAN, a program designed by Dan Fanner can be used ________. A) to investigate the security of Internet sites B) to improve the security of the Internet system C) to prevent hackers from breaking into websites D) to download useful programs and information 23. Fanner’s program has been criticized by the public because. 552淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) it causes damage to Net browsers B) it can break into Internet sites C) it can be used to cause disorder on all sites D) it can be used by people with evil intent 24. The author’s attitude toward SATAN is ________. A) enthusiastic B) critical C) positive D) indifferent 25. The author suggests in the last paragraph that ________. A) we should make full use of the Internet before security measures are strengthened B) we should alert the most influential businessmen to the importance of security C) influential businessmen should give priority to the improvement of Net security D) net inhabitants should not let security measures affect their joy of surfing the Internet Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. I came away from my years of teaching on the college and university level with a conviction that enactment ( 扮 演 角 色 ), performance, dramatization are the most successful forms of teaching. Students must be incorporated, made, so far as possible, an integral part of the learning process. The notion that learning should have in it an element of inspired play would seem to the greater part of the academic establishment merely silly, but that is nonetheless the case. Of Ezekiel Cheever, the most famous schoolmaster of the Massachusetts Bay Colony, his onetime student Cotton Mather wrote that he so planned his lessons that his pupils “came to work as though they came to play,” and Alfred North Whitehead, almost three hundred years later, noted that a teacher should make his/her students “glad they were there.” Since, we are told, 80 to 90 percent of all instruction in the typical university is by the lecture method, we should give close attention to this form of education. There is, I think, much truth in Patricia Nelson Limerick’s observation that “lecturing is an unnatural act, an act for which God did not design humans. It is perfectly all right, now and then, for a human to be possessed by the urge to speak, and to speak while others remain silent. But to do this regularly, one hour and 15 minutes at a time... for one person to drag on while others sit in silence?... I do not believe that this is what the Creator... designed humans to do.” The strange, almost incomprehensible fact is that many professors, just as they feel 553淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 obliged to write dully, believe that they should lecture dully. To show enthusiasm is to risk appearing unscientific, unobjective; it is to appeal to the students’ emotions rather than their intellect. Thus the ideal lecture is one filled with facts and read in an unchanged monotone. The cult (推崇) of lecturing dully, like the cult of writing dully, goes back, of course, some years. Edward Shils, professor of sociology, recalls the professors he encountered at the University of Pennsylvania in his youth. They seemed “a priesthood, rather uneven in their merits but uniform in their bearing; they never referred to anything personal. Some read from old lecture notes and then haltingly explained the thumb-worn last lines. Others lectured from cards that had served for years, to judge by the worn edges... The teachers began on time, ended on time, and left the room without saying a word more to their students, very seldom being detained by questioners... The classes were not large, yet there was no discussion. No questions were raised in class, and there were no office hours.” 26. The author believes that a successful teacher should be able to ________. A) make dramatization an important aspect of students’ learning B) make inspired play an integral part of the learning process C) improve students’ learning performance D) make study just as easy as play 27. The majority of university professors prefer the traditional way of lecturing in the belief that ________. A) it draws the close attention of the students B) it conforms in a way to the design of the Creator C) it presents course content in a scientific and objective manner D) it helps students to comprehend abstract theories more easily 28. What the author recommends in this passage is that ________. A) college education should be improved through radical measures B) more freedom of choice should be given to students in their studies C) traditional college lectures should be replaced by dramatized performances D) interaction should be encouraged in the process of teaching 29. By saying “They seemed ‘a priesthood, rather uneven in their merits but uniform in their bearing...’” (Lines 3-4, Para. 4), the author means that ________. A) professors are a group of professionals that differ in their academic ability but behave in the same way B) professors are like priests wearing the same kind of black gown but having different roles to play 554淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) there is no fundamental difference between professors and priests though they differ in their merits D) professors at the University of Pennsylvania used to wear black suits which made them look like priests 30. Whose teaching method is particularly commended by the author? A) Ezekiel Cheever’s. B) Cotton Mather’s. C) Alfred North Whitehead’s. D) Patricia Nelson Limerick’s. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Take the case of public education alone. The principal difficulty faced by the schools has been the tremendous increase in the number of pupils. This has been caused by the advance of the legal age for going into industry and the impossibility of finding a job even when the legal age has been reached. In view of the technological improvements in the last few years, business will require in the future proportionately fewer workers than ever before. The result will be still further raising of he legal age for going into employment, and still further difficulty in finding employment when hat age has been attained. If we cannot put our children to work, we must put them in school. We may also be quite confident that the present trend toward a shorter day and a shorter week will be maintained. We have developed and shall continue to have a new leisure class. Already the public agencies for adult education are swamped by the tide that has swept over them since depression began. They will be little better off when it is over. Their support must come from the taxpayer. It is surely too much to hope that these increases in the cost of public education can be borne by the local communities. They cannot care for the present restricted and inadequate system. The local communities have failed in their efforts to cope with unemployment. They cannot expect to cope with public education on the scale on which we must attempt it. The answer to the problem of unemployment has been Federal relief. The answer to the problem of public education may have to be much the same, and properly so. If there is one thing in which the citizens of all parts of the country have an interest, it is in the decent education of the citizens of all parts of the country. Our income tax now goes in part to keep our neighbors alive. It may have to go in part as well to make our neighbors intelligent. We are now attempting to preserve the present generation through Federal relief of the destitute (贫民). Only a people determined to ruin the next generation will refuse such Federal funds as public education may require. 31. What is the passage mainly about? A) How to persuade local communities to provide more funds. 555淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) How to cope with the shortage of funds for public education. C) How to solve the rising unemployment problem. D) How to improve the public education system. 32. What is the reason for the increase in the number of students? A) The requirement of educated workers by business. B) Raising of the legal age for going to work. C) The trend toward a shorter workday. D) People’s concern for the future of the next generation. 33. The public agencies for adult education will be little better off because ________. A) the unemployed are too poor to continue their education B) a new leisure class has developed C) they are still suffering from the depression D) an increase in taxes could be a problem 34. According to the author, the answer to the problem of public education is that the Federal government ________. A) should allocate Federal funds for public education B) should demand that local communities provide support C) should raise taxes to meet the needs of public education D) should first of all solve the problem of unemployment 35. Why does the author say “Only a people determined to ruin the next generation will refuse such Federal funds as public education may require” (Lines 10-11, Para. 3)? A) Only by appropriating adequate Federal funds for education can the next generation have a bright future. B) Citizens of all parts of the country agree that the best way to support education is to use Federal funds. C) People all over the country should make contributions to education in the interest of the next generation. D) Educated people are determined to use part of the Federal funds to help the poor. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. A new high-performance contact lens under development at the department for applied physics at the University of Heidelberg will not only correct ordinary vision defects but will enhance normal night vision as much as five times, making people’s 556淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 vision sharper than that of cats. Bille and his team work with an optical instrument called an active mirror—a device used in astronomical telescopes to spot newly emerging stars and far distant galaxies. Connected to a wave-front sensor that tracks and measures the course of a laser beam into the eye and back, the aluminum mirror detects the deficiencies of the cornea, the transparent protective layer covering the lens of the human eye. The highly precise data from the two instruments—which, Bille hopes, will one day be found at the opticians (眼 镜商) all over the world—serve as a basis for the production of completely individualized contact lenses that correct and enhance the wearer’s vision. By day, Bille’s contact lenses will focus rays of light so accurately on the retina （视 网膜）that the image of a small leaf or the outline of a far distant tree will be formed with a sharpness that surpasses that of conventional vision aids by almost half a diopter ( 屈光度). At night, the lenses have an even greater potential. “Because the new lens—in contrast to the already existing ones—also works when it’s dark and the pupil is wide open,” says Bille, “lens wearers will be able to identify a face at a distance of 100 meters”—80 meters farther than they would normally be able to see. In his experiments night vision was enhanced by an even greater factor: in semi-darkness, test subjects could see up to 15 times better than without the lenses. Bille’s lenses are expected to reach the market in the year 2000, and one tentative plan is to use the Internet to transmit information on patients’ visual defects from the optician to the manufacturer, who will then produce and mail the contact lenses within a couple of days. The physicist expects the lenses to cost about a dollar a pair, about the same as conventional one-day disposable lenses. 36. The new contact lens is meant for ________. A) astronomical observations B) the night blind C) those with vision defects D) optical experiments 37. What do the two instruments mentioned in the second paragraph (Line 5) refer to? A) The astronomical telescope and the wave-front sensor. B) The aluminum mirror and the laser beam. C) The active mirror and the contact lens. D) The aluminum mirror and the wave-front sensor. 38. Individualized contact lenses (Line 7, Para. 2) are lenses designed ________. A) to work like an astronomical telescope B) to suit the wearer’s specific needs C) to process extremely accurate data 557淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) to test the wearer’s eyesight 39. According to Bille, with the new lenses the wearer’s vision ________. A) will be far better at night than in the daytime B) may be broadened about 15 times than without them C) can be better improved in the daytime than at night D) will be sharper by a much greater degree at night than in the daytime 40. Which of the following is true about Bille’s lenses? A) Their production process is complicated. B) They will be sold at a very low price. C) They have to be replaced every day. D) Purchase orders can be made through the Internet. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. In November 1987 the government ________ a public debate on the future direction of the official sports policy. A) initiated B) designated C) induced D) promoted 42. I found it difficult to ________ my career ambitions with the need to bring up my children. A) consolidate B) amend C) reconcile D) Intensify 43. We all enjoy our freedom of choice and do not like to see it ________ when it is within the legal and moral boundaries of society. A) compacted B) restricted C) dispersed 558淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) delayed 44. It is fortunate for the old couple that their son’s career goals and their wishes for him ________. A) coincide B) comply C) conform D) collaborate 45. Allen will soon find out that real life is seldom as simple as it is ________ in commercials. A) permeated B) alleged C) depicted D) drafted 46. Europe’s earlier industrial growth was ________ by the availability of key resources, abundant and cheap labor, coal, iron ore, etc. A) constrained B) detained C) remained D) sustained 47. As the trial went on, the story behind the murder slowly ________ itself. A) convicted B) released C) haunted D) unfolded 48. We’ve just installed a fan to ________ cooking smells from the kitchen. A) eject B) expel C) exclude D) exile 49. Retirement is obviously a very complex ________ period; and the earlier you start planning for it, the better. A) transformation B) transmission 559淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) transaction D) transition 50. Mutual respect for territorial ________ is one of the bases upon which our two countries develop relationships. A) unity B) integrity C) entirety D) reliability 51. As one of the youngest professors in the university, Mr. Brown is certainly on the ________ of a brilliant career. A) porch B) edge C) course D) threshold 52. We work to make money, but it’s a ________ that people who work hard and long often do not make the most money. A) paradox B) prejudice C) dilemma D) conflict 53. The design of this auditorium shows a great deal of ________. We have never seen such a building before. A) invention B) illusion C) originality D) orientation 54. The damage to my car was ________. in the accident, but I have a lingering fear even today. A) insufficient B) ignorant C) ambiguous D) negligible 55. Very few people could understand the lecture the professor delivered because its 560淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 subject was very ________. A) obscure B) indefinite C) dubious D) intriguing 56. Diamonds have little ________ value and their price depends almost entirely on their scarcity. A) intrinsic B) eternal C) subtle D) inherent 57. Doctors are interested in using lasers as a surgical tool in operations on people who are ________ to heart attack. A) infectious B) disposed C) accessible D) prone 58. Many countries have adopted systems of ________ education in order to promote the average level of education. A) compulsory B) cardinal C) constrained D) conventional 59. I had eaten Chinese food often, but I could not have imagined how ________ and extravagant a real Chinese banquet could be, A) prominent B) fabulous C) handsome D) gracious 60. They are ________ investors who always make thorough investigations both on local and international markets before making an investment. A) implicit B) conscious 561淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) cautious D) indecisive 61. In addition to the rising birthrate and immigration, the ________ death rate contributed to the population growth. A) inclining B) increasing C) declining D) descending 62. Because of the ________ noise of traffic I couldn’t get to sleep last night. A) prevalent B) perpetual C) provocative D) progressive 63. Don’t let such a ________ matter as this come between us so that we can concentrate on the major issue. A) trivial B) slight C) partial D) minimal 64. If you go to the park every day in the morning, you will ________ find him doing physical exercise there. A) ordinarily B) variably C) logically D) persistently 65. Although she’s a(n) ________ talented dancer, she still practices several hours every day. A) traditionally B) additionally C) exceptionally D) rationally 66. The cut in her hand has healed completely, without leaving a ________. A) defect 562淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) sign C) wound D) scar 67. The idea is to ________ the frequent incidents of collision to test the strength of the wind-shields. A) assemble B) simulate C) accumulate D) forge 68. Most people in the modem world ________ freedom and independence more than anything else. A) embody B) cherish C) fascinate D) illuminate 69. I told him that I would ________ him to act for me while I was away from office. A) authorize B) justify C) rationalize D) identify 70. Over the past ten years, natural gas production has remained steady, but ________ has risen steadily. A) dissipation B) disposal C) consumption D) expenditure Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark () in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (/) in the blank. 563淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The Seattle Times Company is one newspaper firm that has recognized the need for change and done something about it. In the newspaper industry, papers must reflect the diversity of the communities to which they provide information. It must reflect that diversity with their news coverage or risk (S1) losing their readers’ interest and their advertisers’ support. Operating within Seattle, which has 20 percents racial (S2) minorities, the paper has put into place policies and procedures for hiring and maintain a diverse workforce. The (S3) underlying reason for the change is that for information to be fair, appropriate, and subjective, it should be reported by the (S4) same kind of population that reads it. A diversity committee composed of reporters, editors, and photographers meets regularly to value the Seattle Times’ (S5) content and to educate the rest of the newsroom staff about diversity issues. In an addition, the paper instituted a content (S6) audit (审查) that evaluates the frequency and manner of representation of woman and people of color in photographs. (S7) Early audits showed that minorities were pictured far too infrequently and were pictured with a disproportion ate number of negative articles. The audit results from (S8) improvement in the frequency of majority representation and (S9) their portrayal in neutral or positive situations. And, with a (S10) result, the Seattle Times has improved as a newspaper. The diversity training and content audits helped the Seattle Times Company to win the Personnel Journal Optimal Award for excellence in managing change. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed thirty minutes to write a composition on the topic Changes in the Ownership of Houses. You should write at least 150 words, and base your composition on the chart and the outline given below. 1. 根据上图描述该市住房产权的变化 2. 分析产生这些变化的原因 3. 说明这些变化对个人和社会产生的影响 564淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Changes in the Ownership of Houses 565淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月21日六级参考答案 Part I 1. D 2. B 3. A 4. C 5. A 6. D 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. A 11. C 12. B 13. C 14. B 15. D 16. D 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. C Part II 21. C 22. A 23. D 24. C 25. A 26. B 27. C 28. D 29. A 30. A 31. B 32. B 33. D 34. A 35. A 36. C 37. D 38. B 39. D 40. D Part III 41. A 42. B 43. B 44. A 45. B 46. D 47. D 48. C 49. D 50. B 51. D 52. A 53. C 54. D 55. A 56. A 57. B 58. A 59. B 60. C 61. C 62. B 63. A 64. B 65. C 66. D 67. C 68. B 69. A 70. C 71. it → they 72. percents → percent 73. maintain → maintaining 74. subjective → objective 75. meets → meet 76. 去掉an 77. woman → women 566淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 78. from → in 79. majority → minority 80. with → as 567淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年6月听力原文 Section A Question 1 W: Raise your head a little bit and hold the saddle and smile a little. You look wonderful posing like that. Shall I crack the shutter? Shall I press the shutter? M: Wait a minute. Let me put on a cowboy hat. Q: What are the speakers doing? W：头在抬起来一点，拿着那个鞍，笑一笑。你摆的姿势太棒了。我可以照 了吗?（按快门了吗?） M：等等，让我戴上这顶牛仔帽。 Q：谈话者在干什么? Question 2 M: I’m still waiting for my sister to come back and type the application letter for me. W: Why bother her. I’ll show you how to use the computer. It’s quite easy. Q: What does the woman mean? M：我在等我姐姐（妹妹）回来帮我打印求职信。 W：干嘛麻烦她?我示范给你看怎么使用电脑。非常简单。 Q：女士的话什么意思? Question 3 M: Hey, where did you find the journal? I need it, too. W: Right here on the shelf. Don’t worry, John. I’ll take it out on my card for both of us. Q: What does the woman mean? M：你在哪找到那本杂志的?我也需要。 W：我用我的（借书）卡借出来 Q：女士的话什么意思? Question 4 M: Thank you for your helpful assistance. Otherwise, I’d surely have missed it. The place is so out of the way. W: It was a pleasure meeting you. Good bye! Q: Why did the man thank the woman? M：谢谢你的帮助，不然我真迷路了，这地方太偏了。 W：很高兴遇见你。再见！ Q：男士为什么感谢女士? 568淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Question 5 W: We are informed that the eleven thirty train is late again. M: Why did the railway company even bother to print a schedule? Q: What do we learn from the conversation? W：有人告诉我们1130号列车会再次晚点。 M：本对话的大意是：车又晚了！铁路公司还费神搞什么时刻表啊?搞出来又 不准。就跟没有一样。 Q：从对话中我们可以了解什么? Question 6 M：Maybe I ought to subscribe to the Engineering Quarterly. It contains a lot of useful information. W： Why not read it in the library and save some money? Q: What is the woman’s advice to the man? M：我可能会订阅Engineering Quarterly（一种季刊杂志），因为这种杂志里 有很多有用的信息。 W：干嘛不在图书馆里看这杂志?还可以省点钱? Q：女士给男士什么建议? Question 7 M: I’ve been waiting all week for this concert. The performance is said to be excellent and with a student’s discount, the tickets will be really cheap. Student discount W: Ah-huh. I’m afraid I left my Student ID card in the dorm. Q: What does the woman imply? M：我整个星期都在等待这场音乐会。据说表演精彩，而且学生还可以享受 折扣，票价会非常便宜。 W：啊，恐怕我把学生证放宿舍里了。 Q：女士什么意思? Question 8 M: Mr. Smith, our history professor, announced we would be doing two papers and three exams this semester. I wonder how I’m going to pull through when two other courses have similar requirements. W: Well, can’t you drop one course and pick it up next semester? Q: What does the woman suggest the man do? M：我们的历史学教授，史密斯先生，宣布我们这学期要写两篇论文，还要 通过三次考试。其他两门课也有同样的要求，我都不知道我怎么活了。 W：为什么不放弃一门课，明年再学? Q：女士建议男士做什么? 569淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Question 9 W: Renting a Conference Room at the hotel will cost us too much. We are already running in the red M: How about using our dining room for the meeting? Q: What’s worrying the woman? W：在这个宾馆里租会议室的费用太高。公司现在财政困难。 M：哪就用我们的餐厅开会行了? Q：女士担心什么? Question 10 W: Jerry, can you pick me up after work today? I left my car at the garage. M: I’m afraid I can’t. I have scheduled an appointment with a client at dinner time. Q: What is the man going to do? W：杰瑞，能不能今天来接我?我的车还在修理厂。 M：恐怕够呛，我和一个客户约好了晚饭时见。 Q：男士会做什么? Section B Passage One A few months ago, millions of people in London heard alarms all over the town. The Emergency services, the Fire Departments, the Police, hospitals, and ambulances stood by, ready to go into action. In railway underground stations, people read notices and maps which told them where to go and what to do in the emergency. This was Exercise Flood Call, to prepare people for a flood emergency. London wasn’t flooded yet, but it is possible that it would be. In 1236 and in 1663, London was badly flooded. In 1928, people living in Westminster, the heart of London, drowned in floods. And in 1953, one hundred people, living on the eastern edge of the London suburbs were killed, again, in the floods. At last, Greater London Council took actions to prevent this disaster from happening again. Though a flood wall was built in the 1960s, Londoners still must be prepared for the possible disaster. If it happens, 50 underground stations will be under water. Electricity, gas and phone services will be out of action. Roads will be drowned. It will be impossible to cross any of the bridges between north and south London. Imagine: London will look like the famous Italian city, Venice. But this Exercise Flood Call didn’t cause panic among Londoners. Most people knew it was just a warning. One lady said, “It’s a flood warning, isn’t it? The water doesn’t look high to me.” Question 11: What happened in London a few months ago? Question 12: What measure was taken against floods in London in the 1960s? Question 13: What can we learnt from the lady’s comment? Passage Two 570淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 America’s national symbol, the bald eagle, almost went extinct twenty years ago, but it has made a comeback. In fact, the U.S. Fish and Wild Life Service is considering the possibility of taking it off the Endangered Species List. Once, more than fifty hundred pairs of bald eagles nested across the country, but by 1960 that number had fallen below four hundred. The chief killer was the widely used DDT. Fish, soaked up DDT, died, and were washed up on shores, where bald eagles feasted on them. DDT prevented eagle egg shells from thickening. The shells became so thin that they shattered before the babies hatched. Fortunately, in 1972, a law was passed to ban DDT, which saved the bald eagle from total wipeout. And since then wild life biologists had reintroduced bald eagles from Canada to America. The result was that last year U.S. bird watchers counted eleven thousand six hundred and ten bald eagles in the country. If it were dropped from the Endangered Species List, the bald eagle would still be a threatened species. That means the bird would continue to get the same protection. No hunting allowed, and no disturbing of nests. But bald eagles still face tough times. The destruction of their natural homes could be the next DDT causing eagle numbers to drop quickly. Question 14: What was the main harmful effect of the pests killer DDT on bald eagles? Question 15: What measure did the wild life biologist take to increase the number of bald eagles? Question 16: According to the speaker, what is the possible danger facing bald eagles? Passage Three If the earth gets hotter in the new century, what will happen to animals and the plants which animals depend on for survival? The question offers another way of looking at the “Greenhouse Effect”. People have talked about the general problem of “Global Warming” for some time. But they were usually worried about things like whether to buy a home on the coast. Biologists and other scientists turn their attention to plants and animals at an important meeting that took place last October. They were reviewed evidence that plants and animals are sensitive to climate. Since the Ice Age ended ten thousand years ago and warmer temperatures returned to the northern latitudes, many species have migrated north. If the predictions about the Greenhouse are correct, temperatures will rise by the same amount in the next one hundred years as they did in the past ten thousand. Will animals and plants be able to adapt that quickly to change in the environment? Many won’t. Certain species will probably become very rare. Experts say plants under climate stress will be very open to disease and fire. Forest fires may become more common. That, in turn, man harm animals that depend on the trees for food will for shelter. Any preserves we set up to protect endangered species may become useless as the species are forced to migrate along with their natural homes. Change is a part of life, but rapid change, says scientist George Woodwell, is the enemy of life. Question 17: What is the concern of ordinary people about the “Greenhouse Effect”? 571淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Question 18: What has happened since the end of the ICE AGE? Question 19: What will be a possible threat to plants in the future? Question 20: According to the passage, what will probably happen to the endangered species? 572淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation, we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9’ o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) The lecture for next Monday is cancelled. B) The lecture wasn’t as successful as expected. C) The woman doesn’t want to attend the lecture. D) The woman may attend next Monday’s lecture. 2. A) The woman has a very tight budget. B) He does not think the fur coat is worth buying. C) He’s willing to lend the woman money for the fur coat. D) The woman is not careful enough in planning her spending. 3. A) Clean the kitchen. B) Ask someone to fix the sink. C) Find a bigger apartment for the lady. 573淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Check the work done by the maintenance man. 4. A) The lens. B) The price. C) The flash. D) The leather case. 5. A) She needs another haircut soon. B) She thinks it worthwhile to try Sadermale’s. C) She knows a less expensive place for a haircut. D) She would like to make an appointment for the man. 6. A) The woman doesn’t want to cook a meal. B) The woman wants to have a picnic. C) The woman has a poor memory. D) The woman likes Mexican food. 7. A) Everyone enjoyed himself at John’s panics. B) The woman didn’t enjoy John’s parties at all. C) It will be the first time for the man to attend John’s party. D) The woman is glad to be invited to John’s house-warming party. 8. A) She lacks confidence in herself. B) She is not interested in computer programming. C) She has never signed up for any competition before. D) She is sure to win the programming contest. 9. A) The man has an enormous amount of work to do. B) The man has made plans for his vacation. C) The man will take work with him on his vacation. D) Work stacked up during the man’s last vacation. 10. A) She likes the job of feeding fish. B) She finds her new job interesting. C) She feels unfit for her new job. D) She’s not in good health. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 574淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Rally support for their movement. B) Liberate women from tedious housework. C) Claim their rights to equal job opportunities. D) Express their anger against sex discrimination. 12. A) It will bring a lot of trouble to the local people. B) It is a popular form of art. C) It will spoil the natural beauty of their surroundings. D) It is popular among rock stars. 13. A) To show that mindless graffiti can provoke violence. B) To show that Londoners have a special liking for graffiti. C) To show that graffiti, in some cases, can constitute a crime. D) To show that graffiti can make the environment more colorful. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) The Asian elephant is easier to tame. B) The Asian elephant’s skin is more valuable. C) The Asian elephant is less popular with tourists. D) The Asian elephant produces ivory of a better quality. 15. A) From the captured or tamed elephants. B) From the British wildlife protection group. C) From elephant hunters in Thailand and Burma. D) From tourists visiting the Thai-Burmese border. 16. A) Their taming for circuses and zoos. B) The destruction of their natural homes. 575淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Man’s lack of knowledge about their behavior. D) The greater vulnerability to extinction than other species. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) They had lost their jobs as a result of the Industrial Revolution. B) They had been suffering from political and religious oppression. C) They wanted to flee from the widespread famine in Northern Europe. D) They wanted to make a fortune there by starting their own businesses. 18. A) They might lose control of their members because of the increase in immigration. B) Their members might find it difficult to get along with the newcomers. C) The working condition of their members might deteriorate. D) Their members might lose their jobs to the newcomers. 19. A) To impose restrictions on further immigration. B) To improve the working conditions of immigrants. C) To set a minimum wage level for new immigrants. D) To put requirements on languages for newcomers. 20. A) They were looked down upon by European immigrants. B) They had a hard time seeking equal job opportunities. C) They worked very hard to earn a decent living. D) They strongly opposed continued immigration. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are four passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. In 1985 when a Japan Air Lines (JAL) jet crashed, its president, Yasumoto Takagi, called each victim’s family to apologize, and then promptly resigned. And in 1987, when a subsidiary of Toshiba sole sensitive military technology to the former Soviet Union, the 576淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 chairman of Toshiba gave up his post. These executive actions, which Toshiba calls “the highest form of apology,” may seem bizarre to US managers. No one at Boeing resigned after the JAL crash, which may have been caused by a faulty Boeing repair. The difference between the two business cultures centers around different definitions of delegation. While US executives give both responsibility and authority to their employees, Japanese executives delegate only authority—the responsibility is still theirs. Although the subsidiary that sold the sensitive technology to the Soviets had its own management, the Toshiba top executives said they “must take personal responsibility for not creating an atmosphere throughout the Toshiba group that would make such activity unthinkable, even in an independently run subsidiary.” Such acceptance of community responsibility is not unique to businesses in Japan. School principals in Japan have resigned when their students committed major crimes after school hours. Even if they do not quit, Japanese executives will often accept primary responsibility in other ways, such as taking the first pay cut when a company gets into financial trouble. Such personal sacrifices, even if they are largely symbolic, help to create the sense of community and employee loyalty that is crucial to the Japanese way of doing business. Harvard Business School professor George Lodge calls the ritual acceptance of blame “almost a feudal (封建的) way of purging (清除) the community of dishonor,” and to some in the United States, such resignations look cowardly. However, in an era in which both business and governmental leaders seem particularly good at evading responsibility, many US managers would probably welcome an infusion (灌输) of the Japanese sense of responsibility. If, for instance, US automobile company executives offered to reduce their own salaries before they asked their workers to take pay cuts, negotiations would probably take on a very different character. 21. Why did the chairman of Toshiba resign his position in 1987? A) Because in Japan, the leakage of a state secret to Russians is a grave crime. B) Because he had been under attack for shifting responsibility to his subordinates. C) Because in Japan, the chief executive of a corporation is held responsible for the mistake made by its subsidiaries. D) Because he had been accused of being cowardly towards crises that were taking place in his corporation. 22. According to the passage if you want to be a good manager in Japan, you have to ________. A) apologize promptly for your subordinates’ mistakes B) be skillful in accepting blames from customers 577淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) make symbolic sacrifices whenever necessary D) create a strong sense of company loyalty 23. What’s Professor George Lodge’s attitude towards the resignations of Japanese corporate leaders? A) Sympathetic. B) Biased. C) Critical. D) Approving. 24. Which of the following statements is TRUE? A) Boeing had nothing to do with the JAL air crash in 1985. B) American executives consider authority and responsibility inseparable. C) School principals bear legal responsibility for students’ crimes. D) Persuading employees to take pay cuts doesn’t help solve corporate crises. 25. The passage is mainly about ________. A) resignation as an effective way of dealing with business crises B) the importance of delegating responsibility to employees C) ways of evading responsibility in times of crises D) the difference between two business cultures Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. As machines go, the car is not terribly noisy, nor terribly polluting, nor terribly dangerous; and on all those dimensions it has become better as the century has grown older. The main problem is its prevalence, and the social costs that ensue from the use by everyone of something that would be fairly harmless if, say, only the rich were to use it. It is a price we pay for equality. Before becoming too gloomy, it is worth recalling why the car has been arguably the most successful and popular product of the whole of the past 100 years—and remains so. The story begins with the environmental improvement it brought in the 1900s. In New York city in 1900, according to the Car Culture, a 1975 book by J. Flink, a historian, horses deposited 2.5 million pounds of manure (粪) and 60,000 gallons of urine (尿) every day. Every year, the city authorities had to remove an average of 15,000 dead horses from the streets, it made cars smell of roses. Cars were also wonderfully flexible. The main earlier solution to horse pollution and traffic jams was the electric trolley bus (电车). But that required fixed overhead wires, and rails and platforms, which were expensive, ugly, and inflexible. The car could go from any A to any B, and allowed towns to develop in all directions with low-density housing, 578淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 rather than just being concentrated along the trolley or rail lines. Rural areas benefited too, for they became less remote. However, since pollution became a concern in the 1950s, experts have predicted— wrongly—that the car boom was about to end. In his book Mr. Flink argued that by 1973 the American market had become saturated, at one car for every 2.25 people, and so had the markets of Japan and Western Europe (because of land shortages). Environmental worries and diminishing oil reserves would prohibit mass car use anywhere else. He was wrong. Between 1970 and 1990, whereas America’s population grew by 23%, the number of cars on its roads grew by 60%. There is now one car for every 1.7 people there, one for every 2.1 in Japan, one for every 5.3 in Britain. Around 550 million cars are already on the roads, not to mention all the trucks and mocorcyeles, and about 50 million new ones are made each year worldwide. Will it go on? Undoubtedly, because people want it to. 26. As is given in the first paragraph, the reason why the car has become a problem is that ________. A) poor people can’t afford it B) it is too expensive to maintain C) too many people are using it D) it causes too many road accidents 27. According to the passage, the car started to gain popularity because ________. A) it didn’t break down as easily as a horse B) it had a comparatively pleasant odor C) it caused less pollution than horses D) it brightened up the gloomy streets 28. What impact did the use of cars have on society? A) People were compelled to leave downtown areas. B) People were able to live in less crowded suburban areas. C) Business along trolley and rail lines slackened. D) City streets were free of ugly overhead wires. 29. Mr. Flink argued in his book that cars would not be widely used in other countries because ________. A) the once booming car market has become saturated B) traffic jams in those countries are getting more and more serious C) expensive motorways are not available in less developed countries D) people worry about pollution and the diminishing oil resources 579淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 30. What’s wrong with Mr. Flink’s prediction? A) The use of automobiles has kept increasing worldwide. B) New generations of cars are virtually pollution free. C) The population of America has not increased as fast. D) People’s environmental concerns are constantly increasing. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Crying is hardly an activity encouraged by society. Tears, be they of sorrow, anger, or joy, typically make Americans feel uncomfortable and embarrassed. The shedder of tears is likely to apologize, even when a devastating (毁灭性的) tragedy was the provocation. The observer of tears is likely to do everything possible to put an end to the emotional outpouring. But judging from recent studies of crying behavior, links between illness and crying and the chemical composition of tears, both those responses to tears are often inappropriate and may even be counterproductive. Humans are the only animals definitely known to shed emotional tears. Since evolution has given rise to few, if any, purposeless physiological responses, it is logical to assume that crying has one or more functions that enhance survival. Although some observers have suggested that crying is a way to elicit assistance from others (as a crying baby might from its mother), the shedding of tears is hardly necessary to get help. Vocal cries would have been quite enough, more likely than tears to gain attention. So, it appears, there must be something special about tears themselves. Indeed, the new studies suggest that emotional tears may play a direct role in alleviating stress. University of Minnesota researchers who are studying the chemical composition of tears have recently isolated two important chemicals from emotional tears. Both chemicals are found only in tears that are shed in response to emotion. Tears shed because of exposure to cut onion would contain no such substance. Researchers at several other institutions are investigating the usefulness of tears as a means of diagnosing human ills and monitoring drugs. At Tulane University’s Teat Analysis Laboratory Dr. Peter Kastl and his colleagues report that they can use tears to detect drug abuse and exposure to medication (药物), to determine whether a contact lens fits properly of why it may be uncomfortable, to study the causes of “dry eye” syndrome and the effects of eye surgery, and perhaps even to measure exposure to environmental pollutants. At Columbia University Dr. Liasy Faris and colleagues are studying tears for clues to the diagnosis of diseases away from the eyes. Tears can be obtained painlessly without invading the body and only tiny amounts are needed to perform highly refined analyses. 31. It is known from the first paragraph that ________. A) shedding tears gives unpleasant feelings to American 580淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) crying may often imitate people or even result in tragedy C) crying usually wins sympathy from other people D) one who sheds tears in public will be blamed 32. What does “both those responses to tears” (Line 5, Para, 1) refer to? A) Crying out of sorrow and shedding tears for happiness. B) The embarrassment and unpleasant sensation of the observers. C) The tear shedder’s apology and the observer’s effort to stop the crying. D) Linking illness with crying and finding the chemical composition of tears. 33. “Counterproductive” (Lines 5, Para, 1) very probably means “________”. A) having no effect at all B) leading to tension C) producing disastrous impact D) harmful to health 34. What does the author say about crying? A) It is a pointless physiological response to the environment. B) It must have a role to play in man’s survival. C) It is meant to get attention and assistance. D) It usually produces the desired effect. 35. What can be inferred from the new studies of tears? A) Emotional tears have the function of reducing stress. B) Exposure to excessive medication may increase emotional tears. C) Emotional tears can give rise to “dry eye” syndrome in some cases. D) Environmental pollutants can induce the shedding of emotional tears. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. It is no secret among athletes that in order to improve performance you’ve got to work hard. However, hard training breaks you down and makes you weaker, it is rest that makes you stronger. Improvement only occurs during the rest period following hard training. This adaptation is accomplished by improving efficiency of the heart and certain systems within the muscle cells. During recovery periods these systems build to greater levels to compensate for the 581淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 stress that you have applied. The result is that you are now at a higher level of performance. If sufficient rest is not included in a training program, imbalance between excess training and inadequate rest will occur, and performance will decline. The “overtraining syndrome (综合症)” is the name given to the collection of emotional, behavioral, and physical symptoms due to overtraining that has persisted for weeks to months. It is marked by cumulative exhaustion that persists even after recovery periods. The most common symptom is fatigue. This may limit workouts and may be present at rest. The athletes may also become moody, easily imitated, have altered sleep patterns, become depressed, or lose the competitive desire and enthusiasm for the sport. Some will report decreased appetite and weight loss. Physical symptoms include persistent muscular soreness, increased frequency of viral (病毒性的) illnesses, and increased incidence of injuries. The treatment for the overtraining syndrome is rest. The longer the overtraining has occurred, the more rest required, therefore, early detection is very important. If the overtraining has only occurred for a short period of time (e.g. 3-4 weeks) then interrupting training for 3-5 days is usually sufficient rest. It is important that the factors that lead to overtraining be identified and corrected. Otherwise, the overtraining syndrome is likely to recur. The overtraining syndrome should be considered in any athlete who manifests symptoms of prolonged fatigue and whose performance has leveled off or decreased. It is important to exclude any underlying illness that may be responsible for the fatigue. 36. The first paragraph of the passage tells us that ________. A) the harder an athlete trains, the better his performance will be B) rest after vigorous training improves an athlete’s performance C) strict systematic training is essential to an athlete’s top performance D) improvement of an athlete’s performance occurs in the course of training 37. By “overtraining” the author means ________. A) a series of physical symptoms that occur after training B) undue emphasis on the importance of physical exertion C) training that is not adequately compensated for by rest D) training that has exceeded an athlete’s emotional limits 38. What does the passage tell us about the “overtraining” syndrome? A) It occurs when athletes lose interest in sports. B) It appears right after a hard training session. C) The fatigue it results in is unavoidable in the athlete’s training process. D) It manifests itself in fatigue which lingers even after a recovery period. 582淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 39. What does the phrase “level off” (Line 5, Para. 4) most probably mean? A) Slow down. B) Become dull. C) Stop improving. D) Be on the decline. 40. The author advises at the end of the passage that ________. A) overtraining syndrome should be treated as a serious illness B) overtraining syndrome should be prevented before it occurs C) an athlete with overtraining syndrome should take a lengthy rest D) illness causing fatigue should not be mistaken for overtraining syndrome Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. These were stubborn men, not easily ________ to change their mind. A) tilted B) converted C) persuaded D) suppressed 42. The circus has always been very popular because it ________ both the old and the young. A) facilitates B) fascinates C) immerses D) indulges 43. By patient questioning the lawyer managed to ________ enough information from the witnesses. A) evacuate B) withdraw C) impart D) elicit 44. George enjoys talking about people’s private affairs. He is a ________. 583淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) solicitor B) coward C) gossip D) rebel 45. The new secretary has written a remarkably ________ report within a few hundred words but with all the important details included. A) concise B) brisk C) precise D) elaborate 46. His face ________ as he came in after running all the way from school. A) flared B) fluctuated C) fluttered D) flushed 47. Steel is not as ________ as cast iron; it does not break as easily. A) elastic B) brittle C) adaptable D) flexible 48. A big problem in learning English as a foreign language is lack of opportunities for ________ interaction with proficient speakers of English. A) instantaneous B) provocative C) verbal D) dual 49. Within ten years they have tamed the ________ hill into green woods. A) vacant B) barren C) weird D) wasteful 50. The ________ of our trip to London was the visit to Buckingham Palace. 584淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) summit B) height C) peak D) highlight 51. Harold claimed that he was a serious and well-known artist, but in fact he was a(n) ________. A) alien B) client C) counterpart D) fraud 52. We don’t ________ any difficulties in completing the project so long as we keep within our budget. A) foresee B) fabricate C) infer D) inhibit 53. He is looking for a job that will give him greater ________ for his career development. A) insight B) scope C) momentum D) phase 54. The high school my daughter studies in is ________ our university. A) linked by B) relevant to C) mingled with D) affiliated with 55. The Browns lived in a ________ and comfortably furnished house in the suburbs. A) spacious B) sufficient C) wide D) wretched 585淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 56. A membership card ________ the holder to use the club’s facilities for a period of twelve months. A) approves B) authorizes C) rectifies D) endows 57. They have done away with ________ Latin for university entrance at Harvard. A) influential B) indispensable C) compulsory D) essential 58. It is no ________ that a large number of violent crimes are committed under the influence of alcohol. A) coincidence B) correspondence C) inspiration D) intuition 59. One’s university days often appear happier in ________ than they actually were at the time. A) retention B) retrospect C) return D) revere 60. She ________ through the pages of a magazine, not really concentrating on them. A) tumbled B) tossed C) switched D) flipped 61. Scientists are pushing known technologies to their limits in an attempt to ________ more energy from the earth. A) extract B) inject C) discharge 586淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) drain 62. The Chinese Red Cross ________ a generous sum to the relief of the victims of the earthquake in Turkey. A) administered B) elevated C) assessed D) contributed 63. The first sentence in this paragraph is ________; it can be interpreted in many ways. A) intricate B) ambiguous C) duplicated D) confused 64. They used to quarrel a lot, but now they are completely ________ with each other. A) reconciled B) negotiated C) associated D) accommodated 65. The local business was not much ________ by the sudden outbreak of the epidemic. A) intervened B) insulated C) hampered D) hoisted 66. The most important ________ for assessment in this contest is originality of design. A) threshold B) partition C) warrant D) criterion 67. The woman was worried about the side effects of taking aspirins, but her doctor ________ her that it is absolutely harmless. A) retrieved B) released 587淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) reassured D) revived 68. We can’t help being ________ of Bob who bought a luxurious sports car just after the money was stolen from the office. A) skeptical B) appreciative C) suspicious D) tolerant 69. He greatly resented the publication of this book, which he saw as an embarrassing invasion of his ________. A) privacy B) morality C) dignity D) secrecy 70. In fact as he approached this famous statue, he only barely resisted the ________ to reach into his bag for his camera. A) impatience B) impulse C) incentive D) initiative Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ “Home, sweet home” is a phrase that expresses an essential attitude in the United States. Whether the reality of life in the family house is sweet or no sweet. The (S1) 588淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 cherished ideal of home has great importance for many people. This ideal is a vital part of the American dream. This dream, dramatized in the history of nineteenth century European settlers of the American West, was in find a piece of place, build a house for one’s family, and (S2) started a farm. These small households were portraits of (S3) independence: the entire family—mother, father, children, even grandparents—live in a small house and working (S4) together to support each other. Anyone understood the life (S5) and death, importance of family cooperation and hard work. Although most people in the United States no longer live on farms, but the ideal of home ownership is just as (S6) strong in the twentieth century as it was in the nineteenth. When U.S. soldiers came home before World War II. for (S7) example, they dreamed of buying houses and starting families. But there was a tremendous boom in home (S8) building. The new houses, typically it the suburbs, were often small and more or less identical, but it satisfied (S9) a deep need. Many regarded the single-family house the basis of their way of life. (S10) Part V Writing (30 minutes) 图表作文，关于一个美国大学图书馆的图书流动量(pop fiction, general nonfiction, science, art等)，给出他们的流动比例对比，说明原因，并说明你自己喜 欢阅读什么样的书。 589淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. D 2. D 3. B 4. B 5. C 6. A 7. B 8. A 9. A 10. C 11. D 12. B 13. C 14. A 15. A 16. B 17. A 18. D 19. A 20. C Part II Reading Comprehension 21. C 22. A 23. C 24. B 25. D 26. B 27. C 28. B 29. D 30. A 31. A 32. C 33. D 34. B 35. A 36. B 37. C 38. D 39. C 40. D Part III Vocabulary 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. D 46. D 47. B 48. C 49. B 50. A 51. D 52. A 53. B 54. D 55. A 56. B 57. C 58. A 59. B 60. D 61. A 62. D 63. B 64. A 65. C 66. D 67. C 68. C 69. A 70. B Part IV Error Correction 1. no → not 2. place → land 3. started → start 4. working → work 5. anyone → everyone 6. but → \(去掉) 590淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 7. before → after 8. But → And 9. it → they 10. 在house后增加as 591淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月六级答案详解 Section A 1. D。这是一个推断题。对话中女士遗憾没能出席上周一的演讲，并且还了解到 那是一个精彩的演讲。男士就说你可以弥补(you can make it up)。而且还补充 道“Another presentation on the same topic is scheduled for the same time next Monday”。从而可以推断出答案D. 2. D。这是一个虚拟语气的推理题。女士说她想买她在商店里看见的毛皮大衣， 但却没有足够的钱。男士就说要是你过去对钱更好地进行计划的话，现在就肯 定可以买得起了；言下之意显然是指该女士以前对花销没进行计划，就是答案 D. 3. B。这也是一个推断题。女士说她新公寓的洗涤槽漏水。男士说那是小事一桩， “I’ll have a maintenance man come over and fix it right away”。显然答案为B. 4. B。这是一个细节理解题。男士谈到XMO这款相机镜头好、闪光灯也不错，但 “don’t you think the price is a little steep?”。下文也提到“The price includes the leather case, you know”，可得出答案B. 5. C。这是一个理解题。男士对女士说你相信在 Sadermale这个地方一次剪发要 花30美元吗。女士就建议他试试她常去的地方，只要 15美元，不过要预约罢 了。显然C是正确答案。 6. A。这是一个语意推理题。女士说自己太累了，建议出去吃，还说好久没在外 面就餐了。男士赞同。根据女士的话可以推断出她不想做饭。 7. B。这也是一个语意推理题。男士问周末是否去参加约翰的家庭联谊会。女士 对男士说你知道约翰家的聚会什么样子吗，你以为我会再去吗，言下之意显然 是不想再去了。 8. A。这也是一个语意推理题。男士说大学里要举行一个有趣的计算机编程比赛， 他的好多朋友都报了名，并问女士是否参加。女士说自己参加又能赢得什么好 处呢。显然是对自己缺乏信心。故答案为A.不过B也有一定迷惑性。 9. A。这还是一个语意推理题。女士对男士说你工作太辛苦了，应该休息休息。 男士幽默地说你把这话对我桌子上那对文件说吧，言下之意就是工作太多，身 不由己。故答案A. 10. C。这是一个语意理解题。“a fish out of water”意为“英雄无用武之地”。文 中男士问女士工作得怎样，女士用这一短语回答，就是答案C所表达的意思。 Section B 592淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage One 【短文大意】本文主要介绍粗糙雕刻或墙上乱画(Graffiti)这样一种艺术形式以 及不同时期不同地方不同的人们和它的联系、对它的看法以及它带来的危害等。 11. D。这是一个细节理解题。文中提到“Writing on walls is a way to comment on the world we live in”，并举例说明(Women’s liberation groups in Britain, for example, have used graffiti to show their anger at the sex discrimination of many advertisements where women’s bodies are used to sell goods)，就是答案 D 的意 思。 12. B。这也是一个细节理解题。文中提到“Graffiti is also a popular art form”，也 举例说明(In New York, graffiti pictures have been sold for hundreds of thousands of dollars)，所以B是正确答案。 13. C。这还是一个细节理解题。文章提到“But graffiti can bring us trouble”，同样 举例说明(The London underground authority has spent about 2 million pounds a year on removing graffiti for trains and stations)，就是C表达的内容。 Passage Two 【短文大意】本文讲述的是有关亚洲象的情况。亚洲象和非洲象一样，同属世 界珍稀动物，但是它悲惨的生存环境不如非洲象那样被引起重视。接着还谈到了两 种象的差异、我们了解亚洲象的渠道以及亚洲象减少的原因等。 14. A。这是一个细节题。文中虽然谈到人们对他们生存环境了解的差异，但涉及 到两种象之间的差异，作者还是说到了“Asian elephants are easier to tame than African elephants”这样一个细节。所以答案为A. 15. A。这也是一个细节题。文中谈到我们对亚洲象了解的渠道时说“In fact, we know very little about the Asian elephant. They live in the remote forests of southern Asia and it is therefore very difficult to study them”。但是接着谈到 “Most knowledge of Asian elephants is from those that have been captured, or tamed”。这就是A表达的内容。 16. B。这还是一个细节理解题。谈到亚洲象减少的主要原因，作者说“The major reason for the decline of Asian elephants is the harm to their forests” ， 而 “forests”是他们自然生存的家。所以B是正确答案。 Passage Three 【短文大意】本文介绍的是有关美国移民增长的原因及移民增长带来的问题、 对移民增长问题的对策以及亚裔移民主要状况等。 17. A。这是一个细节题。在描述美国早期移民情况时，作者谈到“This brought to America flocks of people from northern Europe who lost employment in the 593淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Industrial Revolution”，这就是早期北欧人移民美国定居的原因。即答案A所描 述的内容。 18. D。这也是一个细节题。随着大量移民的涌入，而且他们一向趋于贫困，所以 “they were willing to work for very low wages”。因此“This made other workers, especially those in labor unions, afraid that the immigrants with the lower wage level would take jobs away from them”。故答案D正确。 19. A。这还是一个细节题。上文提到大量移民的涌入，引起国内一些人(比如工 会)的担忧甚至反对，接下来只要听出这个句子“This opposition finally led to the posting of immigration law in the 1920’s, which restricted further immigration”，就可以得出答案A. 20. C。这同样是一个细节题。只要听出文章最后两句话“Asians, like Koreans and Vietnamese, soon began to arrive. Many of these newcomers have worked very hard to establish themselves in their new land”，就可以得出答案C了。 Part II Reading Comprehension Passage One 【短文大意】本文谈到日美商业文化的差异：美国的企业管理者会把责任和职 权都交给员工，而日本的企业管理者会把职权交给员工，责任自己负。日本的这种 做法有助于增强集体感以及员工对公司的忠诚。 Passage Two 【短文大意】本文谈到了汽车的发展：汽车产生之前，主要交通工具是马车。 但马产生的排泄物造成很大污染、交通堵塞。电车的出现解决了马车的污染问题和 交通堵塞。尽管使用起来很麻烦、昂贵，汽车还是发展起来了，而且在全球飞速发 展。 Passage Three 【短文大意】研究表明，眼泪对健康是有好处的：感情宣泄时流的眼泪中有两 种独特的化学物质可以间接减轻压力；而且还可以通过眼泪诊断病情、追踪药物反 映等。 Passage Four 【短文大意】体育训练中劳逸结合是很重要的，休息可以改善身体机能、缓解 压力。如果运动员超负荷训练、休息不好，会引起“超负荷训练综合症”，症状表 现为疲惫、情绪化、易怒、沮丧、失去斗志、食欲不振、体重下降等。最好的治疗 方法是休息，而且要尽早发现病情。 Part III Vocabulary 594淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part IV Error Correction 【短文大意】文中谈到美国人的家庭梦想，希望拥有自己的房子，和家人团聚 在一起。 S1. no → not 修饰形容词用not (副词)，修饰名词才用 no (形容词)。 S2. place land → land 作土地，田地，地皮解释时，是不可数名词。place 而是可 数名词。 S3. started → start 为了与 前面的find, build 结构一致，故去掉-ed. S4. working → work 为了与live 并列，一般现在时。 S5. anyone → everyone 根据语义应该用everyone 表示每个人，而 anyone表示泛 指，任何一个人。 S6. but (去掉) Although 后面不能跟but. S7. before → after 根据上下文判断应该是二战以后。 S8. But → And 应该是递进关系而不是转折关系。 S9. it → they 指代的是houses,应该用复数。 S10. 在house 后增加as regard... as 把…视为/认为… Part V Writing It can be discerned that the American students prefer to read the popular novels rather than any other kind of books, such as the unpopular fictions, technical books, poems and so on. The percentage of the popular novel is about 68.2% currently. Comparatively, other kind of novels is about 16.8%, 8.3%, and 5.2%. It is not difficult to understand why the popular novels can attract so many students. The popular novel is interesting, and not so abstract as books that are full of the mathematic formulas. However, as university students, study is the primary task for us to do. So it’s advisable that we should pay more attention to the books in our major. Fictions may make our life rich and colorful, but it cannot become the major part of our life. As far as I am concerned, I would like to spend my spare time on reading academic collection of dissertations, periodicals in my major, such as technology digests, computer newspapers and so forth, because I want to do a good job in my subjects. Fortunately, my dreams come true. Meanwhile, I have gained other things, i.e. I’ve laid a solid foundation in specialized field, which makes me feel easy to contrive the electronic circuits that have to be done during our bachelor years. Thanks to those books! 595淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年9月六级听力原文 Part I Listening Comprehension Section A 1. W: I’m sorry I wasn’t able to attend the lecture last Monday. I’ve heard it was quite a success. M: Well, you can make it up. Another presentation on the same topic is scheduled for the same time next Monday. Q: What do we learn from this conversation? 2. W: I certainly would like to buy the fur coat I saw in the department store, but I don’t have enough money. M: Well, if you had budgeted your money better, you would be able to buy it now. Q: What does the man imply? 3. W: Mr. Dahli, I’ve just checked my new apartment. The kitchen sink is leaking. M: Okay Donna. It’s no big deal. I’ll have a maintenance man come over and fix it right away. Q: What will the man do? 4. M: I saw your advertisement in the morning paper concerning the XMO model. The lens seems to be excellent and the flash is not bad, but don’t you think the price is a little steep? W: I think it’s a good buy. The price includes the leather case, you know. Q: Why did the man dislike about the camera? 5. M: Can you believe I had to pay $ 30 for a haircut at Sadermale. W: You should try the place where I go. It’s only 15, but it takes a while to get an appointment. Q: What does the woman mean? 6. W: I am completely exhausted. Why don’t we dine out tonight? I don’t remember the last time you took me out to dinner. M: That’s not a bad idea. There’s a new Mexican restaurant around the corner. They say it’s good. Q: What can be inferred from the conversation? 7. M: Shall we go to John’s house-warming party this weekend? Everyone is invited. 596淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 W: Well, you know what John’s parties are like. Do you think I will go a gain? Q: What can be inferred from the conversation? 8. M: The University is going to hold an interesting competition on computer programming. Many of my friends have signed up for it. How about you? W: Do you think I could ever win anything if I took part in it? Q: What do we learn from the conversation about the woman? 9. W: You’ve been working like a horse. You should take a vacation. M: Tell that to the stack of papers on my desk. Q: What can be inferred from the conversation? 10. M: Hi, Mary. I haven’t seen you in ages. How are you doing with your new job? W: Not so well. I feel like a fish out of water doing that job. Q: What does the woman mean? Section B Passage One Graffiti is drawing or writing often found in a wall in public places. These drawings and writings are usually rude, humorous, or political. The words Graffiti” comes from an Italian word meaning address. Graffiti provides a record of the past because people have written on walls for centuries. Cave drawings are the earliest examples we have of the art of graffiti. Writing on walls is a way to comment on the world we live in. Women’s liberation groups in Britain, for example, have used graffiti to show their anger at the sex discrimination of many advertisements where women’s bodies are used to sell goods. Yesterday’s graffiti can be today’s foreign attraction. When the Berlin wall ca me down in 1989, people found that it was covered with graffiti from all over the world. Graves of famous people, like rock-star Jim Morrison, are covered with written messages from fans. Graffiti is also a popular art form. Graffiti pictures have gained respect in artistic circles. Today, graffiti is likely to be found hanging inside modern, New York apartments as well as in the downtown streets. In New York, graffiti pictures have been sold for hundreds of thousands of dollars. Graffiti artists have been paid to use their art to brighten up dull environments. But graffiti can bring us trouble. Scenes of natural beauty and important landmarks have been spoiled by mindless graffiti. The London underground authority has spent about 2 million pounds a year on removing graffiti for trains and stations. If you are caught doing it, you can be sent to person. In Britain, the maxim um sentence for this type of crime is ten years. 597淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Whether you think graffiti is mindless violence against property, or a living art form, its popularity suggests that it is here to stay. 11. What do women’s liberation groups in Britain do with graffiti? 12. What do some New Yorkers think of graffiti? 13. Why does the speaker cite the example of graffiti in the London underground? Passage Two The Asian elephant is one of the world’s rarest animal. Unfortunately, its sad condition has not been as well publicized as that of the African elephant. This is because Asian elephant’s ivory supplies only a small percentage of the world ivory trade. In fact, we know very little about the Asian elephant. They live in the remote forests of southern Asia and it is therefore very difficult to study them. Most knowledge of Asian elephants is from those that have been captured, or tamed. Asian elephants are easier to tame than African elephants. The elephants you see in the circuses and zoos are nearly always Asian. The major reason for the decline of Asian elephants is the harm to their forests. The huge increase in the human population has caused the destruction of the Asian forest for human population. As a result, the Asian elephants are compelled to scatter in different areas. Originally they lived all over the continent, but now there are only small isolated populations left. These isolated elephant populations are vulnerable to extinction. While Asian elephants are threatened by illegal capture and detaining, they are also killed for ivory and skin. In July 1990, a British wildlife group uncovered a black market for elephant skin. Elephants are shot in the forest along the border between Thailand and Burma, and their skin was sold to factories in Bangkok. T heir skin is made into shoes, belts, suitcases, wallets, etc, to sell to tourists. 14. What’s the difference between the Asian elephant and the African elephant? 15. Where does most knowledge of Asian elephants come from? 16. What’s the major cause in the decline of Asian elephants? Passage Three After the early period of settlements, the first sharp increase in immigration took place in the 1830’s and 1840’s. This brought to America flocks of people from northern Europe who lost employment in the Industrial Revolution, and then a great number of Irish people who fled from famine. German political refugees arrived shortly after. Many immigrants from northern and western Europe settled on farms in the Middle-west. The Irish became construction laborers on roads, bridges, and railroads. 598淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 In the 1880’s, a tremendous flood of immigrants began coming in, this time largely from southern and eastern Europe. To most Americans, these newcomers seemed far more strange than the early settlers. Their languages, customs, and ways of life were very different from those of Americans. The newcomers moved into the poorest neighborhood of the large cities. They tended to stay together and cling to their old ways. As they were accustomed to poverty, they were willing to work for very low wages. This made other workers, especially those in labor unions, afraid that the immigrants with the lower wage level would take jobs away from them. Indeed, organized labor became one of the key opponents of continued immigration. This opposition finally lead to the posting of immigration law in the 1920’s, which restricted further immigration. In 1965, these unfair laws were replaced by a new immigration act, which granted equal opportunities to foreigners, regardless of their place of origin. Asians, like Koreans and Vietnamese, soon began to arrive. Many of these newcomers have worked very hard to establish themselves in their new land. 17. Why did northern European people come to settle down in the United States? 18. What did the labor unions worry about? 19. What was the purpose of the immigration law passed in the 1920’s? 20. What do we know from the passage about Asian immigrants? 599淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 试卷一 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each quest ion there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation, we know that the two were talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish at 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) She knows where Martha has gone. B) Martha will go to the concert by herself. C) It is quite possible for the man to find Martha. D) The man is going to meet Martha at the concert. 2. A) The air pollution is caused by the development of industry. B) The city was poor because there wasn’t much industry then. C) The woman’s exaggerating the seriousness of the pollution. D) He might move to another city very soon. 3. A) The man should work harder to improve his grades. B) The man will benefit from the effort he’s put in. 600淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) It serves the man right to get a poor grade. D) It was unfair of the teacher to give the man a C. 4. A) She can make a reservation at the restaurant. B) The man should decide where to eat. C) She already has plans for Saturday night. D) The man should ask his brother for suggestions. 5. A) The man deserved the award. B) The woman helped the man succeed. C) The man is thankful to the woman for her assistance. D) The woman worked hard and was given an award. 6. A) Voluntary work can help the man establish connections with the community. B) The man’s voluntary work has left him little room in his schedule. C) Voluntary work with the environment council requires a time commitment. D) A lot of people have signed up for voluntary work with the environment council. 7. A) The patient must receive treatment regularly. B) The patient can’t leave the hospital until the bleeding stops. C) The patient’s husband can attend to the business in her place. D) The patient must take a good rest and forget about her business. 8. A) Alice does not know much about electronics. B) Alice is unlikely to find a job anywhere. C) Alice is not interested in anything but electronics. D) Alice is likely to find a job in an electronics company. 9. A) Jimmy is going to set out tonight. B) Jimmy has not decided on his journey. C) There is no need to have a farewell dinner. D) They may have a dinner when Jimmy’s back. 10. A) The woman had been planning for the conference. B) The woman called the man but the line was busy. C) The woman didn’t come back until midnight. D) The woman had guests all evening. Section B 601淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) They are delighted because they can enjoy the scenery while driving. B) They are frightened because traffic accidents are frequent. C) They are irritated because the bridge is jammed with cars. D) They are pleased because it saves them much time. 12. A) They don’t have their own cars to drive to work. B) Many of them are romantic by temperament. C) Most of them enjoy the drinks on the boat. D) They tend to be more friendly to each other. 13. A) Many welcome the idea of having more bars on board. B) Many prefer the ferry to maintain its present speed. C) Some suggest improving the design of the deck. D) Some object to using larger luxury boats. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Coca Cola. B) Sausage. C) Milk. D) Fried chicken. 15. A) He has had thirteen decayed teeth. B) He doesn’t have a single decayed tooth. C) He has fewer decayed teeth than other people of his age. D) He never had a single tooth pulled out before he was fifty. 16. A) Brush your teeth right before you go to bed in the evening. 602淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Have as few of your teeth pulled out as possible. C) Have your teeth X-rayed at regular intervals. D) Clean your teeth shortly after eating. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) A visit to a prison. B) The influence of his father. C) A talk with some miserable slaves. D) His experience in the war between France and Austria. 18. A) He sent surgeons to serve in the army. B) He provided soldiers with medical supplies. C) He recruited volunteers to care for the wounded. D) He helped to free the prisoners of war. 19. A) All men are created equal. B) The wounded and dying should be treated for free. C) A wounded soldier should surrender before he receives any medical treatment. D) A suffering person is entitled to help regardless of race, religion or political beliefs. 20. A) To honor Swiss heroes who died in the war. B) To show Switzerland was neutral. C) To pay tribute to Switzerland. D) To show gratitude to the Swiss government for its financial support. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are four passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. For years, doctors advised their patients that the only thing taking multivitamins does is give them extensive urine (尿). After all, true vitamin deficiencies are practically 603淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 unheard of in industrialized countries. Now it seems those doctors may have been wrong. The results of a growing number of studies suggest that even a modest vitamin shortfall can be harmful to your health. Although proof of the benefits of multivitamins is still far from certain, the few dollars you spend on them is probably a good investment. Or at least that’s the argument put forward in the New England Journal of Medicine. Ideally, say Dr. Walter Willett and Dr. Meir Stampfer of Harvard, all vitamin supplements would be evaluated in scientifically rigorous clinical trials. But those studies can take a long time and often raise more questions than they answer. At some point, while researchers work on figuring out where the truth lies, it just makes sense to say the potential benefit outweighs the cost. The best evidence to date concerns folate, one of the B vitamins. It’s been proved to limit the number of defects in embryos (胚胎), and a recent trial found that folate in combination with vitamin B 12 and a form of B6 also decreases the re-blockage of arteries after surgical repair. The news on vitamin E has been more mixed. Healthy folks who take 400 international units daily for at least two years appear somewhat less likely to develop heart disease. But when doctors give vitamin E to patients who already have he art disease, the vitamin doesn’t seem to help. It may turn out that vitamin E plays a role in prevention but cannot undo serious damage. Despite vitamin C’s great popularity, consuming large amounts of it still has not been positively linked to any great benefit. The body quickly becomes saturated with C and simply excretes (排泄) any excess. The multivitamins question boils down to this: Do you need to wait until all the evidence is in before you take them, or are you willing to accept that there’s enough evidence that they don’t hurt and could help? If the latter, there’s no need to go to extremes and buy the biggest horse pills or the most expensive bottles. Large doses can cause trouble, including excessive bleeding and nervous system problems. Multivitamins are no substitute for exercise and a balanced diet, of course. As long as you understand that any potential benefit is modest and subject to further refinement, taking a daily multivitamin makes a lot of sense. 21. At one time doctors discouraged taking multivitamins because they believed that multivitamins ________. A) could not easily be absorbed by the human body B) were potentially harmful to people’s health C) were too expensive for daily consumption D) could not provide any cure for vitamin deficiencies 22. According to the author, clinical trials of vitamin supplements ________. A) often result in misleading conclusions 604淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) take time and will not produce conclusive results C) should be conducted by scientists on a larger scale D) appear to be a sheer waste of time and resources 23. It has been found that vitamin E ________. A) should be taken by patients regularly and persistently B) can effectively reduce the recurrence of heart disease C) has a preventive but not curative effect on heart disease D) should be given to patients with heart disease as early as possible 24. It can be seen that large doses of multivitamins ________. A) may bring about serious side effects B) may help prevent excessive bleeding C) are likely to induce the blockage of arteries D) are advisable for those with vitamin deficiencies 25. The author concludes the passage with the advice that ________. A) the benefit of daily multivitamin intake outweighs that of exercise and a balanced diet B) it’s risky to take multivitamins without knowing their specific function C) the potential benefit of multivitamins can never be overestimated D) it’s reasonable to take a rational dose of multivitamins daily Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Some futurologists have assumed that the vast upsurge (剧增) of women in the workforce may portend a rejection of marriage. Many women, according to this hypothesis, would rather work than marry. The converse (反面) of this concern is that the prospects of becoming a multi-paycheck household could encourage marriages. In the past, only the earnings and financial prospects of the man counted in the marriage decision. Now, however, the earning ability of a woman can make her more attractive as a marriage partner. Data show that economic downturns tend to postpone marriage because the parties cannot afford to establish a family or are concerned about rainy days ahead. As the economy rebounds, the number of marriages also rises. Coincident with the increase in women working outside the home is the increase in divorce rates. Yet, it may be wrong to jump to any simple cause-and-effect conclusions. The impact of a wife’s work on divorce is no less cloudy than its impact on marriage decisions. The realization that she can be a good provider may increase the chances that a working wife will choose divorce over an unsatisfactory marriage. But the reverse is equally plausible. Tensions grounded in financial problems often play a key role in ending 605淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 a marriage. Given high unemployment, inflationary problems, and slow growth in real earnings, a working wife can increase household income and relieve some of these pressing financial burdens. By raising a family’s standard of living, a working wife may strengthen her family’s financial and emotional stability. Psychological factors also should be considered. For example, a wife blocked from a career outside the home may feel caged in the house. She may view her only choice as seeking a divorce. On the other hand, if she can find fulfillment through work outside the home, work and marriage can go together to create a stronger and more stable union. Also, a major part of women’s inequality in marriage has been due to the fact that, in most cases, men have remained the main breadwinners. With higher earning capacity and status occupations outside of the home comes the capacity to exercise power within the family. A working wife may rob a husband of being the master of the house. Depending upon how the couple reacts to these new conditions, it could create a stronger equal partnership or it could create new insecurities. 26. The word “portend” (Line 2, Para. 1) is closest in meaning to “________”. A) defy B) signal C) suffer from D) result from 27. It is said in the passage that when the economy slides, ________. A) men would choose working women as their marriage partners B) more women would get married to seek financial security C) even working women would worry about their marriages D) more people would prefer to remain single for the time being 28. If women find fulfillment through work outside the home, ________. A) they are more likely to dominate their marriage partners B) their husbands are expected to do more housework C) their marriage ties can be strengthened D) they tend to put their career before marriage 29. One reason why women with no career may seek a divorce is that ________. A) they feel that they have been robbed of their freedom B) they are afraid of being bossed around by their husbands C) they feel that their partners fail to live up to their expectations D) they tend to suspect their husbands’ loyalty to their marriage 606淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 30. Which of the following statements can best summarize the author’s view in the passage? A) The stability of marriage and the divorce rate may reflect the economic situation of the country. B) Even when economically independent, most women have to struggle for real equality in marriage. C) In order to secure their marriage women should work outside the home and remain independent. D) The impact of the growing female workforce on marriage varies from case to case. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. For most thinkers since the Greek philosophers, it was self-evident that the re is something called human nature, something that constitutes the essence of man. There were various views about what constitutes it, but there was agreement that such an essence exists—that is to say, that there is something by virtue of which man is man. Thus man was defined as a rational being, as a social animal, an animal that can make tools, or a symbol-making animal. More recently, this traditional view has begun to be questioned. One reason for this change was the increasing emphasis given to the historical approach to man. An examination of the history of humanity suggested that man in our epoch is so different from man in previous times that it seemed unrealistic to assume that men in every age have had in common something that can be called “human nature.” The historical approach was reinforced, particularly in the United States, by studies in the field of cultural anthropology (人类学). The study of primitive peoples has discovered such a diversity of customs, values, feelings, and thoughts that many anthropologists arrived at the concept that man is born as a blank sheet of paper on which each culture writes its text. Another factor contributing to the tendency to deny the assumption of a fixed human nature was that the concept has so often been abused as a shield behind which the most inhuman acts are committed. In the name of human nature, for example, Aristotle and most thinkers up to the eighteenth century defended slavery. Or in order to prove the rationality and necessity of the capitalist form of society, scholars have tried to make a case for acquisitiveness, competitiveness, and selfishness as innate (天生的) human traits. Popularly, one refers cynically to “human nature” in accepting the inevitability of such undesirable human behavior as greed, murder, cheating and lying. Another reason for skepticism about the concept of human nature probably lies in the influence of evolutionary thinking. Once man came to be seen as developing in the process of evolution, the idea of a substance which is contained in his essence seemed untenable. Yet I believe it is precisely from an evolutionary standpoint that we can expect new insight into the problem of the nature of man. 607淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 31. The traditional view of “human nature” was strongly challenged by ________. A) the emergence of the evolutionary theory B) the historical approach to man C) new insight into human behavior D) the philosophical analysis of slavery 32. According to the passage, anthropologists believe that human beings ________. A) have some traits in common B) are born with diverse cultures C) are born without a fixed nature D) change their characters as they grow up 33. The author mentioned Aristotle, a great ancient thinker, in order to ________. A) emphasize that he contributed a lot to defining the concept of “human nature” B) show that the concept of “human nature” was used to justify social evils C) prove that he had a profound influence on the concept of “human nature” D) support the idea that some human traits are acquired 34. The word “untenable” (Line 3) in the last paragraph of the passage most probably means ________. A) invaluable B) imaginable C) changeable D) indefensible 35. Most philosophers believed that human nature ________. A) is the quality distinguishing man from other animals B) consists of competitiveness and selfishness C) is something partly innate and partly acquired D) consists of rationality and undesirable behavior Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Richard Satava, program manager for advanced medical technologies, has been a driving force in bringing virtual reality to medicine, where computers create a “virtual” or simulated environment for surgeons and other medical practitioners (从业者). “With virtual reality we’ll be able to put a surgeon in every trench,” said Satava. He envisaged a time when soldiers who are wounded fighting overseas are put in mobile 608淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 surgical units equipped with computers. The computers would transmit images of the soldiers to surgeons back in the U.S. The surgeons would look at the soldier through virtual reality helmets (头盔) that contain a small screen displaying the image of the wound. The doctors would guide robotic instruments in the battlefield mobile surgical unit that operate on the soldier. Although Satava’s vision may be years away from standard operating procedure, scientists are progressing toward virtual reality surgery. Engineers at an international organization in California are developing a tele-operating device. As surgeons watch a three-dimensional image of the surgery, they move instruments that are connected to a computer, which passes their movements to robotic instruments that perform the surgery. The computer provides feedback to the surgeon on force, textures, and sound. These technological wonders may not yet be part of the community hospital setting but increasingly some of the machinery is finding its way into civilian medicine. At Wayne State University Medical School, surgeon Lucia Zamorano takes images of the brain from computerized scans and uses a computer program to produce a 3-D image. She can then maneuver the 3-D image on the computer screen to map the shortest, least invasive surgical path to the tumor (肿瘤). Zamorano is also using technology that attaches a probe to surgical instruments so that she can track their positions. While cutting away a tumor deep in the brain, she watches the movement of her surgical tools in a computer graphics image of the patient’s brain taken before surgery. During these procedures—operations that are done through small cuts in the body in which a miniature camera and surgical tools are maneuvered—surgeons are wearing 3-D glasses for a better view. And they are commanding robot surgeons to cut away tissue more accurately than human surgeons can. Satava says, “We are in the midst of a fundamental change in the field of medicine.” 36. According to Richard Satava, the application of virtual reality to medicine ________. A) will enable surgeons to be physically present on every battlefield B) can raise the spirits of soldiers wounded on the battlefield C) will greatly improve medical conditions on the battlefield D) can shorten the time for operations on soldiers wounded on the battlefield 37. Richard Satava has visions of ________. A) using a remote-control technique to treat wounded soldiers fighting overseas B) wounded soldiers being saved by doctors wearing virtual reality helmets on the battlefield C) wounded soldiers being operated on by specially trained surgeons D) setting up mobile surgical units overseas 38. How is virtual reality surgery performed? A) It is performed by a computer-designed high precision device. 609淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Surgeons wear virtual reality helmets to receive feedback provided by a computer. C) Surgeons move robotic instruments by means of a computer linked to them. D) A 3-D image records the movements of the surgeons during the operation. 39. During virtual reality operations, the surgeon can have a better view of the cuts in the body because ________. A) he is looking at the cuts on a computer screen B) the cuts can be examined from different angles C) the cuts have been highly magnified D) he is wearing 3-D glasses 40. Virtual reality operations are an improvement on conventional surgery in that they ________. A) cause less pain to the wounded B) allow the patient to recover more quickly C) will make human surgeons’ work less tedious D) are done by robot surgeons with greater precision Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. He suggested that we put the scheme into effect, for it is quite ________. A) probable B) sustainable C) feasible D) eligible 42. This book is about how these basic beliefs and values affect important ________ of American life. A) facets B) formats C) formulas D) fashions 43. It is one thing to locate oil, but it is quite another to ________ and transport it to 610淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the industrial centers. A) permeate B) extract C) distinguish D) concentrate 44. Students are expected to be quiet and ________ in an Asian classroom. A) obedient B) overwhelming C) skeptical D) subsidiary 45. Our reporter has just called to say that rescue teams will ________ to bring out the trapped miners. A) effect B) affect C) conceive D) endeavour 46. The Spanish team, who are not in superb form, will be doing their best next week to ________ themselves on the German team for last year’s defeat. A) remedy B) reproach C) revive D) revenge 47. Creating so much confusion, Mason realized he had better make ________ what he was trying to tell the audience. A) exclusive B) explicit C) objective D) obscure 48. One of the examination questions ________ me completely and I couldn’t answer it. . A) baffled B) mingled 611淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) provoked D) diverted 49. The vision of that big black car hitting the sidewalk a few feet from us will never be ________ from my memory. A) ejected B) escaped C) erased D) omitted 50. At present, it is not possible to confirm or to refute the suggestion that there is a causal relationship between the amount of fat we eat and the ________ of heart attacks. A) incidence B) impetus C) rupture D) emergence 51. There are many who believe that the use of force ________ political ends can never be justified. A) in search of B) in pursuit of C) in view of D) in light of 52. Sometimes the bank manager himself is asked to ________ cheques if his clerks are not sure about them. A) credit B) assure C) certify D) access 53. It is believed that the authorities are thinking of ________ new taxes to raise extra revenue. A) impairing B) imposing C) invading D) integrating 612淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54. When she heard the bad news, her eyes ________ with tears as she struggled to control her emotions. A) sparkled B) twinkled C) radiated D) glittered 55. There are occasions when giving a gift ________ spoken communication, since the message it offers can cut through barriers of language and cultural diversity. A) overtakes B) nourishes C) surpasses D) enforces 56. In order to keep the line moving, customers with lengthy ________ are required to do their banking inside. A) transit B) transactions C) turnover D) tempos 57. President Wilson attempted to ________ between the powers to end the war, but neither side was prepared to give in. A) segregate B) whirl C) compromise D) mediate 58. The police have installed cameras at dangerous road ________ to film those who drive through red traffic lights. A) trenches B) utilities C) pavements D) junctions 59. It is reported that thirty people were killed in a ________ on the railway yesterday. A) collision B) collaboration 613淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) corrosion D) confrontation 60. Since a circle has no beginning or end, the wedding ring is accepted as a symbol of ________ love. A) successive B) consecutive C) eternal D) insistent 61. Executives of the company enjoyed an ________ lifestyle of free gifts, fine wines and high salaries. A) exquisite B) extravagant C) exotic D) eccentric 62. If you want to get into that tunnel, you first have to ________ away all the rocks. A) haul B) repel C) dispose D) snatch 63. Some crops are relatively high yielders and could be planted in preference to others to ________ the food supply. A) enhance B) curb C) disrupt D) heighten 64. Astronomers at the University of California discovered one of the most distant ________. A) paradoxes B) paradises C) galaxies D) shuttles 65. Many great scientists ________ their success to hard work. A) portray 614淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) ascribe C) impart D) acknowledge 66. The sign set up by the road ________ drivers to a sharp turn. A) alerts B) refreshes C) pleads D) diverts 67. The doctors don’t ________ that the patient will live much longer. A) monitor B) manifest C) articulate D) anticipate 68. Call your doctor for advice if the ________ persist for more than a few days. A) responses B) signals C) symptoms D) reflections 69. We find it impossible to ________ with the latest safety regulations. A) accord B) unify C) obey D) comply 70. Professor Smith and Professor Brown will ________ in presenting the series of lectures on American literature. A) alter B) alternate C) substitute D) exchange 试卷二 Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 615淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Thomas Malthus published his “Essay on the Principle of Population” almost 200 years ago. Ever since then, forecasters have being warning that worldwide famine was (S1) just around the next corner. The fast-growing population’s demand for food, they warned, would soon exceed their (S2) supply, leading to widespread food shortages and starvation. But in reality, the world’s total grain harvest has risen steadily over the years. Except for relative isolated trouble (S3) spots like present-day Somalia, and occasional years of good harvests, the world’s food crisis has remained just (S4) around the corner. Most experts believe this can continue even as if the population doubles by the mid-21st century, (S5) although feeding 10 billion people will not be easy for politics, economic and environmental reasons. Optimists (S6) point to concrete examples of continued improvements in yield. In Africa, by instance, improved seed, more (S7) fertilizer and advanced growing practices have more than double corn and wheat yields in an experiment. Elsewhere, (S8) rice experts in the Philippines are producing a plant with few (S9) stems and more seeds. There is no guarantee that plant breeders can continue to develop new, higher-yielding crop, but most researchers see their success to date as reason (S10) for hope. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: In this section you are required to write a composition on the topic Reduce Waste on Campus. You should write at least 150 words and base your composition on the outline given in Chinese below: 1. 目前有些校园内浪费现象严重； 2. 浪费的危害； 3. 从我做起，杜绝浪费。 Reduce Waste on Campus 616淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) 1. C 2. A 3. B 4. B 5. D 6. C 7. B 8. A 9. C 10. D 11. C 12. D 13. B 14. A 15. B 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. D 20. C Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) 21. A 22. B 23. C 24. A 25. D 26. B 27. D 28. C 29. A 30. D 31. A 32. C 33. D 34. D 35. A 36. D 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. D Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) 41. C 42. A 43. B 44. A 45. D 46. D 47. B 48. A 49. C 50. A 51. B 52. C 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. B 57. D 58. D 59. A 60. C 61. B 62. A 63. A 64. C 65. B 66. A 67. D 68. C 69. D 70. B Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) 1. being → been 2. their → its 3. relative → relatively 4. good → bad 5. as → 去掉 6. politics → political 617淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 7. by → for 8. double → doubled 9. more → fewer 10. reason → the reason 618淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月六级答案详解 Part I Listening Comprehension Section A 1. C。这是一个理解题。男士问女士刚才是否看见玛莎，并且提到他今晚将和玛 莎一起去音乐会，女士回答说玛莎就在附近，他应该可以找到她(You might still be able to catch her.)显然答案为C. 2. A。这是一个推理题。女士抱怨说自己再也无法忍受城市越来越糟糕的空气污 染，男士说正是如此，以前从没有过这么多的工厂。他间接地表达了工业的发 展导致了空气污染加重的事实。所以A对。 3. B。这是一个理解题。男士说想想他在试卷上写了那么多才得了C, 言下之意好 象得不偿失。女士说她认为分数并不重要，重要的是在努力过程中所学会的东 西才对将来工作有帮助，也就是B所表达的意思。 4. B。这是一个理解题。男士说自己的哥哥或弟弟周末要来，问女士三个人一起 到外面就餐如何?女士说由男士决定，自己对附近的餐馆不了解。从对话谈论 的内容就可以知道女士是让男士自己就这一问题拿主意，即答案为B. 5. D。这是一个推理题。女士对男士表示谢意说没有他的帮助自己不可能得奖。 男士说她一直努力，理所应当。答案为D.其实本题也可用排除法，即区分谁得 了奖，同样就可以得出答案D. 6. C。这是一个理解题。男士说他想报名参加一些环境委员会组织的义务工作， 他听别人说这是一个了解社区的好途径。女士说确实如此，但得投入许多时间， 所以她建议男士在时间安排中留出些时间。题干问的是女士的话语意思，所以 选C. 7. B。这是一个理解题。女士问男士自己什么时候可以离开，她有一些重要的事 务要处理。男士说那要取决于治疗情况，血一止住就可以走，不过他认为要化 好几天时间。显然，男士(即医生)的意思是B的内容。 8. A。这是一个理解题。男士说自己得知艾丽斯要到一家电子公司求职。女士说 就自己所知，艾丽斯对电子一窍不通。本题主要考对“anything but”的听力理 解。所以女士的意思是A. 9. C。这是一个推理题。男士说吉米明天要去旅行了，今晚要举行告别宴会吗?女 士说有必要吗?吉米只离开几天啊!言下之意就是C的内容。 10. D。这是一个有关虚拟语气的推理题。男士说，关于语言教学研讨会的计划， 他以为女士昨晚会给他打电话(当然，结果没打)。女士说，本来该打的，很抱 619淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 歉(结果没打)；因为汤姆和简顺便来访且一直呆到深夜。所以选D. Section B Passage One 【短文大意】金门桥把美丽的旧金山市和郊区和北部连接起来。每天有近十万 辆载人的汽车来回穿梭在大桥上。其中有一半多的人是在早晚交通高峰期时过桥的， 因此旅程苦不堪言。 然而现在有一群快乐的通勤者，他们从桥下而不是从桥上通过，他们很高兴坐 半小时的船上班，其中一些人甚至对未来渡口决定采用 15分钟的快船并不那么欢 迎。 11. C。题目问的是，在作者看来，乘车通过金门桥的人感受如何?根据其中一句 “More than half of them cross the bridge during the morning and evening rush hours when traffic is so heavy the trip is not pleasant.”可知答案为C.即使这一句不 太清楚，下面一句转折的话也可以帮助推测“Now however there is at least one group of happy commuters.” 12. D。题目问作者如何描述选择坐船的通勤者?本题可采用排除法，排除A和B, 文中没有提及。再根据其中一句“Best of all, being on a boat seems to make people more friendly toward each other.”可得出D. 13. B。题目问坐船的通勤者对渡口未来的计划如何反应?根据短文最后两句话 “But not everyone is happy about that. A lot of people feel that half an hour is just enough time to relax.”显然答案为B. Passage Two 【短文大意】福斯梯克医生进行了一个为期两年的实验来调查怎样预防或减少 蛀虫。有946个学生参加了实验。其中有523位学生在可能的情况下餐后十分钟用 牙刷刷牙，不可能的时候就彻底地用水洗了口。剩余的 423位学生只在早晚用牙刷 刷牙。一年后后者患虫牙的机率比前者高三倍。两年后前者蛀牙率比后者少 53%。 福斯梯克医生十三年来一直坚持在每餐饭后刷牙，因此没有一颗蛀牙。他指出糖是 牙齿腐烂的一个主要因素。而预防的一个主要途径就是用水洗口。 14. A。题目问的是：根据短文，哪一种食物最可能导致牙齿的衰退?福斯梯克医生 已经指出糖是牙齿衰退的一个主要因素，“Particularly the sugar in sweets, cakes, and soft drinks.”。 15. B。题目问的是：文章告诉了我们什么关于福斯梯克医生牙齿的情况?根据文中 句子“Dr. Faustick has cleaned his teeth after meal for thirteen years and has not had a single decayed tooth.”和“7 of out 10 people loose at least half of their teeth by the time they are fifty.”以及“Many have a complete set of false teeth by that time.”，可以推而得知。 620淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 16. D。题目问的是：福斯梯克医生提出了什么建议来预防牙齿衰退?根据短文中 的 句 子 “ Ideally you should keep a tooth brush in your pocket and use it immediately after you have finished eating.”和上文中的实验以及福斯梯克医生的 亲身经历“Dr. Faustick has cleaned his teeth after meal for thirteen years and has not had a single decayed tooth.”，可以得出答案D. Passage Three 【短文大意】本文讲的是国际红十字会组织的诞生。文中提到 1838年，十岁 的邓伦特被他的父亲带到一所监狱看见了一群用铁链锁住的囚犯在院子中沿着道路 粉碎石头，使他萌发了要为失去自由的囚犯和倍受压迫的奴隶做点工作的念头。又 提到1859 年6月 24 日他在从日内瓦到法国的途中目击了法国和奥地利军队之间 战争的残酷，决定组织志愿服务者。他聚集了许多妇女来照顾不同国籍的伤兵和帮 助外科医生进行救治。他认为：遭受痛苦的人不受种族、宗教和政治信仰的限制都 应该得到救治。后来他的建议得到许多欧洲国家支持，并且在 1864 年8月22 日签 署了第一个日内瓦协议。为了纪念瑞士的贡献，又以颠倒的瑞士国旗为会旗。 17. A。题目问的是：什么最初使得邓伦特想到要帮助受压迫者?文中提到1838年， 十岁的邓伦特被他的父亲带到一所监狱看见了一群用铁链锁住的囚犯在院子中 沿着道路粉碎石头，使他萌发了要为失去自由的囚犯和倍受压迫的奴隶做点工 作的念头。所以选A. 18. C。题目问的是：法国和奥地利战争期间邓伦特做了什么?文中提到他在从日内 瓦到法国的途中目击了法国和奥地利军队之间战争的残酷，决定组织自愿服务。 他聚集了许多妇女来照顾不同国籍的伤兵和帮助外科医生进行救治。因此选C. 19. D。题目问的是：邓伦特在创建国际红十字会组织的时候有什么信念?文中提 到他认为：遭受痛苦的人不受种族、宗教和政治信仰的限制都应该只因为他自 身而得到救治。故D对。 20. C。题目问的是：为什么国际红十字会组织的标志设计为白底红十字?为了纪念 瑞士的贡献，又以颠倒的瑞士国旗为会旗。所以选C. Part II Reading Comprehension Passage One 【短文大意】 本文介绍了维生素的作用。越来越多研究表明即使少量的维生 素缺乏也会有损身体健康。尽管关于维生素好处的证据还不是很充分，但花钱买维 生素是很划算的。健康人至少连续两年每天吃 400单位维生素E就不大可能患心脏 病。但心脏病患者再吃维生素E却于事无补。维生素E的作用主要是预防而不是治 疗疾病。但过量服用维生素也会引起麻烦。 21. A。本题为事实推断题。依据首段第一句话就可推断出以前的医生对服用复合 维生素不以为然，因为他们认为维生素不能被人体吸收—从小便中排出体外。 621淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 所以A为正确选项。 22. B。细节推断题。其答题依据为第二段第二句话。有关维生素的实验研究往往 费时而且引起更多的疑问，言外之意此实验研究的结果没有定论。故 B为正确 答案。 23. C。事实判断题。其答题依据为第四段，尤其是该段最后一句。维生素 E有预 防心脏病的功效但不能治好心脏病。故C 正确。B为干扰项，服用维生素E只 是不太可能患心脏病，并不是有效减少心脏病的复发率，所以B不对。 24. A。细节判断题。答题依据为第七段第二句话。大剂量服用维生素会引起大出 血、神经系统的毛病及其它副作用。故A为正确答案。 25. D。作者观点推断题。答题依据为最后一段。维生素不能代替运动和均衡的饮 食。只要人们对维生素的好处不盲从，那每天适量服用它就很有益处。故D 为 正确答案。 Passage Two 【短文大意】本文介绍了关于职业女性与婚姻的两种观点。有些未来学家认为 随着女性劳动力人数的急剧增长，许多女性会选择不结婚。与此相反，另一种观点 认为职业女性的增加会使结婚的人数也增加。作者显然赞成后一种观点。职业女性 能提高家庭的收入和生活标准，因此有助于家庭情感的稳固。从心理因素考虑，职 业女性在工作上的成就感也有利于家庭关系的稳定。女性成为家庭经济收入的主力 军能提高她们在家里的地位，并有里利于婚姻中男女的平等。 26. B。词汇猜意考查题。portend v. 预示，预兆;根据第一段第一句的句意可推断 正确答案为B. 27. D。细节判断题。答题依据为第一段倒数底二句话。数据表明在经济衰退时， 许多人因为无法负担组建家庭或因为对未来的困难没有把握而不结婚。故D为 正确答案。 28. C。事实判断题。答题依据为第三段最后一句话。女性在工作上的成就感有利 于婚姻关系的稳定。故C为正确答案。 29. A。细节推断题。答题依据为第三段第二句话。女性没有工作会有被囚禁在家 的感受，她会选择离婚作为解救自己的唯一出路。故A为正确答案。 30. D。文章主旨判断题。整段文章的主旨可从最后一句话看出。故D为正确答案。 Passage Three 【短文大意】本文介绍了对普遍人性观点的三种挑战。大多数哲学家认为人性 将人与动物区分开来，人性使人成为理性的存在。但近来由于三种新的观点，这种 622淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 传统观点受到质疑。第一种新视角就是历史研究方法。该方法认为远古人与现代人 相去甚远。美国人类学家的研究也赞成历史研究方法，人类学家认为人类生下来就 像一张白纸等待文化的涂写。第二种新视角认为所谓“人性”的说法不过是为人类 非人道的行为做掩护，如亚里士多德利用“人性”为奴隶制作辩护。第三种挑战来 自于进化论。一旦人被视为处于不断进化的过程当中，普遍人性的观点自然就站不 住脚。 31. B。纵观全文得出对普遍人性这一看法的挑战主要来自历史研究观点。而题干 是问对“人性”的挑战主要来自何种观点。故B为正确答案。 32. C。细节判断题。答题依据为第二段第四句。对远古民族的研究揭示了人类风 俗、价值观、感情和思想的多样性，因此许多考古学家认为人类出生时像一张 白纸，真正起决定作用的是文化。言外之意没有固定不变的人性。故 C为正确 答案。 33. B。事实判断题。答题依据为第二段第五句。作者以亚里士多德为例说明有些 哲学家用“人性”的名义作为掩护人类罪恶的幌子。故B为正确答案。 34. D。词汇猜意考查题。untenable adj. 站不住脚的，无法辩护的。根据本句上下 文可知正确答案为D. 35. A。细节题。答案可从第一段看出。 Passage Four 【短文大意】本文是篇介绍“虚拟现实外科手术”的科普说明文。Richard Satava —高级医疗技术的程序经理，他是推动虚拟现实外科手术发展的主力。虚拟 外科手术利用计算机为外科医生创造虚拟的手术环境。这种技术可以让美国海外作 战的伤员在当地移动医疗中心接受手术。 36. C。细节判断题。答题依据为第一段和二段。将虚拟技术运用到外科手术中能 每个战壕都有一个外科医生，即海外战场的医疗条件能大大提高。故 C为正确 答案。 37. A。细节推断题。答案依据第三段。故A为正确答案。 38. C。细节推断题。答题依据为第四段最后两句话。虚拟手术的过程外科医生通 过观察伤口的三维画面，他们操作与电脑联网的仪器，电脑将他们的动作传递 给机器人医生来操刀外科手术。故C为正确答案。 39. D。细节推断题。答题依据为倒数第二段第一句话。为了将伤口看得更清，外 科医生都戴上三维眼镜。故D为正确答案。 40. D。事实判断题。答题依据为倒数第二段最后一句话。外科医生指挥机器人外 科医生切除坏的组织，机器人比真人外科医生更精确地操刀动手术。故D为正 623淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 确答案。 Part III Vocabulary 41. C。形容词辨析题。因为计划很可行他建议我们实行该计划。probable adj.可能 的；sustainable adj. 可持续的；feasible adj. 可行的；eligible adj.合格的。根据 句意feasible切题故选C. 42. A。名词辨析题。这本书讲述的是这些基本的信仰和价值观是如何影响美国生 活中的重要层面的。 facet n. 方面；format n. 格式；formula n. 化学式，配方； fashion n.时尚。 43. B。动词辨析题。找到石油是回事，但提取石油并将其运送到工业地带是另一 回事。permeate v. 渗透；extract vt. 提取；distinguish vt. 辨别；concentrate vt. 集中注意力。根据句意extract切题故选B. 44. A。形容词辨析题。 在亚洲的课堂里，学生要服从老师并保持安静。obedient adj.服从的听话的；overwhelming adj. 压倒性的，极度的；skeptical adj.怀疑的； subsidiary adj.次要的，附属的。根据句意obedient切题故选A. 45. D。本题考查固定搭配的掌握。我社记者刚打电话来说援救小组会努力救出被 围困的矿工。endeavour to 试图，努力；effect n. 效果；affect vt. 影响； conceive (of) 想出，构思。根据句意endeavour切题故选D. 46. D。此题考查动词固定搭配的掌握。西班牙队去年输给德国队，下周它会尽最 大努力报仇雪耻。revenge oneself on sb. 是固定搭配，“向某人报仇”的意思， 故选D. remedy v. 补救，治疗；reproach v. 责备；revive v.复活，复兴。 47. B。形容词辨析题 。Mason的话引起许多困惑，他意识到他最好向观众明确表 达自己的意思。exclusive adj. 独家的，独有的；explicit adj.明确的；objective adj.客观的；obscure adj. 模糊的。根据句意explicit切题故选B. 48. A。动词辨析题 。有一道考题难倒我了，我做不出来。baffle vt. 难倒，难住； mingle v. 混合；provoke v. 激怒，招惹；divert v.转向，改道。根据句意 baffle 切题故选A. 49. C。动词辨析题 。那辆大黑卡车撞上人行道离我们仅几英尺，这一幕情景永远 无法从我记忆中抹去。eject v.; 喷出，射出；escape vi. 逃跑；erase vt. 擦掉， 抹掉；omit vt. 省略。 50. A。名词辨析题 。脂肪的摄入量和心脏病的发病率有关联，目前对这种说法 既不能肯定也不能反驳。incidence n.发病率；impetus n.推动力；rupture n. 破 裂，绝交；emergence n. 紧急情况。根据句意incidence切题故选A. 624淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. B。短语辨析题 。许多人认为不能将武力作为寻求政治目的的手段。in search of 寻找；in pursuit of 追求；in view of 鉴于，由于； in light of 根据。 根据句 意in pursuit of 切题故选B. 52. C。动词辨析题。如果银行员工对支票不敢确定时，银行经理就要亲自确认支 票。credit vt. 信赖；assure vt. 确保；certify vt. 确认；access n. 接触的机会或方 法。根据句意certify切题故选C. 53. B。固定搭配考查题。人们人认为当局正在考虑征收新的税以增加收入。 impair v.损害；impose vt. 强加；invade vt. 侵略；integrate v. 使成一体。根据句 意integrate切题故选B. 54. C。动词近义词辨析题。当她听到这个不好的消息时眼里泪光闪闪，但她强撑 着克制自己的感情。sparkle, twinkle, glitter 都可指(因高兴而)发光，而radiate 可指释放某种痛苦的情感。 55. C。动词辨析题 。有些场合赠送礼品胜过言语交谈，因为礼品传达的内涵能跨 越语言和文化的障碍。overtake v.追上；nourish v. 滋养 surpass vt.胜过； enforce vt.实施，加强。 56. B。名词辨析题。为了使队列流通，有冗长交易的顾客要在营业部里面进行交 易。transit n. 运送； transaction n. 交易，比如：The stockbroker deals with transact ions in stocks and shares for his clients everyday, turnover n.营业额； tempo n.进度，速度。根据句意，transaction切题，故选B. 57. D。动词辨析题。威尔森总统企图斡旋这些权力部门来结束战争，但哪一方也 不肯让步。 segregate v. 隔离； whirl v. 旋转；compromise v. 组成；mediate v. 斡旋。mediate 一般搭配 between,比如： The manager mediated between the employer and employee. 58. D。名词辨析题。警察在危险的岔路口装了摄像机来拍下闯红灯的司机。 trench n. 壕沟；utility n. 用处，实效；pavement n. 人行道；junction n. 道路交 叉点。根据句意，junction切题，故选D. 59. A。据报导昨天有三十人在天铁路撞车事故中丧生。collision n. 撞车； collaboration n. 合作；corrosion n.腐蚀；confrontation n. 面临。 60. C。形容词辨析题。圆圈既没有起点也没有终点，所以结婚戒指是永恒爱情的 象征。successive adj. 连续的；consecutive adj. 连续不断的；eternal adj.永恒的； insistent adj.迫切的，紧急的。 61. B。形容词辨析题。公司的总裁们生活奢侈，他们享受着免费礼品、美酒和高 薪。exquisite adj.精致的；extravagant adj. 奢侈的；exotic adj. 异国情调的； eccentric adj.古怪的。 625淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 62. A。动词辨析题。如果你想钻进隧道的话你首先得清除所有的石头。haul v.拖； repel v. 拒绝；dispose v. 处理，清理；snatch v. 抓，攫取。 63. A。动词辨析题。有些粮作物相对产量较高可以优先种植来提高粮食供给量。 enhance v. 提 高 ， 促 进 ； enhance the supply, enhance the value/price/attractions/power; curb v. 控制；disrupt v. 分裂；heighten v. 变高； 加强。比如：Her anger was heightened at the sight of the disguised beggar. 64. C。名词辨析题 。加利福利亚大学的天文学家发现了最遥远的星系之一。 paradox n. 矛盾；paradise n. 天堂； galaxy n.星系；shuttle n. 梭。根据句意 galaxy切题故选C 65. B。固定搭配考查题。许多伟大的科学家把他们的成功归因于勤奋工作。 portray v.描写；ascribe to 归因于；impart v. 传授； acknowledge v. 承认。根据 句意ascribe切题故选B 66. A。词义辨析题。标志树立在路边是为了提醒司机有一个急转弯。refresh使清 新，使提神；plead恳求，以…为借口； divert转移，转向。 根据句意A 对， 例如：alert sb, to the fact that...提醒某人注意…的事实。 67. D。动词辨析题。医生没指望这个病人会活很长时间。monitor n. 班长，监测 器；manifest vt. 体现，显现；articulate vi. 清楚地说，明确地说；anticipate vt. 期待。据上下文，anticipate切题，故选D. 68. C。名词辨析题 。如果症状持续好几天就去看医生征求他的意见。response n. 反应；signal n. 信号； symptom n. 症状；reflection n. 映像，思考。根据句意 symptom切题,故选C. 69. D。固定搭配考查题。我们发现不可能遵守最新的安全规则。 accord v.符合； unify v.团结；obey vt. 服从；comply (with) 遵守。根据句意comply切题,故选D. 70. B。动词辨析题。 Smith教授与Brown教授俩人将轮流开一系列美国文学的讲 座。alter v. 改变；alternate v. 轮流，交替；substitute v. 替换；exchange v. 交换。 根据句意alternate切题,故选B. Part IV Error Correction 71. being → been现在完成时的进行时态为have been + 现在分词。 72. their → its此处代词代名词 population为单数，所以代词应是its而非their. 73. relative → relatively修饰形容词isolated 应为副词relatively而非形容词relative. 74. good → poor/bad句首用了Except for,显然是指不好的事情，故这里应将 good 626淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 改为bad或poor. 75. even as if → even if此处考查固定短语even if,即使。as if 仿佛。根据上下文应 为即使世界人口到21世纪中叶增长两倍。 76. politics → political此处and连接三个并列的形容词economic, environmental,和 politic. politics是名词，political才是形容词政治的。 77. by → for此处考查固定短语。for instance 例如,没有for instance. 78. double → doubled 此处应为现在完成时态，have more than doubled corn and wheat yields,意为在试验中，进口种子、肥料和先进的种植技术使玉米和小麦 的产量增长了两倍多。 79. few → fewer此处and 连接两个并列的形容词比较级，所以把few改为fewer. 80. crop → crops crop指“庄稼”时，常用复数形式crops；作单数时，意为“产 量”。 Part V Writing Reduce Waste on Campus Nowadays, waste is quite prevalent and serious on campus. Food is thrown away simply because it doesn’t taste good. Newspapers and magazines are discarded, because they have been read. What is worse, students seem to be quite accustomed to such waste and don’t have a feeling of guilt. Waste can do much harm. Our country has the largest population in the world and suffers from a shortage of natural resources. It is crucial for us to make full use of what we have, or else, the resources will soon run out, and we will have nothing left for the next generations. Waste is certainly making matters worse. Second, waste may contribute to a habit of extravagance, which is not good at all. We Chinese people have the good tradition of being economic, and are indignant about waste of any kind. Therefore, all of us should reduce waste. We can try to eat up a meal. We may give our old books to those who need them, instead of throwing them away. Also, we should form the notion that waste is quite shameful. As long as all of us take action, waste will surely be reduced. 627淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2003年12月听力原文 Section A 1. M: Did you see Martha just now? I want to ask her to go with us to the concert tonight. W: She must be around somewhere. You might still be able to catch her. Q: What does the woman mean? 2. M: I can’t bare the air pollution in this city anymore. It is getting worse and worse. W: You said it. We’ve never had so many factories before. Q: What does the man mean? 3. M: Just think I went through so much work on my paper only to get a C. W: Well, I don’t think grades are everything. What you have learned in the process will prove useful in your future work. Q: What does the woman imply? 4. M: My brother is coming this weekend, and I was thinking the three of us could go out to dinner Saturday night. Any suggestions? W: It’s up to you. I don’t know the restaurant here that well. Q: What does the woman mean? 5. M: I couldn’t have won the award without your assistance. Thank you very much. M: You have been working so hard. You deserve the honor. Q: What do we learned from the conversation? 6. M: I’d like to sign up for some voluntary work with the environment council. I hear it is a great way to connect with the community. W: It sure is. But you’ll have to put in a lot of hours. So you must leave some room in scheduling your time. Q: What does the woman imply? 7. M: Can you tell me when I can leave here, doctor? I have some important business to attend to. M: That depends on how your condition reacts to our treatment. You may leave as soon as the bleeding stops. I think that will take a couple of days. Q: What does the doctor mean? 8. M: I’m told Alice is trying to find a job in an electronics company. 628淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 W: As far as I know, she is good at anything but electronics. Q: What does the woman mean? 9. M: Jimmy is going on a journey tomorrow. Shall we have a farewell dinner tonight? W: Do you think it’s necessary? You know he will be away just a few days. Q: What does the woman mean? 10. M: I thought you were going to call me last night about the plans for the conference on language teaching. W: Sorry, I should have, but Tom and Jane stopped by and stayed until midnight. Q: What do we learn from the conversation? Section B Passage One The Golden Gate Bridge joins the beautiful city of San Francisco with the suburbs to the north. Each day about one hundred thousand automobiles cross the bridge taking people to and from the city. More than half of them cross the bridge during the morning and evening rush hours. When traffic is so heavy the trip is not pleasant. Now, however, there is at least one group of happy commuters. These are the people who travel under the bridge instead of on it. They go to work by boat and enjoy it so much that most of them say they will never go by car again. The ferry they take is spacious, quiet and comfortable. Commuters can enjoy the sun on deck. In the morning they can have breakfast in the coffee shop. And in the evening they can order a drink in the bar while looking at the beautiful scenery. The trip takes only 30 minutes and is not very costly. Best of all, being on a boat seems to make people more friendly toward each other. There has already been a marriage of two commuters who met on the ferry. Because the ferry has been so successful, there are plans to use other still larger boats. The re is also a proposal for a high speed boat that will make the trip in only 15 minutes. But not everyone is happy about that. A lot of people feel that half an hour is just enough time to relax. 11. According to the speaker how do commuters feel about crossing the Golden Gate Bridge by car? 12. What does the speaker say about ferry commuters? 13. How do commuters respond to plans for the future of the ferry? Passage Two How many teeth have you had filled in the past two years? If you follow the adv ice of Dr. Faustick, you may be able to reduce the number of your visits to a dentist. Dr. 629淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Faustick conducted a two-year survey to find out how to prevent or re duce dental decay. 946 students took part in an experiment. 523 students cleaned their teeth within ten minutes of eating: when possible they used a toothbrush, when this was impossible they washed their mouth thoroughly with water. The remaining 423 students merely cleaned their teeth when they went to bed and when they got up in the morning. All the students had their teeth X-rayed at the end of the first and second years. At the end of the first year, the night and morning group had three times as many decayed teeth as the clean after each meal group. At the end of the second year the latter group had 53 percent fewer decayed teeth than the former group. Dr. Faustick has cleaned his teeth after meal for thirteen years and has not had a single decayed tooth. He pointed out that sugar is a major agent in dental decay. Particularly the sugar in sweets, cakes, and soft drinks. Ideally you should keep a tooth brush in your pocket and use it immediately after you have finished eating. When this is impractical you can at least make sure that you have a drink of water and let the water through your teeth to force out any particles of food. 7 out of 10 people loose at least ha lf of their teeth by the time they are fifty. Many have a complete set of false teeth by that time. In any case neither toothache nor a visit to a dentist is very pleasant. So it is worthwhile making an effort to keep you own teeth as long as possible. The main preventative agent is simply water. 14. According to the passage what kind of food is most likely to cause dental decay? 15. What does the passage tell us about the condition of Dr. Faustick’s teeth? 16. What does Dr. Faustick suggest to prevent dental decay? Passage Three The worldwide Organization of the Red Cross stems from the ideal of Henri Dunant, a Swiss Banker. In 1838, at the age of ten, Dunant was taken by his father to visit a prison, there he saw prisoners chained together exercising in the yard and breaking stones along the road. This experience left a deep impression on him and made him determined to do something for convicts and slaves and for all who were oppressed and deprived of their liberty. On 24th June 1859 while on his way from Geneva to France, Dunant witnessed the battle between the French and Austrian armies. It was one of the fiercest battles of the 19th century. Shocked by the lack of medical supplies and attention given to the wounded, Dunant decided that a volunteer service had to be organized. He gathered together a number of women who attended to the hundreds of wounded soldiers of all nationalities and helped the surgeons as best they could. From that battle Dunant determined to form a body of people who would rally together in times of war and attend to the needs of wounded and dying. Dunant held that a suffering human being should be helped for his own sake only and without regard to race, religion, or political beliefs. Many European states supported him and on 22nd August 1864 the first Geneva Convention was signed. This lays down that once a soldier is wounded he and everyone else who comes to his help ceases to be an enemy. A symbol by which the relief workers could be recognized was devised. As a tribute to 630淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Switzerland, the symbol was the Swiss flag reversed. That is a red cross on a white ground. So the Red Cross was born. 17. What first led Henri Dunant to think of helping the oppressed? 18. What did Henri Dunant do during the battle between the French and Austrian armies? 19. What was Henri Dunant’s belief when he founded the Red Cross? 20. Why was the symbol of the Red Cross designed with a red cross on a white ground? 631淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2004年6月大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷B卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question the re will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish by 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Dick has bad taste in clothes. B) The color of Dick’s jacket is too dark. C) Dick’s trousers don’t match his jacket. D) Dick looks funny in that yellow jacket. 2. A) Get the wallet for the man. B) Call the police station. C) Show the man her family pictures. D) Ask to see the man’s driver’s license. 3. A) She is afraid the new epidemic SARS will soon spread all over town. B) The temperature is not as high as the man claims. C) The room will get cool if the man opens the windows. 632淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) She is following instructions not to use the air-conditioning. 4. A) She was never persistent in anything she did. B) She had a unique way of staying healthy. C) She stopped exercising two years ago. D) She lost a lot of weight in two years. 5. A) The application arrived a week earlier than expected. B) The job has been given to someone else. C) The man is not suitable for the position, D) She had received only one application letter. 6. A) He thinks his mother should get the clothes back. B) He will go before the laundry is closed. C) He’s unwilling to fetch the laundry. D) He has already picked up the laundry. 7. A) At an international trade fair. B) At an electronics company. C) At a DVD counter in a music store. D) At a shopping center. 8. A) The woman regrets going to the movie. B) The woman prefers light movies before sleep. C) The woman saw a comedy instead of a horror movie. D) The woman hated the man talking throughout the movie. 9. A) He is a man with professional expertise. B) He is not likely to get the job. C) He is not easy to get along with. D) He is the fight man to get the job done. 10. A) It is a very good place to relax. B) It should revolutionize its technology. C) It should change its concept of operation. D) It is being forced out of the entertainment industry. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 633淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choice marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) He was the most distinguished diplomat in American history. B) He set up the first university in America. C) He was one of the earliest settlers in America. D) He can best represent the spirit of early America. 12. A) He represented Washington in negotiations with Britain. B) He provided Washington with a lot of money. C) He persuaded France to support Washington. D) He served as a general in Washington’s army. 13. A) As one of the founding fathers of the United States. B) As one of the greatest American scholars. C) As one of America’s most ingenious inventors. D) As one of the most famous activists for human rights. Passage Two Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) Because we might meet many successful executives in the media industry. B) Because we might be offered a dish of insects. C) Because nothing but freshly cooked insects are served. D) Because some yuppies like to horrify guests with insects as food. 15. A) On the Internet. B) In the supermarket. C) In the seafood market. D) From yuppie clubs. 16. A) It’s safe to eat. B) It’s easy to prepare. 634淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) It’s exotic in appearance. D) It’s tasty and healthful. 17. A) It is unlikely to be enjoyed by most People. B) It will have to be changed to suit local tastes. C) It will become the first course at dinner parties. D) It will be consumed by more and more young people. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) They don’t have enough service windows. B) Their business hours are limited.,, C) Their safety measures are inadequate. D) Their banking procedures are complicated. 19. A) People who have computers at home. B) Young people who are fond of modern technology. C) Young people who are wealthy and well-educated. D) People who are in the habit of switching from one bank to another. 20. A) To provide services for distant clients. B) To compete for customers. C) To reduce the size of their staff. D) To expand their operations at a lower cost. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There tire 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the, Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Given the lack of fit between gifted students and their schools, it is not surprising that such students often have little good to say ‘about their school experience. In one study of 400 adults who had achieved distinction in all areas of life, researchers found that three-fifths of these individuals either did badly in school or were unhappy in 635淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 school. Few MacArthur Prize fellows, winners of the MacArthur Award for creative accomplishment, had good things to say about their precollegiate schooling if they had not been placed in advanced programs. Anecdotal (名人轶事) reports support this. Pablo Picasso, Charles Darwin, Mark Twain, Oliver Goldsmith, and William Butler Yeats all disliked school. So did Winston Churchill, who almost failed out of Harrow, an elite British school. About Oliver Goldsmith, one of his teachers remarked, “Never was so dull a boy.” Often these children realize that they know more than their teachers, and their teachers often feel that these children are arrogant, inattentive, or unmotivated. Some of these gifted people may have done poorly in school because their gifts were not scholastic. Maybe we can account for Picasso in this way. But most fared poorly in school not because they lacked ability but because they found school unchallenging and consequently lost interest. Yeats described the lack of fit between his mind and school: “Because I had found it difficult to attend to anything less interesting than my own thoughts, I was difficult to teach.” As noted earlier, gifted children of all kinds tend to be strong-willed nonconformists. Nonconformity and stubbornness (and Yeats’s level of arrogance and self-absorption) are likely to lead to Conflicts with teachers. When highly gifted students in any domain talk about what was important to the development of their abilities, they are far more likely to mention their families than their schools or teachers. A writing prodigy (神童) studied by David Feldman and Lynn Goldsmith was taught far more about writing by his journalist father than his English teacher. High-IQ children, in Australia studied by Miraca Gross had much more positive feelings about their families than their schools. About half of the mathematicians studied by Benjamin Bloom had little good to say about school. They all did well in school and took honors classes when available, and some skipped grades. 21. The main point the author is making about schools is that ________. A) they should enroll as many gifted students as possible B) they should organize their classes according to the students’ ability C) they are often incapable of catering to the needs of talented students D) they should satisfy the needs of students from different family backgrounds 22. The author quotes the remarks of one of Oliver Goldsmith’s teachers ________. A) to show how poor Oliver’s performance was at school B) to illustrate the strong will of some gifted children C) to explain how dull students can also be successful D) to provide support for his argument 23. Pablo Picasso is listed among the many gifted children who ________. A) could not cope with their studies at school successfully B) paid no attention to their teachers in class C) contradicted their teachers much too often 636淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) behaved arrogantly and stubbornly in the presence of their teachers 24. Many gifted people attributed their success ________. A) less to their systematic education than to their talent B) mainly to parental help and their education at home C) both to school instruction and to their parents’ coaching D) more to their parents’ encouragement than to school training 25. The root cause of many gifted students having bad memories of their school years is that ________. A) they were seldom praised by their teachers B) school courses failed to inspire or motivate them C) their nonconformity brought them a lot of trouble D) teachers were usually far stricter than their parents Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. It’s hardly news that the immigration system is a mess. Foreign nationals have long been slipping across the border with fake papers, and visitors who arrive in the U.S. legitimately often overstay their legal welcome without being punished. But since Sept. 11, it’s become clear that terrorists have been shrewdly factoring the weaknesses of our system into their plans. In addition to their mastery of forging passports, at least three of the 19 Sept. 11 hijackers (劫机者) were here on expired visas. That’s been a safe bet until now. The Immigration and Naturalization Service (INS) (移民归化局) lacks the resources, and apparently the inclination, to keep track of the estimated 2 million foreigners who have intentionally overstayed their welcome. But this laxness (马虎) toward immigration fraud may be about to change. Congress has already taken some modest steps. The U.S.A. Patriot Act, passed in the wake of the Sept. 11 tragedy, requires the FBI, the Justice Department, the State Department and the INS to share more data, which will make it easier to stop watch-listed terrorists at the border. But what’s really needed, critics say, is even tougher laws and more resources aimed at tightening up border security. Reformers are calling for a rollback of rules that hinder law enforcement. They also want the INS to hire hundreds more border patrol agents and investigators to keep illegal immigrants out and to track them down once they’re here. Reformers also want to see the INS set up a database to monitor whether visa holders actually leave the country when they are required to. All these proposed changes were part of a new border-security bill that passed the House of Representatives but died in the Senate last week. Before Sept. 11, legislation of this kind had been blocked by two powerful lobbies: universities, which rely on tuition from foreign students who could be kept out by the new law, and business, which relies 637淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 on foreigners for cheap labor. Since the attacks, they’ve backed off. The bill would have passed this time but for congressional maneuverings and is expected to be reintroduced and to pass next year. Also on the agenda for next year: a proposal, backed by some influential law- makers, to split the INS into two agencies-a good cop that would tend to service functions like processing citizenship papers and a bad cop that would concentrate on border inspections, deportation and other functions. One reason for the division, supporters say, is that the INS has in recent years become too focused on serving tourists and immigrants. After the Sept, 11 tragedy, the INS should pay more attention to serving the millions of ordinary Americans who rely on the nation’s border security to protect them from terrorist attacks. 26. Terrorists have obviously taken advantage of ________. A) the irresponsibility of the officials at border checkpoints B) the legal privileges granted to foreigners C) the excessive hospitality of the American people D) the low efficiency of the Immigration and Naturalization Service 27. We learn from the passage that coordinated efforts will be made by various U.S. government agencies to ________. A) limit the number Of immigrants to the U.S. B) prevent the forgery of immigration papers C) ward off terrorist suspects at the border D) refuse the renewing of expired visas 28. It can be inferred from the passage that before Sept. 11, aliens with expired visas ________. A) might stay on for as long as [hey wished B) would be closely watched by FBI agents C) would live in constant fear of deportation D) might have them extended without trouble 29. It is believed by many that all these years the INS ________. A) has been serving two contradictory functions B) has ignored the pleas of the two powerful lobbies C) has over-emphasized its service functions at the expense of the nation’s security D) has been too liberal in granting visas to tourists and immigrants indiscriminately 30. Before Sept. 11, the U.S. Congress had been unable to pass stricter immigration laws because ________. 638淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) education and business circles cared little about national security B) resources were not available for their enforcement C) it was difficult to coordinate the efforts of the congressmen D) they might have kept away foreign students and cheap labor Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. It was the worst tragedy in maritime (航海的) history, six times more deadly than the Titanic. When the German cruise ship Wilhelm Gustloff was hit by torpedoes (鱼雷) fired from a Russian submarine in the final winter of World War II, more than 10,000 people-mostly women, children and old people fleeing the final Red Army push into Nazi Germany-were packed aboard. An ice storm had turned the decks into frozen sheets that sent hundreds of families sliding into the sea as the ship tilted and began to go down. Others desperately tried to put lifeboats down. Some who succeeded fought off those in the water who had the strength to try to claw their way aboard. Most people froze immediately. I’ll never forget the screams,” says Christa Ntitzmann, 87, one of the 1,200 survivors. She recalls watching the ship, brightly lit, slipping into its dark grave-and into seeming nothingness, rarely mentioned for more than half a century. Now Germany’s Nobel Prize-winning author Gtinter Grass has revived the memory of the 9,000 dead, including more than 4,000 children-with his latest novel Crab Walk, published last month. The book, which will be out in English next year, doesn’t dwell on the sinking; its heroine is a pregnant young woman who survives the catastrophe only to say later: “Nobody wanted to hear about it, not here in the West (of Germany) and not at all in the East.” The reason was obvious. As Grass put it in a recent interview with the weekly Die Woche: “Because the crimes we Germans are responsible for were and are so dominant, we didn’t have the energy left to tell of our own sufferings.” The long silence about the sinking of the Wilhelm Gustloff was probably unavoidable-and necessary. By unreservedly owning up to their country’s monstrous crimes in the Second World War, Germans have managed to win acceptance abroad, marginalize (使…不得势) the neo-Nazis at home and make peace with their neighbors. Today’s unified Germany is more prosperous and stable than at any time in its long, troubled history. For that, a half century of willful forgetting about painful memories like the German Titanic was perhaps a reasonable price to pay. But even the most politically correct Germans believe that they’ ye now earned the right to discuss the full historical record. Not to equate German suffering with that of its victims, but simply to acknowledge a terrible tragedy. 31. Why does the author say the sinking of the Wilhelm Gustloff was the worst tragedy in maritime history? A) It was attacked by Russian torpedoes. B) It caused the largest number of casualties. 639淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Most of its passengers were frozen to death. D) Its victims were mostly women and children. 32. Hundreds of families dropped into the sea when ________. A) the badly damaged ship leaned toward one side B) a strong ice storm tilted the ship C) the cruise ship sank all of a sudden D) the frightened passengers fought desperately for lifeboats 33. The Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy was little talked about for more than half a century because Germans ________. A) were eager to win international acceptance B) had been pressured to keep silent about it C) were afraid of offending their neighbors D) felt guilty for their crimes in World War II 34. How does Gunter Grass revive the memory of the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy? A) By describing the ship’s sinking in great detail. B) By giving an interview to the weekly Die Woche. C) By presenting the horrible scene of the torpedo attack. D) By depicting the survival of a young pregnant woman. 35. It can be learned from the passage that Germans no longer think that ________. A) the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy is a reasonable price to pay for the nation’s past misdeeds B) Germany is responsible for the horrible crimes it committed in World War II C) they will be misunderstood if they talk about the Wilhelm Gustloff tragedy D) it-is wrong to equate their sufferings with those of other countries Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. When we worry about who might be spying on our private lives, we usually think about the Federal agents. But the private sector outdoes the government every time. It’s Linda Tripp, not the FBI, who is facing charges under Maryland’s laws against secret telephone taping. It’s our banks, not the Internal Revenue Service (IRS), that pass our private financial data to telemarketing firms. Consumer activists are pressing Congress for better privacy laws without much result so far. The legislators lean toward letting business people track our financial habits virtually at will. 640淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 As an example of what’s going on, consider U.S. Bancorp, which was recently sued for deceptive practices by the state of Minnesota. According to the lawsuit, the bank supplied a telemarketer called Member Works with sensitive customer data such as names, phone numbers, bank-account and credit-card numbers, Social Security numbers, account balances and credit limits. With these customer lists in hand, Member Works started dialing for dollars-selling dental plans, videogames, computer software and other products and services. Customers who accepted a “free trial offer” had 30 days to cancel. If the deadline passed, they were charged automatically through their bank or credit-card accounts. U.S. Bancorp collected a share of the revenues. Customers were doubly deceived, the lawsuit claims. They, didn’t know that the bank was giving account numbers to MemberWorks. And if customers asked, they were led to think the answer was no. The state sued MemberWorks separately for deceptive selling. The company denies that it did anything wrong. For its part, U.S. Bancorp settled without admitting any mistakes. But it agreed to stop exposing its customers to nonfinancial products sold by outside firms. A few top banks decided to do the same. Many other banks will still do business with MemberWorks and similar firms. And banks will still be mining data from your account in order to sell you financial products, including things of little value, such as credit insurance and credit-card protection plans. You have almost no protection from businesses that use your personal accounts for profit. For example, no federal law shields “transaction and experience” information- mainly the details of your bank and credit-card accounts. Social Security numbers are for sale by private firms. They’ve generally agreed not to sell to the public. But to businesses, the numbers are an open book. Self-regulation doesn’t work. A firm might publish a privacy-protection policy, but who enforces it? Take U.S. Bancorp again. Customers were told, in writing, that “all personal information you supply to us will be considered confidential.” Then it sold your data to MemberWorks. The bank even claims that it doesn’t “sell” your data at all. It merely “shares” it and reaps a profit. Now you know. 36. Contrary to popular belief, the author finds that spying on people’s privacy ________. A) is practiced exclusively by the FBI B) is more prevalent in business circles C) has been intensified with the help of the IRS D) is mainly carried out by means of secret taping 37. We know from the passage that ________. A) the state of Minnesota is considering drawing up laws to protect private 641淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 information B) most states are turning a blind eye to the deceptive practices of private businesses C) legislators are acting to pass a law to provide better privacy protection D) lawmakers are inclined to give a free hand to businesses to inquire into customers’ buying habits 38. When the “free trial” deadline is over, you’ll be charged without notice for a product or service if ________. A) you happen to reveal your credit card number B) you fail to cancel it within the specified period C) you fail to apply for extension of the deadline D) you find the product or service unsatisfactory 39. Businesses do not regard information concerning personal bank accounts as private because ________. A) it is considered “transaction and experience” information unprotected by law B) it has always been considered an open secret by the general public C) its sale can be brought under control through self-regulation D) its revelation will do no harm to consumers under the current protection policy 40. We can infer from the passage that ________. A) banks will have to change their ways of doing business B) “free trial” practice will eventually be banned C) privacy protection laws will soon be enforced D) consumers’ privacy will continue to be invaded Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. For many years the Japanese have ________ the car market. A) operated B) occupied C) presided D) dominated 642淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 42. The bank is offering a ________ to anyone who can give information about the robbery. A) prize B) reward C) bonus D) compliment 43. His illness first ________ itself as severe stomach pains and headaches. A) manifested B) displayed C) expressed D) reflected 44. These continual ________ in temperature make it impossible to decide what to wear. A) fluctuations B) transformations C) transitions D) exchanges 45. Before we move, we should ________ some of the old furniture, so that we can have more room in the new house. A) cancel B) conceal C) discard D) dissipate 46. As we know, computers are used to store and ________ information efficiently. A) reclaim B) reassure C) reconcile D) retrieve 47. It is a(n) ________ that the French eat so much rich food and yet have a relatively low rate of heart disease. A) paradox B) correlation C) analogy 643淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) illusion 48. The police are trying to ________ what really happened. A) assert B) avert C) ascertain D) ascribe 49. The ________ they felt for each other was obvious to everyone who saw them. A) adherence B) affection C) sensitivity D) sensibility 50. The relatives of those killed in the crash got together to seek ________. A) compensation B) refund C) premium D) repayment 51. He tried to hide his patch by sweeping his ________ hair over to one side. A) bleak B) barren C) bald D) bare 52. Years after the accident he was still ________ by images of death and destruction. A) submerged B) dipped C) twisted D) haunted 53. In spite of the ________, it seemed that many of the invited guests would still show up. A) comparison B) controversy C) distinction D) deviation 644淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 54. The government ________ a heavy tax on tobacco, which aroused opposition from the tobacco industry. A) imposed B) complied C) prescribed D) pronounced 55. The subject of safety must be placed at the top of the ________. A) routine B) bulletin C) agenda D) timetable 56. The old couple now still ________ for their beloved son, 30 years after his death. A) mourn B) groan C) cherish D) immerse 57. The post-World War II baby resulted in a 43 percent increase in the number of teenagers ________ in the 1960s and 1970s. A) production B) boost C) prosperity D) boom 58. High grades are supposed to ________ academic ability, but John’s actual performance did not confirm this. A) clarify B) classify C) certify D) notify 59. You cannot imagine how I feel ________ with my duties sometimes. A) overthrown B) overwhelmed C) overflowed D) overturned 645淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 60. Coffee is the ________ of this district and brings local farmers a lot of money. A) elite B) majority C) spice D) staple 61. Although he was on a diet, the delicious food ________ him enormously. A) distracted B) stimulated C) tempted D) inspired 62. When construction can begin depends on how soon the ________ of the route is completed. A) survey B) identity C) orientation D) conviction 63. He said that ending the agreement would ________ the future of small or family- run shops, lead to fewer books being published and increase prices of all but a few bestsellers. A) venture B) jeopardize C) legalize D) expose 64. The boxer ________ and almost fell when his opponent hit him. A) scattered B) shattered C) staggered D) stamped 65. At first everything went well with the project but recently we have had a number of ________ with the machinery. A) disturbances B) distortions C) outputs 646淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) setbacks 66. Anyone not paying the registration fee by the end of this month will be ________ to have withdrawn from the program. A) deemed B) anticipated C) contemplated D) acknowledged 67. It is generally known that New York is a city for ________ and a center for odd bits of information. A) veterans B) eccentrics C) victims D) pedestrians 68. In mountainous regions, much of the snow that falls is ________ into ice. A) compiled B) dispersed C) embodied D) compacted 69. Henry went through the documents again carefully for fear of ________ any important data. A) relaying B) revealing C) overlooking D) deleting 70. Elisabeth did not enter the museum at once, but ________ in the courtyard. A) dwelled B) lingered C) resided D) delayed Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections 647淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Culture refers to the social heritage of a people—the learned patterns for thinking, feeling and acting that characterize a population or society, include the expression of these patters in (S1) material things. Culture is compose of nonmaterial culture—(S2) abstract creations like values, beliefs, customs and institutional arrangements—and material culture—physical object like (S3) cooking pots, computers and bathtubs. In sum, culture reflects both the ideas we share or everything we make. In ordinary (S4) speech, a person of culture is the individual can speak another (S5) language—the person who is unfamiliar with the arts, music, (S6) literature, philosophy, or history. But to sociologists, to be human is to be cultured, because of culture is the common world (S7) of experience we share with other members of our group. Culture is essentially to our humanness. It provides a kind (S8) of map for relating to others. Consider how you feel your way about social life. How do you know how to act in a classroom, or a department store, or toward a person who smiles or laugh (S9) at you? Your culture supplies you by broad, standardized, (S10) ready-made answers for dealing with each of these situations. Therefore, if we know a person’s culture, we can understand and even predict a good deal of his behavior. Part V Writing (30 minutes) For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a letter to the editor of a newspaper complaining about the poor service of a bookstore. You should write at least 150 words according to the guidelines given below in Chinese. 设想你买了一本英文词典，发现有这样那样的质量问题，书店的服务态度又不 好，因此给报社编辑写信。信中必须包括以下内容： 1. 事情的起因 2. 与书店交涉的经过 3. 呼吁服务行业必须提高服务质量 648淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2004年6月六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. D 5. B 6. C 7. A 8. A 9. B 10. C 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. A 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. C 20. B Part II 21. C 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. B 26. D 27. C 28. A 29. C 30. D 31. B 32. A 33. D 34. D 35. C 36. B 37. D 38. B 39. A 40. D Part III 41. D 42. B 43. A 44. A 45. C 46. D 47. A 48. C 49. B 50. A 51. C 52. D 53. B 54. A 55. C 56. A 57. D 58. C 59. B 60. D 61. C 62. A 63. B 64. C 65. D 66. A 67. B 68. D 69. C 70. B Part IV 1. include → including 2. compose → composed 3. object → objects 4. or → and 5. individual 后+ who 6. unfamiliar → familiar 649淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 7. of去掉 8. essentially → essential 9. laugh → laughs 10. by → with Part V Writing [参考范文] June 19, 2004 Dear Editor, I am writing this letter to reflect some problems I came across recently and, appeal to the improvement of the service industry. This weekend I bought an English-Chinese dictionary in a bookstore near my home since its cover is elaborately designed. But when I went home and read carefully, I found that the several pages of the dictionary have been cracked and befouled. What is worse, the misprints spread everywhere in the dictionary and seriously affect my comprehension. Since there was such damage and misprint to the dictionary, I went to the bookstore to require for a replace. But to my surprise, the staff of the bookstore turn down my request rudely and even denied the poor quality of the dictionary. It goes without saying that today’s face-paced and market-oriented economy calls for much higher standard for service industry. However, to my regret, many of the commercials fail to achieve this standard and the quality of the staff needs to be improved. It’s self-evident that the poor quality of practitioners in the service industry will not only deeply disappoint customers but also hamper the development of our country’s economy. As a result, I expect your newspaper to appeal to the service industry to attach more importance to the service improvement. Thank you for your attention! Sincerely yours, Sam 650淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年1月8日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(B卷) Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each Conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish by 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) Furnished apartments will cost more. B) The apartment can be furnished easily. C) She can provide the man with the apartment he needs. D) The apartment is just what the man is looking for. 2. A) He quite agrees with Mr. Johnson’s views. B) Mr. Johnson’s ideas are nonsense. C) Mr. Johnson is good at expressing his ideas. D) He shares the woman’s views on social welfare. 3. A) Avoid distractions while studying in her dorm. B) Improve her grades gradually. C) Change the conditions of her dorm. 651淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Study in a quiet place. 4. A) It will be held in a different place, B) It has been put off. C) It has been cancelled. D) It will be rescheduled to attract more participants. 5. A) Janet is very much interested in architecture. B) Janet admires the Sydney Opera House very much. C) Janet thinks it’s a shame for anyone not to visit Australia. D) Janet loves the beautiful landscape of Australia very much. 6. A) It falls short of her supervisor’s expectations. B) It has drawn criticism from lots of people. C) It can be finished in a few weeks’ time. D) It is based on a lot of research. 7. A) Karen is sure to pass the interview. B) He knows Karen better now. C) Karen is very forgetful. D) The woman should have reminded Karen earlier. 8. A) Skip the class to prepare for the exam. B) Tell the professor she’s lost her voice. C) Attend the lecture with the man. D) Ask Joe to apologize to the professor for her. 9. A) The woman is working in a kindergarten. B) The man will go in for business fight after high school. C) The woman is not happy with the man’s decision. D) The man wants to be a business manager. 10. A) They are busy all the year round. B) They stay closed until summer comes. C) They cater chiefly to tourists. D) They provide quality service to their customers. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, 652淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 14 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Boss and secretary. B) PR representative and client. C) Classmates. D) Colleagues. 12. A) He thought the boss was unfair to him. B) His clients complained about his service. C) He felt his assignment was tougher than Sue’s. D) His boss was always finding fault with his work. 13. A) She complains about her bad luck. B) She always accepts them cheerfully. C) She is unwilling to undertake them. D) She takes them on, though reluctantly. 14. A) John had to quit his job. B) Both John and Sue got a raise. C) Sue failed to complete her project. D) Sue got promoted. Passage Two Questions 15 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 15. A) By displaying their feelings and emotions. B) By exchanging their views on public affairs. C) By asking each other some personal questions. D) By greeting each other very politely. 16. A) Yell loudly. B) Argue fiercely. 653淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Express his opinion frankly. D) Refrain from showing his feelings. 17. A) Doing credit to one’s community. B) Distinguishing oneself. C) Getting rich quickly. D) Respecting individual rights. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) When tests show that they are relatively safe. B) If they don’t involve any risks. C) When the urgent need for them arises. D) If they produce predictable side effects. 19. A) Because they are less sensitive to it than those who have been tested for it. B) Because they are not accustomed to it. C) Because their genes differ from those who have been tested for it. D) Because they are not psychologically prepared for it. 20. A) They will become physically impaired. B) They will suffer from minor discomfort. C) They will have to take ever larger doses. D) They will experience a very painful process. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Throughout the nation’s more than 15,000 school districts, widely differing approaches to teaching science and math have emerged. Though there can be strength in diversity, a new international analysis suggests that this variability has instead contributed to lackluster (平淡的) achievement scores by U.S. children relative to their 654淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 peers in other developed countries. Indeed, concludes William H. Schmidt of Michigan State University, who led the new analysis, “no single intellectually coherent vision dominates U.S. educational practice in math or science.” The reason, he said, “is because the system is deeply and fundamentally flawed.” The new analysis, released this week by the National Science Foundation in Arlington, Va., is based on data collected from about 50 nations as part of the Third International Mathematics and Science Study. Not only do approaches to teaching science and math vary among individual U.S. communities, the report finds, but there appears to be little strategic focus within a school district’s curricula, its textbooks, or its teachers’ activities. This contrasts sharply with the coordinated national programs of most other countries. On average, U.S. students study more topics within science and math than their international counterparts do. This creates an educational environment that “is a mile wide and an inch deep,” Schmidt notes. For instance, eighth graders in the United States cover about 33 topics in math versus just 19 in Japan. Among science courses, the international gap is even wider. U.S. curricula for this age level resemble those of a small group of countries including Australia, Thailand, Iceland, and Bulgaria. Schmidt asks whether the United States wants to be classed with these nations, whose educational systems “share our pattern of splintered (支离破碎的) visions” but which are not economic leaders. The new report “couldn’t come at a better time,” says Gerald Wheeler, executive director of the National Science Teachers Association in Arlington. “The new National Science Education Standards provide that focused vision,” including the call “to do less, but in greater depth.” Implementing the new science standards and their math counterparts will be the challenge, he and Schmidt agree, because the decentralized responsibility for education in the United States requires that any reforms be tailored and instituted one community at a time. In fact, Schmidt argues, reforms such as these proposed national standards “face an almost impossible task, because even though they are intellectually coherent, each becomes only one more voice in the babble (嘈杂声).” 21. According to the passage, the teaching of science and math in America is ________. A) losing its vitality gradually B) characterized by its diversity C) going downhill in recent years D) focused on tapping students’ potential 22. The fundamental flaw of American school education is that ________. A) it attaches too much importance to intensive study of school subjects 655淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) it relies heavily on the initiative of individual teachers C) it sets a very low academic standard for students D) it lacks a coordinated national program 23. By saying that the U.S. educational environment is “a mile wide and an inch deep” (Line 2, Para. 5), the author means U.S. educational practice ________. A) scratches the surface of a wide range of topics B) lays stress on quality at the expense of quantity C) encourages learning both in depth and in scope D) offers an environment for comprehensive education 24. The new National Science Education Standards are good news in that they will ________. A) solve most of the problems in school teaching B) provide depth to school science education C) quickly dominate U.S. educational practice D) be able to meet the demands of the community 25. Putting the new science and math standards into practice will prove difficult because ________. A) many schoolteachers challenge the acceptability of these standards B) there is always controversy in educational circles C) not enough educators have realized the necessity for doing so D) school districts are responsible for making their own decisions Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. I had an experience some years ago which taught me something about the ways in which people make a bad situation worse by blaming themselves. One January, I had to officiate at two funerals on successive days for two elderly women in my community. Both had died “full of years,” as the Bible would say; both yielded to the normal wearing out of the body after a long and full life. Their homes happened to be near each other, so I paid condolence (吊唁) calls on the two families on the same afternoon. At the first home, the son of the deceased (已故的) woman said to me, “If only I had sent my mother to Florida and gotten her out of this cold and snow, she would be alive today. It’s my fault that she died.” At the second home, the son of the other deceased woman said, “If only I hadn’t insisted on my mother’s going to Florida, she would be alive today. That long airplane ride, the abrupt change of climate, was more than she could take. It’s my fault that she’s dead.” 656淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 When things don’t turn out as we would like them to, it is very tempting to assume that had we done things differently, the story would have had a happier ending. Priests know that any time there is a death, the survivors will feel guilty. Because the course of action they took turned out badly, they believe that the opposite course-keeping Mother at home, postponing the operation—would have turned out better. After all, how could it have turned out any worse? There seem to be two elements involved in our readiness to feel guilt. The first is our pressing need to believe that the world makes sense, that there is a cause for every effect and a reason for everything that happens. That leads us to find patterns and connections both where they really exist and where they exist only in our minds. The second element is the notion that we are the cause of what happens, especially the bad things that happen. It seems to be a short step from believing that every event has a cause to believing that every disaster is our fault. The roots of this feeling may lie in our childhood. Psychologists speak of the infantile myth of omnipotence (万能). A baby comes to think that the world exists to meet his needs, and that he makes everything happen in it. He wakes up in the morning and summons the rest of the world to its tasks. He cries, and someone comes to attend to him. When he is hungry, people feed him, and when he is wet, people change him. Very often, we do not completely outgrow that infantile notion that our wishes cause things to happen. 26. What is said about the two deceased elderly women? A) They lived out a natural life. B) They died due to lack of care by family members. C) They died of exhaustion after the long plane ride. D) They weren’t accustomed to the change in weather. 27. The author had to conduct the two women’s funerals probably because ________. A) he had great sympathy for the deceased B) he wanted to console the two families C) he was priest of the local church D) he was an official from the community 28. People feel guilty for the deaths of their loved ones because ________. A) they believe that they were responsible B) they had neglected the natural course of events C) they couldn’t find a better way to express their grief D) they didn’t know things often turn out in the opposite direction 29. In the context of the passage, “... the world makes sense” (Line 2, Para, 4) probably means that ________. 657淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) we have to be sensible in order to understand the world B) everything in the world is predetermined C) there’s an explanation for everything in the world D) the world can be interpreted in different ways 30. People have been made to believe since infancy that ________. A) every story should have a happy ending B) their wishes are the cause of everything that happens C) life and death is an unsolved mystery D) everybody is at their command Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. “I’ve never met a human worth cloning,” says cloning expert Mark Westhusin from his lab at Texas A&M University. “It’s a stupid endeavor.” That’s an interesting choice of adjective, coming from a man who has spent millions of dollars trying to clone a 13-year- old dog named Missy. So far, he and his team have not succeeded, though they have cloned two cows and expect to clone a cat soon. They just might succeed in cloning Missy this spring—or perhaps not for another 5 years. It seems the reproductive system of man’s best friend is one of the mysteries of modern science. Westhusin’s experience with cloning animals leaves him upset by all this talk of human cloning. In three years of work on the Missy project, using hundreds upon hundreds of dog’s eggs, the A&M team has produced only a dozen or so embryos (胚胎) carrying Missy’s DNA. None have survived the transfer to a surrogate (代孕的) mother. The wastage of eggs and the many spontaneously aborted fetuses ( 胎 ) may be acceptable when you’re dealing with cats or bulls, he argues, but not with humans. “Cloning is incredibly inefficient, and also dangerous,” he says. Even so, dog cloning is a commercial opportunity, with a nice research payoff. Ever since Dolly the sheep was cloned in 1997, Westhusin’s phone has been ringing with people calling in hopes of duplicating their cats and dogs, cattle and horses. “A lot of people want to clone pets, especially if the price is right,” says Westhusin. Cost is no obstacle for Missy’s mysterious billionaire owner; he’s put up $3.7 million so far to fund A&M’s research. Contrary to some media reports, Missy is not dead. The owner wants a twin to carry on Missy’s fine qualities after she does die. The prototype is, by all accounts, athletic, good-natured and supersmart. Missy’s master does not expect an exact copy of her. He knows her clone may not have her temperament. In a statement of purpose, Missy’s owner and the A&M team say they are “both looking forward to studying the ways that her clones differ from Missy.” Besides cloning a great dog, the project may contribute insight into the old question of nature vs, nurture. It could also lead to the cloning of special rescue dogs and many 658淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 endangered animals. However, Westhusin is cautious about his work. He knows that even if he gets a dog pregnant, the offspring, should they survive, will face the problems shown at birth by other cloned animals: abnormalities like immature lungs and heart and weight problems~ “Why would you ever want to clone humans,Westhusin asks, “when we’re not even close to getting it worked out in animals yet?” 31. By “stupid endeavor” (Line 2, Para. 1), Westhusin means to say that ________. A) human cloning is a foolish undertaking B) animal cloning is absolutely impractical C) human cloning should be done selectively D) animal cloning is not worth the effort at all 32. What does the first paragraph tell us about Westhusin’s dog cloning project? A) Its success is already in sight. B) It is doomed to utter failure. C) It is progressing smoothly. D) Its outcome remains uncertain. 33. By cloning Missy, Mark Westhusin hopes to ________. A) examine the reproductive system of the dog species B) find out the differences between Missy and its clones C) search for ways to modify.its temperament D) study the possibility of cloning humans 34. We learn from the passage that animal clones are likely to have ________. A) an abnormal shape B) a bad temper C) defective organs D) immune deficiency 35. It can be seen that present cloning techniques ________. A) provide insight into the question of nature vs, nurture B) have been widely used in saving endangered species C) have proved quite adequate for the cloning of humans D) still have a long way to go before reaching maturity Passage Four 659淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. Frustrated with delays in Sacramento, Bay Area officials said Thursday they planned to take matters into their own hands to regulate the region’s growing pile of electronic trash. A San Jose councilwoman and a San Francisco supervisor said they would propose local initiatives aimed at controlling electronic waste if the California law-making body fails to act on two bills stalled in the Assembly. They are among a growing number of California cities and counties that have expressed the same intention. Environmentalists and local governments are increasingly concerned about the toxic hazard posed by old electronic devices and the cost of safely recycling those products. An estimated 6 million televisions and computers are stocked in California homes, and an additional 6,000 to 7,000 computers become outdated every day. The machines contain high levels of lead and other hazardous substances, and are already banned from California landfills (垃圾填埋场). Legislation by Senator Byron Sher would require consumers to pay a recycling fee of up to $30 on every new machine containing a cathode (阴极) ray tube. Used in almost all video monitors and televisions, those devices contain four to eight pounds of lead each. The fees would go toward setting up recycling programs, providing grants to non-profit agencies that reuse the tubes and rewarding manufacturers that encourage recycling. A separate bill by Los Angeles-area Senator Gloria Romero would require high-tech manufacturers to develop programs to recycle so-called e-waste. If passed, the measures would put California at the forefront of national efforts to manage the refuse of the electronic age. But high-tech groups, including the Silicon Valley Manufacturing Group and the American Electronics Association, oppose the measures, arguing that fees of up to $30 will drive consumers to online, out-of-state retailers. “What really needs to occur is consumer education. Most consumers are unaware they’re not supposed to throw computers in the trash,” said Roxanne Gould, vice president of government relations for the electronics association. Computer recycling should be a local effort and part of residential waste collection programs, she added. Recycling electronic waste is a dangerous and specialized matter, and environmentalists maintain the state must support recycling efforts and ensure that the job isn’t contracted to unscrupulous (毫无顾忌的) junk dealers who send the toxic parts overseas. “The graveyard of the high-tech revolution is ending up in rural China,” said Ted Smith, director of the Silicon Valley Toxics Coalition. His group is pushing for an amendment to Sher’s bill that would prevent the export of e-waste. 36. What step were Bay Area officials going to take regarding e-waste disposal? A) Rally support to pass the stalled bills. 660淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Lobby the lawmakers of the California Assembly. C) Lay down relevant local regulations themselves. D) Exert pressure on manufacturers of electronic devices. 37. The two bills stalled in the California Assembly both concern ________. A) the reprocessing of the huge amounts of electronic waste in the state B) regulations on dumping hazardous substances into landfills C) the funding of local initiatives to reuse electronic trash D) the sale of used electronic devices to foreign countries 38. Consumers are not supposed to throw used computers in the trash because ________. A) this is banned by the California government B) some parts may be recycled for use elsewhere C) unscrupulous dealers will retrieve them for profit D) they contain large amounts of harmful substances 39. High-tech groups believe that if an extra $30 is charged on every TV or computer purchased in California, consumers will ________. A) hesitate to upgrade their computers B) abandon online shopping C) buy them from other states D) strongly protest against such a charge 40. We learn from the passage that much of California’s electronic waste has been ________. A) dumped into local landfills B) exported to foreign countries C) collected by non-profit agencies D) recycled by computer manufacturers Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. She gave ________ directions about the way the rug should be cleaned. A) brisk 661淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) opaque C) explicit D) transient 42. He had an almost irresistible ________ to talk to the crowd when he entered Hyde Park. A) surge B) impulse C) stimulation D) instinct 43. She expressed her strong determination that nothing could ________ her to give up her career as a teacher. A) reduce B) deduce C) attract D) induce 44. By turning this knob to the right you can ________ the sound from the radio. A) enlarge B) amplify C) reinforce D) intensify 45. A ________ official is one who is irresponsible in his work. A) slack B) tedious C) timid D) suspicious 46. One witness ________ that he’d seen the suspect run out of the bank after it had been robbed. A) convicted B) retorted C) testified D) conformed 47. Many ecologists believe that lots of major species in the world are on the ________ of extinction. 662淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) fringe B) margin C) border D) verge 48. A number of students ________ in flats, and others live in the nearby holiday resorts, where there is a reasonable supply of competitively priced accommodation. A) reside B) revive C) gather D) inhabit 49. The doctors ________ the newly approved drug into the patient when he was critically ill. A) projected B) injected C) ejected D) subjected 50. My grandfather, a retired worker, often ________ the past with a feeling of longing and respect. A) contrives B) considers C) contacts D) contemplates 51. This is a long ________—roughly 13 miles down a beautiful valley to the little church below. A) terrain B) tumble C) descent D) degeneration 52. The microscope and telescope, with their capacity to enlarge, isolate and probe, demonstrate how details can be ________ and separated from the whole. A) magnified B) radiated C) prolonged 663淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) extended 53. They couldn’t see a ________ of hope that they would be saved by a passing ship. A) slice B) span C) gleam D) grain 54. Any salesperson who sells more than the weekly ________ will receive a bonus. A) portion B) quota C) ratio D) allocation 55. ________ efforts are needed in order to finish important but unpleasant tasks. A) Perpetual B) Persistent C) Consecutive D) Condensed 56. Some scientists are dubious of the claim that organisms ________ with age as an inevitable outcome of living. A) degrade B) default C) depress D) deteriorate 57. It took a lot of imagination to come up with such a(n) ________ plan. A) ingenious B) vigorous C) inherent D) exotic 58. Many manufacturers were accused of concentrating too heavily on cost reduction, often at the ________ of the quality of their products. A) expansion B) expectation C) expense 664淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) exposure 59. He could not ________ ignorance as his excuse; he should have known what was happening in his department. A) plead B) resort C) petition D) reproach 60. Nothing Helen says is ever ________. She always thinks carefully before she speaks. A) simultaneous B) spontaneous C) rigorous D) homogenous 61. Medical students are advised that the wearing of a white coat ________ the acceptance of a professional code of conduct expected of the medical profession. A) simulates B) supplements C) swears D) signifies 62. He bought his house on the ________ plan, paying a certain amount of money each month. A) premium B) installment C) division D) fluctuation 63. She was deeply ________ by the amount of criticism her play received. A) frustrated B) deported C) involved D) deprived 64. Most mathematicians trust their ________ in solving problems and readily admit they would not be able to function without it. A) conception B) perception 665淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) cognition D) intuition 65. He still ________ the memory of his carefree childhood spent in that small wooden house of his grandparents’. A) scans B) fancies C) cherishes D) nourishes 66. One of the attractive features of the course was the way the practical work had been ________ with the theoretical aspects of the subject. A) integrated B) embedded C) embraced D) synthesized 67. Lighting can be used not only to create an atmosphere, but also to ________ features of the house, such as ornaments or pictures. A) activate B) highlight C) upgrade D) underline 61. Apart from philosophical and legal reasons for respecting patients’ wishes, there are several practical reasons why doctors should ________ to involve patients in their own medical care decisions. A) enforce B) enhance C) endeavor D) endow 69. Encouraged by their culture to voice their opinions freely, the Canadians are not afraid to go against the group ________, and will argue their viewpoints enthusiastically, though rarely aggressively. A) conscience B) consensus C) consent D) consciousness 666淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 70. The traditional markets retain their ________ for the many Chinese who still prefer fresh food like live fish, ducks, chickens over packaged or frozen goods. A) image B) pledge C) survival D) appeal Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ The World Health Organization (WHO) says its ten-year campaign to remove leprosy (麻风病) as a world health problem has been successful. Doctor Brundtland, head of the WHO, says a number of leprosy cases around the world has (S1) been cut of ninety percent during the past ten years. She says (S2) efforts are continuing to complete end the disease. (S3) Leprosy is caused by bacteria spread through liquid from the nose and mouth. The disease mainly effects the skin and (S4) nerves. However, if leprosy is not treated it can cause permanent damage for the skin, nerves, eyes, arms or legs. (S5) In 1999, an international campaign began to end leprosy. The WHO, governments of countries most affected by the disease, and several other groups are part of the campaign. This alliance guarantees that all leprosy patients, even they (S6) are poor, have a right to the most modern treatment. Doctor Brundtland says leprosy is no longer a disease that requires life-long treatments by medical experts. Instead, patients can take that is called a multi-drug therapy. This (S7) modern treatment will cure leprosy in 6 to 12 months, depend on the form of the disease. The treatment combines (S8) several drugs taken daily or once a month. The WHO has given multi-drug therapy to patients freely for the last five (S9) years. The members of the alliance against leprosy plan to target the countries which still threatened by leprosy. Among (S10) the estimated 600,000 victims around the world, the WHO believes about 70% are in India. The disease also remains a problem in Africa 667淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 and South America. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write an open letter on behalf of the student union asking people to give help to a student who is seriously ill. You should write at least 150 words following the outline given below: 1. 对病人的简单介绍：目前的病情和家庭情况 2. 目前的困难：无法继续承担医疗费用，需要护理 3. 希望捐助，联系方式 Your Help Needed 668淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年1月8日六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. C 2. A 3. D 4. B 5. B 6. A 7. C 8. A 9. D 10. C 11. C 12. A 13. B 14. D 15. C 16. D 17. B 18. A 19. D 20. C Part II Reading Comprehension 21. B 22. D 23. A 24. B 25. D 26. A 27. C 28. A 29. C 30. B 31. A 32. D 33. B 34. C 35. D 36. C 37. A 38. D 39. C 40. B Part III Vocabulary 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. B 45. A 46. C 47. D 48. A 49. B 50. D 51. C 52. A 53. C 54. B 55. B 56. A 57. A 58. C 59. A 60. B 61. D 62. B 63. A 64. D 65. C 66. A 67. B 68. C 69. B 70. D Part IV Error Correction S1. a → the S2. of → by S3. complete → completely S4. effects → affects S5. for → to S6. even → even if/even though 669淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S7. that → what S8. depend → depending S9. freely → free S10. which → which are 670淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年6月18日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Example: You will hear: You will read: A) 2 hours. B) 3 hours. C) 4 hours. D) 5 hours. From the conversation we know that the two are talking about some work they will start at 9 o’clock in the morning and have to finish by 2 in the afternoon. Therefore, D) “5 hours” is the correct answer. You should choose [D] on the Answer Sheet and mark it with a single line through the centre. Sample Answer [A] [B] [C] [D] 1. A) It will reduce government revenues. B) It will stimulate business activities. C) It will mainly benefit the wealthy. D) It will cut the stockholders’ dividends. 2. A) She will do her best if the job is worth doing. B) She prefers a life of continued exploration. C) She will stick to the job if the pay is good. D) She doesn’t think much of job-hopping. 3. A) Stop thinking about the matter. B) Talk the drug user out of the habit. C) Be more friendly to his schoolmate. D) Keep his distance from drug addicts. 671淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 4. A) The son. B) The father. C) The mother. D) Aunt Louise. 5. A) Stay away for a couple of weeks. B) Check the locks every two weeks. C) Look after the Johnsons’ house. D) Move to another place. 6. A) He would like to warm up for the game. B) He didn’t want to be held up in traffic. C) He didn’t want to miss the game. D) He wanted to catch as many game birds as possible. 7. A) It was burned down. B) It was robbed. C) It was blown up. D) It was closed down. 8. A) She isn’t going to change her major. B) She plans to major in tax law. C) She studies in the same school as her brother. D) She isn’t going to work in her brother’s firm. 9. A) The man should phone the hotel for directions. B) The man can ask the department store for help. C) She doesn’t have the hotel’s phone number. D) The hotel is just around the corner. 10. A) She doesn’t expect to finish all her work in thirty minutes. B) She has to do a lot of things within a short time. C) She has been overworking for a long time. D) She doesn’t know why there are so many things to do. Section B Compound Dictation 注意： 听力理解的B节(Section B)为复合式听写(Compound Dictation)，题目在 试卷二上，现在请取出试卷二。 Certain phrases one commonly hears among Americans capture their devotion to 672淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 individualism: “Do you own thing.” “I did it my way.” “You’ll have to decided that for yourself.” “You made your bed, now (S1) ________ in it.” “if you don’t look out for yourself, no one else will.” “Look out for number one.” Closely (S2) ________ with the value they place on individualism is the importance Americans (S3) ________ to privacy. Americans assume that people need some time to themselves or some time alone to think about things or recover their (S4) ________ psychological energy. Americans have great (S5) ________ understanding foreigners who always want to be with another person who dislike being alone. If the parents can (S6) ________ it, each child will have his or her own bedroom, even as an (S7) ________, fixes in a person the notion that (S8) ________. Having one’s own bedroom, her books, her books and so on. These things will be hers and no one else’s. Americans assumer that (S9) ________. Doctors, lawyers, psychologists, and others have rules governing confidentiality that are intended to prevent information about their clients’ personal situations form becoming known to others. American’s attitude about privacy can be hard for foreigners to understand. (10) ________. When those boundaries are crossed, an American’s body will visibly stiffen and his manner will become cool and aloof. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the center. Passage One Questions 11 to 15 are based on the following passage. Low-level slash-and-burn farming doesn’t harm rainforest. On the contrary, it helps farmers and improves forest soils. This is the unorthodox view of a German soil scientist who has shown that burnt clearings in the Amazon, dating back more than 1,000 years, helped create patches of rich, fertile soil that farmers still benefit from today. Most rainforest soils are thin and poor because they lack minerals and because the heat and heavy rainfall destroy most organic matter in the soils within four years of it reaching the forest floor. This means topsoil contains few of the ingredients needed for long-term successful farming. But Bruno Glaser, a soil scientist of the University of Bayreuth, has studied unexpected patches of fertile soils in the central Amazon. These soils contain lots of organic matter. Glaser has shown that most of this fertile organic matter comes from “black carbon”—the organic particles from camp fires and charred (烧成炭的) wood left over 673淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 from thousands of years of slash-and-burn farming. “The soils, known as Terra Preta, contained up to 70times more black carbon than the surrounding soil, “says Glaser. Unburnt vegetation rots quickly, but black carbon persists in the soil for many centuries. Radiocarbon dating shows that the charred wood in Terra Preta soils is typically more than 1,000 years old. “Slash-and-burn farming can be good for soils provided it doesn’t completely burn all the vegetation, and leaves behind charred wood,” says Glaser. “It can be better than manure (粪肥).” Burning the forest just once can leave behind enough black carbon to keep the soil fertile for thousands of years. And rainforests easily regrow after small- scale clearing. Contrary to the conventional view that human activities damage the environment, Glaser says: “Black carbon combined with human wastes is responsible for the richness of Terra Preta soils.” Terra Preta soils turn up in large patches all over the Amazon, where they are highly prized by farmers. All the patches fall within 500 square kilometers in the central Amazon. Glaser says the widespread presence of pottery (陶器) confirms the soil’s human origins. The findings add weight to the theory that large areas of the Amazon have recovered so well from past periods of agricultural use that the regrowth has been mistaken by generations of biologists for “virgin” forest. During the past decade, researchers have discovered hundreds of large earth works deep in the jungle. They are up to 20 meters high and cover up to a square kilometer. Glaser claims that these earth works, built between AD 400 and 1400, were at the heart of urban civilizations. Now it seems the richness of the Terra Preta soils may explain how such civilizations managed to feed themselves. 11. We learn from the passage that the traditional view of slash-and-burn farming is that ________. A) it does no harm to the topsoil of the rainforest B) it destroys rainforest soils C) it helps improve rainforest soils D) it diminishes the organic matter in rainforest soils 12. Most rainforest soils are thin and poor because ________. A) the composition of the topsoil is rather unstable B) black carbon is washed away by heavy rains C) organic matter is quickly lost due to heat and rain D) long-term farming has exhausted the ingredients essential to plant growth 13. Glaser made his discovery by ________. A) studying patches of fertile soils in the central Amazon 674淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) examining pottery left over by ancient civilizations C) test-burning patches of trees in the central Amazon D) radiocarbon-dating ingredients contained in forest soils 14. What does Glaser say about the regrowth of rainforests? A) They take centuries to regrow after being burnt. B) They cannot recover unless the vegetation is burnt completely. C) Their regrowth will be hampered by human habitation. D) They can recover easily after slash-and-burn farming. 15. From the passage it can be inferred that ________. A) human activities will do grave damage to rainforests B) Amazon rainforest soils used to be the richest in the world C) farming is responsible for the destruction of the Amazon rainforests D) there once existed an urban civilization in the Amazon rainforests Passage Two Questions 16 to 20 are based on the following passage. As a wise man once said, we are all ultimately alone. But an increasing number of Europeans are choosing to be so at an ever earlier age. This isn’t the stuff of gloomy philosophical contemplations, but a fact of Europe’s new economic landscape, embraced by sociologists, real-estate developers and ad executives alike. The shift away from family life to solo lifestyle, observes a French sociologist, is part of the “irresistible momentum of individualism” over the last century. The communications revolution, the shift from a business culture of stability to one of mobility and the mass entry of women into the workforce have greatly wreaked havoc on (扰乱) Europeans’ private lives. Europe’s new economic climate has largely fostered the trend toward independence. The current generation of home-aloners came of age during Europe’s shift from social democracy to the sharper, more individualistic climate of American style capitalism. Raised in an era of privatization and increased consumer choice, today’s tech- savvy (精通技术的) workers have embraced a free market in love as well as economics. Modern Europeans are rich enough to afford to live alone, and temperamentally independent enough to want to do so. Once upon a time, people who lived alone tended to be those on either side of marriage-twenty something professionals or widowed senior citizens. While pensioners, particularly elderly women, make up a large proportion of those living alone, the newest crop of singles are high earners in their 30s and 40s who increasingly view living alone as a lifestyle choice. Living alone was conceived to be negative-dark and cold, while being together suggested warmth and light. But then came along the idea of singles. They were young, beautiful, strong! Now, young people want to live alone. 675淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 The booming economy means people are working harder than ever. And that doesn’t leave much room for relationships. Pimpi Arroyo, a 35-year-old composer who lives alone in a house in Paris, says he hasn’t got time to get lonely because he has too much work. “I have deadlines which would make life with someone else fairly difficult.” Only an Ideal Woman would make him change his lifestyle, he says. Kaufmann, author of a recent book called “The Single Woman and Prince Charming,” thinks this fierce new individualism means that people expect more and more of mates, so relationships don’t last long-if they start at all. Eppendorf, a blond Berliner with a deep tan, teaches grade school in the mornings. In the afternoon she sunbathes or sleeps, resting up for going dancing. Just shy of 50, she says she’d never have wanted to do what her mother did- give up a career to raise a family. Instead, “I’ve always done what I wanted to do: live a self-determined life.” 16. More and more young Europeans remain single because ________. A) they are driven by an overwhelming sense of individualism B) they have entered the workforce at a much earlier age C) they have embraced a business culture of stability D) they are pessimistic about their economic future 17. What is said about European society in the passage? A) It has fostered the trend towards small families. B) It is getting closer to American-style capitalism. C) It has limited consumer choice despite a free market. D) It is being threatened by irresistible privatization. 18. According to Paragraph 3, the newest group of singles are ________. A) warm and lighthearted B) on either side of marriage C) negative and gloomy D) healthy and wealthy 19. The author quotes Eppendorf to show that ________. A) some modern women prefer a life of individual freedom B) the family is no longer the basic unit of society in present-day Europe C) some professional people have too much work to do to feel lonely D) most Europeans conceive living a single life as unacceptable 20. What is the author’s purpose in writing the passage? A) To review the impact of women becoming high earners. B) To contemplate the philosophy underlying individualism. 676淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) To examine the trend of young people living alone. D) To stress the rebuilding of personal relationships. Passage Three Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Supporters of the biotech industry have accused an American scientist of misconduct after she testified to the New Zealand government that a genetically modified (GM) bacterium could cause serious damage if released. The New Zealand Life Sciences Network, an association of pro-GM scientists and organisations, says the view expressed by Elaine Ingham, a soil biologist at Oregon State University in Corvallis, was exaggerated and irresponsible. It has asked her university to discipline her. But Ingham stands by her comments and says the complaints are an attempt to silence her. “They’re trying to cause trouble with my university and get me fired,” Ingham told New Scientist. The controversy began on 1 February, when Ingham testified before New Zealand’s Royal Commission on Genetic Modification, which will determine how to regulate GM organisms. Ingham claimed that a GM version of a common soil bacterium could spread and destroy plants if released into the wild. Other researchers had previously modified the bacterium to produce alcohol from organic waste. But Ingham says that when she put it in soil with wheat plants, all of the plants died within a week. “We would lose terrestrial (陆生的) plants... this is an organism that is potentially deadly to the continued survival of human beings,” she told the commission. She added that the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) canceled its approval for field tests using the organism once she had told them about her research in 1999. But last week the New Zealand Life Sciences Network accused Ingham of “presenting inaccurate, careless and exaggerated information” and “generating speculative doomsday scenarios ( 世 界 末 日 的 局 面 ) that are not scientifically supportable”. They say that her study doesn’t even show that the bacteria would survive in the wild, much less kill massive numbers of plants. What’s more, the network says that contrary to Ingham’s claims, the EPA was never asked to consider the organism for field trials. The EPA has not commented on the dispute. But an e-mail to the network from Janet Anderson, director of the EPA’s bio-pesticides (生物杀虫剂) division, says “there is no record of a review and/or clearance to field test” the organism. Ingham says EPA officials had told her that the organism was approved for field tests, but says she has few details. It’s also not clear whether the organism, first engineered by a German institute for biotechnology, is still in use. Whether Ingham is right or wrong, her supporters say opponents are trying unfairly to silence her. “I think her concerns should be taken seriously. She shouldn’t be harassed in this 677淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 way,” says Ann Clarke, a plant biologist at the University of Guelph in Canada who also testified before the commission. “It’s an attempt to silence the opposition.” 21. The passage centers on the controversy ________. A) between American and New Zealand biologists over genetic modification B) as to whether the study of genetic modification should be continued C) over the possible adverse effect of a GM bacterium on plants D) about whether Elaine Ingham should be fired by her university 22. Ingham insists that her testimony is based on ________. A) evidence provided by the EPA of the United States B) the results of an experiment she conducted herself C) evidence from her collaborative research with German biologists D) the results of extensive field tests in Corvallis, Oregon 23. According to Janet Anderson, the EPA ________. A) has cancelled its approval for field tests of the GM organism B) hasn’t reviewed the findings of Ingham’s research C) has approved field tests using the GM organism D) hasn’t given permission to field test the GM organism 24. According to Ann Clarke, the New Zealand Life Sciences Network ________. A) should gather evidence to discredit Ingham’s claims B) should require that the research by their biologists be regulated C) shouldn’t demand that Ingham be disciplined for voicing her views D) shouldn’t appease the opposition in such a quiet way 25. Which of the following statements about Ingham is TRUE? A) Her testimony hasn’t been supported by the EPA. B) Her credibility as a scientist hasn’t been undermined. C) She is firmly supported by her university. D) She has made great contributions to the study of GM bacteria. Passage Four Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Every fall, like clockwork, Linda Krentz of Beaverton, Oregon, felt her brain go on strike. “I just couldn’t get going in the morning,” she says. “I’d get depressed and gain 10 pounds every winter and lose them again in the spring.” Then she read about seasonal 678淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 affective disorder, a form of depression that occurs in fall and winter, and she saw the light-literally. Every morning now she turns on a specially constructed light box for half an hour and sits in front of it to trick her brain into thinking it’s still enjoying those long summer days. It seems to work. Krentz is not alone. Scientists estimate that 10 million Americans suffer from seasonal depression and 25 million more develop milder versions. But there’s never been definitive proof that treatment with very bright lights makes a difference. After all, it’s hard to do a double-blind test when the subjects can see for themselves whether or not the light is on. That’s why nobody has ever separated the real effects of light therapy from placebo (安慰剂) effects. Until now. In three separate studies published last month, researchers report not only that light therapy works better than a placebo but that treatment is usually more effective in the early morning than in the evening. In two of the groups, the placebo problem was resolved by telling patients they were comparing light boxes to a new anti- depressant device that emits negatively charged ions (离子). The third used the timing of light therapy as the control. Why does light therapy work? No one really knows. “Our research suggests it has something to do with shifting the body’s internal clock,” says psychiatrist Dr. Lewey. The body is programmed to start the day with sunrise, he explains, and this gets later as the days get shorter. But why such subtle shifts make some people depressed and not others is a mystery. That hasn’t stopped thousands of winter depressives from trying to heal themselves. Light boxes for that purpose are available without a doctor’s prescription. That bothers psychologist Michael Terman of Columbia University. He is worried that the boxes may be tried by patients who suffer from mental illness that can’t be treated with light. Terman has developed a questionnaire to help determine whether expert care is needed. In any event, you should choose a reputable manufacturer. Whatever product you use should emit only visible light, because ultraviolet light damages the eyes. If you are photosensitive (对光敏感的), you may develop a rash. Otherwise, the main drawback is having to sit in front of the light for 30 to 60 minutes in the morning. That’s an inconvenience many winter depressives can live with. 26. What is the probable cause of Krentz’s problem? A) An unexpected gain in body weight. B) Unexplained impairment of her nervous system. C) Weakening of her eyesight with the setting in of winter. D) Poor adjustment of her body clock to seasonal changes. 27. By saying that Linda Krentz saw the light” (Line 4, Para. 1), the author means that she ________. A) learned how to lose weight 679淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) realized what her problem was C) came to see the importance of light D) became light-hearted and cheerful 28. What is the CURRENT view concerning the treatment of seasonal depression with bright lights? A) Its effect remains to be seen. B) It serves as a kind of placebo. C) It proves to be an effective therapy. D) It hardly produces any effects. 29. What is psychologist Michael Terman’s major concern? A) Winter depressives will be addicted to using light boxes. B) No mental patients would bother to consult psychiatrists. C) Inferior light boxes will emit harmful ultraviolet lights. D) Light therapy could be misused by certain mental patients. 30. Which of the following statements is TRUE? A) Winter depressives prefer light therapy in spite of its inconvenience. B) Light therapy increases the patient’s photosensitivity. C) Eye damage is a side effect of light therapy. D) Light boxes can be programmed to correspond to shifts in the body clock. Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the NOE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 31. Susan has ________ the elbows of her son’s jacket with leather patches to make it more durable. A) reinforced B) sustained C) steadied D) confirmed 32. Although we tried to concentrate on the lecture, we were ________ by the noise form the next room. A) distracted 680淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) displaced C) dispersed D) discarded 33. The reason why so many children like to eat this new brand of biscuit is that it is particularly sweet and ________. A) fragile B) feeble C) brisk D) crisp 34. Don’t trust the speaker any more, since the remarks he made in his lectures are never ________ with the facts. A) symmetrical B) comparative C) compatible D) harmonious 35. They had to eat a(n) ________ meal, or they would be too late for the concert. A) temporary B) hasty C) immediate D) urgent 36. Having a(n) ________ attitude towards people with different ideas is an indication that one has been well educated. A) analytical B) bearable C) elastic D) tolerant 37. No form of government in the world is ________; each system reflects the history and present needs of the region or the nation. A) dominant B) influential C) integral D) drastic 38. In spite of the economic ________ forecast, manufacturing output has risen slightly. 681淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) faint B) dizzy C) gloomy D) opaque 39. Too often Dr. Johnson’s lectures ________ how to protect the doctor rather than how to cure the patient. A) look to B) dwell on C) permeate into D) shrug off 40. Located in Washington D. C., the Library of Congress contains an impressive ________ of books on every conceivable subject. A) flock B) configuration C) pile D) array 41. Some felt that they were hurrying into an epoch of unprecedented enlightenment, in which better education and beneficial technology would ________ wealth and leisure for all. A) maintain B) ensure C) certify D) console 42. Fiber optic cables can carry hundreds of telephone conversations ________. A) homogeneously B) spontaneously C) simultaneously D) ingeniously 43. Excellent films are those which ________ national and cultural barriers. A) transcend B) traverse C) abolish D) suppress 682淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 44. The law of supply and demand will eventually take care of a shortage or ________ of dentists. A) surge B) surplus C) flush D) fluctuation 45. One third of the Chinese in the United States live in California, ________ in the San Francisco area. A) remarkably B) severely C) drastically D) predominantly 46. After the terrible accident, I discovered that my ear was becoming less ________. A) sensible B) sensitive C) sentimental D) sensational 47. Now the cheers and applause ________ in a single sustained roar. A) mingled B) tangled C) baffled D) huddled 48. Among all the public holidays, National Day seems to be the most joyful to the people of the country; on that day the whole country is ________ in a festival atmosphere. A) trapped B) sunk C) soaked D) immersed 49. The wooden cases must be secured by overall metal strapping so that they can be strong enough to stand rough handling during ________. A) transit B) motion 683淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) shift D) traffic 50. Nowadays many rural people flock to the city to look for jobs on the assumption that the streets there are ________ with gold. A) overwhelmed B) stocked C) paved D) overlapped 51. It is a well known fact that the cat family ________ lions and tigers. A) enriches B) accommodates C) adopts D) embraces 52. My boss has failed me so many times that I no longer place any ________ on what he promises. A) assurance B) probability C) reliance D) conformity 53. The English language contains a ________ of words which are comparatively seldom used in ordinary conversation. A) latitude B) multitude C) magnitude D) longitude 54. It was such a(n) ________ when Pat and Mike met each other in Tokyo. Each thought that the other was still in Hong Kong. A) occurrence B) coincidence C) fancy D) destiny 55. Parents have to learn how to follow a baby’s behavior and adapt the tone of their ________ to the baby’s capabilities. 684淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) perceptions B) consultations C) interactions D) interruptions 56. Governments today play an increasingly larger role in the ________ of welfare, economics, and education. A) scopes B) ranges C) ranks D) domains 57. If businessmen are taxed too much, they will no longer be ________ to work hard, with the result that tax revenues might actually shrink. A) cultivated B) licensed C) motivated D) innovated 58. Jack is not very decisive, and he always finds himself in a ________ as if he doesn’t know what he really wants to do. A) fantasy B) dilemma C) contradiction D) conflict 59. He is a promising young man who is now studying at our graduate school. As his supervisor, I would like to ________ him to your notice. A) commend B) decree C) presume D) articulate 60. It was a wonderful occasion which we will ________ for many years to come. A) conceive B) clutch C) contrive D) cherish 685淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part IV Cloze (15 minutes) Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Although there are many skillful Braille readers, thousands of other blind people find it difficult to learn that system. They are thereby shut __61__ from the world of books and newspapers, having to __62__ on friends to read aloud to them. A young scientist named Raymond Kurzweil has now designed a computer which is a major __63__ in providing aid to the __64__. His machine, Cyclops, has a camera that __65__ any page, interprets the print into sounds, and then delivers them orally in a robot-like __66__ through a speaker. By pressing the appropriate buttons __67__ Cyclops’s keyboard, a blind person can “read” any __68__ document in the English language. This remarkable invention represents a tremendous __69__ forward in the education of the handicapped. At present, Cyclops costs $50,000. __70__, Mr. Kurzweil and his associates are preparing a smaller __71__ improved version that will sell __72__ less than half that price. Within a few years, Kurzweil __73__ the price range will be low enough for every school and library to __74__ one. Michael Hingson, Director of the National Federation for the Blind, hopes that __75__ will be able to buy home __76__ of Cyclops for the price of a good television set. Mr. Hingson’s organization purchased five machines and is now testing them in Maryland, Colorado, Iowa, California, and New York. Blind people have been __77__ in those tests, making lots of __78__ suggestions to the engineers who helped to produce Cyclops. “This is the first time that blind people have ever done individual studies __79__ a product was put on the market, Hingson said. “Most manufacturers believed that having the blind help the blind was like telling disabled people to teach other disabled people. In that __80__, the manufacturers have been the blind ones.” 61. A) up B) down C) in D) off 62. A) dwell B) rely C) press D) urge 686淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 63. A) execution B) distinction C) breakthrough D) process 64. A) paralyzed B) uneducated C) invisible D) sightless 65. A) scans B) enlarges C) sketches D) projects 66. A) behavior B) expression C) movement D) voice 67. A) on B) at C) in D) from 68. A) visual B) printed C) virtual D) spoken 69. A) stride B) trail C) haul D) footprint 70. A) Likewise B) Moreover C) However 687淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) Though 71. A) but B) than C) or D) then 72. A) on B) for C) through D) to 73. A) estimates B) considers C) counts D) determines 74. A) settle B) own C) invest D) retain 75. A) schools B) children C) families D) companies 76. A) models B) modes C) cases D) collections 77. A) producing B) researching C) ascertaining D) assisting 78. A) true B) valuable 688淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) authentic D) pleasant 79. A) after B) when C) before D) as 80. A) occasion B) moment C) sense D) event Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled Say No to Pirated Products. 1. 目前盗版的现象比较严重 2. 造成这种现象的原因及危害 3. 我们应该怎么做? 盗版 piracy (n.) 盗版产品 pirated products 知识产权 intellectual property rights 侵犯版权 infringe sb’s copyright; copyright infringement Say No to Pirated Products 689淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年6月18日六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. B 3. D 4. C 5. A 6. C 7. B 8. D 9. A 10. B Part II 11. B 12. C 13. A 14. D 15. D 16. A 17. B 18. D 19. A 20. C 21. C 22. B 23. B 24. C 25. A 26. D 27. B 28. C 29. D 30. A Part III 31. A 32. A 33. D 34. C 35. B 36. D 37. A 38. C 39. B 40. D 41. B 42. C 43. A 44. B 45. D 46. B 47. A 48. D 49. A 50. C 51. D 52. C 53. B 54. B 55. A 56. D 57. C 58. B 59. A 60. D Part IV 61. D 62. B 63. C 64. D 65. A 66. D 67. A 68. B 69. A 70. C 71. A 72. B 73. A 74. B 75. C 76. A 77. D 78. B 79. C 80. C S1. lie S2. associated S3. assign S4. spent 690淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S5. difficulty S6. afford S7. infant S8. she is entitled to a place of her own where she can be by herself, and keep her possessions S9. people will have their private thoughts that might never be shared with anyone S10. American’s houses, yards and even offices can seem open and inviting. Yet in the minds of Americans, there are boundaries that other people are simply not supposed to cross. 691淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月24日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷) Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A 1. A) The dean should have consulted her on the appointment. B) Dr. Holden should have taken over the position earlier. C) She doesn’t think Dr. Holden has made a wise choice. D) Dr. Holden is the best person for the chairmanship. 2. A) They’ll keep in touch during the summer vacation. B) They’ll hold a party before the summer vacation. C) They’ll do odd jobs together at the school library. D) They’ll get back to their school once in a while. 3. A) Peaches are in season now. B) Peaches are not at their best now. C) The woman didn’t know how to bargain. D) The woman helped the man choose the fruit. 4. A) They join the physics club. B) They ask for an extension of the deadline. C) They work on the assignment together. D) They choose an easier assignment. 5. A) She admires Jean’s straightforwardness. B) She thinks Dr. Brown deserves the praise. C) She will talk to Jean about what happened. D) She believes Jean was rude to Dr. Brown. 6. A) He liked writing when he was a child. B) He enjoyed reading stories in Reader’s Digest. C) He used to be an editor of Reader’s Digest. D) He became well known at the age of six. 7. A) He shows great enthusiasm for his studies. B) He is a very versatile person. C) He has no talent for tennis. 692淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) He does not study hard enough. 8. A) John has lost something at the railway station. B) There are several railway stations in the city. C) It will be very difficult for them to find John. D) The train that John is taking will arrive soon. 9. A) Its rapid growth is beneficial to the world. B) It can be seen as a model by the rest of the world. C) Its success can’t be explained by elementary economics. D) It will continue to surge forward. 10. A) It takes only 5 minutes to reach the campus from the apartments. B) Most students can’t afford to live in the new apartments. C) The new apartments are not available until next month. D) The new apartments can accommodate 500 students. Section B 11. A) The role of immigrants in the construction of American society. B) The importance of offering diverse courses in European history. C) The need for greater cultural diversity in the school curriculum. D) The historic landing of Europeans on the Virginia shore. 12. A) He was wondering if the speaker was used to living in America. B) He was trying to show friendliness to the speaker. C) He wanted to keep their conversation going. D) He believed the speaker was a foreigner. 13. A) The US population doesn’t consist of white European descendants only. B) Asian tourists can speak English as well as native speakers of the language. C) Colored people are not welcome in the United States. D) Americans are in need of education in their history. 14. A) By making laws B) By enforcing discipline C) By educating the public D) By holding ceremonies 693淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 15. A) It should be raised by soldiers. B) It should be raised quickly by hand. C) It should be raised only by Americans. D) It should be raised by mechanical means. 16. A) It should be attached to the status. B) It should be hung from the top of the monument. C) It should be spread over the object to be unveiled. D) It should be carried high up in the air. 17. A) There has been a lot of controversy over the use of flag. B) The best athletes can wear uniforms with the design of the flag. C) There are precise regulations and customs to be followed. D) Americans can print the flag on their cushions or handkerchiefs. Passage Three 18. A) Punishment by teachers B) Poor academic performance C) Truancy D) Illness 19. A) The Board of Education. B) Principals of city schools. C) Students with good academic records. D) Students with good attendance records. 20. A) Punishing students who damage school property. B) Rewarding schools that have decreased the destruction. C) Promoting teachers who can prevent the destruction. D) Cutting the budget for repairs and replacements. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Passage one Too many vulnerable child-free adults are being ruthlessly (无情的) manipulated into parent-hood by their parents, who think that happiness among older people depends on having a grand-child to spoil. We need an organization to help beat down the persistent campaigns of grandchildless parents. It’s time to establish Planned 694淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Grandparenthood, which would have many global and local benefits. Part of its mission would be to promote the risks and realities associated with being a grandparent. The staff would include depressed grandparents who would explain how grandkids break lamps, bite, scream and kick. Others would detail how an hour of baby- sitting often turns into a crying marathon. More grandparents would testify that they had to pay for their grandchild’s expensive college education. Planned grandparenthood’s carefully written literature would detail all the joys of life grand-child-free a calm living room, extra money for luxuries during the golden years, etc. Potential grandparents would be reminded that, without grandchildren around, it’s possible to have a conversation with your kids, who—incidentally—would have more time for their own parents. Meanwhile, most children are vulnerable to the enormous influence exerted by grandchildless parents aiming to persuade their kids to produce children. They will take a call from a persistent parent, even if they’re loaded with works. In addition, some parents make handsome money offers payable upon the grandchild’s birth. Sometimes these gifts not only cover expenses associated with the infant’s birth, but extras, too, like a vacation. In any case, cash gifts can weaken the resolve of even the noblest person. At Planned Grandparenthood, children targeted by their parents to reproduce could obtain non-biased information about the insanity of having their own kids. The catastrophic psychological and economic costs of childbearing would be emphasized. The symptoms of morning sickness would be listed and horrors of childbirth pictured. A monthly newsletter would contain stories about overwhelmed parents and offer guidance on how childless adults can respond to the different lobbying tactics that would-be grandparents employ. When I think about all the problems of our overpopulated world and look at our boy grabbing at the lamp by the sofa, I wish I could have turned to Planned Grandparenthood when my parents were putting the grandchild squeeze on me. If I could have, I might not be in this parenthood predicament (窘境). But here’s the crazy irony, I don’t want my child-free life back. Dylan’s too much fun. 21. What’s the purpose of the proposed organization Planned Grandparenthood? A) To encourage childless couples to have children. B) To provide facilities and services for grandchildless parents. C) To offer counseling to people on how to raise grandchildren. D) To discourage people from insisting on having grandchildren. 22. Planned Grandparenthood would include depressed grandparents on its staff in order to ________. A) show them the joys of life grandparents may have in raising grandchildren B) draw attention to the troubles and difficulties grandchildren may cause C) share their experience in raising grandchildren in a more scientific way 695淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) help raise funds to cover the high expense of education for grandchildren 23. According to the passage, some couples may eventually choose to have children because ________. A) they find it hard to resist the carrot-and-stick approach of their parents B) they have learn from other parents about the joys of having children C) they feel more and more lonely ad they grow older D) they have found it irrational to remain childless 24. By saying “... my parents were putting the grandchild squeeze on me” (Line 2-3, Para. 6), the author means that ________. A) her parents kept pressuring her to have a child B) her parents liked to have a grandchild in their arms C) her parents asked her to save for the expenses of raising a child D) her parents kept blaming her for her child’s bad behavior 25. What does the author really of the idea of having children? A) It does more harm than good. B) It contributes to overpopulation. C) It is troublesome but rewarding. D) It is a psychological catastrophe. Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. Ask most people how they define the American Dream and chances are they’ll say, “Success.” The dream of individual opportunity has been home in American since Europeans discovered a “new world” in the Western Hemisphere. Early immigrants like Hector St. Jean de Crevecoeur praised highly the freedom and opportunity to be found in this new land. His glowing descriptions of a classless society where anyone could attain success through honesty and hard work fired the imaginations of many European readers: in Letters from an American Farmer (1782) he wrote. “We are all excited at the spirit of an industry which is unfettered (无拘无束的) and unrestrained, because each person works for himself ... We have no princes, for whom we toil (干苦力活)，starve, and bleed: we are the most perfect society now existing in the world.” The promise of a land where “the rewards of a man’s industry follow with equal steps the progress of his labor” drew poor immigrants from Europe and fueled national expansion into the western territories. Our national mythology (神化) is full of illustration the American success story. There’s Benjamin Franklin, the very model of the self-educated, self-made man, who rose from modest origins to become a well-known scientist, philosopher, and statesman. 696淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 In the nineteenth century, Horatio Alger, a writer of fiction for young boys, became American’s best-selling author with rags-to-riches tales. The notion of success haunts us: we spend million every year reading about the rich and famous, learning how to “make a fortune in real estate with no money down,” and “dressing for success.” The myth of success has even invaded our personal relationships: today it’s as important to be “successful” in marriage or parenthoods as it is to come out on top in business. But dreams easily turn into nightmares. Every American who hopes to “make it” also knows the fear of failure, because the myth of success inevitably implies comparison between the haves and the have-nots, the stars and the anonymous crowd. Under pressure of the myth, we become indulged in status symbols: we try to live in the “right” neighborhoods, wear the “right” clothes, eat the “right” foods. These symbols of distinction assure us and others that we believe strongly in the fundamental equality of all, yet strive as hard as we can to separate ourselves from our fellow citizens. 26. What is the essence of the American Dream according to Crevecoeur? A) People are free to develop their power of imagination. B) People who are honest and work hard can succeed. C) People are free from exploitation and oppression. D) People can fully enjoy individual freedom. 27. By saying “the rewards of a man’s industry follow with equal steps the progress of his labor” (Line 10, Para. 1), the author means ________. A) the more diligent one is, the bigger his returns B) laborious work ensures the growth of an industry C) a man’s business should be developed step by step D) a company’s success depends on its employees’ hard work 28. The characters described in Horatio Alger’s novels are people who ________. A) succeed in real estate investment B) earned enormous fortunes by chances C) became wealthy after starting life very poor D) became famous despite their modest origins 29. It can be inferred from the last sentence of the second paragraph that ________. A) business success often contributes to a successful marriage B) Americans wish to succeed in every aspect of life C) good personal relationships lead to business success D) successful business people provide good care for their children 30. What is the paradox of American culture according to the author? 697淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) The American road to success is full of nightmares. B) Status symbols are not a real indicator of a person’s wealth. C) The American Dream is nothing but an empty dream. D) What Americans strive after often contradicts their beliefs. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Public distrust of scientists stems in part from the blurring of boundaries between science and technology, between discovery and manufacture. Most government, perhaps all governments, justify public expenditure on scientific research in terms of the economic benefits the scientific enterprise ha brought in the past and will bring in the future. Politicians remind their voters of the splendid machines ‘our scientists’ have invented, the new drugs to relieve old ailments (病痛), and the new surgical equipment and techniques by which previously intractable (难治疗的) conditions may now be treated and lives saved. At the same time, the politicians demand of scientists that they tailor their research to ‘economics needs’, that they award a higher priority to research proposals that are ‘near the market’ and can be translated into the greatest return on investment in the shortest time. Dependent, as they are, on politicians for much of their funding, scientists have little choice but to comply. Like the rest of us, they are members of a society that rates the creation of wealth as the greatest possible good. Many have reservations, but keep them to themselves in what they perceive as a climate hostile to the pursuit of understanding for its own sake and the idea of an inquiring, creative spirit. In such circumstances no one should be too hard on people who are suspicious of conflicts of interest. When we learn that the distinguished professor assuring us of the safety of a particular product holds a consultancy with the company making it, we cannot be blamed for wondering whether his fee might conceivably cloud his professional judgment. Even if the professor holds no consultancy with any firm, some people many still distrust him because of his association with those who do, or at least wonder about the source of some his research funding. This attitude can have damaging effects. It questions the integrity of individuals working in a profession that prizes intellectual honesty as the supreme virtue, and plays into the hands of those who would like to discredit scientists by representing then a venal (可以收买的). This makes it easier to dismiss all scientific pronouncements, but especially those made by the scientists who present themselves as ‘experts’. The scientist most likely to understand the safety of a nuclear reactor, for example, is a nuclear engineer declares that a reactor is unsafe, we believe him, because clearly it is not to his advantage to lie about it. If he tells us it is safe, on the other hand, we distrust him, because he may well be protecting the employer who pays his salary. 31. What is the chief concern of most governments when it comes to scientific research? A) Support from the votes. 698淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) The reduction of public expenditure. C) Quick economics returns. D) The budget for a research project. 32. Scientist have to adapt their research to ‘economic needs’ in order to ________. A) impress the public with their achievements B) pursue knowledge for knowledge’s sake C) obtain funding from the government D) translate knowledge into wealth 33. Why won’t scientists complain about the government’s policy concerning scientific research? A) They think they work in an environment hostile to the free pursuit of knowledge. B) They are accustomed to keeping their opinions to themselves. C) They know it takes patience to win support from the public. D) They think compliance with government policy is in the interests of the public. 34. According to the author, people are suspicious of the professional judgment of scientists because ________. A) their pronouncements often turn out to be wrong B) sometimes they hide the source of their research funding C) some of them do not give priority to intellectual honesty D) they could be influenced by their association with the project concerned 35. Why does the author say that public distrust of scientists can have damaging effects? A) It makes things difficult for scientists seeking research funds. B) People would not believe scientists even when they tell the truth. C) It may dampen the enthusiasm of scientists for independent research. D) Scientists themselves may doubt the value of their research findings. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. In many ways, today’s business environment has changed qualitatively since the late 1980s. The end of the Cold War radically altered the very nature of the world’s politics and economics. In just a few short years, globalization has started a variety of trends with profound consequences: the opening of markets, true global competition, widespread deregulation (解除政府对…的控制) of industry, and an abundance of accessible capital. We have experienced both the benefits and risks of a truly global 699淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 economy, with both Wall Street and Main Street (平民百姓) feeling the pains of economic disorder half a world away. At the same time, we have fully entered the Information Age, Starting breakthroughs in information technology have irreversibly altered the ability to conduct business unconstrained by the traditional limitations of time or space. Today, it’s almost impossible to imagine a world without intranets, e-mail, and portable computers. With stunning speed, the Internet is profoundly changing the way we work, shop, do business, and communicate. As a consequence, we have truly entered the Post-Industrial economy. We are rapidly shifting from an economy based on manufacturing and commodities to one that places the greatest value on information, services, support, and distribution. That shift, in turn, place an unprecedented premium on “knowledge workers,” a new class of wealthy, educated, and mobile people who view themselves as free agents in a seller’s market. Beyond the realm of information technology, the accelerated pace of technological change in virtually every industry has created entirely new business, wiped out others, and produced a Pervasive (广泛的) demand for continuous innovation. New product, process, and distribution technologies provide powerful levers for creating competitive value. More companies are learning the importance of destructive technologies— innovations that hold the potential to make a product line, or even an entire business segment, virtually outdated. Another major trend has been the fragmentation of consumer and business markets. There’s a growing appreciation that superficially similar groups of customers may have very different preferences in terms of what they want to buy and how they want to buy it. Now, new technology makes it easier, faster, and cheaper to identify and serve targeted micro-markets in ways that were physically impossible or prohibitively expensive in the past. Moreover, the trend feeds on itself, a business’s ability to serve sub-markets fuels customers’ appetites for more and more specialized offerings. 36. According to the first paragraph, the chances in the business environment in the past decades can be attributed to ________. A) technological advances B) worldwide economic disorder C) the fierce competition in industry D) the globalization of economy 37. what idea does the author want to convey in the second paragraph? A) The rapid development of information technology has taken businessmen by surprise. B) Information technology has removed the restrictions of time and space in business transactions. 700淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The Internet, intranets, e-mail, and portable computers have penetrated every corner of the world. D) The way we do business today has brought about startling breakthroughs in information technology. 38. If a business wants to thrive in the Post-Industrial economy, ________. A) it has to invest more capital in the training of free agents to operate in a seller’s market B) it should try its best to satisfy the increasing demands of mobile knowledgeable people C) it should not overlook the importance of information, services, support, and distribution D) it has to provide each of its employees with the latest information about the changing market 39. In the author’s view, destructive technologies are innovations which ________. A) can eliminate an entire business segment B) demand a radical change in providing services C) may destroy the potential of a company to make any profit D) call for continuous improvement in ways of doing business 40. With the fragmentation of consumer and business markets ________. A) an increasing number of companies have disintegrated B) manufacturers must focus on one special product to remain competitive in the market C) it is physically impossible and prohibitively expensive to do business in the old way D) businesses have to meet individual customers’ specific needs in order to succeed Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) 41. It seems somewhat ________ to expect anyone to drive 3 hours just for a 20- minute meeting. A) eccentric B) impossible C) absurd D) unique 42. This area of the park has been specially ________ for children, but accompanying adults are also welcome. 701淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) inaugurated B) designated C) entitled D) delegated 43. The girl’s face ________ with embarrassment during the interview when she couldn’t answer the tough question. A) beamed B) dazzled C) radiated D) flushed 44. Slavery was ________ in Canada in 1833, and Canadian authorities encouraged the slaves, who escaped from America, to settle on its vast virgin land. A) diluted B) dissipated C) abolished D) resigned 45. Unfortunately, the new edition of dictionary is ________ in all major bookshops. A) out of reach B) out of stock C) out of business D) out of season 46. The hands on my alarm clock are ________, so I can see what time it is in the dark. A) exotic B) gorgeous C) luminous D) spectacular 47. Psychologists have done extensive studies on how well patients ________ with doctors’ orders. A) comply B) correspond C) interfere D) interact 702淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 48. In today’s class, the students were asked to ________ their mistakes on the exam paper and put in their possible corrections. A) cancel B) omit C) extinguish D) erase 49. The Government’s policies will come under close ________ in the weeks before the election. A) appreciation B) specification C) scrutiny D) apprehension 50. Police and villagers unanimously ________ the forest fire to thunder and lightning. A) ascribed B) approached C) confirmed D) confined 51. In some remote places there are still very poor people who can’t afford to live in ________ conditions. A) gracious B) decent C) honorable D) positive 52. Since our knowledge is ________ none of us can exclude the possibility of being wrong. A) controlled B) restrained C) finite D) delicate 53. You shouldn’t ________ your father’s instructions. Anyway he is an experienced teacher. A) deduce B) deliberate 703淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) defy D) denounce 54. The company management attempted to ________ information that was not favorable to them, but it was all in vain. A) suppress B) supplement C) concentrate D) plug 55. It is my hope that everyone in this class should ________ their errors before it is too late. A) refute B) exclude C) expel D) rectify 56. The boy’s foolish question ________ his mother who was busy with housework and had no interest in talking. A) intrigued B) fascinated C) irritated D) stimulated 57. Millions of people around the world have some type of physical, mental, or emotional ________ that severely limits their abilities to manage their daily activities. A) scandal B) misfortune C) deficit D) handicap 58. It is believed that the feeding patterns parents ________ on their children can determine their adolescent and adult eating habits. A) compel B) impose C) evoke D) necessitate 704淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 59. If the value-added tax were done away with, it would act as a ________ to consumption. A) progression B) prime C) stability D) stimulus 60. The bride and groom promised to ________ each other through sickness and health. A) nourish B) nominate C) roster D) cherish 61. They’re going to build a big office block on that ________ piece of land. A) void B) vacant C) blank D) shallow 62. Without any hesitation, she took off her shoes, ________ up her skirt and splashed across the stream. A) tucked B) revolved C) twisted D) curled 63. Very few people could understand his lecture because the subject was very ________. A) faint B) obscure C) gloomy D) indefinite 64. Professor Smith explained the movement of light ________ that of water. A) by analogy with B) by virtue of C) in line with 705淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) in terms of 65. Tom is bankrupt now. He is desperate because all his efforts ________ failure. A) tumbled to B) hinged upon C) inflicted on D) culminated in 66. While fashion is thought of usually ________ clothing, it is important to realize that it covers a much wider domain. A) in relation to B) in proportion to C) by means of D) on behalf of 67. The meaning of the sentence is ________; you can interpret it in several ways. A) skeptical B) intelligible C) ambiguous D) exclusive 68. Cancer is a group of diseases in which there is uncontrolled and disordered growth of ________ cells. A) irrelevant B) inferior C) controversial D) abnormal 69. At that time, the economy was still undergoing a ________, and job offers were hard to get. A) concession B) supervision C) recession D) deviation 70. I could hear nothing but the roar of the airplane engines which ________ all other sounds. A) overturned B) drowned 706淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) deafened D) smoothed Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ Every week hundreds of CVs (简历) land on our desks. We’ve seen it all: CVs printed on pink paper, CVs that are 10 pages long and CVs with silly mistakes in first paragraph. A (S1) good CV is your passport to an interview and, ultimate, to (S2) the job you want. Initial impressions are vital, and a badly presented CV could mean acceptance, regardless of what’s in it. (S3) Here are a few ways to avoid end up on the reject pile. (S4) Print your CV on good-quality white paper. CVs with flowery backgrounds or pink paper will stand out upon all the wrong reasons (S5) Get someone to check for spelling and grammatical errors, because a spell-checker will pick up every (S6) mistake. CVs with errors will be rejected—it shows that you don’t pay attention to detail. Restrict your self to one or two pages, and listing any publications or referees on a separate sheet. (S7) If you are sending your CV electronically, check the formatting by sending it to yourself first. Keep up (S8) the format simple. Do not send a photo unless specifically requested. If you have to send on, make sure it is one taking in a (S9) professional setting, rather than a holiday snap. Getting the presentation right is just the first step. What about the content? The Rule here is to keep it factual and truthful-exaggerations usually get find out. And remember (S10) to tailor your CV to each different job. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Direction: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a letter to a company declining a job offer. You should write at least 150 words following the outline given below. 707淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 1. 对公司提供职位表示感谢 2. 解释为何不能接受所提供的职位 3. 希望给与谅解，并表达对公司的良好祝愿 A Letter Declining a Job Offer 708淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2005年12月24日六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. D 2. A 3. B 4. C 5. A 6. A 7. D 8. C 9. A 10. B 11. C 12. D 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. D 17. C 18. C 19. D 20. B Part II Reading Comprehension 21. D 22. B 23. A 24. A 25. C 26. D 27. A 28. C 29. B 30. D 31. B 32. C 33. A 34. D 35. B 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. A 40. D Part III Vocabulary 41. C 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. B 46. C 47. A 48. D 49. C 50. A 51. B 52. C 53. C 54. A 55. D 56. C 57. D 58. B 59. D 60. D 61. B 62. A 63. B 64. A 65. D 66. A 67. C 68. D 69. C 70. B Part IV Error Correction 1. in first paragraph → in the first paragraph 2. ultimate → ultimately 3. acceptance → unacceptance/rejection 4. end → ending 5. upon → for 6. will pick up → will not pick up 709淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 7. listing → list 8. Keep up → Keep 9. taking → taken 10. find → found 710淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月17日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷) 注意事项 一、将自己的校名、姓名、准考证号写在答题卡上。将本试卷代号(A、B卷)划 在答题卡上。 二、试卷和答题卡均不得带出考场。考试结束，监考员收卷后考生才可离开。 三、仔细读懂题目的说明。 四、多项选择题的答案一定要划在答题卡上，凡是写在试卷上的答案一律无效。 每题只能选一个答案：如多选。则该题无分，选定答案后，用铅笔在相应字母的中 部划一条横线。正确方法是：A) B) C) D)。使用其他符号答题者不给分，划线要有 一定粗度，浓度要盖过字母底色。 五、如果要改动答案，必须先用橡皮擦净原来选定的答案，然后再按上面的规 定重新答题。 六、试题的第四部分改错(Error Correction)和第五部分作文(Writing)印刷在答题 卡上，请用黑色字迹签字笔在答题卡上作答。 七、在90分钟内做完试题的第一至第四部分，90分钟后，监考员收取试卷， 然后考生再做第五部分作文题，答题时间为30分钟。全部考试时间为120分钟， 不得拖延时间。 八、在考试过程中要注意对自己的答案保密，若被他人抄袭，一经发现，后果 自负。 全国大学英语四、六级考试委员会 Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 1. A) She met with Thomas just a few days ago. B) She can help with the orientation program. C) She is not sure she can pass on the message. D) She will certainly try to contact Thomas. 2. A) Set the dinner table. B) Change the light bulb. 711淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Clean the dining room. D) Hold the ladder for him. 3. A) He’d like a piece of pie. B) He’d like some coffee. C) He’d rather stay in the warm room. D) He’s just had dinner with his friends. 4. A) He has managed to sell a number of cars. B) He is contented with his current position. C) He might get fired. D) He has lost his job. 5. A) Tony’s secretary. B) Paul’s girlfriend. C) Paul’s colleague. D) Tony’s wife. 6. A) He was fined for running a red light. B) He was caught speeding on a fast lane. C) He had to run quickly to get the ticket. D) He made a wrong turn at the intersection. 7. A) He has learned a lot from his own mistakes. B) He is quite experienced in taming wild dogs. C) He finds reward more effective than punishment. D) He thinks it important to master basic training skills. 8. A) At a bookstore. B) At the dentist’s. C) In a restaurant. D) In the library. 9. A) He doesn’t want Jenny to get into trouble. B) He doesn’t agree with the woman’s remark. C) He thinks Jenny’s workload too heavy at college. D) He believes most college students are running wild. 10. A) It was applaudable. 712淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) It was just terrible. C) The actors were enthusiastic. D) The plot was funny enough. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Social work. B) Medical care. C) Applied physics. D) Special education. 12. A) The timely advice from her friends and relatives. B) The two-year professional training she received. C) Her determination to fulfill her dream. D) Her parents’ consistent moral support. 13. A) To get the funding for the hospitals. B) To help the disabled children there. C) To train therapists for the children there. D) To set up an institution for the handicapped. Passage Two Questions 14 to 17 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) At a country school in Mexico. B) In a mountain valley of Spain. C) At a small American college. D) In a small village in Chile. 15. A) By expanding their minds and horizons. 713淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) By financing their elementary education. C) By setting up a small primary school. D) By setting them an inspiring example. 16. A) She wrote poetry that broke through national barriers. B) She was a talented designer of original school curriculums. C) She proved herself to be an active and capable stateswoman. D) She made outstanding contributions to children’s education. 17. A) She won the 1945 Nobel Prize in Literature. B) She was the first woman to win a Nobel Prize. C) She translated her books into many languages. D) She advised many statesmen on international affairs. Passage Three Questions 18 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 18. A) How animals survive harsh conditions in the wild. B) How animals alter colors to match their surroundings. C) How animals protect themselves against predators. D) How animals learn to disguise themselves effectively. 19. A) Its enormous size. B) Its plant-like appearance. C) Its instantaneous response. D) Its offensive smell. 20. A) It helps improve their safety. B) It allows them to swim faster. C) It helps them fight their predators. D) It allows them to avoid twists and turns. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 714淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. There are good reasons to be troubled by the violence that spreads throughout the media. Movies, Television and video games are full of gunplay and bloodshed, and one might reasonably ask what’s wrong with a society that presents videos of domestic violence as entertainment. Most researchers agree that the causes of real-world violence are complex. A 1993 study by the U.S. National Academy of Sciences listed “biological, individual, family, peer, school, and community factors” as all playing their parts. Viewing abnormally large amounts of violent television and video games may well contribute to violent behavior in certain individuals. The trouble comes when researchers downplay uncertainties in their studies or overstate the case for causality (因果关系). Skeptics were dismayed several years ago when a group of societies including the American Medical Association tried to end the debate by issuing a joint statement: “At this time, well over 1,000 studies... point overwhelmingly to a causal connection between media violence and aggressive behavior in some children.” Freedom-of-speech advocates accused the societies of catering to politicians, and even disputed the number of studies (most were review articles and essays, they said). When Jonathan Freedman, a social psychologist at the University of Toronto, reviewed the literature, he found only 200 or so studies of television-watching and aggression. And when he weeded out “the most doubtful measures of aggression”, only 28% supported a connection. The critical point here is causality. The alarmists say they have proved that violent media cause aggression. But the assumptions behind their observations need to be examined. When labeling games as violent or non-violent, should a hero eating a ghost really be counted as a violent event? And when experimenters record the time it takes game players to read ‘aggressive’ or ‘non-aggressive’ words from a list, can we be sure what they are actually measuring? The intent of the new Harvard Center on Media and Child Health to collect and standardize studies of media violence in order to compare their methodologies, assumptions and conclusions is an important step in the right direction. Another appropriate step would be to tone down the criticism until we know more. Several researchers write, speak and testify quite a lot on the threat posed by violence in the media. That is, of course, their privilege. But when doing so, they often come out with statements that the matter has now been settled, drawing criticism from colleagues. In response, the alarmists accuse critics and news reporters of being deceived by the entertainment industry. Such clashes help neither science nor society. 21. Why is there so much violence shown in movies, TV and video games? A) There is a lot of violence in the real world today. B) Something has gone wrong with today’s society. 715淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Many people are fond of gunplay and bloodshed. D) Showing violence is thought to be entertaining. 22. What is the skeptics (Line 3. Para. 3) view of media violence? A) Violence on television is a fairly accurate reflection of real-world life. B) Most studies exaggerate the effect of media violence on the viewers. C) A causal relationship exists between media and real-world violence. D) The influence of media violence on children has been underestimated. 23. The author uses the term “alarmists” (Line 1. Para. 5) to refer to those who ________. A) use standardized measurements in the studies of media violence B) initiated the debate over the influence of violent media on reality C) assert a direct link between violent media and aggressive behavior D) use appropriate methodology in examining aggressive behavior 24. In refuting the alarmists, the author advances his argument by first challenging ________. A) the source and amount of their data B) the targets of their observation C) their system of measurement D) their definition of violence 25. What does the author think of the debate concerning the relationship between the media and violence? A) More studies should be conducted before conclusions are drawn. B) It should come to an end since the matter has now been settled. C) The past studies in this field have proved to be misleading. D) He more than agrees with the views held by the alarmists. Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. You’re in trouble if you have to buy your own brand-name prescription drugs. Over the past decade, prices leaped by more than double the inflation rate. Treatments for chronic conditions can easily top $2,000 a month-no wonder that one in four Americans can’s afford to fill their prescriptions. The solution? A hearty chorus of “O Canada.” North of the border, where price controls reign, those same brand-name drugs cost 50% to 80% less. The Canadian option is fast becoming a political wake-up call, “If our neighbors can 716淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 buy drugs at reasonable prices, why can’t we? Even to whisper that thought provokes anger. “Un-American!” And-the propagandists’ trump card (王牌)—“Wreck our brilliant health-care system.” Supersize drug prices, they claim, fund the research that sparks the next generation of wonder drugs. No sky-high drug price today, no cure for cancer tomorrow. So shut up and pay up. Common sense tells you that’s a false alternative. The reward for finding, say, a cancer cure is so huge that no one’s going to hang it up. Nevertheless, if Canada-level pricing came to the United States, the industry’s profit margins would drop and the pace of new-drug development would slow. Here lies the American dilemma. Who is all this splendid medicine for? Should our health-care system continue its drive toward the best of the best, even though rising numbers of patients can’t afford it? Or should we direct our wealth toward letting everyone in on today’s level of care? Measured by saved lives, the latter is almost certainly the better course. To defend their profits, the drug companies have warned Canadian wholesalers and pharmacies (药房) not to sell to Americans by mail, and are cutting back supplies to those who dare. Meanwhile, the administration is playing the fear card. Officials from the Food and Drug Administration will argue that Canadian drugs might be fake, mishandled, or even a potential threat to life. Do bad drugs fly around the Internet? Sure-and the more we look, the more we’ll find, But I haven’t heard of any raging epidemics among the hundreds of thousands of people buying crossborder. Most users of prescription drugs don’t worry about costs a lot. They’re sheltered by employee insurance, owing just a $20 co-pay. The financial blows rain, instead, on the uninsured, especially the chronically ill who need expensive drugs to live, This group will still include middle-income seniors on Medicare, who’ll have to dig deeply into their pockets before getting much from the new drug benefit that starts in 2006. 26. What is said about the consequence of the rocketing drug prices in the U.S.? A) A quarter of Americans can’t afford their prescription drugs. B) Many Americans can’t afford to see a doctor when they fall ill. C) Many Americans have to go to Canada to get medical treatment. D) The inflation rate has been more than doubled over the years. 27. It can be inferred that America can follow the Canadian model and curb its soaring drug prices by ________. A) encouraging people to buy prescription drugs online B) extending medical insurance to all its citizens C) importing low-price prescription drugs from Canada D) exercising price control on brand-name drugs 717淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 28. How do propagandists argue for the U.S. drug pricing policy? A) Low prices will affect the quality of medicines in America. B) High prices are essential to funding research on new drugs. C) Low prices will bring about the anger of drug manufacturers. D) High-price drugs are indispensable in curing chronic diseases. 29. What should be the priority of America’s health-care system according to the author? A) To resolve the dilemma in the health-care system. B) To maintain America’s lead in the drug industry. C) To allow the vast majority to enjoy its benefits. D) To quicken the pace of new drug development. 30. What are American drug companies doing to protect their high profits? A) Labeling drugs bought from Canada as being fakes. B) Threatening to cut back funding for new drug research. C) Reducing supplies to uncooperative Canadian pharmacies. D) Attributing the raging epidemics to the ineffectiveness of Canadian drugs. Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Age has its privileges in America. And one of the more prominent of them is the senior citizen discount. Anyone who has reached a certain age—in some cases as low as 55—is automatically entitled to a dazzling array of price reductions at nearly every level of commercial life. Eligibility is determined not by one’s need but by the date on one’s birth certificate. Practically unheard of a generation ago, the discounts have become a routine part of many businesses—as common as color televisions in motel rooms and free coffee on airliners. People with gray hair often are given the discounts without even asking for them； yet, millions of Americans above age 60 are healthy and solvent (有支付能力的). Businesses that would never dare offer discounts to college students or anyone under 30 freely offer them to older Americans. The practice is acceptable because of the widespread belief that “elderly” and “needy” are synonymous (同义的). Perhaps that once was true, but today elderly Americans as a group have a lower poverty rate than the rest of the population. To be sure, there is economic diversity within the elderly, and many older Americans are poor, But most of them aren’t. It is impossible to determine the impact of the discounts on individual companies. For many firms, they are a stimulus to revenue. But in other cases the discounts are given at the expense, directly or indirectly, of younger Americans. Moreover, they are a direct irritant in what some politicians and scholars see as a coming conflict between the 718淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 generations. Generational tensions are being fueled by continuing debate over Social Security benefits, which mostly involves a transfer of resources from the young to the old. Employment is another sore point, Buoyed (支持) by laws and court decisions, more and more older Americans are declining the retirement dinner in favor of staying on the job- thereby lessening employment and promotion opportunities for younger workers. Far from a kind of charity they once were, senior citizen discounts have become a formidable economic privilege to a group with millions of members who don’t need them. It no longer makes sense to treat the elderly as a single group whose economic needs deserve priority over those of others. Senior citizen discounts only enhance the myth that older people can’t take care of themselves and need special treatment； and they threaten the creation of a new myth, that the elderly are ungrateful and taking for themselves at the expense of children and other age groups. Senior citizen discounts are the essence of the very thing older Americans are fighting against-discrimination by age. 31. We learn from the first paragraph that ________. A) offering senior citizens discounts has become routine commercial practice B) senior citizen discounts have enabled many old people to live a decent life C) giving senior citizens discounts has boosted the market for the elderly D) senior citizens have to show their birth certificates to get a discount 32. What assumption lies behind the practice of senior citizen discounts? A) Businesses, having made a lot of profits, should do something for society in return. B) Old people are entitled to special treatment for the contribution they made to society. C) The elderly, being financially underprivileged, need humane help from society. D) Senior citizen discounts can make up for the inadequacy of the Social Security system. 33. According to some politicians and scholars, senior citizen discounts will ________. A) make old people even more dependent on society B) intensify conflicts between the young and the old C) have adverse financial impact on business companies D) bring a marked increase in the companies revenues 34. How does the author view the Social Security system? A) It encourages elderly people to retire in time. B) It opens up broad career prospects for young people. 719淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) It benefits the old at the expense of the young. D) It should be reinforced by laws and court decisions. 35. Which of the following best summarizes the author’s main argument? A) Senior citizens should fight hard against age discrimination. B) The elderly are selfish and taking senior discounts for granted. C) Priority should be given to the economic needs of senior citizens. D) Senior citizen discounts may well be a type of age discrimination. Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. In 1854 my great-grandfather, Morris Marable, was sold on an auction block in Georgia for $500. For his white slave master, the sale was just “business as usual.” But to Morris Marable and his heirs, slavery was a crime against our humanity. This pattern of human rights violations against enslaved African-Americans continued under racial segregation for nearly another century. The fundamental problem of American democracy in the 21st century is the problem of “structural racism” the deep patterns of socio-economic inequality and accumulated disadvantage that are coded by race, and constantly justified in public speeches by both racist stereotypes and white indifference. Do Americans have the capacity and vision to remove these structural barriers that deny democratic rights and opportunities to millions of their fellow citizens? This country has previously witnessed two great struggles to achieve a truly multicultural democracy. The First Reconstruction (1865-1877) ended slavery and briefly gave black men voting rights, but gave no meaningful compensation for two centuries of unpaid labor. The promise of “40 acres and a mule (骡子)”was for most blacks a dream deferred (尚未 实现的). The Second Reconstruction (1954-1968), or the modern civil rights movement, ended legal segregation in public accommodations and gave blacks voting rights. But these successes paradoxically obscure the tremendous human costs of historically accumulated disadvantage that remain central to black Americans’ lives. The disproportionate wealth that most whites enjoy today was first constructed from centuries of unpaid black labor. Many white institutions, including some leading universities, insurance companies and banks, profited from slavery. This pattern of white privilege and black inequality continues today. Demanding reparations (赔偿) is not just about compensation for slavery and segregation. It is, more important, an educational campaign to highlight the contemporary reality of “racial deficits” of all kinds, the unequal conditions that impact blacks regardless of class. Structural racism’s barriers include “equity inequity.” the absence of black capital formation that is a direct consequence of America’s history. One 720淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 third of all black households actually have negative net wealth. In 1998 the typical black family’s net wealth was $16,400, less than one fifth that of white families. Black families are denied home loans at twice the rate of whites. Blacks remain the last hired and first fired during recessions. During the 1990-91 recession, African-Americans suffered disproportionately. At Coca-Cola, 42 percent of employees who lost their jobs were blacks. At Sears, 54 percent were black, Blacks have significantly shorter life spans, in part due to racism in the health establishment. Blacks are statistically less likely than whites to be referred for kidney transplants or early-stage cancer surgery. 36. To the author, the auction of his great-grandfather is a typical example of ________. A) crime against humanity B) unfair business transaction C) racial conflicts in Georgia D) racial segregation in America 37. The barrier to democracy in 21st century America is ________. A) widespread use of racist stereotypes B) prejudice against minority groups C) deep-rooted socio-economic inequality D) denial of legal rights to ordinary blacks 38. What problem remains unsolved in the two Reconstructions? A) Differences between races are deliberately obscured. B) The blacks are not compensated for their unpaid labor. C) There is no guarantee for blacks to exercise their rights. D) The interests of blacks are not protected by law. 39. It is clear that the wealth enjoyed by most whites ________. A) has resulted from business successes over the years B) has been accompanied by black capital formation C) has derived from sizable investments in education D) has been accumulated from generations of slavery 40. What does the author think of the current situation regarding racial discrimination? A) Racism is not a major obstacle to blacks’ employment. B) Inequality of many kinds remains virtually untouched. C) A major step has been taken towards reparations. D) Little has been done to ensure blacks’ civil rights. 721淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D). Choose the ONE answer that best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. Because of the ________ of its ideas, the book was in wide circulation both at home and abroad. A) originality B) subjectivity C) generality D) ambiguity 42. With its own parliament and currency and a common ________ for peace, the European Union declared itself—in 11 official languages—open for business. A) inspiration B) assimilation C) intuition D) aspiration 43. America has now adopted more ________ European-style inspection systems, and the incidence of food poisoning is falling. A) discrete B) solemn C) rigorous D) autonomous 44. Mainstream pro-market economists all agree that competition is an ________ spur to efficiency and innovation. A) extravagant B) exquisite C) intermittent D) indispensable 45. In the late 19th century, Jules Verne, the master of science fiction, foresaw many of the technological wonders that are ________ today. A) transient B) commonplace C) implicit 722淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) elementary 46. I was so ________ when I used the automatic checkout lane in the supermarket for the first time. A) immersed B) assaulted C) thrilled D) dedicated 47. His arm was ________ from the shark’s mouth and reattached, but the boy, who nearly died, remained in a delicate condition. A) retrieved B) retained C) repelled D) restored 48. Bill Gates and Walt Disney are two people America has ________ to be the Greatest American. A) appointed B) appeased C) nicknamed D) dominated 49. The ________ majority of citizens tend to believe that the death penalty will help decrease the crime rate. A) overflowing B) overwhelming C) prevalent D) premium 50. We will also see a ________ increase in the number of televisions per household, as small TV displays are added to clocks, coffee makers and smoke detectors. A) startling B) surpassing C) suppressing D) stacking 51. The advance of globalization is challenging some of our most ________ values and ideas, including our idea of what constitutes “home”. 723淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) enriched B) enlightened C) cherished D) chartered 52. Researchers have discovered that ________ with animals in an active way may lower a person’s blood pressure. A) interacting B) integrating C) migrating D) merging 53. The Beatles, the most famous British band of the 1960s, traveled worldwide for many years, ________ cultural barriers. A) transporting B) transplanting C) transferring D) transcending 54. In his last years, Henry suffered from a disease that slowly ________ him of much of his sight. A) relieved B) jeopardized C) deprived D) eliminated 55. Weight lifting, or any other sport that builds up your muscles, can make bones become denser and less ________ to injury. A) attached B) prone C) immune D) reconciled 56. He has ________ to museums hundreds of his paintings as well as his entire personal collection of modern art. A) ascribed B) attributed C) designated 724淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) donated 57. Erik’s website contains ________ photographs and hundreds of articles and short videos from his trip around the globe. A) prosperous B) gorgeous C) spacious D) simultaneous 58. Optimism is a ________ shown to be associated with good physical health, less depression and longer life. A) trail B) trait C) trace D) track 59. The institution has a highly effective program which helps first-year students make a successful ________ into college life. A) transformation B) transmission C) transition D) transaction 60. Philosophers believe that desire, hatred and envy are “negative emotions” which ________ the mind and lead it into a pursuit of power and possessions. A) distort B) reinforce C) exert D) scramble 61. The term “glass ceiling” was first used by the Wall Street Journal to describe the apparent barriers that prevent women from reaching the top of the corporate ________. A) seniority B) superiority C) height D) hierarchy 62. Various efforts have been made over the centuries to predict earthquakes, including 725淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 observing lights in the sky and ________ animal behavior. A) abnormal B) exotic C) absurd D) erroneous 63. Around 80 percent of the ________ characteristics of most white Britons have been passed down from a few thousand Ice Age hunters. A) intelligible B) random C) spontaneous D) genetic 64. Picasso gained popularity in the mid-20th century, which was ________ of a new attitude towards modern art. A) informative B) indicative C) exclusive D) expressive 65. The country was an island that enjoyed civilized living for a thousand years or more with little ________ from the outside world. A) disturbance B) discrimination C) irritation D) irregularity 66. Fashion designers are rarely concerned with vital things like warmth, comfort and ________. A) stability B) capability C) durability D) availability 67. Back in the days when people traveled by horse and carriage, Karl Benz ________ the world with his extraordinary three-wheeled motor vehicle. A) inhibited B) extinguished 726淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) quenched D) stunned 68. If we continue to ignore the issue of global warming, we will almost certainly suffer the ________ effects of climatic changes worldwide. A) dubious B) drastic C) trivial D) toxic 69. According to the theory of evolution, all living species are the modified ________ of earlier species. A) descendants B) dependants C) defendants D) developments 70. The panda is an endangered species, which means that it is very likely to become ________ without adequate protection. A) intact B) insane C) extinct D) exempt Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion make (^) in the right place and write the missing world in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (/) in the blank. 注意：题目印刷在答题卡上，请用黑色字迹签字笔在答题卡上作答。 Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ 727淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Until recently, dyslexia and other reading problems were a mystery to most teachers and parents. As a result, too many kids passed through school without master the printed page. (S1) Some were treated as mentally deficient: many were left functionally illiterate (文盲的)，unable to ever meet their potential. But in the last several years, there’s been a revolution in that we’ve learned about reading and dyslexia. (S2) Scientists are using a variety of new imaging techniques to watch the brain at work. Their experiments have shown that reading disorders are most likely the result of what is, in an effect, (S3) faulty wiring in the brain—not lazy, stupidity or a poor home (S4) environment. There’s also convincing evidence which dyslexia (S5) is largely inherited. It is now considered a chronic problem for some kids, not just a “phase”. Scientists have also discarded another old stereotype that almost all dyslexics are boys. Studies indicate that many girls are affecting as well (S6) and not getting help. At same time, educational researchers have come up (S7) with innovative teaching strategies for kids who are having trouble learning to read. New screening tests are identifying children at risk before they get discouraged by year of (S8) frustration and failure. And educators are trying to get the message to parents that they should be on the alert for the first signs of potential problems. It’s an urgent mission. Mass literacy is a relative new (S9) social goal. A hundred years ago people didn’t need to be good readers in order to earn a living. But in the Information Age, no one can get by with knowing how to read well and (S10) understand increasingly complex material. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled Traveling Abroad. You should write at least 150 words based on the chart and outline give below: Number of people in City X traveling abroad in 1995, 2000 and 2005 近十年来X市有越来越多的人选择出境旅游出现这种现象的原因这种现象可能 产生的影响 Traveling Abroad 728淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年6月17日六级参考答案 Part I 1. C 2. D 3. B 4. C 5. D 6. A 7. C 8. B 9. B 10. A 11. B 12. C 13. B 14. D 15. A 16. D 17. A 18. C 19. B 20. A Part II 21. D 22. B 23. C 24. D 25. A 26. A 27. D 28. B 29. C 30. C 31. A 32. C 33. B 34. C 35. D 36. A 37. C 38. B 39. D 40. B Part III 41. A 42. D 43. C 44. D 45. B 46. C 47. A 48. D 49. B 50. A 51. C 52. A 53. D 54. C 55. B 56. D 57. B 58. B 59. C 60. A 61. D 62. A 63. D 64. B 65. A 66. C 67. D 68. B 69. A 70. C Part IV S1. master → mastering S2. that → what S3. in an effect → 去掉an S4. lazy → laziness S5. which → that 729淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S6. affecting → affected S7. at same time → same前加the S8. year → years S9. relative → relatively S10. with → without 730淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月23日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(B卷) Part I Listening Comprehension (20 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 10 short conversations. At the end of each conversation, a question will be asked about what was said. Both the conversation and the question will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A), B), C) or D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 1. A) The foggy weather has affected Mary’s mood. B) They are puzzled about Mary’s low spirits. C) Mary is dissatisfied with her promotion. D) Mary cares too much about her looks. 2. A) Go to an art exhibition. B) Attend the opening night of a play. C) Dine out with an old friend. D) See his paintings on display. 3. A) Her mother was quite outstanding in academic word. B) She was not particularly interested in going to school. C) Her parents laid great emphasis on academic excellence. D) She helped upgrade the educational level of immigrants. 4. A) The machines there were ill maintained. B) Tickets for its members were cheaper. C) It was filled with people all the time. D) It had a reputation for good service. 5. A) Both Sarah and Tom have been awarded doctoral degrees. B) Tom has arranged to meet his bride Sarah in Hawaii. C) Tom was more excited than Sarah at the wedding. D) A double blessing has descended upon Tom. 6. A) There were too many questions in the examination. 731淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) The examination was well beyond the course content. C) The examination questions were somewhat too difficult. D) The course prepared him adequately for the examination. 7. A) It’s less time consuming. B) His wife is tired of cooking. C) It’s part of his job. D) He is sick of home-cooked meals. 8. A) He has just started to teach piano lessons. B) He seldom takes things seriously. C) He is very proud of his piano skills. D) He usually understates his achievements. 9. A) It’s tedious. B) It’s absurd. C) It’s justifiable. D) It’s understandable. 10. A) Arrange accommodation for her. B) Explain the cause of the cancellation. C) Compensate her for the inconvenience. D) Allow her to take another flight that night. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choices marked A), B), C) or D). Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 11 to 13 are based on the passage you have just heard. 11. A) Producing legendary painting. B) Making a fortune from decorative arts. C) Manufacturing quality furniture. D) Setting up a special museum. 732淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 12. A) To show his fascination with Asian culture. B) To tell the story of the American Revolution. C) To promote interest in American decorative arts. D) To increase the popularity of the DuPont Company. 13. A) By theme of period. B) By style of design. C) By manufacturer of origin. D) By function of purpose. Passage Two Questions 14 to 16 are based on the passage you have just heard. 14. A) People may use two or more languages. B) People will choose Chinese rather than English. C) The percentage of native speakers of English will increase. D) The number of people relying on their mother tongue will drop. 15. A) The number of Spanish speakers is far greater than that of Arabic speakers. B) Arabic spoken in one Arab country may not be understood in another. C) Arabic spoken in Egypt differs from Arabic spoken in Morocco in origin. D) The number of Arabic speakers is declining because of the invasion of English. 16. A) It is impossible for Arab countries to standardize their language. B) Most people in the world will learn to speak Chinese in the future. C) It is uncertain whether English will be the world language in the future. D) Spanish is very likely to become the top language of the world by 2050. Passage Three Questions 17 to 20 are based on the passage you have just heard. 17. A) Because they believe blind students prefer to mix with students who can see. B) Because it would cost lots of money to build such special colleges. C) Because it would constitute discrimination against blind students. D) Because they think blind people should learn to live among sighted people. 18. A) By encouraging the to be more self-reliant. B) By showing them proper care and respect. 733淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) By offering them more financial assistance. D) By providing them with free medical service. 19. A) Financial aid from the American government. B) Modern technology. C) Professional support. D) Help from the National Federation of the Blind. 20. A) Ask American professors to write recommendations on their behalf. B) Obtain American citizenship before they reach the age of 30. C) Turn to special institutions in their own country for assistance. D) Apply to the national federation of the Blind for scholarships. Part II Reading Comprehension (35 minutes) Directions: There are 4 passages in this part. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A) B) C) and D).You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 21 to 25 are based on the following passage. Each summer, no matter how pressing my work schedule, I take off one day exclusively for my son. We call it dad-son day. This year our third stop was the amusement park, where be discovered that he was tall enough to ride one of the fastest roller coasters (过山车) in the world. We blasted through face-stretching turns and loops for ninety seconds. Then, as we stepped off the ride, be shrugged and, in a distressingly calm voice, remarked that it was not as exciting as other rides he’d been on. As I listened, I began to sense something seriously out of balance. Throughout the season, I noticed similar events all around me. Parents seemed hard pressed to find new thrills for indifferent kids. Surrounded by ever-greater stimulation, their young faces were looking disappointed and bored. Facing their children’s complaints of “nothing to do“, parents were shelling out large numbers of dollars for various forms of entertainment. In many cases the money seemed to do little more than buy transient relief from the terrible moans of their bored children. This set me pondering the obvious question:“ How can it be so hard for kids to find something to do when there’s never been such a range of stimulating entertainment available to them?” What really worries me is the intensity of the stimulation. I watch my little daughter’s face as she absorbs the powerful onslaught (冲击) of arousing visuals and bloody special effects in movies. 734淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Why do children immersed in this much excitement seem starved for more? That was, I realized, the point. I discovered during my own reckless adolescence that what creates excitement is not going fast, but going faster. Thrills have less to do with speed than changes in speed. I’m concerned about the cumulative effect of years at these levels of feverish activity. It is no mystery to me why many teenagers appear apathetic (麻木的) and burned out, with a “been there, done that” air of indifference toward much of life. As increasing numbers of friends’ children are prescribed medications-stimulants to deal with inattentiveness at school or anti-depressants to help with the loss of interest and joy in their lives-I question the role of kids’ boredom in some of the diagnoses. My own work is focused on the chemical imbalances and biological factors related to behavioral and emotional disorders. These are complex problems. Yet I’ve been reflecting more and more on how the pace of life and the intensity of stimulation may be contributing to the rising rates of psychiatric problems among children and adolescents in our society. 21. The author tell surprised in the amusement park at fact that ________. A) his son was not as thrilled by the roller coasters ride as expected B) his son blasted through the turns and loops with his face stretched C) his son appeared distressed but calm while riding the roller coasters D) his son could keep his balance so well on the fast moving roller coasters 22. According to the author, children are bored ________. A) unless their parents can find new thrills for them B) when they don’t have any access to stimulating fun games C) when they are left alone at weekends by their working parents D) even if they are exposed to more and more kinds of entertainment 23. From his own experience, the author came to the conclusion that children seem to expect ________. A) a much wider variety of sports facilities B) activities that require sophisticated skills C) ever-changing thrilling forms of recreation D) physical exercises that are more challenging 24. In Para 6 the author expresses his doubt about the effectiveness of trying to change children’s indifference toward much of life by ________. A) diverting their interest from electronic visual games B) prescribing medications for their temporary relief C) creating more stimulating activities for them 735淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) spending more money on their entertainment 25. In order to alleviate children’s boredom, the author would probably suggest ________. A) adjusting the pace of life and intensity of stimulation B) promoting the practice of dad-son days C) consulting a specialist in child psychology D) balancing school work with extracurricular activities Passage Two Questions 26 to 30 are based on the following passage. It used to be that people were proud to work for the same company for the whole of their working lives. They’d get a gold watch at the end of their productive years and a dinner featuring speeches by their bosses praising their loyalty. But today’s rich capitalists have regressed (倒退) to the “survival of the fittest” ideas and their loyalty extends not to their workers or even to their stockholders but only to themselves. Instead of giving out gold watches worth a hundred or so dollars for forty or so years of word, they grab tens and even hundreds of millions of dollars as they sell for their own profit the company they may have been with for only a few years. The new rich selfishly act on their own to unfairly grab the wealth that the country as a whole has produced. The top 1 percent of the population now has wealth equal to the whole bottom 95 percent and they want more. Their selfishness is most shamelessly expressed in downsizing and outsourcing (将产品包给分公司做) because these business maneuvers don’t act to created new jobs as the founder of new industries used to do, but only out jobs while keeping the money value of what those jobs produced for themselves. To keep the money machine working smoothly the rich have bought all the politicians from the top down. The president himself is constantly leaving Washington and the business at the nation because he is summoned to “fundraising dinners” where fat cats pay a thousand or so dollars a plate to worm their way into government not through service but through donations of vast amounts of money. Once on the inside they have both political parties busily tearing up all the regulations that protect the rest of us from the greed of the rich. The middle class used to be loyal to the free enterprise system. In the past, the people of the middle class mostly thought they’d be rich themselves someday or have a good shot at becoming rich. But nowadays income is being distributed more and more unevenly and corporate loyalty is a thing of the past. The middle class may also wake up to forget its loyalty to the so-called free enterprise system altogether and the government which governs only the rest of us while letting the corporations do what they please with our jobs. As things stand, if somebody doesn’t wake up, the middle class is on a path to being downsized all the way to the bottom of society. 736淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 26. It can be inferred from the first paragraph that people used to place a high value on ________. A) job security B) bosses’ praise C) corporate loyalty D) retirement benefits 27. The author is strongly critical of today’s rich capitalists for ________. A) not giving necessary assistance to laid-off workers B) maximizing their profits at the expense of workers C) not setting up long-term goals for their companies D) rewarding only those who are considered the fittest 28. The immediate consequence of the new capitalists’ practice is ________. A) loss of corporate reputation B) lower pay for the employees C) a higher rate of unemployment D) a decline in business transactions 29. The rich try to sway the policy of the government by ________. A) occupying important positions in both political parties B) making monetary contributions to decision-makers C) pleasing the public with generous donations D) constantly hosting fundraising dinners 30. What is the author’s purpose in writing this passage? A) to call on the middle class to remain loyal to the free enterprise system B) to warn the government of the shrinking of the American middle class C) to persuade the government to change its current economic policies D) to urge the middle class to wake up and protect their own interests Passage Three Questions 31 to 35 are based on the following passage. Intel chairman Andy Grove has decided to cut the Gordian knot of controversy surrounding stem cell research by simply writing a check. The check, which he pledged last week, could be for as much as 55 million, depending on how many donors make gifts of between 550,000 and 5,500,000, which he has promised to match. It will be made out to the University of California-San Francisco 737淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 (UCSF). Thanks in part to such private donations, university research into uses for human stem cells—the cells at the earliest stages of development that can form any body part —will continue in California. With private financial support, the state will be less likely to lose talented scientists who would be tempted to leave the field or even leave the country as research dependent on federal money slows to glacial (极其缓慢的) pace. Hindered by limits President Bush placed on stem cell research a year age, scientists are turning to laboratories that can carry out work without using federal money. This is awkward for universities, which must spend extra money building separate labs and keeping rigor cots records proving no federal funds were involved. Grove’s donation, a first step toward a $20 million target at UCSF, will ease the burden. The president’s decision a year ago to allow research on already existing stem cell lines was portrayed as a reasonable compromise between scientists’ needs for cells to work with, and concerns that this kind of research could lead to wholesale creation and destruction of human embryos (胚胎), cloned infants and a general contempt for human life. But Bush’s effort to please both sides ended up pleasing neither. And it certainly didn’t provide the basis for cutting edge research. Of the 78 existing stem cell lines which Bush said are all that science would ever need, only one is in this country (at the University of Wisconsin) and only five are ready for distribution to researchers. All were grown in conjunction with mouse cells, making future therapeutic (治疗的) uses unlikely. The Bush administration seems bent on satisfying the small but vocal group of Americans who oppose stem cell research under any conditions. Fortunately, Grove and others are more interested in advancing scientific research that could benefit the large number of Americans who suffer from Parkinson’s disease, nerve injuries, heart diseases and many other problems. 31. When Andy Grove decided to cut the Gordian knot, he meat to ________. A) put an end to stem cell research B) end Intel’s relations with Gordian C) settle the dispute on stem cell research quickly D) expel Gordian from stem cell research for good 32. For UCSF to carry on stem cell research, new funds have to come from ________. A) interested businesses and individuals B) the United States federal government C) a foundation set up by the Intel Company D) executives of leading American companies 33. As a result of the limit Bust placed on stem cell research. American universities will ________. 738淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 A) conduct the research in laboratories overseas B) abandon the research altogether in the near future C) have to carry out the research secretly D) have to raise money to build separate labs 34. We may infer from the passage that future therapeutic uses of stem cells will be unlikely unless ________. A) human stem cells are used in the research B) a lot more private donations can be secured C) more federal money is used for the research D) talented scientists are involved in the research 35. The reason lying behind President Bush’s placing limits on stem cell research is that ________. A) his administration is financially pinched B) he did not want to offend its opponents C) it amounts to a contempt for human life D) it did not promise any therapeutic value Passage Four Questions 36 to 40 are based on the following passage. This looks like the year that hard-pressed tenants in California will relief-not just in the marketplace, where tents have eased, but from the state capital Sacramento. Two significant tenant reforms stand a good chance of passage. One bill, which will give more time to tenants being evicted (逐出), will soon be heading to the governor’s desk. The other, protecting security deposits, faces a vote in the Senate on Monday. For more than a century, landlords in California have been able to force tenants out with only 30 days’ notice. That will now double under SB 1403, which got through the Assembly recently. The new protection will apply only to renters who have been in an apartment for at least a year. Even 60 days in a tight housing market won’t be long enough for some families to find an apartment near where their kids go to school. But is will be an improvement in cities like San Jose, where renters rights groups charge that unscrupulous (不择手段的) landlords have kicked out tenants on short notice to put up tents. The California Landlords Association argued that landlords shouldn’t have to wait 60 days to get rid of problem tenants. But the bill gained support when a Japanese real estate investor sent out 30-day eviction notices to 550 families renting homes in Sacramento and Santa Rosa. The landlords lobby eventually dropped its opposition and instead turned its forces against AB 2330, regarding security deposits. 739淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Sponsored by Assemblywoman Carole Migden of San Francisco, the bill would establish a procedure and a timetable for tenants to get back security deposits. Some landlords view security deposits as a free month’s rent, theirs for the taking. In most cases, though, there are honest disputes over damages-what constitutes ordinary wear and tear AB 2330 would give a tenant the right to request a walk-through with the landlord and to make the repairs before moving out; reputable landlords already do this. It would increase the penalty for failing to return a deposit. The original bill would have required the landlord to pay interest on the deposit. The landlords lobby protested that it would involve too much paperwork over too little money-less than $10 a year on a $1,000 deposit, at current rates. On Wednesday, the sponsor dropped the interest section to increase the chance of passage. Even in its amended form, AB 2330 is, like SB 1403, vitally important for tenants and should be made state law. 36. We learn from the passage that SB 1403 will benefit ________. A) long-term real estate investors B) short-term tenants in Sacramento C) landlords in the State of California D) tenants renting a house over a year 37. A 60-day notice before eviction may not be early enough for renters because ________. A) moving house is something difficult to arrange B) appropriate housing may not be readily available C) more time is needed for their kids’ school registration D) the furnishing of the new house often takes a long time 38. Very often landlords don’t return tenants’ deposits on the pretext that ________. A) their rent has not been paid in time B) there has been ordinary wear and tear C) tenants have done damage to the house D) the 30-day notice for moving out is over 39. Why did the sponsor of the AB 2330 bill finally give in on the interest section? A) To put an end to a lengthy argument. B) To urge landlords to lobby for its passage. C) To cut down the heavy paperwork for its easy passage. D) To make it easier for the State Assembly to pass the bill. 740淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 40. It can be learned from the passage that ________. A) both bills are likely to be made state laws B) neither bill will pass through the Assembly C) AB 2330 stands a better chance of passage D) Sacramento and San Jose support SB 1403 Part III Vocabulary (20 minutes) Directions: There are 30 incomplete sentences in this part. For each sentence there are four choices marked A), B), C) or D). Choose the ONE answer that the best completes the sentence. Then mark the corresponding letter on the Answer Sheet with a single line through the centre. 41. Grey whales have long been ________ in the north Atlantic and hunting was an important cause for that. A) extinct B) extinguished C) detained D) deprived 42. He was given major responsibility for operating the remote manipulator to ________ the newly launched satellite. A) retreat B) retrieve C) embody D) embrace 43. Foreign students are facing unprecedented delays, as visa applications receive closer ________ than ever. A) appraisal B) scanning C) retention D) scrutiny 44. If you are late for the appointment, you might ________ the interviewer and lose your chance of being accepted. A) irrigate B) intrigue C) irritate D) intimidate 741淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 45. Children’s idea of a magic kingdom is often dancers in animal ________ as they have often seen in Disneyland. A) cushions B) costumes C) skeletons D) ornaments 46. Ever since the first nuclear power stations were built, doubts have ________ about their safety. A) preserved B) survived C) suspended D) lingered 47. This clearly shows that crops and weeds have quite a number of ________ in common. A) traits B) traces C) tracks D) trails 48. From science to Shakespeare, excellent television and video programs are available ________ to teacher. A) in stock B) in store C) in operation D) in abundance 49. When the Italian poet Dante was ________ from his home in Florence, he decided to walk from Italy to Paris to search for the real meaning of life. A) exerted B) expired C) exiled D) exempted 50. Habits acquired in youth-notably smoking and drinking-may increase the risk of ________ diseases in a person’s later life. A) consecutive B) chronic 742淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) critical D) cyclical 51. F. W. Woolworth was the first businessman to erect a true skyscraper to ________ himself, and in 1929, A1 Smith, a former governor of New York, sought to outreach him. A) portray B) proclaim C) exaggerate D) commemorate 52. To label their produce as organic, farmers have to obtain a certificate showing that no ________ chemicals have been used to kill pests on the farm for two years. A) toxic B) tragic C) nominal D) notorious 53. Ancient Greek gymnastics training programs were considered to be an ________ part of the children’s education. A) intact B) integral C) inclusive D) infinite 54. Researchers have found that happiness doesn’t appear to be anyone’s; the capacity for joy is a talent you develop largely for yourself. A) disposal B) domain C) heritage D) hostage 55. We want out children to have more than job skills; we want their lives to be ________ and their perspectives to be broadened. A) envisaged B) excelled C) exceeded D) enriched 743淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 56. Online schools, which ________ the needs of different people, have emerged as an increasingly popular education alternative. A) stir up B) switch on C) cater to D) consent to 57. This kind of songbird sleeps much less during its annual ________,but that doesn’t seem to affect its flying. A) migration B) emigration C) conveyance D) transference 58. The developing nations want rich countries to help shoulder the cost of ________ forests. A) updating B) upgrading C) conserving D) constructing 59. In the study, researchers succeeded in determining how coffee ________ different areas of the brain in 15 volunteers. A) integrated B) motivated C) illuminated D) activated 60. They are trying to ________ the risk as much as they can by making a more thorough investigation of the market. A) minimize B) harmonize C) summarize D) jeopardize 61. The cycles of the sun and moon are simple, but forces which have shaped human lives since the beginning. A) frantic B) gigantic 744淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) sensational D) maximum 62. An effort was launched recently to create the first computer ________ of the entire human brain. A) repetition B) repression C) saturation D) simulation 63. In the face of the disaster, the world has united to aid millions of ________ people trying to piece their lives back together. A) fragile B) primitive C) vulnerable D) susceptible 64. AIDS is a global problem that demands a unified, worldwide solution, which is not only the responsibility of nations in which AIDS is most ________. A) relevant B) prevalent C) vigorous D) rigorous 65. After the earthquake, a world divided by ________ and religious disputes suddenly faced its common humanity in this shocking disaster. A) eligible B) engaged C) prone D) prospective 66. Psychologists suggest that children who are shy are more ________ to develop depression and anxiety later in life. A) eligible B) engaged C) prone D) prospective 67. Initially, the scientists and engineers seemed ________ by the variety of responses 745淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 people can make to a poem. A) reinforced B) embarrassed C) depressed D) bewildered 68. Is it possible to stop drug ________ in the country within a very short time? A) adoption B) addiction C) contemplation D) compulsion 69. The parents of Lindsay, 13, an ________ tennis player who spends eight hours a day on the court, admit that a regular school is not an option for their daughter. A) exotic B) equivalent C) elite D) esthetic 70. Our research confirmed the ________ that when children have many different caregivers important aspects of their development are liable to be overlooked. A) hypothesis B) hierarchy C) synthesis D) syndrome Part IV Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion make (^) in the right place and write the missing world in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it out and put a slash (/) in the blank. 注意：题目印刷在答题卡上，请用黑色字迹签字笔在答题卡上作答。 Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of 746淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ The most important starting point for improving the understanding of silence is undoubtedly an adequate scientific education at school. Public attitudes towards science owe much the way science is taught in these (S1) institutions. Today, school is what most people come into (S2) contact with a formal instruction and explanation of science for the first time, at least in a systematic way. It is at this point which the foundations are laid for an interest in science. (S3) What is taught (and how) in this first encounter will largely determine an individual’s view of the subject in adult life. Understanding the original of the negative attitudes (S4) towards science may help us to modify them. Most education system neglect exploration, understanding and reflection. (S5) Teachers in schools tend to present science as a collection of facts, often by more detail than necessary. As a result, (S6) children memorize processes such as mathematical formulas or the periodic table, only to forget it shortly afterwards. The (S7) task of learning facts and concepts, one at a time, makes learning laborious, boring and efficient. Such a purely (S8) empirical approach, which consists of observation and description, is also, in a sense, unscientific or incomplete. There is therefore a need for resources and methods of teaching that facilitates a deep understanding of science in (S9) an enjoyable way. Science should not only be “fun” in the same way as playing a video game, but ‘hard fun’—deep feeling of connection made possibly only imaginative (S10) engagement. Part V Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled The Celebration of Western Festivals. You should write at least 150 words following outline given below. 1. 现在国内有不少人喜欢过西方的某些节日 2. 产生这种现象的原因 3. 这种现象可能带来的影响 The Celebration of Western Festivals. 747淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月23日六级参考答案 Part I Listening Comprehension 1. B 2. A 3. C 4. C 5. D 6. B 7. C 8. D 9. B 10. A 11. D 12. C 13. A 14. A 15. B 16. C 17. D 18. A 19. B 20. D Part II Reading Comprehension 21. A 22. D 23. C 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. B 28. C 29. B 30. D 31. C 32. A 33. D 34. A 35. B 36. D 37. B 38. C 39. D 40. A Part III Vocabulary 41. A 42. B 43. D 44. C 45. B 46. D 47. A 48. D 49. C 50. B 51. D 52. A 53. B 54. C 55. D 56. C 57. A 58. C 59. D 60. A 61. B 62. D 63. C 64. B 65. A 66. C 67. D 68. B 69. C 70. A Part IV Error Correction S1. 在much和the way间插入to S2. what → where S3. which → that S4. original → origin S5. system → systems S6. by → in 748淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 S7. it → them S8. efficient → inefficient S9. facilitates → facilitate S10. possibly → possible 749淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月24日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷) Part I Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled The Importance of Reading Classics. You should write at least 150 words following the outline given below. 1. 阅读经典书籍对人的成长至关重要 2. 现在愿意阅读经典的人却越来越少，原因是… 3. 我们大学生应该怎么做 The Importance of Reading Classics Part II Reading Comprehension (Skimming and Scanning) (15 minutes) Directions: In this part, you will have 15 minutes to go over the passage quickly and answer the questions on Answer Sheet 1. For questions 1-4, mark Y (for YES) if the statement agrees with the information given in the passage; N (for NO) if statement contradicts the information given in the passage; NG (for NOT GIVEN) if the information is not given in the passage. For questions 5-10, complete the sentences with the information given in the passage. Space Tourism Make your reservations now. The space tourism industry is officially open for business, and tickets are going for a mere $20 million for a one-week stay in space. Despite reluctance from National Air and Space Administration (NASA)，Russia made American businessman Dennis Tito the world’s first space tourist. Tito flew into space aboard a Russian Soyuz rocket that arrived at the International Space Station (ISS) on April 30, 2001. The second space tourist, South African businessman Mark Shuttleworth, took off aboard the Russian Soyuz on April 25, 2002, also bound for the ISS. Lance Bass of ‘N Sync was supposed to be the third to make the $20 million trip, but he did not join the three-man crew as they blasted off on October 30, 2002, due to lack of payment. Probably the most incredible aspect of this proposed space tour was that NASA approved of it. These trips are the beginning of what could be a profitable 21st century industry. There are already several space tourism companies planning to build suborbital vehicles and orbital cities within the next two decades. These companies have invested millions, 750淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 believing that the space tourism industry is on the verge of taking off. In 1997, NASA published a report concluding that selling trips into space to private citizens could be worth billions of dollars. A Japanese report supports these findings, and projects that space tourism could be a $10 billion per year industry within the next two decades. The only obstacles to opening up space to tourists are the space agencies, who are concerned with safety and the development of a reliable, reusable launch vehicle. Space Accommodations Russia’s Mir space station was supposed to be the first destination for space tourists. But in March 2001，the Russian Aerospace Agency brought Mir down into the Pacific Ocean. As it turned out, bringing down Mir only temporarily delayed the first tourist trip into space. The Mir crash did cancel plans for a new reality-based game show from NBC, which was going to be called Destination Mir. The Survivor-like TV show was scheduled to air in fall 2001, Participants on the show were to go through training at Russia’s cosmonaut (宇 航员) training center, Star City. Each week, one of the participants would be eliminated from the show, with the winner receiving a trip to the Mir space station. The Mir crash has ruled out NBC’s space plans for now. NASA is against beginning space tourism until the International Space Station is completed in 2006. Russia is not alone in its interest in space tourism. There are several projects underway to commercialize space travel. Here are a few of the groups that might take tourists to space:  Space Island Group is going to build a ring-shaped, rotating “commercial space infrastructure (基础结构)” that will resemble the Discovery spacecraft in the movie “2001: A Space Odyssey.” Space Island says it will build its space city out of empty NASA space-shuttle fuel tanks (to start, it should take around 12 or so), and place it about 400 miles above Earth. The space city will rotate once per minute to create a gravitational pull one-third as strong as Earth’s.  According to their vision statement. Space Adventures plans to “fly tens of thousand of people in space over the next 10-15 years and beyond, around the moon, and back, from spaceports both on Earth and in space, to and from private space stations, and board dozen of different vehicles...”  Even Hilton Hotels has shown interest in the space tourism industry and possibility of building or co-funding a space hotel. However, the company did say that it believes such a space hotel is 15 to 20 years away. Initially, space tourism will offer simple accommodations at best. For instance, if the International Space Station is used as a tourist attraction, guests won’t find the luxurious surroundings of a hotel room on Earth. It has been designed for conducting research, not entertainment. However, the first generation of space hotels should offer tourists a much more comfortable experience. In regard to a concept for a space hotel initially planned by Space Island, such a hotel could offer guests every convenience they might find at a hotel on Earth, and some 751淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 they might not. The small gravitational pull created by the rotating space city would allow space-tourists and residents to walk around and function facilities would be possible. Additionally, space tourists would even be able to take space walks. Many of these companies believe that they have to offer an extremely enjoyable experience in order for passengers to pay thousands, if not millions, of dollars to ride into space. So will space create another separation between the haves and have-nots? The Most Expensive Vacation Will space be an exotic retreat reserved for only the wealthy? Or will middle-class folks have a chance to take their families to space? Make no mistake about it, going to space will be the most expensive vacation you ever take. Prices right now are in the tens of millions of dollars. Currently, the only vehicles that can take you into space are the space shuttle and the Russian Soyuz, both of which are terribly inefficient. Each spacecraft requires millions of pounds of fuel to take off into space, which makes them expensive to launch. One pound of payload (有效载重) costs about $10,000 to put into Earth’s orbit. NASA and Lockheed Martin are currently developing a single-stage-to-orbit launch space plane, called the VentureStar, that could be launched for about a tenth of what the space shuttle costs to launch. If the VentureStar takes off, the number of people who could afford to take a trip into space would move into the millions. In 1998, a joint report from NASA and the Space Transportation Association stated that improvements in technology could push fares for space travel as low as $50,000, and possibly down to $20,000 or $10,000 a decade later. The report concluded that a ticket price of $50,000, there could be 500,000 passengers flying into space each year. While still leaving out many people, these prices would open up space to a tremendous amount of traffic. Since the beginning of the space race, the general public has said, “Isn’t that great —when do I get to go?” Well, our chance might be closer than ever. Within the next 20 years, space planes could be taking off for the Moon at the same frequency as airplanes flying between New York and Los Angles. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡1上作答。 1. Lance Bass wasn’t able to go on a tour of space because of health problems. 2. Several tourism companies believe space travel is going to be a new profitable industry. 3. The space agencies are reluctant to open up space to tourists. 4. Two Australian billionaires have been placed on the waiting list for entering space as private passengers. 5. The price for the winner in the fall 2001 NBA TV game show would have been 752淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 ________. 6. Hilton Hotels believes it won’t be long before it is possible to build a ________. 7. In order for space tourists to walk around and function normally, it is necessary for the space city to create a ________. 8. What making going to space the most expensive vacation is the enormous cost involved in ________. 9. Each year 500,000 space tourists could be flying into space if ticket prices could be lowered to ________. 10. Within the next two decades, ________ could be as intercity air travel. Part III Listening Comprehension (35 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 8 short conversations and 2 long conversations. At the end of each conversation, one or more questions will be asked about what said. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A) B) C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 11. A) Dr. Smith’s waiting room isn’t tidy. B) Dr. Smith enjoys reading magazines. C) Dr. Smith has left a good impression on her. D) Dr. Smith may not be a good choice. 12. A) The man will rent the apartment when it is available. B) The man made a bargain with the landlady over the rent. C) The man insists on having a look at the apartment first. D) The man is not fully satisfied with the apartment. 13. A) Packing up to go abroad. B) Drawing up a plan for her English course. C) Brushing up on her English. D) Applying for a visa to the United Sates. 753淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 14. A) He is anxious to find a cure for his high blood pressure. B) He doesn’t think high blood pressure is a problem for him. C) He was not aware of his illness until diagnosed with it. D) He did not take the symptoms of his illness seriously. 15. A) To investigate the cause of AIDS. B) To raise money for AIDS patients. C) To rally support for AIDS victims in Africa. D) To draw attention to the spread of AIDS in Asia. 16. A) It has a very long history. B) It is a private institution. C) It was founded by Thomas Jefferson. D) It stresses the comprehensive study of nature. 17. A) They can’t fit into the machine. B) They have not been delivered yet. C) They were sent to the wrong address. D) They were found to be of the wrong type. 18. A) The food served in the cafeteria usually lacks variety. B) The cafeteria sometimes provides rare food for the students. C) The students find the service in the cafeteria satisfactory. D) The cafeteria tries hard to cater to the students’ needs. Questions 19 to 22 are based on the conversation you have just heard. 19. A) He picked up some apples in his yard. B) He cut some branches off the apple tree. C) He quarreled with his neighbor over the fence. D) He cleaned up all the garbage in the woman’s yard. 20. A) Trim the apple trees in her yard. B) Pick up the apples that fell in her yard. C) Take the garbage to the curb for her. D) Remove the branches from her yard. 21. A) File a lawsuit against the man. B) Ask the man for compensation. 754淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) Have the man’s apple tree cut down. D) Throw garbage into the man’s yard. 22. A) He was ready to make a concession. B) He was not intimidated. C) He was not prepared to go to court. D) He was a bit concerned. Questions 23 to 25 are based on the conversation you have just heard. 23. A) Bad weather. B) Breakdown of the engines. C) Human error. D) Failure of the communications system. 24. A) Two thousand feet. B) Twenty thousand feet. C) Twelve thousand feet. D) Twenty-two thousand feet. 25. A) Accurate communication is of utmost importance. B) Pilots should be able to speak several foreign languages. C) Air controllers should keep a close watch on the weather. D) Cooperation between pilots and air controllers is essential. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choice marked A) B) C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 Passage One Questions 26 to 28 are based on the passage you have just heard. 26. A) His father caught a serious disease. B) His mother passed away. 755淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) His mother left him to marry a rich businessman. D) His father took to drinking. 27. A) He disliked being disciplined. B) He couldn’t pay his gambling debts. C) He was expelled by the university. D) He enjoyed working for a magazine. 28. A) His poems are heavily influenced by French writers. B) His stories are mainly set in the State of Virginia. C) His work difficult to read. D) Hid language is not refined. 29. A) He grieved to death over the loss of his wife. B) He committed suicide for unknown reasons. C) He was shot dead at the age of 40. D) He died of heavy drinking. Passage Two Questions 30 to 32 are based on the passage you have just heard. 30. A) Women. B) Manual workers. C) Prisoners. D) School age children. 31. A) He taught his students how to pronounce the letters first. B) He matched the letters with the sounds familiar to the learners. C) He showed the learners how to combine the letters into simple words. D) He divided the letters into groups according to the way they are written. 32. A) It can help people to become literate within a short time. B) It was originally designed for teaching the English language. C) It enables the learners to master a language within three months. D) It is effective in teaching any alphabetical language to Brazilians. Passage Three Questions 33 to 35 are based on the passage you have just heard. 756淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 33. A) The crop’s blooming period is delayed. B) The roots of crops are cut off. C) The topsoil is seriously damaged. D) The growth of weeds is accelerated. 34. A) It’s a new way of applying chemical fertilizer. B) It’s an improved method of harvesting crops. C) It’s an creative technique for saving labor. D) It’s a farming process limiting the use of ploughs. 35. A) In areas with few weeds and unwanted plants. B) In areas with a severs shortage of water. C) In areas lacking in chemical fertilizer. D) In areas dependent on imported food. Section C Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from 36 to 43 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from 44 to 46 you are required to fill in the missing information. For these blanks, you can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 Adults are getting smarter about how smart babies are. Not long ago, researchers learned that 4-day-olds could understand (36) ________ and subtraction. Now, British research (37) ________ Graham Schafer has discovered that infants can learn words for uncommon things long before they can speak. He found that 9-month-old infants could be taught, through repeated show-and-tell, to (38) ________ the names of objects that were foreign to them, a result that (39) ________ in some ways the received (40) ________ that, apart from learning to (41) ________ things common to their daily lives, children don’t begin to build vocabulary until well into their second year. “It’s no (42) ________ that children learn words, but the words they tend to know are words linked to (43) ________ situations in the home,” explains Schafer. “(44) ________________________________ with an unfamiliar voice giving instructions in an unfamiliar setting.” Figuring out how humans acquire language may shed light on why some children learn to read and write later than others, Schafer says, and could lead to better treatments for developmental problems. (45) ________________________________. 757淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 “Language is a test case for human cognitive development,” says Schafer. But parents eager to teach their infants should take note (46) ________________________________. “This is not about advancing development,” he says. “It’s just about what children can do at an earlier age than what educators have often thought.” Part IV Reading Comprehension (Reading in Depth) (25 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, there is a short passage with 5 questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete statements in the fewest possible words. Please write your answers on Answer Sheet 2. Questions 47 to 51 are based on the following passage. I’ve heard from and talked to many people who described how Mother Nature simplified their lives for them. They’d lost their home and many or all of their possessions through fires, floods, earthquakes, or some other disaster. Losing everything you own under such circumstances can be distressing, but the people I’ve heard from all saw their loss, ultimately as a blessing. “The fire saved us the agony of deciding what to keep and what to get rid of,” one woman wrote. And once all those things were no longer there, she and her husband saw how they had weighed them down and complicate their lives. “There was so much stuff we never used and that was just taking up space. We vowed when we started over, we’d replace only what we needed, and this time we’d do it right. We’ve kept our promise: we don’t have much now, but what we have is exactly what we want.” Though we’ve never had a catastrophic loss such as that, Gibbs and I did have a close call shortly before we decided to simplify. At that time we lived in a fire zone. One night a firestorm rages through and destroyed over six hundred homes in our community. That tragedy gave us the opportunity to look objectively at the goods we’d accumulated. We saw that there was so much we could get rid of and only never miss, but be better off without. Having almost lost it all, we found it much easier to let go of the things we knew we’d never use again. Obviously, there’s a tremendous difference between getting rid of possessions and losing them through a natural disaster without having a say in the matter. And this is not to minimize the tragedy and pain such a loss can generate. But you might think about how you would approach the acquisition process if you had it to do all over again. Look around your home and make a list of what you would replace. Make another list of things you wouldn’t acquire again no matter what, and in fact 758淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 would be happy to be rid of. When you’re ready to start unloading some of your stuff, that list will be a good place to start. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 47. Many people whose possessions were destroyed in natural disasters eventually considered their loss ________. 48. Now that all their possessions were lost in the fire, the woman and her husband felt that their lives had been ________. 49. What do we know about the author’s house from the sentence “Gibbs and did have a close call ...” (Line 1-2, Para. 4)? 50. According to the author, getting rid of possessions and losing them through a natural disaster are vastly ________. 51. What does the author suggest people do with unnecessary things? Section B Directions: There are 2 passages in this section. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C), and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 52 to 56 are based on the following passage. In a purely biological sense, fear begins with the body’s system for reacting to things that can harm us—the so-called fight-or-flight response. “An animal that can’t detect danger can’t stay alive,” says Joseph LeDoux. Like animals, humans evolved with an elaborate mechanism for processing information about potential threats. At its core is a cluster of neurons (神经元) deep in the brain known as the amygdale (扁桃核). LeDoux studies the way animals and humans respond to threats to understand how we form memories of significant events in our lives. The amygdale receives input from many parts of the brain, including regions responsible for retrieving memories. Using this information, the amygdale appraises a situation—I think this charging dog wants to bite me—and triggers a response by radiating nerve signals throughout the body. These signals produce the familiar signs of distress: trembling, perspiration and fast-moving feet, just to name three. This fear mechanism is critical to the survival of all animals, but no one can say for sure whether beasts other than humans know they’re afraid. That is, as LeDoux says, “if 759淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 you put that system into a brain that has consciousness, then you get the feeling of fear.” Humans, says Edward M. Hallowell, have the ability to call up images of bad things that happened in the past and to anticipate future events. Combine these higher thought processes with our hardwired danger-detection systems, and you get a near- universal human phenomenon: worry. That’s not necessarily a bad thing, says Hallowell. “When used properly, worry is an incredible device,” he says. After all, a little healthy worrying is okay if it leads to constructive action—like having a doctor look at that weird spot on your back. Hallowell insists, though, that there’s a right way to worry. “Never do it alone, get the facts and then make a plan.” He says. Most of us have survived a recession, so we’re familiar with the belt-tightening strategies needed to survive a slump. Unfortunately, few of us have much experience dealing with the threat of terrorism, so it’s been difficult to get fact about how we should respond. That’s why Hallowell believes it was okay for people to indulge some extreme worries last fall by asking doctors for Cipro (抗炭疽菌的药物) and buying gas masks. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 52. The “so-called fight-or-flight response” (Line 2, Para. 1) refers to “________”. A) the biological process in which human beings’ sense of self-defense evolves B) the instinctive fear human beings feel when faced with potential danger C) the act of evaluating a dangerous situation and making a quick decision D) the elaborate mechanism in the human brain for retrieving information 53. From the studies conducted by LeDoux we learn that ________. A) reactions of humans and animals to dangerous situations are often unpredictable B) memories of significant events enable people to control fear and distress C) people’s unpleasant memories are derived from their feeling of fear D) the amygdale plays a vital part in human and animal responses to potential danger 54. From the passage we know that ________. A) a little worry will do us good if handled properly B) a little worry will enable us to survive a recession C) fear strengthens the human desire to survive danger D) fear helps people to anticipate certain future events 55. Which of the following is the best way to deal with your worries according to Hallowell? A) Ask for help from the people around you. 760淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) Use the belt-tightening strategies for survival. C) Seek professional advice and take action. D) Understand the situation and be fully prepared. 56. In Hallowell’s view, people’s reaction to the terrorist threat last fall was ________. A) ridiculous B) understandable C) over-cautious D) sensible Passage Two Questions 57 to 61 are based on the following passage. Amitai Etzioni is not surprised by the latest headings about scheming corporate crooks (骗子). As a visiting professor at the Harvard Business School in 1989, he ended his work there disgusted with his students’ overwhelming lost for money. “They’re taught that profit is all that matters,” he says. “Many schools don’t even offer ethics (伦 理学) courses at all.” Etzioni expressed his frustration about the interests of his graduate students. “By and large, I clearly had not found a way to help classes full of MBAs see that there is more to life than money, power, fame and self-interest.” He wrote at the time. Today he still takes the blame for not educating these “business-leaders-to-be.” “I really like I failed them,” he says. “If I was a better teacher maybe I could have reached them.” Etzioni was a respected ethics expert when he arrived at Harvard. He hoped his work at the university would give him insight into how questions of morality could be applied to places where self-interest flourished. What he found wasn’t encouraging. Those would be executives had, says Etzioni, little interest in concepts of ethics and morality in the boardroom—and their professor was met with blank stares when he urged his students to see business in new and different ways. Etzioni sees the experience at Harvard as an eye-opening one and says there’s much about business schools that he’d like to change. “A lot of the faculty teaching business are bad news themselves,” Etzioni says. From offering classes that teach students how to legally manipulate contracts, to reinforcing the notion of profit over community interests, Etzioni has seen a lot that’s left him shaking his head. And because of what he’s seen taught in business schools, he’s not surprised by the latest rash of corporate scandals. “In many ways things have got a lot worse at business schools, I suspect,” says Etzioni. Etzioni is still teaching the sociology of right and wrong and still calling for ethical business leadership. “People with poor motives will always exist.” He says. “Sometimes environments constrain those people and sometimes environments give those people opportunity.” Etzioni says the booming economy of the last decade enabled those individuals with poor motives to get rich before getting in trouble. His hope now: that 761淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 the cries for reform will provide more fertile soil for his long-standing messages about business ethics. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 57. What impressed Amitai Etzioni most about Harvard MBA students? A) Their keen interest in business courses. B) Their intense desire for money. C) Their tactics for making profits. D) Their potential to become business leaders. 58. Why did Amitai Etzioni say “I really feel like I failed them” (Line 4, Para. 2)? A) He was unable to alert his students to corporate malpractice. B) He didn’t teach his students to see business in new and different ways. C) He could not get his students to understand the importance of ethics in business. D) He didn’t offer courses that would meet the expectations of the business-leaders- to-be. 59. Most would-be executives at the Harvard Business School believed that ________. A) questions of morality were of utmost importance in business affairs B) self-interest should not be the top priority in business dealings C) new and different principles should be taught at business schools D) there was no place for ethics and morality in business dealings 60. In Etzioni’s view, the latest rash of corporate scandals could be attributed to ________. A) the tendency in business schools to stress self-interest over business ethics B) the executives’ lack of knowledge in legally manipulating contracts C) the increasingly fierce competition in the modern business world D) the moral corruption of business school graduates 61. We learn from the last paragraph that ________. A) the calls for reform will help promote business ethics B) businessmen with poor motives will gain the upper hand C) business ethics courses should be taught in all business schools D) reform in business management contributes to economic growth Part V Error Correction (15 minutes) Directions: This part consists of a short passage. In this passage, there are altogether 762淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 10 mistakes, one in each numbered line. You may have to change a word, add a word or delete a word. Mark out the mistakes and put the corrections in the blanks provided. If you change a word, cross it out and write the correct word in the corresponding blank. If you add a word, put an insertion mark (∧) in the right place and write the missing word in the blank. If you delete a word, cross it and put a slash (/) in the blank. 注意：此部分试题在答题卡2上；请在答题卡2上作答。 Example: Television is rapidly becoming the literature of our periods错误: 引用源未找到 ╱. 1. time/times/period Many of the arguments having错误: 引用源未找到╱ used for the study of literature as 2. _______\_______ a school subject are valid for ∧ study of television. 3. ______the______ The National Endowment for the Arts recently released the results of its “Reading at Risk” survey, which described the movement of the American public away from books and literature and toward television and electronic media. According to the survey, “reading is on the decline on every (62) region, within every ethnic group, and at every educational level.” The day the NEA report released, the U.S. House, in a tie (63) Vote, upheld the government’s right to obtain bookstore and library records under a provision of the USA Patriot Act. The House proposal would have barred the federal government (64) from demand library records, reading lists, book customer lists and other material in terrorism and intelligence investigations. These two events are completely unrelated to, yet they (65) echo each other in the message they send about the place of books and reading in American culture. At the heart (66) of the NEA survey is the belief in our democratic System depends on leaders who can think critically, analyze (67) texts and discussing books and literature. At the same time, through a provision of the Patriot Act, the leaders of our country are unconsciously sending the message that reading (68) may be connected to desirable activities that might undermine our system of government rather than helping democracy flourish. Our culture’s decline in reading begin well before the (69) existence of the Patriot Act. During the 1980s’ culture wars, school systems across the country pulled some books from (70) library shelves because its content was deemed by parents and teachers to be inappropriate. Now what started in schools across the country is playing itself out on a nation stage and (71) is possibly having an impact on the reading habits of the American public. Part VI Translation (5 minutes) Directions: Complete the sentences by translating into English the Chinese given in brackets. Please write your translation on Answer Sheet 2. 763淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答，只需写出译文部分。 72. If you had ________ (听从了我的忠告，你就不会陷入麻烦). 73. With tears on her face, the lady ________ (看着她受伤的儿子被送进手术室). 74. After the terrorist attack, tourists ________ (被劝告暂时不要去该国旅游). 75. I prefer to communicate with my customers ________ (通过写电子邮件而不是打 电话). 76. ________ (直到截止日他才寄出) his application form. 764淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2006年12月24日六级参考答案 1. N 2. Y 3. Y 4. NG 5. a trip to the Mir Space Station 6. a space hotel 7. small gravitation pull 8. the fuel of spacecraft 9. $50,000 10. space travel 11. D 12. C 13. B 14. C 15. D 16. A 17. B 18. A 19. B 20.D 21. A 22. C 23. B 24.A 25. A Section B 26. B 27. C 28.C 29.D 30. A 31. D 32. A 33. C 34.D 35. B Section C 36. addition 37. psychologist 38. recognize 39. challenges 40. wisdom 41. identify 42. secret 43. specific 44. This is the first demonstration that we can choose what words the children will learn and that they can respond to them 45. What’s more, the study of language acquisition offers direct insight into how humans learn 46. Even without being taught new words, a control group caught up with the other infants within a few moths 47. as a blessing 48. simplified 49. their house need to be simplified 50. different 765淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 51. make a list of the unnecessary things before unloading them 52. B the instinctive fear human being feel when faced with potential danger 53. D the amygdale plays a vital part in human and animal responses to potential danger 54. A a little worry will do us good if handled properly 55. D understand the situation and be fully prepared 56. B understandable 57. B Their intense desire for money 58. C He could not get his students to understand the importance of ethics in business 59. D there was no place for ethics and morality in business dealings 60. A the tendency in business school to stress self-interest over business ethics 61. A the calls for reform will help promote business ethics 62. on → in 63. day和the之间插入when 64. demand → demanding 65. 去掉to 66. in → that 67. writing → write 68. desirable → undesirable 69. begin → began 70. its → their 71. nation → national 72. followed my advice, you would not be in trouble now. 766淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 73. watched her injured son sent into the operation room. 74. were advised not to travel to that country at the moment 75. via E-mail instead of telephone 76. Until the deadline came, he didn’t sent out 767淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2007年6月23日大学英语六级(CET-6)真题试卷(A卷) Part I Writing (30 minutes) Directions: For this part, you are allowed 30 minutes to write a short essay entitled Should One Expect a Reward When Doing a Good Deed? You should write at least 150 words following the outline given below. 1. 有人做好事期望得到回报； 2. 有人认为应该像雷锋那样做好事不图回报； 3. 我的观点。 Should One Expect a Reward When Doing a Good Deed? Part II Reading Comprehension (Skimming and Scanning) (15 minutes) Directions: In this part, you will have 15 minutes to go over the passage quickly and answer the questions on Answer Sheet 1. For questions 1-4, mark Y (for YES) if the statement agrees with the information given in the passage; N (for NO) if statement contradicts the information given in the passage; NG (for NOT GIVEN) if the information is not given in the passage. For questions 5-10, complete the sentences with the information given in the passage. Seven Steps to a More Fulfilling Job Many people today find themselves in unfulfilling work situations. In fact, one in four workers is dissatisfied with their current job, according to the recent “Plans for 2004” survey. Their career path may be financially rewarding, but it doesn’t meet their emotional, social or creative needs. They’re stuck, unhappy, and have no idea what to do about it, except move to another job. Mary Lyn Miller, veteran career consultant and founder of the Life and Career Clinic, says that when most people are unhappy about their work, their first thought is to get a different job. Instead, Miller suggests looking at the possibility of a different life. Through her book, 8 Myths of Making a Living, as well as workshops, seminars and personal coaching and consulting, she has helped thousands of dissatisfied workers reassess life and work. Like the way of Zen, which includes understanding of oneself as one really is, Miller encourages job seekers and those dissatisfied with work or life to examine their beliefs about work and recognize that “in many cases your beliefs are what brought you to 768淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 where you are today.” You may have been raised to think that women were best at nurturing and caring and, therefore, should be teachers and nurses. So that’s what you did. Or, perhaps you were brought up to believe that you should do what your father did, so you have taken over the family business, or become a dentist “just like dad.” If this sounds familiar, it’s probably time to look at the new possibilities for your future. Miller developed a 7-step process to help potential job seekers assess their current situation and beliefs, identify their real passion, and start on a journey that allows them to pursue their passion through work. Step 1: Willingness to do something different. Breaking the cycle of doing what you have always done is one of the most difficult tasks for job seekers. Many find it difficult to steer away from a career path or make a change, even if it doesn’t feel right. Miller urges job seekers to open their minds to other possibilities beyond what they are currently doing. Step 2: Commitment to being who you are, not who or what someone wants you to be. Look at the \gifts and talents you have and make a commitment to pursue those things that you love most. If you love the social aspects of your job, but are stuck inside an office or “chained to your desk” most of the time, vow to follow your instinct and investigate alternative careers and work that allow you more time to interact with others. Dawn worked as a manager for a large retail clothing store for several years. Though she had advanced within the company, she felt frustrated and longed to be involved with nature and the outdoors. She decided to go to school nights and weekends to pursue her true passion by earning her master’s degree in forestry. She now works in the biotech forestry division of a major paper company. Step 3: Self-definition Miller suggests that once job seekers know who they are, they need to know how to sell themselves. “In the job market, you are a product. And just like a product, you most know the features and benefits that you have to offer a potential client, or employer.” Examine the skills and knowledge that you have identify how they can apply to your desired occupation. Your qualities will exhibit to employers why they should hire you over other candidates. Step 4: Attain a level of self-honoring. Self-honoring or self-love may seem like an odd step for job hunters, but being able to accept yourself, without judgment, helps eliminate insecurities and will make you more self-assured. By accepting who you are – all your emotions, hopes and dreams, your personality, and your unique way of being – you’ll project more confidence when networking and talking with potential employers. The power of self-honoring can help to break all the falsehoods you were programmed to believe – those that made you feel that you were not good enough, or strong enough, or intelligent enough to do what you truly desire. 769淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 Step 5: Vision. Miller suggests that job seekers develop a vision that embraces the answer to “What do I really want to do?” one should create a solid statement in a dozen or so sentences that describe in detail how they see their life related to work. For instance, the secretary who longs to be an actress describes a life that allows her to express her love of Shakespeare on stage. A real estate agent, attracted to his current job because her loves fixing up old homes, describes buying properties that need a little tender loving care to make them more saleable. Step 6: Appropriate risk. Some philosophers believe that the way to enlightenment comes through facing obstacles and difficulties. Once people discover their passion, many are too scared to do anything about it. Instead, they do nothing. With this step, job seekers should assess what they are willing to give up, or risk, in pursuit of their dream. For one working mom, that meant taking night classes to learn new computer-aided design skills, while still earning a salary and keeping her day job. For someone else, it may mean quitting his or her job, taking out loan and going back to school full time. You’ll move one step closer to your ideal work life if you identify how much risk you are willing to take and the sacrifices you are willing to make. Step 7: Action. Some teachers of philosophy describe action in this way, “If one wants to get to the top of a mountain, just sitting at the foot thinking about it will not bring one there. It is by making the effort of climbing up the mountain, step by step, that eventually the summit is reached.” All too often, it is the lack of action that ultimately holds people back from attaining their ideals. Creating a plan and taking it one step at a time can lead to new and different job opportunities. Job-hunting tasks gain added meaning as you sense their importance in your quest for a more meaningful work life. The plan can include researching industries and occupations, talking to people who are in your desired area of work, taking classes, or accepting volunteer work in your targeted field. Each of these steps will lead you on a journey to a happier and more rewarding work life. After all, it is the journey, not the destination, that is most important. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡1上作答。 1. According to the recent “Plans for 2004” survey, most people are unhappy with their current jobs. 2. Mary Lyn Miller’s job is to advise people on their life and career. 3. Mary Lyn Miller herself was once quite dissatisfied with her own work. 4. Many people find it difficult to make up their minds whether to change their career path. 770淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 5. According to Mary Lyn Miller, people considering changing their careers should commit themselves to the pursuit of ________. 6. In the job market, job seekers need to know how to sell themselves like ________. 7. During an interview with potential employers, self-honoring or self-love may help a job seeker to show ________. 8. Mary Lyn Miller suggests that a job seeker develop a vision that answers the question “________” 9. Many people are too scared to pursue their dreams because they are unwilling to ________. 10. What ultimately holds people back from attaining their ideals is ________. Part III Listening Comprehension (35 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, you will hear 8 short conversations and 2 long conversations. At the end of each conversation, one or more questions will be asked about what said. Both the conversation and the questions will be spoken only once. After each question there will be a pause. During the pause, you must read the four choices marked A) B) C) and D), and decide which is the best answer. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 11. A) Surfing the net. B) Watching a talk show. C) Packing a birthday gift. D) Shopping at a jewelry store. 12. A) He enjoys finding fault with exams. B) He is sure of his success in the exam. C) He doesn’t know if he can do well in the exam. D) He used to get straight A’s in the exams he took. 13. A) The man is generous with his good comments on people. B) The woman is unsure if there will be peace in the world. C) The woman is doubtful about newspaper stories. 771淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) The man is quite optimistic about human nature. 14. A) Study for some profession. B) Attend a medical school. C) Stay in business. D) Sell his shop. 15. A) More money. B) Fair treatment. C) A college education. D) Shorter work hours. 16. A) She was exhausted from her trip. B) She missed the comforts of home. C) She was impressed by Mexican food. D) She will not go to Mexico again. 17. A) Cheer herself up a bit. B) Find a more suitable job. C) Seek professional advice. D) Take a psychology course. 18. A) He dresses more formally now. B) What he wears does not match his position. C) He has ignored his friends since graduation. D) He failed to do well at college. Questions 19 to 22 are based on the conversation you have just heard. 19. A) To go sightseeing. B) To have meetings. C) To promote a new champagne. D) To join in a training program. 20. A) It can reduce the number of passenger complaints. B) It can make air travel more entertaining. C) It can cut down the expenses for air travel. D) It can lessen the discomfort caused by air travel. 772淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 21. A) Took balanced meals with champagne. B) Ate vegetables and fruit only. C) Refrained from fish or meat. D) Avoided eating rich food. 22. A) Many of them found it difficult to exercise on a plane. B) Many of them were concerned with their well-being. C) Not many of them chose to do what she did. D) Not many of them understood the program. Questions 23 to 25 are based on the conversation you have just heard. 23. A) At a fair. B) At a cafeteria. C) In a computer lab. D) In a shopping mall. 24. A) The latest computer technology. B) The organizing of an exhibition. C) The purchasing of some equipment. D) The dramatic changes in the job market. 25. A) Data collection. B) Training consultancy. C) Corporate management. D) Information processing. Section B Directions: In this section, you will hear 3 short passages. At the end of each passage, you will hear some questions. Both the passage and the questions will be spoken only once. After you hear a question, you must choose the best answer from the four choice marked A) B) C) and D). Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 Passage One Questions 26 to 28 are based on the passage you have just heard. 773淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 26. A) Improve themselves. B) Get rid of empty dreams. C) Follow the cultural tradition. D) Attempt something impossible. 27. A) By finding sufficient support for implementation. B) By taking into account their own ability to change. C) By constantly keeping in mind their ultimate goals. D) By making detailed plans and carrying them out. 28. A) To show people how to get their lives back to normal. B) To show how difficult it is for people to lose weight. C) To remind people to check the calories on food bags. D) To illustrate how easily people abandon their goals. Passage Two Questions 29 to 31 are based on the passage you have just heard. 29. A) Michael’s parents got divorced. B) Karen was adopted by Ray Anderson. C) Karen’s mother died in a car accident. D) A truck driver lost his life in a collision. 30. A) He ran a red light and collided with a truck. B) He sacrificed his life to save a baby girl. C) He was killed instantly in a burning car. D) He got married to Karen’s mother. 31. A) The reported hero turned out to be his father. B) He did not understand his father till too late. C) Such misfortune should have fallen on him. D) It reminded him of his miserable childhood. Passage Three Questions 32 to 35 are based on the passage you have just heard. 32. A) Germany. B) Japan. 774淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) The U.S. D) The U.K. 33. A) By doing odd jobs at weekends. B) By working long hours every day. C) By putting in more hours each week. D) By taking shorter vacations each year. 34. A) To combat competition and raise productivity. B) To provide them with more job opportunities. C) To help them maintain their living standard. D) To prevent them from holding a second job. 35. A) Change their jobs. B) Earn more money. C) Reduce their working hours. D) Strengthen the government’s role. Section C Directions: In this section, you will hear a passage three times. When the passage is read for the first time, you should listen carefully for its general idea. When the passage is read for the second time, you are required to fill in the blanks numbered from 36 to 43 with the exact words you have just heard. For blanks numbered from 44 to 46 you are required to fill in the missing information. For these blanks, you can either use the exact words you have just heard or write down the main points in your own words. Finally, when the passage is read for the third time, you should check what you have written. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 Nursing, as a typically female profession, must deal constantly with the false impression that nurses are there to wait on the physician. As nurses, we are (36) ________ to provide nursing care only. We do not have any legal or moral (37) ________ to any physician. We provide health teaching, (38) ________ physical as well as emotional problems, (39) ________ patient-related services, and make all of our nursing decisions based upon what is best or suitable for the patient. If, in any (40) ________, we feel that a physician’s order is (41) ________ or unsafe, we have a legal (42) ________ to question that order or refuse to carry it out. Nursing is not a nine-to-five job with every weekend off. All nurses are aware of that before they enter the profession. The emotional and physical stress. However, that occurs due to odd working hours is a (43) ________ reason for a lot of the career 775淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 dissatisfaction. (44) ________________________________. That disturbs our personal lives, disrupts our sleeping and eating habits, and isolates us from everything except job- related friends and activities. The quality of nursing care is being affected dramatically by these situations. (45) ________________________________. Consumers of medically related services have evidently not been affected enough yet to demand changes in our medical system. But if trends continue as predicted, (46) ________________________________. Part IV Reading Comprehension (Reading in Depth) (25 minutes) Section A Directions: In this section, there is a short passage with 5 questions or incomplete statements. Read the passage carefully. Then answer the questions or complete statements in the fewest possible words. Please write your answers on Answer Sheet 2. Questions 47 to 51 are based on the following passage. Google is a world-famous company, with its headquarters in Mountain View, California. It was set up in a Silicon Valley garage in 1998, and inflated (膨胀) with the Internet bubble. Even when everything around it collapsed the company kept on inflating. Google’s search engine is so widespread across the world that search became Google, and google became a verb. The world fell in love with the effective, fascinatingly fast technology. Google owes much of its success to the brilliance of S. Brin and L. Page, but also to a series of fortunate events. It was Page who, at Stanford in 1996, initiated the academic project that eventually became Google’s search engine. Brin, who had met Page at a student orientation a year earlier, joined the project early on. They were both Ph.D. candidates when they devised the search engine which was better than the rest and, without any marketing, spread by word of mouth from early adopters to, eventually, your grandmother. Their breakthrough, simply put, was that when their search engine crawled the Web, it did more than just look for word matches, it also tallied (统计) and ranked a host of other critical factors like how websites link to one another. That delivered far better results than anything else. Brin and Page meant to name their creation Googol (the mathematical term for the number 1 followed by 100 zeroes), but someone misspelled the word so it stuck as Google. They raised money from prescient (有先见之明的) professors and venture capitalists, and moved off campus to turn Google into business. Perhaps their biggest stroke of luck came early on when they tried to sell their technology to other search engines, but no one met their price, and they built it up on their own. The next breakthrough came in 2000, when Google figured out how to make money with its invention. It had lots of users, but almost no one was paying. The solution turned out to be advertising, and it’s not an exaggeration to say that Google is now essentially 776淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 an advertising company, given that that’s the source of nearly all its revenue. Today it is a giant advertising company, worth $100 billion. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 47. Apart from a series of fortunate events, what is it that has made Google so successful? 48. Google’s search engine originated from ________ started by L. Page. 49. How did Google’s search engine spread all over the world? 50. Brin and Page decided to set up their own business because no one would ________. 51. The revenue of the Google company is largely generated from ________. Section B Directions: There are 2 passages in this section. Each passage is followed by some questions or unfinished statements. For each of them there are four choices marked A), B), C), and D). You should decide on the best choice and mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. Passage One Questions 52 to 56 are based on the following passage. You hear the refrain all the time: the U.S. economy looks good statistically, but it doesn’t feel good. Why doesn’t ever-greater wealth promote ever-greater happiness? It is a question that dates at least to the appearance in 1958 of The Affluent (富裕的) Society by John Kenneth Galbraith, who died recently at 97. The Affluent Society is a modern classic because it helped define a new moment in the human condition. For most of history, “hunger, sickness, and cold” threatened nearly everyone, Galbraith wrote. “Poverty was found everywhere in that world. Obviously it is not of ours.” After World War II, the dread of another Great Depression gave way to an economic boom. In the 1930s unemployment had averaged 18.2 percent; in the 1950s it was 4.5 percent. To Galbraith, materialism had gone mad and would breed discontent. Through advertising, companies conditioned consumers to buy things they didn’t really want or need. Because so much spending was artificial, it would be unfulfilling. Meanwhile, government spending that would make everyone better off was being cut down because people instinctively—and wrongly—labeled government only as “a necessary evil.” It’s often said that only the rich are getting ahead; everyone else is standing still or falling behind. Well, there are many undeserving rich—overpaid chief executives, for 777淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 instance. But over any meaningful period, most people’s incomes are increasing. From 1995 to 2004, inflation-adjusted average family income rose 14.3 percent, to $43,200. people feel “squeezed” because their rising incomes often don’t satisfy their rising wants —for bigger homes, more health care, more education, faster Internet connections. The other great frustration is that it has not eliminated insecurity. People regard job stability as part of their standard of living. As corporate layoffs increased, that part has eroded. More workers fear they’ve become “the disposable American,” as Louis Uchitelle puts it in his book by the same name. Because so much previous suffering and social conflict stemmed from poverty, the arrival of widespread affluence suggested utopian (乌托邦式的) possibilities. Up to a point, affluence succeeds. There is much les physical misery than before. People are better off. Unfortunately, affluence also creates new complaints and contradictions. Advanced societies need economic growth to satisfy the multiplying wants of their citizens. But the quest for growth lets loose new anxieties and economic conflicts that disturb the social order. Affluence liberates the individual, promising that everyone can choose a unique way to self-fulfillment. But the promise is so extravagant that it predestines many disappointments and sometimes inspires choices that have anti-social consequences, including family breakdown and obesity (肥胖症). Statistical indicators of happiness have not risen with incomes. Should we be surprised? Not really. We’ve simply reaffirmed an old truth: the pursuit of affluence does not always end with happiness. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 52. What question does John Kenneth Galbraith raise in his book The Affluent Society? A) Why statistics don’t tell the truth about the economy. B) Why affluence doesn’t guarantee happiness. C) How happiness can be promoted today. D) What lies behind an economic boom. 53. According to Galbraith, people feel discontented because ________. A) public spending hasn’t been cut down as expected B) the government has proved to be a necessary evil C) they are in fear of another Great Depression D) materialism has run wild in modern society 54. Why do people feel squeezed when their average income rises considerably? A) Their material pursuits have gone far ahead of their earnings. B) Their purchasing power has dropped markedly with inflation. C) The distribution of wealth is uneven between the r5ich and the poor. D) Health care and educational cost have somehow gone out of control. 778淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 55. What does Louis Uchitelle mean by “the disposable American” (Line 3, Para. 5)? A) Those who see job stability as part of their living standard. B) People full of utopian ideas resulting from affluence. C) People who have little say in American politics. D) Workers who no longer have secure jobs. 56. What has affluence brought to American society? A) Renewed economic security. B) A sense of self-fulfillment. C) New conflicts and complaints. D) Misery and anti-social behavior. Passage Two Questions 57 to 61 are based on the following passage. The use of deferential (敬重的) language is symbolic of the Confucian ideal of the woman, which dominates conservative gender norms in Japan. This ideal presents a woman who withdraws quietly to the background, subordinating her life and needs to those of her family and its male head. She is a dutiful daughter, wife, and mother, master of the domestic arts. The typical refined Japanese woman excels in modesty and delicacy; she “treads softly (谨言慎行)in the world,” elevating feminine beauty and grace to an art form. Nowadays, it is commonly observed that young women are not conforming to the feminine linguistic ( 语 言 的 ) ideal. They are using fewer of the very deferential “women’s” forms, and even using the few strong forms that are know as “men’s.” This, of course, attracts considerable attention and has led to an outcry in the Japanese media against the defeminization of women’s language. Indeed, we didn’t hear about “men’s language” until people began to respond to girls’ appropriation of forms normally reserved for boys and men. There is considerable sentiment about the “corruption” of women’s language—which of course is viewed as part of the loss of feminine ideals and morality—and this sentiment is crystallized by nationwide opinion polls that are regularly carried out by the media. Yoshiko Matsumoto has argued that young women probably never used as many of the highly deferential forms as older women. This highly polite style is no doubt something that young women have been expected to “grow into”—after all, it is assign not simply of femininity, but of maturity and refinement, and its use could be taken to indicate a change in the nature of one’s social relations as well. One might well imagine little girls using exceedingly polite forms when playing house or imitating older women— in a fashion analogous to little girls’ use of a high-pitched voice to do “teacher talk” or “mother talk” in role play. The fact that young Japanese women are using less deferential language is a sure sign of change—of social change and of linguistic change. But it is most certainly not a 779淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 sign of the “masculization” of girls. In some instances, it may be a sign that girls are making the same claim to authority as boys and men, but that is very different from saying that they are trying to be “masculine.” Katsue Reynolds has argued that girls nowadays are using more assertive language strategies in order to be able to compete with boys in schools and out. Social change also brings not simply different positions for women and girls, but different relations to life stages, and adolescent girls are participating in new subcultural forms. Thus what may, to an older speaker, seem like “masculine” speech may seem to an adolescent like “liberated” or “hip” speech. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 57. The first paragraph describes in detail ________. A) the standards set for contemporary Japanese women B) the Confucian influence on gender norms in Japan C) the stereotyped role of women in Japanese families D) the norms for traditional Japanese women to follow 58. What change has been observed in today’s young Japanese women? A) They pay less attention to their linguistic behavior. B) The use fewer of the deferential linguistic forms. C) They confuse male and female forms of language. D) They employ very strong linguistic expressions. 59. How do some people react to women’s appropriation of men’s language forms as reported in the Japanese media? A) They call for a campaign to stop the defeminization. B) The see it as an expression of women’s sentiment. C) They accept it as a modern trend. D) They express strong disapproval. 60. According to Yoshiko Matsumoto, the linguistic behavior observed in today’s young women ________. A) may lead to changes in social relations B) has been true of all past generations C) is viewed as a sign of their maturity D) is a result of rapid social progress 61. The author believes that the use of assertive language by young Japanese women is ________. A) a sure sign of their defeminization and maturation 780淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 B) an indication of their defiance against social change C) one of their strategies to compete in a male-dominated society D) an inevitable trend of linguistic development in Japan today Part V Cloze (15 minutes) Directions: There are 20 blanks in the following passage. For each blank there are four choices marked A), B), C) and D) on the right side of the paper. You should choose the ONE that best fits into the passage. Then mark the corresponding letter on Answer Sheet 2 with a single line through the centre. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答。 Historically, humans get serious about avoiding disasters only after one has just struck them. __62__ that logic, 2006 should have been a breakthrough year for rational behavior. With the memory of 9/11 still __63__ in their minds, Americans watched hurricane Katrina, the most expensive disaster in U.S. history, on __64__ TV. Anyone who didn’t know it before should have learned that bad things can happen. And they are made __65__ worse by our willful blindness to risk as much as our __66__ to work together before everything goes to hell. Granted, some amount of delusion (错觉) is probably part of the __67__ condition. In A.D. 63, Pompeii was seriously damaged by an earthquake, and the locals immediately went to work __68__, in the same spot—until they were buried altogether by a volcano eruption 16 years later. But a __69__ of the past year in disaster history suggests that modern Americans are particularly bad at __70__ themselves from guaranteed threats. We know more than we __71__ did about the dangers we face. But it turns __72__ that in times of crisis, our greatest enemy is __73__ the storm, the quake or the __74__ itself. More often, it is ourselves. So what has happened in the year that __75__ the disaster on the Gulf Coast? In New Orleans, the Army Corps of Engineers has worked day and night to rebuild the flood walls. They have got the walls to __76__ they were before Katrina, more or less. That’s not __77__, we can now say with confidence. But it may be all __78__ can be expected from one year of hustle (忙碌). Meanwhile, New Orleans officials have crafted a plan to use buses and trains to __79__ the sick and the disabled. The city estimates that 15,000 people will need a __80__ out. However, state officials have not yet determined where these people will be taken. The __81__ with neighboring communities are ongoing and difficult. 62. A) To B) By C) On D) For 781淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 63. A) fresh B) obvious C) apparent D) evident 64. A) visual B) vivid C) live D) lively 65. A) little B) less C) more D) much 66. A) reluctance B) rejection C) denial D) decline 67. A) natural B) world C) social D) human 68. A) revising B) refining C) rebuilding D) retrieving 69. A) review B) reminder C) concept D) prospect 70. A) preparing B) protesting C) protecting 782淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 D) prevailing 71. A) never B) ever C) then D) before 72. A) up B) down C) over D) out 73. A) merely B) rarely C) incidentally D) accidentally 74. A) surge B) spur C) surf D) splash 75. A) ensued B) traced C) followed D) occurred 76. A) which B) where C) what D) when 77. A) enough B) certain C) conclusive D) final 78. A) but B) as 783淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 C) that D) those 79. A) exile B) evacuate C) dismiss D) displace 80. A) ride B) trail C) path D) track 81. A) conventions B) notifications C) communications D) negotiations Part VI Translation (5 minutes) Directions: Complete the sentences by translating into English the Chinese given in brackets. Please write your translation on Answer Sheet 2. 注意：此部分试题请在答题卡2上作答，只需写出译文部分。 82. The auto manufacturers found themselves ________________________ (正在同外 国公司竞争市场的份额). 83. Only in the small town ________________________ (他才感到安全和放松). 84. It is absolutely unfair that these children ________________________ (被剥夺了受 教育的权利). 85. Our years of hard work are all in vain, ________________________ (更别提我们花 费的大量金钱了). 86. The problems of blacks and women ________________________ (最近几十年受 到公众相当大的关注). 784淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 2007年6月23日六级参考答案 Part I Writing (30 minutes) Part II Reading Comprehension (Skimming and Scanning) (15 minutes) 1. N 2. Y 3. NG 4. Y 5. those things that they love most 6. products 7. more confidence 8. What do I really want to do? 9. give up, or risk 10. the lack of action Part III Listening Comprehension (35 minutes) 11. A) Surfing the net. 12. B) He is sure of his success in the exam. 13. D) The man is quite optimistic about human nature. 14. C) Stay in business. 15. A) More money. 16. B) She missed the comforts of home. 17. C) Seek professional advice. 18. A) He dresses more formally now. 785淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 19. B) To have meetings. 20. D) It can lessen the discomfort caused by air travel. 21. D) Avoided eating rich food. 22. C) Not many of them chose to do what she did 23. A) At a fair. 24. C) The purchasing of some equipment. 25. B) Training consultancy. 26. A) Improve themselves. 27. D) By making detailed plans and carrying them out. 28. D) To illustrate how easily people abandon their goals. 29. B) Karen was adopted by Ray Anderson. 30. B) He sacrificed his life to save a baby girl. 31. A) The reported hero turned out to be his father. 32. B) Japan. 33. D) By taking shorter vacations each year. 34. A) To combat competition and raise productivity. 35. C) Reducing their working hours. 36. licensed 37. obligation 38. assess 39. coordinate 40. circumstance 786淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 41. inappropriate 42. responsibility 43. prime 44. It is sometimes required that we work overtime, and that we change shifts four or five times a month. 45. Most hospitals are now staffed by new graduates, as experienced nurses finally give up trying to change the system. 46. they will find that most critical hospital cares will be provided by new, inexperienced, and sometimes inadequately trained nurses. Part IV Reading Comprehension (Reading in Depth) (25 minutes) 47. The brilliance of S. Brin and L. Page 48. the academic project 49. By word of mouth 50. meet their price 51. advertising 52. B) Why affluence doesn’t guarantee happiness? 53. D) materialism has run wild in modern society 54. A) Their material pursuits have gone far ahead of their earnings. 55. D) Workers who no longer have secure jobs 56. C) New conflicts and complaints 57. B) the Confucian influence on gender norms in Japan 58. B) They use fewer of the deferential linguistic form 59. D) They express strong disapproval 60. A) may lead to changes in social relations 787淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 61. C) one of their strategies to compete in a male-dominated society Part V Cloze (15 minutes) 62. B) By 63. A) fresh 64. C) live 65. D) much 66. A) reluctance 67. D) human 68. C) rebuilding 69. A) review 70. C) protecting 71. B) ever 72. D) out 73. B) rarely 74. A) surge 75. C) followed 76. B) where 77. A) enough 78. C) that 79. B) evacuate 80. A) ride 81. D) negotiations Part VI Translation (5 minutes) 788淘宝店铺：行知小课堂 82. competing with foreign firms for market share 83. does he feel secure and relaxed 84. are deprived of the rights to receive education 85. not to mention / let alone the large amount of money we have spent 86. have gained / caused considerable public concern in recent decades 789